V 


BBGAXIOBEIBBe  PUBLICATIONS   OF  THE    , 

* 

AMERICAN  BOOK^  COMP'ANY. 


ANCIENT   L^GUAGES. 


GREEK  GRAMMARS  AND  READE}fcSit_ 

Adams's  (F.  A.)  Gr^k.  Prepositions f^- *    $0  60 

.4,jipld's  First  Greek'^ook  (J.  A.  Spencer).  ^ 87 

Greek  Prose  Composition  (J.  A.  Spencer) 1  05 

Boise's 'ExVrcises^n  Greek  Prose  Composition 1  05 

Coy's  First  Greek  Reader vj^^ "  •  •  ^^ 

Greek  for  Beginners ^. ^it^i'. 1  00 


Crosby's  Greek  Grammar .  T^^^i  .(Q^j^. 1  40 

Greek  Lessons ' TyfUX  .  .r 75 

Greek  Tables j _. 50 

Hadley  and  Allen's  Greek  Grammar.     Revised  Edition 1-^ 

Hadley's  Greek  Grammar.     Old  Edition ; . .  1^0 

Elements  of  Greek  Grammar ?«Jk»m^  '  1  05 

Greek  Verbs ..../.. 21 

Harkness's  First  GrceE  Book.     With  a  Greek  Reader 1  06 

Harper  and  Waters'  Irfductivo  Grecl^  Method 1  00 

Keep's  Greok  Lessons /-r-^ 1  20 

Kendrick's  Greek  Ollendorff .T. ^J^, ......  1   22 

Kiihner's  Greek  Grammar  (Edwards  and  Taylor).   . /^ 1  40 

Scarborough's  First  Lessons  in  Greek 90 

[*i6] 


I 


Lt 


Ancient  LangUa 


V, 

Silber's  Progressive  Lessons  in  Greek  .^T'ff^ $0  57 

Whiton's  Three  Months'  Preparation  for  Reading  Xenophon. . .  48 

WinchelPs  Elementary  Lessons  in  Greek  Syntax 54 

GREEK  TEXTS,  ETC. 

Blake's  Lexicon  of  the  First  Three  Books  of  Homer's  Iliad . .  1  00 

Boise's  Xenophon's  Anabasis.     Four  BOoks 1  08 

The  same.     Four  Books,  with  Lexicon 1  32 

Crosby's  (Howard)  (Edipus  Tyrannus  of  Sophocles 1  05 

Crosby's   (Alpheus)    Xenophon's    Anabasis.       Complete,  with 

Lexicon 1  60 

The  same.     Four  Books  and  Lexicon J  40 

Lexicon  to  Xenophon's  Anabasis 70 

Lexicon  and  Notes  to  Xenophon's  Anabasis 90 

Harper's  Xenophon's  Anabasis.     {In  preparation.) 

Johnson's  (H.  C.)  Homer's  Iliad.     Three  Books,  with  Notes.  . .  112 

The  same.     Three  Books,  with  Notes  and  Lexicon 1   32 

Johnson's  (H.  M.)  Selections  from  Herodotus 1  05 

Owen's  Homer's  IHad ,.......,  1  40 

Acts  of  the  Apostles.     With  Lexicon 1   22 

Homer's  Odyssey 1  40 

Thucydides.     With  Map 1  Y5 

Xenophon's  Cyropaedia !»  76 

Robbins's  (R.  D.  C.)  Xenophon's  Memorabilia 1  40 

Smead's  Demosthenes'  Philippics.     With  Notes 1  05 

Antigone  of  Sophocles.     With  Notes 1   22 

Tyler's  (W.  S.)  Plato's  Apology  and  Crito ,  <  . .  1  05 

HEBREW. 

Gesenius's  Hebrew  Grammar 2  10 

LATIN  GRAMMARS  AND  READERS. 

Arnold's  First  and  Second  Latin  Book 87 

Latin  Prose  Composition 87 

[*i7] 


£> 


Jt 


PRACTICAL  INTRODUCTION 


TO 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


FOB 


SCHOOLS    AND   COLLEGES, 


Br 


ALBEKT    HAEKNESS,    Ph.D., 

PROFESSOR  IN  BROWN  UNIVERSITY. 


ADAPTED  TO  THE  REVISED  STANDARD  EDITION  OF  THE  AUTHOB^S 
LATIN  GRAMMAR, 

JOHIV  S.  PRELL 

Cidl  &  Mechanical  Engineer, 

SAN  FRAJN' CISCO,  OAL, 

NEW  YORK  •:•  CINCINNATI  •:•  CHICAGO 

AMERICAN     BOOK     COMPANY, 


Entered,  according  to  /  ct  ct  Congress,  in  the  year  1868,  by 

ALBERT   HAKKNESS, 

In  the  Clerk's  Office  ot  the  District  Court  of  the  District  of  Rhode  Island. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1882,  by 

ALBERT  HARKNESS, 
In  the  Office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 


j^SueaU^ 


<CH*. 


printed  bs 

I>.  Hppleton  d  Compang 

«cw  ]!?orft,  la.  S.  B. 


Add  to  Lib> 
GSFf 


H31! 
PREFACE.  i;,^;^^ 


This  volume  is  intended  to  aid  the  classical  student  in  acquir- 
ing a  practical  acquaintance  with  the  difficult  but  important 
subject  of  Latin  composition.  It  aims  to  be  at  once  simple, 
progressive,  and  complete.  Starting  with  the  beginner  as  soon 
as  he  has  learned  a  few  grammatical  forms,  it  conducts  him  step 
by  step  through  a  progressive  series  of  lessons  and  exercises, 
until  he  is  so  far  master  both  of  the  theory  and  of  the  practice 
of  the  subject,  that  he  no  longer  needs  the  aid  of  a  special  text- 
book. 

The  work  consists  of  three  parts,  of  which  the  first  is  purely 
elementary,  and  is  intended  as  a  companion  to  the  Reader.  It 
aims  to  give  the  pupil  familiarity  with  the  power  and  use  of 
grammatical  inflections,  and  facility  in  the  application  of  the 
great  and  controlling  principles  of  the  language. 

Part  Second  will  furnish  the  learner  instruction  and  practice 
in  Latin  composition  throughout  the  subsequent  stages  of  his 
preparatory  course  for  college.  The  exercises  have  special  ref- 
erence to  the  syntax  of  the  language,  and  are,  to  a  great  extent, 
imitations  of  the  ordinary  constructions  contained  in  the  Com- 
mentaries of  Caesar,  and  in  the  Orations  of  Cicero.  In  subject 
matter  they  also  relate  to  topics  contained  in  those  works. 

Part  Third,  intended  for  the  earlier  portion  of  a  collegiate 
course  of  study,  aims  to  introduce  the  student  to  a  practical 

728  (iii) 


IV  PREFACE. 

acquaintance  with  the  elements  of  Latin  style.  The  Exercises 
are,  with  slight  changes,  translations  of  sentences  carefully 
selected  from  the  works  of  Cicero. 

In  making  this  selection,  it  has  been  the  constant  aim  of  the 
author,  not  only  to  give  the  student  clear  and  well-defined  illus- 
trations of  Latin  constructions  and  usages,  but  also  thoughts 
and  sentiments  of  intrinsic  interest  and  worth. 

To  explain  more  fully  the  plan  of  the  work,  the  author  begs 
leave  to  call  attention  to  the  following  points :  — 

I.  For  all  grammatical  rules  and  principles,  the  student  is 
referred  directly  to  the  grammar.  The  advantages  of  this 
arrangement  are  obvious.  It  not  only  saves  room,  and  thus 
makes  it  possible  to  bring  an  extended  course  in  Latin  composi- 
tion within  the  compass  of  a  convenient  manual,  but  also  saves 
the  time  of  the  pupil,  by  relieving  him  from  the  worse  than  use- 
less task  of  learning  new  rules,  instead  of  applying  those  with 
which  he  is  already  familiar. 

II.  A  series  of  Models,  selected  from  the  writings  of  Cicero, 
the  great  master  of  Latin  style,  extends  through  the  entire  work. 
English  sentences  are  given  to  be  translated  into  Ciceronian 
Latin.  Opposite  each  of  these  stands  Cicero's  own  expression 
for  the  same  thought.  Then  follow  Remarks,  explaining  the 
process  by  which  we  pass  from  the  English  expression  to  the 
Latin,  and  commenting  upon  such  peculiarities  as  seem  to  re- 
quire attention.  Such  a  series  of  Models,  properly  explained, 
will,  it  is  thought,  be  the  best  possible  guide  for  the  learner  in 
the  actual  work  of  writing  Latin. 

III.  Special  attention  has  been  given  to  the  important  sub- 
ject of  Synonymes  and  Idioms.  But  care  has  been  taken  not  to 
make  peculiarities  of  construction  too  prominent.  The  learner 
needs  to  become  acquainted  with   the   regular   and  ordinary 


PREFACE.  V 

usages,  before  he  is  prepared  to  appreciate  those  which  are 
exceptional  and  peculiar. 

In  this  connection,  the  author  is  happy  to  say  that  Mr.  Charles 
B.  Goff  has  kindly  aided  him  in  the  preparation  of  some  of  the 
Exercises  of  Part  Second,  and  Mr.  Edward  H.  Cutler  in  the 
preparation  of  the  Vocabularies  and  in  the  reading  of  the 
proofs. 

In  conclusion,  the  author  cannot  forbear  to  express  his  grate- 
ful acknowledgments  to  the  classical  instructors  of  the  country, 
who,  by  their  fidelity  and  skill  in  the  use  of  his  books,  have 
given  them  a  success  so  far  beyond  his  most  sanguine  expecta- 
tions. To  their  hands  this  volume  is  gratefully  and  respectfully 
committed. 

Brown  University,  August,  1868. 


CONTENTS. 


PART   FIRST. 

Grammatical  Forms  and  Rules. 

LEBBON  PAGI! 

I.     Declension  of  Nouns.     . 1 

II.    Adjectives  and  Pronouns 3 

III.,  IV.     Verbs 6 

V.     Agreement  of  Nouns. — Nominative  and  Vocative.    .  10 

VI.,  VII.     Use  of  the  Accusative 11 

VIII.     Use  of  the  Dative 15 

IX.,  X.     Use  of  the  Genitive.        .        .         .        .        .         .         .17 

XI.— XIV.  Use  of  the  Ablative 20 

XV.     Adjectives.     Pronouns.  .......  26 

XVI.     Agreement  of  Verbs.  —  Indicative 28 

XVII.— XIX.     Tenses  and  Use  of  the  Subjunctive.        ...  30 

XX.     Imperative.     Infinitive 36 

XXI.     Gerunds,  Supines,  Participles. — Particles.     .         .         .37 

XXII.,  XXIII.     Gender.     Formation  of  Cases 39 

XXIV. — XXVII.      Synopsis  of  Conjugation.      Formation  of  tlie 

Parts  of  the  Verb 41 

XXVIII.— XXX.     Irregular,  Defective,  and  Impersonal  Verbs.      .  4G 


PART   SECOND. 

Latin  Syntax. 

XXXI.     Subject  and  Predicate 50 

XXXII.     Forms  of  Subject 52 

XXXIII.  Forms  of  Predicate 54 

XXXIV.  Forms  of  Modifiers 50 


Vlll 


CONTENTS. 


XXXV.  Interrogative  and  Imperative  Sentences.      .        .        .68 

XXXVI.  Complex  and  Compound  Sentences.         ...         60 

XXXVII.     Agreement  of  Nouns .62 

XXXVIII.     Nominative  and  Vocative 64 

XXXIX.     Accusative  as  Direct  Object 66 

XL.  Two  Accusatives.     .         .         .    "    .        .        .        .         68 

XLI.  Two  Accusatives.  —  Special  Constructions.          .        .     70 

XLII.  Accusative  as  Subject  of  Infinitive.     In  Agreement 

with  another  Accusative.  ......     73 

XLIII.  Accusative  in  an  Adverbial  Sense.     In  Exclamations.     75 

XLIV.     Dative  with  Verbs .     77 

XLV.  Dative  with  Verbs.     Special  Constructions.     .        .         80 

XL VI.  Dative  with  Adjectives  and  Derivatives.      .        .        .82 

XL VII.  Genitive  with  Nouns  and  Adjectives.        ...         84 

XL VIII.     Genitive  with  Verbs 87 

XLIX.— LIII.     Ablative 89 

LIV.     Adjectives 102 

LV.,  LVI.     Pronouns 105 

LVII.  Verbs.  —  Agreement,  Voice,  Tense.    Indicative  Mood.  110 

LVIIL     Subjunctive  Mood 112 

LIX.  Subjunctive  of  Purpose  or  Result. ,     .         .         .         .115 

LX.  Relative  Clauses  of  Purpose  or  Result.    .        .         .118 

LXI.     Subjunctive  of  Condition 120 

LXII.     Subjunctive  of  Concession 123 

LXIII.  Subjunctive  of  Cause  and  Time.          ....  125 

LXIV.     Subjunctive  in  Indirect  Questions 128 

LXV.  Subjunctive  by  Attraction.      Subjunctive  in  Indirect 

Discourse 130 

LXVI.     Indirect  Discourse 132 

LXVII.     Imperative  Mood 13i 

LXVIIL,  LXIX.     Infinitive  Mood 130 

LXX.     Subject  and  Object  Clauses HI 

LXXI.     Gerunds 143 

LXXII.     Gerunds  and  Supines 140 

LXXIII.     Participles 148 

LXXIV.,  LXXV.     Particles.        .         .        .        .        .        .         .160 

LXXVI.     Forms  for  expressing  Purpose 155 

LXXVII.  Forms  for  expressing  Condition.       ....        157 

LXXVIII.     Forms  for  expressing  Concession 159 

LXXIX.     Forms  for  expressing  Time 102 

LXXX.    Forms  for  expressing  Cause 164 


CONTENTS. 


IX 


PART  THIRD. 

Elements  of  Latin  Style. 
CHAPTER    I. 

CHOICE     OF     WORDS     AND     CONSTRUCTIONS 


LXXXI.  Abstract  Nouns.     Number. 

LXXXII.  Substantives  united  by  Prepositions.    . 

LXXXIII.  Special  Words  and  Expressions. 

LXXXIV.  Rendering  of  certain  Nouns  and  Adjectiv 

LXXXV.  Adjectives  —  continued.    . 

LXXXVI.  Pronouns. — Personal.     Reflexive. 

LXXXVII.  Pronouns.  —  Possessive.  . 

LXXXVIII.  Pronouns. — Demonstrative.     Relative. 

LXXXIX.  Pronouns. — Interrogative.     Indefinite. 

XC.  Verbs.  —  Active.     Passive.      Transitive 

tive 

XCI.  General  Statements 

XCII.  Verbs.  — Tenses 

XCIII.  Verbs.  — Indicative  Mood. 

XCIV.  Verbs.  — Potential  Mood. 

XCV.  Verbs.  —  Imperative  Mood. 

XCVI.  Verbs.  — Infinitive  Mood. 

XCVII.  Verbs.— Participles 

XCVIII.  Distinction   in    the    Use    of    Participles, 
Clauses,  and  Clauses  with  Conjunctions. 

XCIX.  Expressions  of  Duty,  Necessity. 

C.  Use  of  Special  Verbs 

CI.  Prepositions 

CII.  Adverbs  and  Conjunctions.  . 


Relative 


167 
170 
173 
175 
179 
182 
185 
188 
191 

194 
197 
200 
204 
206 
209 
212 
214 

218 
221 
224 
227 
231 


CHAPTER    II. 

ARRANGEMENT      OF     WORDS     AND     CLAUSES. 

CHI.     Arrangement  of  Words.   ..... 

CIV.     Euphony  and  Rhythm 

CV.     Arrangement  of  Clauses 


235 
238 
241 


X  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER    III. 

STRUCTURE  OF  LATIN  SENTENCES. 

CVI.     Compactness  of  Structure 244 

CVII.     Unity  of  the  Latin  Sentence 247 

CVIII.     Perspicuity 251 

CIX.     Logical  Qualities  of  the  Sentence 255 

ex.     Latin  Periods 258 

Notes 2G3 

Vocabulary. 277 


EXPLANATION   OF   REFERENCES   AND   ABBRE- 
VIATIONS. 


All  reference  numerals  in  the  "Lessons  from  the  Grammar,"  and 
those  marked  "G"  in  other  parts  of  the  work,  refer  to  the  author's  Latin 
Grammar.     The  other  references  are  to  articles  in  this  work. 


The  following  abbreviations  occur 

abl ablative. 

abl.  abs.     .  .  ablative  absolute. 

ace accusative. 

act active. 

adj adjective. 

adv adverb. 

comp comparative. 

conj conjunction. 

Conj conjugation. 

dat dative. 

dep deponent. 

distrib.  num.  distributive  numeral. 

f, feminine. 

gen genitive. 

ger gerund. 

impers.  .  .  .  impersonal. 


indec indeclinable. 

lit literally. 

m masculine. 

n neuter. 

part participle. 

pass passive. 

plur.,  or  pi. .  plural. 

pred predicate. 

prep preposition. 

pron pronoun. 

relat relative. 

sing singular. 

subj subjunctive. 

subs substantive. 

Buperl.   .  .  .  superlative. 

trans transitive. 

(Ki) 


Pi^RT    FIRST. 
GRAMMATICAL    FORMS   AND  RULES. 


Lesson  I. 

DECLENSION   OF  NOUNS. 

[1-6.]  ^ 

1.   Lesson  fkom  the  Grammar.'' 

I.   First  Declension.     48. 
II.   Second  Declension.     51. 

III.  Third  Declension.    55-66. 

IV.  Fourth  Declension.     116. 
V.   Fifth  Declension.     120. 

VI.  Agreement  of  Appositives.    Rule  II.   363. 
VII.   Genitive  with  Nouns.     Rule  XVI.   395. 
VIII.   Cases  with  Prepositions.     Rule  XXXIII.  432-435. 

^  In  Part  First  the  enclosed  numerals  standing  at  the  beginning  of 
each  lesson  refer  to  the  sections  in  the  Reader  which  the  lesson  is  in- 
tended to  follow.  Tiius  [1-6]  shows  that  this  lesson  is  to  be  learned 
after  the  pupil  has  read  the  first  six  sections  in  the  Reader. 

^  The  lessons  from  the  Grammar  contain  the  grammatical  points  in- 
volved in  the  Exercises,  and  should  be  carefully  learned,  or  reviewed, 
in  the  Grammar  itself  The  references  are  all  to  the  author's  Latin 
Grammar,  the  Revised  Edition. 

(1) 


liATlN  COIUPOSITION. 


2.  Models. 

I.   Tigranes  the  king.  I.    Tigrdnes  rex. 

11.   The  love  of  glory.  II.   Amor  gloriae. 

III.   Before  light.  III.   Ante  lucem, 

3.  Remarks. 

X.   Tigranes  the  king. 

1.  Tigranes.  Looking  in  the  vocabulary  for  the  corresponding  Latin, 
we  lind  Tigranes,  the  same  as  in  English. 

2.  The.  The  English  article,  a,  an,  the,  has  no  Latin  equivalent.  It 
must  therefore  be  omitted  in  translating  into  Latin.     See  Gram.  48,  6. 

3.  King.  The  corresponding  Latin  is  rex,  which  must  be  in  the 
Nominative,  in  apposition  with  Tigrdnes,  according  to  Rule  II. 

4.  The  Appositive  generally  follows  its  subject,  as  in  Enghsh.    Hence 

Tigranes  rex. 

II.  The  love  of  glory. 

1.  The  love,  amor  ;  the  —  not  translated. 

2.  Or,  sign  of  the  Genitive. 

3.  Glory,  gloria.     Of  glory,  gloriae  ;  Gen,  Sing. 

4.  The  Genitive  may  either  precede  or  follow  its  noun,  but  seems 
more  frequently  to  follow  when  not  emphatic.  See  Gram.  565.  Hence 
we  have 

Amor  gloriae. 

III.  Before  light. 

1.  Before,  aw^e.  No  Latin  case  expresses  the  relation  Jtf/brc.  Hence 
a  preposition  must  be  used. 

2.  Light,  lux.  But  the  preposition  ante  is  used  only  with  the  Ac- 
cusative. Hence  lucem,  and  not  lux,  must  be  used.  See  Gram.  433. 
Hence 

Ante  lucem. 


4.  Vocabulary. 


Art,  ars,  artis,  f. 
Bird,  avis,  avis,  i. 
Book,  liher,  libri,  m. 


Boy,  puer,  puiri,  m. 
Chariot,  currus,  ns,  m. 
Cicero,  Ciciro,  Onis,  m. 


ADJECTIVES    AND   PRONOUNS. 


Concerning,  c?e,  prep,  with  abl. 
Eagle,  aquila,  ae,  f. 
Friend,  amicus,  t,  m. 
Friendship,  amicitia,  ae,  f. 
Hope,  spes,  spei,  f. 


Orator,  orator,  orid^  m. 
Prize,  praemium,  ii,  n. 
War,  bellum,  i,  n. 
Wisdom,  sapientia,  ae,  f. 


5.  Exercise. 

1.  The  eagle,  the  eagles.  2.  Of  an  eagle,  of  the 
eagles.  3.  For  an  eagle,  for  eagles.  4.  Of  friendship, 
of  wisdom.  5.  For  friendship,  for  wisdom.  6.  With 
friendship,  with  wisdom.  7.  The  friend,  the  friends.  8. 
Of  the  friend,  of  the  friends.  9.  For  the  friend,  for  the 
friends.  10.  The  books,  the  prizes.  11.  The  boy's 
book. 

12.  Of  the  bird,  of  the  birds.  13.  For  the  bird,  for 
the  birds.  14.  The  art  of  war.  15.  The  arts  of  war. 
16.  With  the  arts  of  war.  17.  The  chariot,  of  the 
chariots.  18.  Of  hope,  with  hope.  19.  Cicero  the 
orator.     20.  Concerning  Cicero  the  orator. 


Lesson  II. 

ADJECTIVES   AND   PRONOUNS. 

[7-10.] 

6.  Lesson  fkom  the  Grammak. 

L   Declension  of  Adjectives.     146-158. 

II.   Comparison  of  Adjectives.     160-162. 
m.  Agreement  of  Adjectives.     Rule  XXXIV.  438. 
IV.  Declension  of  Pronouns.     182-191. 

V.  Agreement  of  Pronouns.     Rule  XXXV.  445  ;  445,  1. 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


7.  Models. 


I.  The  Roman  people.  I.   Populus  Romanus, 

II.  True  '  friendships.  II.    Verae  amicitiae. 

III.  An  animal  which.  III.   Animal  quod. 

IV.  This  state.  IV,  Haec  civttas. 


8.  Remarks. 

I.   The  Roman  people. 

1.  In  translating  a  noun  and  its  adjective  into  Latin,  we  must  begin 
with  the  noun,  because  the  gender  and  case  of  the  noun  will  determine 
the  ending  of  the  adjective,  which  must  agree  with  it. 

2.  The  people,  populus  ;  the  —  not  translated. 

3.  Roman,  Romanus,  a,  um.  But  as  populus  is  in  the  Nom.  Sing. 
Masc,  the  adjective  must  be  in  the  same  case,  gender,  etc.,  according 
to  Rule  XXXIV.      Hence  Eomdnus. 

4.  The  adjective  may  either  precede  or  follow  its  noun,  but  seems 
more  frequently  to  follow  when  not  emphatic.    See  Gram.  565.    Hence 

Populus  Romdnus. 

II.  True  friendships. 

1.  Friendships.  Friendship  (for  which  you  must  look,  not  friend- 
ships^ is  amicitia ;  friendships  is  amicitiae,  the  plural  of  amicitia. 

2.  True,  verus,  a,  um.  But  as  amicitiae  is  in  the  Nom.  Plur.  Fem., 
the  adjective  must  be  in  the  same  case,  etc. ;  hence  verae. 

3.  In  true  friendships,  as  opposed  to  false  friendships,  true  is  em- 
phatic.   Hence  verae  must  precede  its  noun.     See  Gram.  565,  1. 

Verae  amicitiae. 

III.  An  animal  which. 

1.  An  ANIMAL,  an?maZ ;  an  —  not  translated. 

2.  Which,  qui,  quae,  quod.  But  as  antmal  is  in  the  Neut.  Sing.,  the 
relative  must  be  in  the  same  gender  and  number,  according  to  Rule 
XXXIV. ;  hence  quod.  ^ 

Animal  quod. 

IV.  This  state. 

1.  State,  civitas. 

2.  This,  hie,  haec,  hoc.    But  as  civitas  is  in  the  Nom.  Sing.  Fem.,  the 

'  In  the  Models  and  Exercises,  italicized  English  words  are  emphatic, 


ADJECTIVES    AND   PRONOUNS.  0 

demonstrative  which  agrees  with  it  as  an  adjective  must  be  in  the  same 
case,  etc.     See  Gram.  445,  1 ;  hence  haec. 
Uaec  dvitas. 


9.  Vocabulary. 


Acceptable,  grains,  a,  um. 
Beautiful,  pulcher,  chra,  chrum. 
Certain,  a  certain,  quidam,   quae- 
dam,  quoddam  and  quiddam. 
Crown,  corona,  ae,  f. 
Diligent,  diligens,  entis. 
High,  alius,  a,  um. 
Himself,  herself,  itself,  sui. 
I,  ego,  mei. 

Kind,  henignus,  a,  um. 
Law,  lex,  legis,  f. 
Mountain,  mans,  moniisj  m. 


My,  mens,  a,  um.     G.  185. 

Present,  donum,  i,  n. 

Pupil,  discipulus,  i,  m. 

This,  hie,  haec,  hoc. 

Thou,  you,  iu,  iui. 

True,  verus,  a,  um. 

Useful,  uiXlis,  e. 

Who,  which,  what,  interrog.,  qui, 

quae,  quod,  adj. ;    quis,  quae, 

quid,  subs. 
Your,   iuus,  a,    um ;    vesier,   ira^ 

irum.     G.  185. 


10.  Exercise. 

1.  A  hind  friend,  of  a  hind  friend.  2.  Kind  friends, 
of  kind  friends.  3.  True  friendship,  of  true  friendships. 
4.  An  acceptable  present,  with  acceptable  presents.  5. 
The  beautiful  books,  the  beautiful  crowns,  the  beautiful 
presents.      6.  Useful  laws,  of  the  useful  laws. 

7.  A  high  mountain,  a  higher  mountain,  the  highest 
mountain.  8.  The  most  diligent  pupils.  9.  Of  me,  of 
you,' of  himself,  of  whom?  10.  With  my  books,  with 
your  ^  books.  11.  This  mountfiin,  this  crown,  this 
present.      12.   A  certain  book. 

*  In  the  Exercises  the  pronoun  you  may  be  treated  as  singular,  unles? 
it  is  marked  (pi.),  or  is  shown  by  the  sense  to  be  plural.     In  like  man- 
ner, your  may  be  treated  as  referring  to  one  person,  unless  the  sense 
shows  that  two  or  more  persons  are  addressed. 
2 


/ 


\ 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Lesson  III. 

VERBS.  —  SUM.  FIRST  AND   SECOND  CONJUGATIONS. 

[11-13.] 

11.  Lesson  fkom  the  Geammab. 

I.   Verb  Sum.     204. 
II.   First  Conjugation.     205,  206. 

III.  Second  Conjugation.     207,  208. 

IV.  Subject  Nominative.     Rule  III.   368.       ^y^    .^^^j^^ 

V.   Agreement  of  Verb  with  Subject.    Rule  XXXVI.  460. 
VI.   Predicate  Nouns.     Rule  I.   362. 
VII.  Direct  Object.    Rule  V.   371. 

12.  Models. 

I.   God  made  the  world.  I.   Deus  mundum  aedifi- 

cdvit. 
II.   Cincinnatus  was  dictator.        II.    Cmcinndtus      dictator 

fait. 

13.  Remarks. 

I.   God  made  the  world. 

1.  God,  D&U8.  As  subject  it  must  be  in  the  Nominative,  according  to 
Rule  III. 

2.  Made.  Look  for  the  present  make,  not  for  made ;  make,  build, 
aediflco  (I  make)  ;  I  made,  aedificavi.  But  as  Deus,  the  subject,  is  in  tlio 
Third  Pers.  Sing.,  the  verb  nmst  be  in  the  same  person  and  number, 
according  to  Rule  XXXVI. ;   hence  aedificavit. 

3.  World,  mundus.  But  as  direct  object  oi  aedificavit,  it  nmst  be  In 
the  Accus. ;  hence  mundum. 

4.  The  order  is  —  Subject,  Object,  Verb.     See  Gram.  560. 

Deus  mundum  aedificdvit. 


VEKBS./    SUM.  FIRST   AND    SECOND   CONJUGATIONS.        7 

II.    Cincinnatus  was  dictator. 

1.  Cincinnatus,  Cincinnatus,  the  same  as  in  English.  As  subject  it 
must  be  in  the  Nominative. 

2.  Was.  The  verb  to  he  is  sum,  I  am.  I  was,  fui;  but  according 
to  Rule  XXXVI.,  the  verb  must  agree  with  its  subject,  Cincinnatus  ; 
hence  fuit. 

3.  Dictator,  dictator,  the  same  as  in  English.  As  predicate  noun, 
it  must  agree  in  case  with  Cincinnatus,  according  to  Rule  I.,  hence  in 
the  Nom. 

4.  The  Predicate  Noun  may  either  precede  or  follow  the  verb.  Pla- 
cing it  before  the  verb,  we  have 

Cincinnatus  dictator  fuit. 


14.  Vocabulary. 


Accuse,  accuso,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Advise,  moneo,  ere,  ui,  Uum. 
Be,  sum,  esse,  fui. 
Blame,  vitupero,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 


Grieve,  doleo,  ere,  ui,  Uum. 
Happy,  bedtus,  a,  um. 
Praise,  laudo,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
That,  ille,  a,  ud. 


15.   Exercise. 

I.  This  law  ii:  useful.  2.  That  lawj  was  useful.  3. 
These  laws  will  be  useful.  4.  We  may  he  happy.  5. 
You  (pi.)'  iA>',":^rt  have  been  happy.  6.  I  praise,  we 
praise.  7.  He  was  blaming,  they  were  blaming.  8.  I 
shall  praise,  we  shall  praise.  9.  He  accuses,  he  is 
accused.     10.  He  will  accuse,  he  will  be  accused. 

II.  They  praised  Cicero.  12.  We  will  praise  Cicero.  . 
13.  Cicero  has  been  praised.  14.  I  grieve,  we  grieve, 
15.  He  was  grieving,  they  were  grieving.  16.  I  shall 
grieve,  we  shall  grieve.  17.  He  advises,  he  is  advised. 
18.  He  was  advising,  he  was  advised.  19.  You  will 
advise  the  boys.     20.  The  boys  have  been  advised. 

'  See  foot  note  page  5.  ^ 


LATIN    COMPOSITION, 


Lesson  IV. 

VERBS. —  THIRD    AND    FOURTH    CONJUGATIONS.     DE^ 
PONENT  VERBS.    PERIPHRASTIC   CONJUGATION. 

[14-18.] 

16.  Lesson  fkom  the  Grammar. 

I.  Third  Conjugation.     209,  210  ;  220-223. 
II.  Fourth  Conjugation.     211,  212. 

III.  Deponent  Verbs.     231,  232. 

IV.  Periphrastic  Conjugation.     233,  234. 
Y.  Use  of  Adverbs.     Rule  LXI.  551. 

17.  Models. 

I.   The  wise  live  happily.  I.    Sapieyites  felictter  vi- 

imnt. 
II.   Diligence  should  be  culti-        II.   Diligentia  coUnda  est. 
vated. 

18.  Remarks. 

I.   The  wise  live  happily. 

1.  The  wise.      V^'isq,   sapiens ;    the  wise,    saptentes,  Noiii.    Plur. 
See  Gram.  441,  1. 

2.  Live.     I  live,  vivo.     But  the  verb  must  agree  with  the  subject, 
saptentes  ;  hence  vivunt.     Third  Pers.  Plur. 

3.  Happily, /eZici/cr.     But  the  adverb  in  Latin  generally  precedes  the 
verb,  though  it  generally  follows  it  in  English.     See  Gram.  567. 

Saptentes  feliclter  vivunt. 

II.    Diligence  should  be  cultivated. 

1.  Diligence,  diligentia.     Nom.  Sing. 

2.  Should  bk  cultivated,  is  to  be  cultivated.     The  duty  or  noces- 


VERBS.       THIRD    AND   FOURTH    CONJUGATIONS.  9 

sity  denoted  by  should  he,  is  to  he,  ought,  may  be  expressed  by  the 
Passive  Periphrastic  conjugation.  See  Gram.  234.  I  cultivate,  colo. 
Periphrastic  conjugation,  colendus  sum.  But  the  verb  must  agree  with 
diligentia  in  number  and  person,  and  the  participle  in  gender,  number, 
and  case.  See  Gram.  460,  1.  Hence  we  have  colenda  est. 
Diligentia  colenda  est. 


19.    YOCABULARY. 


Always,  semper,  adv. 
City,  urhs,  urhis,  f. 
Father,  pater,  tris,  m. 
Follow,  sequor,  i,  secutus  sum,  dep. 
Fortify,  munio,  ire,  ivi,  itum. 
Hannibal,  Hannlhal,  dlis,  m. 
His,  her,  its,  their,  suus,  a,  um. 
Imitate,  imUor,  dri,  dtus  sum,  dep. 


Instruct,  erudio,  ire,  ivi,  itum. 
Lead,  duco,  ere,  duxi,  ductum. 
Our,  noster,  tra,  trum. 
Rule,  rego,  ere,  rezi,  rectuTn. 
Saguntum,  Saguntum,  i,  n. 
Sleep,  dormio,  ire,  ivi,  itum. 
Take,  capio,  ere,  cepi,  captum. 


20.  Exercise. 


1.  He  leads,  he  is  led.  2.  He  will  rule,  he  will  be 
ruled.  3.  They  have  ruled,  they  have  been  ruled.  4. 
Hannibal  took  Saguntum.  5.  Saguntum  was  taken.  6. 
The  cities  had  been  taken.  7.  He  sleeps,  they  sleep. 
8.  He  will  sleep,  they  will  sleep.  9.  He  may  sleep, 
they  may  sleep.  10.  Your  father  instructed  you.  11. 
These  boys  have  been  instructed. 

12.  The  boy  imitates  his  father.  13.  We  will  imitate 
our  fathers.  14.  You  have  always  imitated  your  father. 
15.  We  will  follow  you.  16.  The  boys  followed  their 
father.  17.  We  were  about  to  praise  you.  18.  Diligent 
pupils  must  be  praised.  19.  They  were  about  to  fortify 
the  city.     20.  These  cities  must  be  fortified. 

16  .^^^^'-^ 


10  LATIN    COMPOSITION, 


Lesson  V. 

AGREEMENT  OF  NOUNS.  —  NOMINATIVE  AND  VOCATIVE. 

[19-22.] 

21.   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Predicate  Nouns.     Rule  I.   362. 

II.  Appositives.     Rule  II.   363. 

III.  Subject  Nominative.     Rule  III.   368. 

lY.  Case  of  Address.     Rule  lY.   369. 

22.  Models. 

I.   Hear,  citizens.  I.   Audits,  cives. 

II.   For  other  models,  see  under  Lessons  I.  and  HI. 

23.  Remarks. 

1.  Hear.     I  hear,  audio ;  hear,  hear  ye,  auditCi  Imperative  Second 
Pers.  Plur.     The  subject  vos,  ye,  is  omitted.     See  Gram.  368,  2. 

2.  Citizens.     Citizen,  civis  ;  citizens,  cives,  Voc.  Plur.    See  Rule  IV. 

3.  The  Vocative  generally,  though  not  always,  stands  after  one  or 
more  words.     See  Gram.  569,  VI. 


24.     YOCABULARY. 


Brother, /ra^er,  iris,  m. 
Brutus,  Brutus,  i,  m. 
Consul,  consid,  ulis,  m. 
Diligence,  diligentia,  ae,  f. 
Greatly,  valde,  adv. 
Herodotus,  Herodotus,  i,  m. 


Letter,  epistdla,  ae,  f. 
Many,  mtdti,  ae,  a,  plur. 
Philosopher,  philosdphus,  i,  m. 
Save,  servo.  Are,  cLvi,  dtum. 
Socrates,  Socrates,  is,  m. 
Soldier,  miles,  Itis,  m. 


History,  historia,  ae,  f.  i  Write,  scriho,  err,  scripsi,  sci'ipiunu 


USE   OF   THE   ACCUSATIVE.  11 


25.  Exercise. 


1.  Cicero  was  an  orator.  2.  The  consul  was  an  orator. 
3.  Cicero  the  consul  was  an  orator.  4.  Brutus  liad  been 
consul.  5.  Brutus  was  consul.  6.  Cicero  the  orator 
wrote  many  letters.  7.  The  letters  of  Cicero  the  orator 
have  been  greatly  praised.  8.  Socrates  was  a  philosopher. 
9.  Your  brother  will  be  an  orator.  10.  Herodotus  was 
the  father  of  history.  11.  The  orator  praises  Herodotus 
the  father  of  history.  12.  Pupils,  your  diligence  will  be 
praised.  13.  Your  diligence,  boys,  must  be  praised.  14. 
The  city  has  been  fortified.     15.  The  city  must  bg  saved. 

Lesson  YI. 


USE  OF  THE  ACCUSATIVE. 

[23-25.] 


-^ 


26.  Lesson  prom  the  Grammar. 

I.   Accusative  as  Direct  Object.     Rule  Y.   371.       >^v*Kl*v(r|  U^m^j 
II.   Two  Accusatives  — Same  Person.     Rule  YI.   373.    ^-^^-^^^j 
III.   Two  Accusatives  — Person  and  Thing.    Rule  YIL  374.^'^' 

27.  Models.  ^^^^U^ 

I.   They  called  the  council  I.    Consilium     appellave- 

Senate.  runt   Sendtitm. 

II.   He  asked  me  my  opinion.         II.   3fe  sententiam  roguviL 
ni.   For  Model  for  Direct  Object,  see  under  Lesson  III. 

28.   Remarks. 

I.    They  called  the  council  Senate. 

1.  They  called.     I  call,  appello  ;  they  called,  appcllaverunt  (appel- 


12 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


larunt),  Perf.  Indie.  Third  Pers.  Plur.     The  subject  is  omitted,  being 
implied  in  the  ending  erunt.     See  Gram.  368,  2. 

2.  The  council,  consilium^  Accus.     See  Rule  VI. 

3.  Senate,  Senatus  ;  Accus.  Senatum.     See  Rule  VI. 

4.  The  verb,  whose  usual  place  is  at  the  end  of  the  sentence,  n>aj 
stand  between  the  two  Accusatives,  as  in  this  Model. 

II.   He  asked  me  my  opinion. 

1.  He  asked.  I  ask,  rogo ;  he  asked,  rogavit,  Perf.  Indie.  Third 
Pers.  Sing.     The  subject  is  omitted.     See  Gram.  368,  2. 

2.  Me.     I,  ego  ;  me,  me,  Accus.     See  Rule  VII. 

3.  My  opinion.  Opinion,  senientia  ;  Accus.  sententiam.  See  Rule 
VII.  The  possessive  my  in  this  Model  is  not  expressed  in  Latin,  because 
it  can  be  readily  supplied  from  the  context ;  my  opinion,  not  the  opinion 
of  another.     See  Gram.  447. 

29.  Vocabulary. 


Ask,  rogo,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Call,  appello,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Catiline,  Catilma,  ae,  m. 
Delight,  delecto,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Enemy,  hostis,  is,  m.  and  f. 
Island,  insiila,  ae,  f. 
Judge,  judlco,  d7'e,  dvi,  dtum. 


Modesty,  verecundia,  ae,  f. 

Opinion,  sententia,  ae,  f. 

Preceptor,  praeceptor,  oris,  m, 

Rome,  Roma,  ae,  f. 

Sicily,  Sicilia,  ae,  f. 

Teach,  doceo,  ere,  docui,  doctum. 

Virtue,  virtus,  viis,  f. 


30.   Exercise. 

1.  Your  letter  delights  me.  2.  This  letter  will  delight 
your  father.  3.  Who  wrote  that  letter?  4.  My  brother 
wrote  that  letter.  5.  They  call  the  island  Sicily.  6.  The 
island  is  called  Sicily.  7.  Sicily  is  an  island.  8.  They 
called  Herodotus  the  father  of  history.  9.  We  judge 
you,  O  Catiline,  an  enemy.  10.  You,  O  Catiline,  will 
be  judged  an  enemy.  11.  We  teach  boys  modesty.  12. 
We  will  teach  our  pupils  wisdom.  13.  The  preceptor 
will  ask  you  your  opinion.  14.  The  city  was  called 
Rome.     15.  Virtue  must  be  praised. 


USE   OF   THE   ACCUSATIVE. 


13 


Lesson  VII. 


ACCUSATIVE  —  Continued. 


IV 


[26-29.] 


Le^ 


FROM 


itive  of 
II.  Accusative  o: 

III.  Accusative  of  Specification. 
Accusative  in  Exclamations. 


>ace.^lKuleO:.  ^9.      \ 


[e  and  Space 

Rule  X.  380.      ^ 

Rule  YIII.  8 
IV.  Accusative  in  Exclamations.     Ilule  XI.  381 
V.  Interrogative  Sentences.     351. 


32-   Models. 


I.   He  lived  thirty  years. 
II.   Plato  came  to  Tarentum. 

III.  They    are     not     at    all 

moved. 

IV.  O  deceptive  hope ! 


I. 

II. 

III. 


Triginta  annos  vixit. 
Plato  Tarentum  venit. 
Nihil  moveiitur. 


IV.    O  fallacem  spent ! 


33.  Remarks. 


I.   He  lived  thirty  years. 

1.  He  lived.     I  live,  vivo  ;  he  lived,  vixH.     See  Gram.  368,  2. 

2.  Thirty,  triginta^  indeclinable. 

3.  Years.     Year,  annus;    years,  Accus.  Plur.  annos.      See   Rub 
IX. 

II.  Plato  came  to  Tarentum. 

1.  Plato,  Plato,  Nom.     See  Rule  III. 

2.  Came.     I  come,  venio  ;  came,  he  came,  venit.     See  Gram.  287. 

3.  To  Tarentum.     Tarentum,  Tarentum ;  to  Tarentum,  Accus.  jTa- 
rentum.     See  Rule  X. 

III.  They  are  not  at  all  moved. 

1.  They  are  moved.     I  move,  moveo ;  am  moved,  moveor  ;  they  are 
moved,  move?itur,  Pres.  Indie.  Pass.  Third  Pers.  Plur. 


14 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


2.  Not  at  all,  nihil.     See  Rule  VIII. 
IV.   O  deceptive  hope  ! 

1.  O  HOPE,     llo^c,  spes  ;  O  hope,  0  spem.     Rule  XI. 

2.  Deceptive,  fallax ;   Ace.   Sing,  falldcem.      Rule    XXXIV.   438. 
It  is  emphatic,  and  accordingly  precedes  its  noun.     See  Gram.  565,  1. 


34.  Vocabulary. 


Athens,  Athenae,  drum,  f.  pi. 
Come,  venio,  ire,  veni,  ventum. 
Day,  dies,  diei,  m. 
Forty-three,  tres  (trio)  et  quadra- 

ginta.     G.  174. 
Hour,  hora,  ae,  f. 
How  many,  quot,  indeclinable. 
In,  in,  prep,  with  abl. 
Italy,  Italia,  ae,  f. 
Messenger,  nuntius,  ii,  m. 
Monih,  mensis,  mensis,  m. 
Move,  moveo,  ere,  movi,  motum. 


Not,   non,   adv.;  interrog.,  nonne. 

G.  851,  1. 
Not  at  all,  nihil,  indeclinable.     G. 

128. 
Numa,  Numa,  ae,  m. 
Reign,  regno,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Send,  mitto,  ire,  misi,  missum. 
Seven,   septem,    indeclinable.      G. 

176. 
Two,  duo,  ae,  o.     G.  175. 
Wonderful,  admirahllis,  e. 
Year,  annus,  i,  m. 


35.  Exercise. 

1.  How  many  years  did  Numa  reign?  2.  Numa 
reigned  forty-three  years.  3.  Were  you  (pi.)  not  two 
years  in  Italy?  4.  We  were  in  Italy  seven  months.  5. 
The  consul  came  to  Eome.  6.  He  was  in  that  city  seven 
days.  7.  Was  he  not  asked  his  opinion?  8.  He  was 
asked  his  opinion.  9.  You,  consul,  have  saved  the  city. 
10.  O  wonderful  virtue!  11.  You  will  not  move  the 
consul  at  all.  12.  Did  you  not  send  a  messenger  to 
Athens?  13.  I  sent  two  messengers  to  Athens.  14. 
How  many  hours  did  you  sleep?  15.  I  slept  seven 
hours. 


USE    OF   THE   DATIVE.  15 


Lesson  VIII. 


^. 


USE   OF   THE   DATIVE. 

[30-38.J 

36.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 


I.   Dative  with  Verbs.     Rule  XII.   384. 
II.   Two  Datives  —  To  Which  and  For  Which.     Rule  XIII. 
390. 

III.  Dative  with  Adjectives.    Rule  XIV.   391. 

IV.  Dative  with  Derivatives.     Rule  XV.   392. 

^^W^^^]^      I      37.  Models. 

I.   They  serve  the  king.  I.    Hegi  serviunt. 

II.   It  is  a  care  to  me.  II.   Est  mihi  curae. 

III.  Country  is  dear  to  all.  III.  P atria  omnibus  cara 

est. 

IV.  Obedience  to  laws.  IV.    Ohtemperatio  legibus. 

38.  Remarks. 

I.   They  serve  the  king. 

1.  They  serve,  serviunt. 

2.  The  king.     King,  rex  ;  Dat.  regi.     Rule  XII. 

II.  It  is  a  care  to  me  (to  me  for  a  care). 

1.  It  is,  est.     It  is  placed  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence  because  it 
is  emphatic.     See  Gram.  561,  I. 

2.  To  ]viE.     I,  ego ;  to  me,  mihi.     Rule  XIII. 

3.  A  CARE  =  for  a  care.     Care,  cura ;  for  a  care,  cm^ae,  Dat.     Rule 
XIII. 

III.  Country  is  dear  to  all. 

1.  Country,  patria. 

2.  Is,  est. 


16 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


3.  Dear.     Dear,  cams  ;  Fern,  cava,  to  agree  w\x\\  patria. 

4.  To  ALL.     All,  omnis  ;  Dat.  Plur.  omiiibus.     Rule  XIV. 

5.  Observe  the  order  of  the  words  in  the  model,  though  much  freedom 
is  allowable  in  this  respect. 

IV.   Obedience  to  laws. 

1.  Obedience,  ohtemperatio. 

2.  To  LAWS.    Law,  lex ;  to  laws,  legibus,  Dat.  Plur.     Rule  XV. 

39.  Vocabulary. 


All,  omnis,  e. 

Award,  tribuo,  Sre,  ui,  utum. 
Citizen,  civis,  civis,  m.  and  f. 
Country,  one's  country,^a^Wa,  ae,  f. 
Dear,  cams,  a,  um,. 
Ever  =  always,  semper,  adv. 
General,  imperator,  oris,  m. 
Give,  do,  dare,  dedi,  datum. 
Glory,  gloria,  ae,  f. 
Good,  bonus,  a,  um. 
Have,  sum,  esse,  fui,  with  dat.     G. 
387. 


Honor,  honor.  Oris,  m. 
Industry,  industria,  ae,  f. 
Learning,  doctnna,  ae,  f. 
Obedience,  ob^emperaiio,  dnis,  f. 
Obey,  pareo,  ere,  ui,  Uum. 
Praiseworthy,  laudahilis,  e. 
Prefer,  praeflro,  ferre,  tuli,  IdtuTfi. 

G.  292,  2. 
Roman,  Romunus,  a,  um. 
Wealth,  divitiae,  drum,  f.  pi. 


40.  Exercise. 

1.  Good  citizens  will  obey  the  laws.  2.  The  Romans 
awarded  honors  to  their  generals.  3.  Industry  is  an 
honor  to  a  pupil.  4.  Virtue  is  a  glory  to  all.  5.  I  prefer 
virtue  to  learning.  6.  We  prefer  learning  to  wealth.  7. 
I  will  give  you  that  book  as  a  present.  8.  I  have  seven 
beautiful  books.  9.  Will  not  this  present  be  acceptable 
to  you?  10.  That  present  will  be  acceptable  to  me.  11. 
Is  not  the  country  dear  to  you  ?  12.  The  country  has 
ever  been  very  dear  to  me.  13.  Obedience  to  the  laws 
is  praiseworthy.  A/ 


USE   OF   THE   GENITIVE.  17 


Lesson  IX. 


USE   OF  THE   GENITIVE. 

[39,  40.] 

41.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Genitive  with  Nouns.    Rule  XVI.  395. 
XL  Genitive  with  Adjectives.    Rule  XVII.  399. 

42.  Models. 

I.   The  love  of  truth.  I.   Amor  veritdtis. 

II.  Desirous  of  truth.  II.   Veritdtis  cupidus, 

43.  Vocabulary. 


Athenian,  Atheniensis,  is,  m.  and  f. 
Celebrated,    distinguished,  clams, 
a,  urn. 


Man,  homo,  tnis ;  vir,^  viri,  m. 
Money,  pecunia,  ae,  f. 
Often,  saepe,  adv. 


Demosthenes,  Demosthenes,  is,  m.   I  Oration,  oraiio,  onis,  f. 


Desirous  of,  cupldus,  a,  um. 
Fond  of,  amans,  amantis. 
King,  rex,  regis,  m. 
Love,  amor,  oris,  m. 


Pleasure,  voluptas,  dtis,  f. 
Praise,  laus,  laudis,  f. 
Precept,  praeceptum,  i,  n. 
Skilled  in,  peritus,  a,  um. 


44.   Exercise. 

1.  The  orations  of  Cicero  have  often  been  praised.     2. 
You  have  often  praised  the  orations  of  Cicero  the  orator, 

^  Homo  is  the  ordinary  term  for  man  as  a  member  of  the  human 
family ;  while  vir  is  a  terra  of  respect,  a  hero,  a  man  in  the  full  sense 
of  the  word. 


IS  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

3.  The  orations  of*  Demosthenes,  the  celebrated  orator, 
will  always  be  praised.  4.  Boys  are  fond  of  pleasure. 
5.  The  pupils  are  fond  of  praise.  6.  The  king  was 
desirous  of  glory.  7.  Men  are  fond  of  money.  8.  The 
love  of  country  is  an  honor  to  a  citizen.  9.  The  precepts 
of  the  jyhilosophers  were  useful  to  the  Athenians.  10. 
The  general  is  skilled  in  war,. 


Lesson  iL. 

GENITIVE  —  Continued. 

[41-43.] 

45.   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.   Predicate  Genitive.     Rule  XVIII.   401. 
II.   Genitive  with  certain  Verbs.     Rule  XIX.   406. 
III.   Accusative  and  Genitive.     Rule  XX.  409. 

46.  Models. 

I.   It  is  of  small  value.  I.  Parvi  pretii  est, 

II.   He  remembers  the  past.  II.   Memtnit     praeterito- 

rum. 
III.   You     accuse     men    of         III.    Vivos  scelcris  arguis, 
crime.     ^ 

47.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Of  small  value,  parvi  pretii.     Rule  XVIII. 

2.  Model  II.  —  The  past  =  past  things,  events,  praeieriiOrum,  Gen. 
P\uT.  liieut.  of  praeierittis,  ivom  praetereo.  Rule  XIX.  PraeterHdrnm 
rerum  slioukl  not  be  used  for  praeteritOrum,  except  to  avoid  real  ambi- 
guity, as  it  is  less  euphonious. 


USE    OF   THE    GENITIVE. 


19 


PraeteriiOrum  would  regularly  precede  the  verb,  but  is  made  em- 
phatic by  being  placed  at  the  end  of  the  sentence.     See  Gram.  561,  II. 
3.  Or  CRIME,  sceleris,  Gen.  of  scelus.     Kule  XX. 


48.    VOCABTTLAEY. 


Already,  jam,  adv. 

Concerns,  it  concerns,  i-efert,  re- 

tiilit,  impers. 
Esteem,  aestlmo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Favor,  heneficium,  ii,  n. 
Folly,  stultitia,  ae,  f. 
Forget,  ohliviscor,  i,    ohlltus  sum, 

dep. 
Goodness,  horiltas,  dtis,  f. 
Gmin,  frumentum,  t,  n. 
Great,  magnus,  a,  um. 
Greatly,  with  inUrest  and  refeH, 

magni. 
High,  at  a  high  price,  magnoj  or 


magni;  with  verbs  of  valuing, 
magni;  very  highly,  maximi. 

Integrity,  integrftas,  atis,  f. 

Interests,  it  interests,  interest,  in- 
terfuit,  impers. 

Never,  tiunquam,  adv. 

Pity,  misereor,  eri,  erltus  sum,  dep. 

Poor,  pauper,  eris. 

Remember,  memini,  isse.  G.  297, 1. 

Repent,  I  repent,  r:ie  paenftet, 
paenituit.     G.  299. 

Sell,  vendo,  ere,  dldi,  ditum. 

Theft,  furtum,  i,  n. 

Value,  price,  pretium,  ii,  n. 


49.   Exercise. 


1.  Virtue  is  a  characteristic  of  a  good  man.  2.  In- 
tegrity is  of  great  value.  3.  Goodness  must  be  highly 
esteemed.  4.  We  esteem  goodness  very  highly.  5. 
This  book  will  be  of  great  value  to  us.  6.  We  pity  the 
poor.  7.  I  remember  your  favors.  8.  We  do  not  forget 
our  friends.  9.  We  shall  never  forget  you.  10.  They 
accuse  the  boy  of  theft.  11.  I  have  already  repented  of 
my  folly.  12.  He  sells  grain  at  a  high  price.  13.  This 
greatly  interests  us. 


20 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Lesson  XL 

USE   OF  THE   ABLATIVE. 

[44,  45.] 


Lesson  from  the  Geammab. 
L.Jblative  of  pause.    Kure  XXII.  413. 
U^^^mi'e^!S:^^^uleXXY,  420. 
III.  Ablative  of  Price.     Rule  XXVII.  422. 


51.  Models. 


I.   He  is  led  by  glory. 
II.   You  purchased  the  house 
at  a  high  price. 


I.    Gloria  ducitur. 
II.   Domum  magna  emis- 
ti. 


52.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  — By  glory,  gloria,  Abl.     Rule  XXV. 

2.  Model  II.  —  At  a  high  price,  magno,  Abl.    Rule  XXVII.    The 
Abl.  of  the  adjective  is  sometimes  thus  used,  preiio  being  understood. 


53-   Vocabulary. 


By,  a,  ab,  prep,  with  abl.  G.  434,  N.  2. 
Glory   in,  glorior,  dri,  dius  sum, 

dep. 
Gold,  aurum,  t,  n. 
Happiness,  success, /uZtcl^as,  dtis,  f. 
Horse,  equus,  equi,  m. 
Judge,  judex,  ids,  m. 
Mina,  mina,  ae,  f. 
Not,  with  imperatives,  ne,  adv. 
One,  unus,  a,  um.     G.  176. 


Proud,  siiperhus,  a,  um. 
Purchase,  emo,  ire,  emi,  emptum. 
Rejoice,  gaudeo,  ere,  gavi.<t>is  ewm. 

G.  268,  3. 
Scipio,  Scipio,  Onis,  m. 
Study,  studium,  ii,  n. 
Talent,  talentum,  i,  n. 
Thirty,  triginta,  inded- 
Valor,  virtus,  Hits,  f. 


USE    OF   THE   ABLATIVE.  21 

54.   Exercise. 

1.  Socrates  has  often  been  praised  for  (because  of)  his 
wisdom.  2.  They  glory  in  their  wealth.  3.  This  phi- 
losopher glories  in  his  wisdom.  4.  The  pupils  rejoice  in 
their  studies.  5.  We  are  delighted  with  the  precepts  of 
the  philosophers.  6.  Wisdom  is  not  purchased  with 
gold.  7.  Do  not  sell  happiness  for  gold.  8.  The  judge 
has  purchased  a  horse  for  one  talent.  9.  I  will  sell  this 
horse  for  thirty  minae.  10.  He  is  proud  of  his  wealth. 
11.   Scipio  was  proud  of  his  country. 


XII. 


ABLATIVE  —  Continued. 

[46-48.] 

55.  Lessox  from  the  Grammar. 


^^- 


I.  ^Ablative  with  Comparatives.     Rule  XXIII.  417. 
IlT  Ablative  of  Diffei-uiu'e.     Rule  XXVIII.  423. 

III.  Ablative  in  Special  Constructions.     Rule  XXVI.  421  ; 
414,  IV.;  425,  1,  note. 

56.  Models. 

I.   Nothing  is  more  lovely  I.   Nihil  est   amabilius 

.  than  virtue.  virtute^  or  Nihil  est 

amabilius      quam 
virtus. 

II.  He  preceded  me  by  two  II.   Biduo  me  antecessit. 

days. 
III.   We   enjoy   very  many  III.   Plurimis  rebus  frut- 

things.  mur. 


22  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 

IV.    Safety  rests  upon  truth.  IV.    JSalus   veritate    idti- 

tur. 

V.   I  do  not  need  a  remedy.  V.   N'oii  egeo  ntedicma. 

VI.   They    are    worthy    of  VI.   Dlyni  sunt  amicitia. 
friendship. 

VII.   We  need  your  authori-  VII.   Auctoritdte  tua  nobis 

ty.  opus  est. 


57.   Remaeks. 

1.  Model  I. — Tux^  \iwtvte.j  quam  vhirus  ov  virtute.  Rule  XXIII. 
417,  1.  The  Abl.  virtute  may  either  follow  or  precede  the  compara- 
tive, amabilius. 

2.  Model  II.  —  By  two  days,  hiduo^  Abl.  of  Dif .     Rule  XXVIII. 

3.  Model  III.  —  Very  many,  jt>ZMn>nM,  Superl.    See  G.  160. 

4.  Things,  rebus,  Abl.  Rule  XXVI.  I.  Rebus  is  necessary  to  avoid  ambi- 
guity, because,  though  plurima  may  be  used  substantively,  in  the  sense  of 
very  many  things,  plurXmis  would  be.  ambiguous,  as  it  would  not  distmguish 
things  from  persons, 

5.  Models  IV.  V.  VI.  —  Upon  truth,  a  remedy,  of  friendship,  veri- 
tate, medicma,  amicitia,  Abls.     Rule  XXVI.  414,  IV. ;  425,  1,  note. 

6.  Medicma  wouM  regularly  precede  its  verb,  but  is  here  emphatic.  The 
regular  order  in  Model  VI.  would  be,  Amicitia  digni  sunt,  but  as  digni  is 
emphatic,  it  is  placed  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence.    See  G.  561, 1. 

7.  Model  VII.  —  We  need  =  there  is  need  to  us,  nobis  opus  est.  See 
G.  414,  IV.  N.  2.  Authority,  auctoritate,  Abl.  G.  414,  IV.  Auctoritdte 
is  emphatic,  and  is  accordingly  placed  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence. 


58.   Vocabulary. 


Abound  in,  abundo,  Are,  dvi,  dium. 
C&to,  Cato,  Onis,  m. 
Discharge,   fulfil,  fungor,  i,  func- 
tus sum,  dep. 


Duty,  officium,  it,  n. 

Enjoy,  fruor,  t,  frtictus  or  fruUus 

sum,  dep. 
Five,  quinque,  indecl. 


USE    OF    THE    ABLATIVE. 


23 


Learned,  doctus,  a,  um. 

Much,   with    comparatives,  multo, 

adv. 
Need,  there  is  need,  opus  est.,  fuiU 
Older,  "major,  oris,  or  major  natu. 


Relying  upon,  fretus,  a,  um. 
Trust  in,  confido,  ere,  fisus  sum. 
Use,  ntor,  uti,  usus  sum,  dep. 
Wisely,  sapienter,  adv. 
Worthy,  dignus,  a,  um. 


59.    ExEliCISE. 

1.  Cicero  was  more  learned  than  Cato.  2.  You  are 
more  diligent  than  your  brother.  3.  Virtue  is  better  than 
wisdom.  4.  Wisdom  is  better  than  gold.  5.  Wisdom  is 
dearer  to  us  than  gold.  6.  You  are  five  years  older  than 
I.  7.  Your  father  uses  his  wealth  wisely.  8.  We  enjoy 
our  studies.  9.  We  will  discharge  our  duties.  10.  This 
city  abounds  in  wealth.  11.  We  do  not  trust  in  wealth. 
12.  Your  pupils  are  worthy  of  praise.  13.  I  rely  (am 
relying)  upon  your  friendship.      14.    We  need  friends. 


Lesson  XIII. 


k 


ABLATIVE  —  Continued. 

[49-51.] 

60.  Lesson  yroth  the  Grammar. 


I.  Ablative  of  Place.     Rule  XXX.  425  ;  XXI.  412. 
II.  Ablative  of  Source  and  Separation.     Rule  XXII.  413. 
III.  Ablative  of  Time.     Rule  XXXI.  429,  430. 


61.  Models. 


I.    In  the  forum. 
II.   He  was  at  Rome. 
III.   I  ward  oiF slaughter  from 
you. 


I.   In  foro. 
II.   Romae  fuit. 
III.    Caedem   a   vobis    de- 
pello. 


24 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


IV.   He  died  in  his  eightieth        IV.    Octoyestmo   anno   est 
year.  rnortuus. 

62.   Remauks. 

1.  Model  II.  —  Ax  Rome,  Romae;  why  Homae,  rather  than  Roma  ^ 
See  G.  425,  II. 

2.  Model  IV.  —  In  —  year,  anno.  Rule  XXXI.  Why  not  in  anno  f 
See  G.  429,  1,  ft.  n.  Octogesimo  is  emphatic,  and  accordingly  precedes  its 
noun.     See  G.  565,  1, 

63.  Vocabulary. 


Ago,  abhinc,  adv. 
Corinth,  Corinthus,  i,  f. 
Danger,  periculum,  i,  n. 
Flee,  fugio,  ere,  fugi,  fugUum. 
Free  from,  lihiro,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
From,  a,  ab,  prep,  with  abl. 
Garden,  hortus,  i,  m. 
Greece,  Graecia,  ae,  f. 
Keep  from,  keep  off,  arceo,  ere,  cm, 
ctum. 


Receive,  accipto,  ire,  cepi,  ceptum. 

Reside,  hahUo,  are,  Avi,  dtum. 

See,  video,  ere,  vidi,  visum. 

Sunset,  solis  occdsus,  us,  m. 

Temple,  templum,  i,  n. 

Three,  tres,  tria. 

Time,  tempus,  dris,  n. 

Where,  uhi,  adv. 

Whole,  totus,  a,  um.     G.  151. 

Winter,  hiems,  imis,  f. 


64.   Exercise. 

1.  There  were  beautiful  cities  in  Greece.  2.  Were 
you  in  Corinth?  3.  We  were  in  Corinth  the  whole 
winter.  4.  In  Athens  we  saw  beautiful  temples.  5. 
Does  not  your  friend  reside  at  Rome?  6.  He  resides  in 
Athens.  7.  He  fled  from  Rome  to  Athens.  8.  I  have 
received  two  letters  from  your  father,  9.  The  city  has 
been  freed  from  great  dangers.  10.  Where  were  you  at 
sunset?  11.  I  was  in  the  garden  at  that  time.  12.  I 
was  in  Rome  three  years  ago.  13.  We  will  keep  the 
enemy  from  the  city. 


USE    OF    THE   ABLATIVE.  2b 


Lesson  XIV. 

ABLATIVE  —  Continued. 

[52-55.] 

tty  65.   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

^^.  Ablative  of  Characteristic.     Rule  XXIV.  II.  419. 
II.  Ablative  of  Specification.     Rule  XXIX.  424. 

III.  Ablative  Absolute.     Rule  XXXII.  431. 

IV.  Cases  with  Prepositions.     Rule  XXXIII.  432-435. 

66.  Models. 

I.   Piso,  a  man  of  the  high-  I.   P^so,  vir  summa  viV" 

est  virtue.  tute. 

II.   Piso  was  a  man  of  the  II.   Piso   summa    virtut6 

highest  virtue.  fiiit. 

III.  They  are  similar  in  char-  III.   Moribus  similes  sunt. 

acter. 

IV.  They   flourished  in    the         IV.    Servio  regnante  vigue- 

reign  of  Servius.  runt. 

V.  I  have  written  to  a  friend.  V.   Ad  amicum,  scripsi. 

67.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I. — A  man  of  the  highest  virtue,  vir  summa  virtute ; 
but  in  the  predicate,  as  in  tlie  second  model,  Piso  was  a  man,  etc.,  vir 
is  omitted.  See  G.  419,  2,  4).  As  summa  is  emphatic,  it  is  placed  before 
its  noun.     See  G.  565,  L 

2.  Model  III.  —  In  character.  Character,  manners,  mores  ;  in  charac- 
ter, moribus  ;  Abl.  of  Specification.     Rule  XXIX. 

8.  Model  IV.  —  In  the  reign  of  Seryius  =  Servius  reigning,  Servir 
regnante;  Abl,  Absol.     Rule  XXXII. 

17 


26 


LATIN   COMPOSITIOIir, 


68.  Vocabulary. 


Ancus,  Ancus,  i,  m. 
Before,  ante,  prep,  with  ace. 
Conspiracy,  conjuratio,  onis,  f. 
Courage,  virtus,  utis,  f. 
Eloquence,  eloquentia,  ae,  f. 
Form,  make, /acto,  ere,  feci,  factum. 
Greek,  Graecus,  i,  m. 


Light,  lux,  lucis,  f. 
Mareius,  Marcius,  ii,  m. 
Remarkable,  singularis,  e. 
Spain,  Hispania,  ae,  f. 
Surpass,  supiro,  are,  avi,  dtum. 
Tarquin,  Tarquinius,  ii,  m. 
To,  adj  iprep.  with  ace. 


69.   Exercise. 

1.  The  general,  a  man  of  remai'kahle  courage,  will 
save  the  city.  2.  The  general  is  a  man  of  remarkable 
courage.  3.  Cicero,  a  man  of  remarkable  eloquence,  was 
consul.  4.  The  Greeks  surpassed  the  Komans  in  learn- 
ing.    5.  The   Romans    surpassed    the    Greeks    in   valor. 

6.  Tarquin  came  to  Rome  in  the  reign  of  Ancus  Marcius. 

7.  A  conspiracy  was  formed  in  Rome  when  Cicero  was 
consul.  8.  Scipio  was  in  Spain.  9.  Tarquin^ came  into 
Italy.     10.  The  boy  came  to  me  before  light. 


mm  came 


Lesson  XV. 


s^ 


ADJECTIVES.    PRONOUNS. 

[56-62.] 

70.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 


I.  Agreement  of  Adjectives.     Rule  XXXIV.  438,  439. 
II.  Agreement  of  Pronouns.     Rule  XXXV.  445. 

Personal  and  Possessive  Pronouns.  446-449. 
Demonstrative  Pronouns.  450-452. 


ADJECTIVES.       PRONOUNS. 


27 


Relative  Pronouns.   453. 
Interrogative  Pronouns.   454. 
Indefinite  Pronouns.   455-459. 


71.   Models. 

I. 

Fortune  is  blind. 

I. 

II. 

I  who  encourage  yon. 

II. 

III. 

Wash  your  hands. 

III. 

IV. 

He  loves  himself. 

IV. 

V. 

The   guardian    of    this 
city. 

V. 

VI. 

Who  am  I  ? 

VI. 

VII. 

A  certain  rhetorician. 

VII. 

Fortuna  caeca  est. 

Ego  qui  te  conjirmo 

Manus  lava. 

Se  diltgit. 

Gustos  hujus  urhis. 

Quis  ego  sura  f 
Quidam  rhetor. 


72.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Blind,  caeca,  Fern.  Sing.  Nom.  to  agree  with /oWfiwa. 
Rule  XXXIV. 

2.  Model  II.  —  Encourage,  corifirmo,  First  Pers.  to  agree  with 
gill,  which  is  of  the  First  Pers.  to  agree  with  the  antecedent  ego.  Eule 
XXXV. 

3.  Model  III. — Your  hands,  manus.  The  possessive,  tuas,  your, 
is  omitted.     See  G.  447. 

4.  Model  V.  —  Of  this  city.  This  city,  haec  urhs  ;  of  this  city, 
hujus  urhis. 

5.  Model  VI.  —  Who,  quis  ?    Why  not  qui  f    See  G.  454. 


73.  Vocabulary. 


Have,  haheo,  ere,  iti,  Hum. 
Instructor,  praecepior,  oris,  m. 
Make,  facio,  ere,  feci,  factum. 
Modest,  modestus,  a,  um. 
Peace,  pax,  pads,  f. 


Some  one,  a  certam  one, 

quaedam,    quiddam   or   quod- 
dam.     G.  190,  2,  1). 

Yesterday,  heri,  adv. 


28  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


74.  Exercise. 


1.  Peace  will  be  acceptable  to  us.  2.  The  city  will  be 
beautiful.  3.  I  have  seen  beautiful  cities.  4.  The  pu- 
pils are  diligent.  5.  Your  friendship  delights  me.  6. 
Your  instructor  praises  you.  7.  Which  book  have  you? 
8.  I  have  you7'  book.  9.  True  wisdom  makes  men  mod- 
est. 10.  This  precept  will  be  useful  to  me.  11.  The 
precepts  of  your  instructor  will  be  useful  to  you.  12. 
Some  boys  praise  themselves.  13.  The  letter  which  you 
wrote  yesterday  will  delight  your  father. 


Lesson  XYI. 
agreement  of  verbs.  —  indicative. 

[63-07.] 

75.  Lesson  feom  the  Grammar. 

I.  Agreement   of   Verb   with    Subject.      Rule    XXXVL 

460-463. 
a.  Use  of  Indicative.     Rule  XXXVII.  474. 
Present.   466,467. 
Imperfect.   468,  469. 
Future  and  Future  Perfect.   470,  473. 
Perfect  and  Pluperfect.  471,  472. 

76.  Models. 

I.    Cato  praised  this  law.  I.    Cato  hanc  legem  lau 

davit. 


AGREEMENT   OF    VERBS.  — INDICATIVE.  29 

II.   Cicero  and  I  are  well.  II.   Ego    et     Cicero     va- 

lemus. 
ni.   I  will  write  to  you.  III.    Scribam  ad  te. 

'  77.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Praised,  laudavit,  Historical  Perfect  (G.  471,  II.), 
Third  Pers.  Sing,  to  agree  with  Cato.     Rule  XXXVI. 

2.  Model  II.  —  Cicero  and  I,  ego  et  Cicero.  In  Latin  the  First 
Pers.  stands  before  the  Second. 

3.  Are  well,  t-altmus,  First  Pers.  Plur.  to  agree  with  ego  et  Cicero. 
See  G.  4G3,  1. 

4.  Model  III.  —  I  will  write,  scribam,  Fut.  Why  not  ego  scribam  ? 
See  G.  368,  2 ;  446. 

5.  To  you,  ad  te.  This  may  stand  either  before  or  after  the  verb, 
though  the  modifiers  of  verbs  more  frequently  stand  before  them.  See 
G.  567. 

78.  Vocabulary. 
At,  ad,  or  apud,  prep,  with  accus.  ]  Pydna,  Pydna,  ae,  f. 


Conquer,  vinco,  ire,  vici,  victum. 
For  his  (her,  its)  own  sake,  prop- 
ter sese  (se) . 
Love,  amo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Macedonia,  Macedonia,  ae,  f.  j  Wise,  sapiens,  entis 

Perseus,  Perseus,  i,  m.  ' 


Servius,  Servius,  ii,  m. 
Ten,  decern,  indecl. 
To-morrow,  eras,  adv. 
Tried,  spectatus,  a,  um. 


79.   Exercise. 

1 .  By  whom  was  Saguntum  taken  ?  2 .  This  city  was 
taken  by  Hannibal.  3.  How  many  books  have  you?  4. 
I  have  ten  good  books.  5.  Cato  was  a  man  of  tried  vir- 
tue. 6.  We  rejoice  in  your  happiness.  7.  Who  was 
reigning  at  that  time?  8.  King  Servius  was  reigning  at 
Rome.     9.  Will  you  not  write  to  me?     10.  I  will  write 


30  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 

to  you  to-morrow.  11.  Virtue  must  be  loved  for  its  own 
sake.  12.  Socrates  was  judged  the  wisest  of  men.  13. 
Herodotus  has  been  called  the  father  of  history.  14. 
Perseus,  the  king  of  Macedonia,  was  conquered  at  Pydn 


W 


Lesson   XVII. 
tenses  and  use  of  the  subjunctive. 

[68-74.] 

80-   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Sequence  of  Tenses.     Rule  XLI.  491,  492. 
II.  Potential  Subjunctive.     Rule  XXXIX.  485,  486. 

III.  Subjunctive  of  Desire.     Rule  XXXVIII.     483,  484. 

IV.  Subjunctive  of  Purpose.     Rule  XLII.  497-499. 
V.  Subjunctive  of  Result.     Rule  XLIII.  500-502. 

81.  Models. 

I.   Perhaps     you    may   in-  I.   Forsitan  quaeratis. 

quire. 

II.   Who  doubts?  II.    Quisduhttetf 

III.  Let  us  love  our  country.  III.   Amemus  patriam. 

IV.  He  strives  that  he  may  IV.   Enititur  ut  vincat. 

conquer. 

V.   I  allowed  no  day  to  pass  V.   Nullum  intermJsi  di- 

without  giving  some-  e^n  quin  altquid  da- 

thing.  rem. 

82.  Remarks. 

1.  MoDKL  I,  —  You  MAY   INQUIRE,  qtMcrdtif,  Subj.     Rule  XLI.      Sub- 
ject  vos  omitted.     See  G.  868,  2. 


TENSES  AND  USE  OF  THE  SUBJUNCTIVE.       31 

2.  Model  II. —  Who  doubts,  or  would  doubt  ?=  no  one  doubts, 
quis  duhitet?  question  of  appeal,  Subj.     See  G.  A:SQ,  II. 

3.  Model  III. — Let  us  love,  armmus,  Subj.  of  Desire.  Rule 
XXXVIII.  The  verb  is  made  emphatic  by  standing  at  the  beginning  of  the 
sentence.     See  G.  561,  I. 

4.  Our  country,  patriam,  possessive  omitted.     See  G.  447. 

5.  Model  FV.  —  That  he  may  conquer,  ut  vincat,  Subj.  of  Purpose. 
Rule  XLII.  Present  tense,  because  it  depends  upon  a  Principal  tense, 
enitttur.     Rule  XLI. 

6.  Model  V.  —  I  allowed  —  to  pass,  intermlsi. 

7.  Without  giving  something  =  but  that  I  gave  something,  quin  alt- 
quid  darem.  Darem^  Subj.  with  quin^  Imperfect  tense,  dependent  upon 
infermln.     See  G.  504  ;  493,  1. 

8.  Nullum  —  diem  are  made  emphatic  by  separation.     See  G.  561,  III. 

83.     VOCABFLARY. 


Doubt,  dubito,  are,  dvi,  atum. 
So,  tarn ;  Ha,  adv. 


That,  expressing  purpose  or  result, 

ut,  conj. 
That  =  but  that,  quin,  conj. 


84.  Exercise. 

1.  He  praises  you  (pi.)  that  he  maybe  praised  by  you. 

2.  He  praised  you  (pi.)  that  he  might  be  praised  by  you. 

3.  They  will  praise  us  that  they  may  be  praised  by  us.  4. 
I  do  not  doubt  that  you  (pi.)  have  been  diligent.  5. 
We  did  not  doubt  that  you  (pi.)  had  been  diligent.  6. 
The  judge  may  be  accused  of  folly.  7.  Let  us  obey  the 
laws.  8.  May  our  pupils  love  virtue.  9.  May  they  be 
diligent.  10.  The  pupils  are  so  diligent  that  they  are 
praised  by  their  preceptor.  11.  Let  us  praise  virtue.  12 
Let  virtue  be  praised. 


32  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


Lesson   XVIII. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  —  Continued. 

[75-82.J 

85.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Subjunctive  of  Condition.     Rule  XLIY.  ;  XLV.  507- 
513.  t^^^^ 

II.  Subjunctive  of  Concession.     Rule  XLYI.  515. 

III.  Subjunctive  of  Cause.     Rule  XL VII.;  XLYIIL  516, 

517. 

IV.  Subjunctive  of  Time  with  Cause.     Rule  L.;  LI.  510, 

520. 

86.  Models. 

I.   If  this  is  a  state,  I  am  a  I.    Si  haec    civitas    est, 

citizen.  civis  sum  ego, 

II.   The  day  would  fail  me,  II.   I>ies   deficiat^  si  nu- 

if  I  should  recount.  merem. 

III.  Wisdom   would  not   be  III.    Sapientia  non  expete- 

sought,   if   it   accom-  retur^  si  nihil  effi- 

plished  nothing.  ceret. 

IV.  Though  he  may  deride.         IV.   Licet  irrideat. 

V.    Since  life  is  full  of  fear.  V.    Quum  vita  metus  pie- 

na  sit. 
VI.   You  are  waiting  till  he        VI.   Exspectas  dam  dicaU 
speaks. 

87.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  In  civis  sum  ego,  regularly  ego  sum  civis,  or  ego  civis 
sum,  civis  is  emphatic,  and  is  accordingly  placed  at  the  beginning  of  the 
clause.     See  G.  5G1,  I. 

2.  !MoDEL  II.  —  Would  fail,  should  recount,  deficiat,  numh-em^  Subj. 
Rule  XLIV.  509. 


USE    OF   THE    SUfeJUNCTIVE. 


33 


3.  Model  III.  —  Would   be   sought,    accomplished,    expeteretur, 
efficeret,  Subj.    Rule  XLIV.  510,  Imperfect,  510,  1. 

4.  Model  IV. — May  deride,  irrideat,  Subj.  of  Concession.     Rule 
XLVI. 

5.  Model  V.  —  Since  —  is,   quum  —  sit,    Subj,    of    Cause.      Rule 
XLVIII. 

6.  Model  VI.  —  Till  he  speaks,  that  he  may  speak;  dum  dicat, 
Subj.  of  Cause  and  Time.     Rule  L. 


88.   Vocabulary. 


Although,  quamquam ;  licet,    etsi, 

conj. 
Because,  quod,  conj. 
However,  quamvis,  adv. 
If,  si,  conj. 
Just,  Justus,  a,  um. 


Read,  J^go,  ere,  legi,  ledum. 
Until,  dum,  donee,  conj. 
Wait,  exspecto,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
When,  quum,  conj. 
Yet,  tamen,  adv. 


89.  Exercise. 


1.  If  they  are  good,  they  are  happy.  2.  If  you  will 
be  diligent,  you  will  be  praised.  3.  If  you  would  be 
diligent,  you  would  be  praised.  4.  If  you  (pi.)  were 
diligent,  you  would  be  praised.  5.  If  they  had  been 
good,  they  would  have  been  happy.  6.  Although  the 
judge  is  just,  he  is  yet  often  blamed.  7.  However  just 
he  may  be,  he  will  often  be  blamed.  8.  You  will  be 
praised,  because  you  are  diligent.  9.  The  citizens  will 
praise  the  judge,  because  (on  the  ground  that)  he  is  just. 
10.  We  will  wait  until  you  read  the  letter  (i.  e.  that  you 
may  read  it).  11.  We  saw  beautiful  temples,  when  we 
were  in  Rome.     ^ 


34  LATIN   COMPOSITION, 


Lesson   XIX. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  -  Continued. 

[83-85.] 

90.   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

L  Subjunctive  in  Indirect  Questions.     Rule  LV.  529,  I. 
II.  Subjunctive  by  Attraction.     Rule  LV.  529,  11. 
III.  Subjunctive  in  Indirect  Discourse.     Rule  LIII.;  LiV, 


523,  524. 


91.  Models. 


I.    What  a  day  may  bring  I.    Quid  dies  ferat^  i7u 

forth  is  uncertain.  certum  est. 

II.   I  fear  I  shall  increase  the  II.    Yereor  ne,   dum  mi- 

lahoi\  while  I  wish  to  nuere    velim    labo- 

dirainish  it.  re77i^  augeam. 

III.   He  boasted  that  he  had  III.    Gloriatus    est,  annu- 

made  the  ring  which  liim   quern    haheret 

he  wore.  se  confecisse. 

92.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  May  bring  forth,  ferat,  Subj.     Rule  LV. 

2.  Uncertain,  incertum,  Nom.  Sing.  Neut.,  to  agree  with  the  clause  quid 
-ferat.     See  G.  438,  3  ;  42,  note. 

3.  Model  II.  —  I   shall   increase  =  lest  I   may  increase,  ne  augeam^ 
Subj.     See  G.  498,  III. 

4.  While  I  wish,  dum  velim.      Velim  is  attracted  into  the  Subjunctive 
by  the  Subjunctive  augeam.     Rule  LV. 

6.  In  the  arrangement  of  words  and  clauses  in  Model  II.,  observe  (1) 
that  the  clause  dum  —  lahorem  is  inserted  in  the  clause  wtf  —  aiigeam 
(G.   672,   I.),  and  (2)  that   the   object   labOrem   is   expressed  in  the  in- 


USE    OF   THE    SUBJUNCTIVE. 


35 


serted  clause,  dum  —  laborem,  but  omitted  after  augeam.  A  literal 
rendering  of  the  Latin  would  be,  I  fear  lest,  while  I  wish  to  diminish  the 
labor,  I  may  increase  (if).  Emphasis  places  laborem  at  the  end  of  the 
clause.    See  G.  561,  II. 

6.  Model  III.  —  That  he  had  made,  se  confecisse.  Infinitive  with  Sub- 
ject Accusative,  depending  upon  gloriattis  est.  See  G.  535,  I.  2.  Se,  not 
eum,  must  be  used,  according  to  G.  449,  1. 

7.  Which  he  wore,  had,  quern  habm-et.  Haberet,  Subj.,  because  in  In- 
direct Discourse.  Rule  LIV.  The  Imperfect  is  used,  because  it  depends 
upon  an  Historical  tense,  gloriatus  est,  and  denotes  Incomplete  action.  See 
G.  493,  1.  In  the  language  of  the  one  who  made  the  boast,  the  Indicative 
would  be  used,  quern  habeo, 

8.  The  object  annulum  would  regularly  follow  the  subject  se,  but  is 
here  placed  at  the  beginning  of  the  clause  because  it  is  emphatic. 


93.  Vocabulary. 


Ask  (a  question),    interrogo,   are, 

dvi,  dtum. 
Do,  facio,  ere,  feci,  factuTn. 
Know,  scio,  ire,  ivi,  itum. 
Not  to  know,  nescio,  ire,  ivi,  itum. 


Please,  placeo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  dat. 

G.  385. 
Say,  dico,  ere,  dixi,  dictum,. 
Whether,  num,  adv.    G.  529, 1,  N.  3. 
Who,  which  (relative),  qui,  quae, 

quod. 


94.  Exercise. 


1.  What  did  your  father  say?  2.  I  do  not  know  what 
he  said.  3.  He  asks  what  I  have  done.  4.  He  asked 
what  I  had  done.  5.  They  ask  what  I  am  doing.  6. 
They  asked  what  I  was  doing.  7.  He  asked  me  to  read 
the  letter  which  he  had  received.  8.  The  preceptor 
praises  the  pupils,  because  they  are  diligent.  9.  He  says 
that  he  praises  the  pupils,  because  they  are  diligent.  10. 
Did  not  that  letter  please  your  father?  11.  I  asked 
whether  that  letter  pleased  your  father.  "XX 


36  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


Lesson    XX. 

IMPERATIVE.     INFINITIVE. 

[86-91.] 

95.   Lesson  feom  the  Grammar. 

I.  Imperative.     Rule  XL.  487. 

IL  Subject  of  Infinitive.     Rule  LVIII.  536. 

IIL  Infinitive  as  Subject.     538. 

IV.  Infinitive  as  Object.     533-535. 

96.   Models. 

I.   Practise  justice.  I.   Justitiam  cole. 

II.   That  a  citizen  should  be  II.   Facinus  est  vinciri  ci 

bound,  is  a  crime.  vem. 

III.   I  find  that  Plato  came  to  III.   Platonem     Tarentum 

Tarentum.  venisse  reperio. 

97.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  —  That  a  citizen  should  be  bound,  vinciri  civem,  or 
civem  vinciri.  Tlie  latter  is  the  common  order,  but  in  the  former  vinciri 
and  civem  are  made  emphatic.  Vinciri  civem  is  tlie  subject  of  est 
(G.  538),  and  civem  is  the  subject  of  vinciri.     Rule  LVIII. 

2.  Model  III.  —  That  Plato  came  to  Tarentum,  riatonem  Tarentum 
venisse,  object  of  the  active  verb,  reperio.     See  G.  535,  I.  1. 

3.  To  Tarentum,  Tarentum.     Rule  X. 

98.   Vocabulary. 


Ancient,  antiquns,  a,  tim. 
Break,  offend   against,   vidlo,   dre, 
&vi,  atum. 


Guard,  custodio,  ire,  ivi,  itum. 
Parent,  parens,  entis,  m.  and  f.     V 
People  =  nation,  popi^us,  t,  m. 


GERUNDS,    SUPINES,    PARTICIPLES.  —  PARTICLES.       37 


Practise,  colo,  ere,  colui,  cultum. 
Safe,  salvus,  a,  um. 


Sec  that,  take  care  that,  euro,  ar& 
dvi,  dium. 


99.   Exercise. 

1.  Boys,  obey  the  laws,  love  your  parents,  imitate  the 
good.  2.  Soldiers,  see  that  you  guard  the  city.  3.  Ee- 
member  the  ancient  valor  of  the  Roman  people.  4.  It  is 
the  part  of  a  good  citizen  to  obey  the  laws.  5.  It  is  the 
part  of  a  wise  man  to  practise  virtue.  6.  Ancus  was 
reigning.  7.  They  say  that  Ancus  was  reigning.  8. 
We  know  that  the  city  is  safe.  9.  Do  not  break  the 
laws.  10.  Imitate  your  father.  11.  They  say  that  the 
city  has  been  taken.  12.  It  is  true  that  good  laws  are 
useful. 

Lesson   XXI. 

GERUNDS,  SUPINES,  PARTICIPLES. —  PARTICLES. 

[92-99.] 

100.   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Gerunds  and  Gerundives.     541-544. 
II.  Supines.     545-547. 

III.  Supine  in  um.     Rvle  LIX.  546. 

IV.  Participles.     548-550. 

V.  Use  of  Adverbs.     Rule  LXI.  551-553. 
VI.  Use  of  Conjunctions.     554,  555. 

101.  Models. 

I.   The  art  of  living.  I.   Ars  vivendi. 

II.   We    are  inclined     to  II.   Ad  discendum  pr^^ 


learn. 


pensi  sumus. 


38 


III.   For    cultivating    the 

fields. 
lY.   By  readingthe  orators. 

V.   He  has  come  to  con- 
gratulate you. 
YI.   Plato  died  while  writ- 
ing. 
YIL  Laelius  was  living  hap- 

VIJL   You    and    Tullia    are 
well. 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

III.   Ad  colendos  agros. 


TV.   Legendis       oratort- 
bus. 
Y.    Venit  tihi  gratidd- 
tum. 
YI.   Plato  scribens  mor- 

tuus  est. 
YII.   Laelius  beate  vive- 

bat. 
YIII.    Tu  et  Tullia  vale- 
tis. 


102.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Or  living,  vivendi,  Gen.  of  Gerund,  depending  upon 
ars.     Rule  XVI. 

2.  Model  III.  —  For  cultivating  the  fields,  ad  colendos  agros  ; 
colendos,  Gerundive  agreeing  with  agros.  See  G.  543.  Ad  colendum 
agros  should  not  be  used.     See  G.  544;  542,  III.  N.  1. 

3.  Model  IV.  —  Legendis  is  Gerundive,  agreeing  with  oratortbus^ 
Legendo  oraiores  may  also  be  used. 

4.  Model  V.  —  To  congratulate,  gratvlatnm,  Sup.     Rule  LIX. 

5.  Model  VI.  —  While  writing,  scribens,  Participle,  G.  549,  1. 

6-   Model  VIII.  —  Are  well,  vaUtis,  Second  Pcrs.  Plur.,  G.  463,  1. 


103.    YOCABULARY. 


Act,  ago.  Pre,  egi,  actum. 
Agreeable,  jucundus,  a,  urn. 
Ambassador,  legdtus,  i,  m. 
And,  et ;  atqne ;  que,  enclitic.     G. 

554,  I.  2. 
Ask   for,   seek,    peto,   ire,    ^^dir?, 

petltum. 
Either  —  or,  aid  —  aut,  conj. 
Happily,  he&te,  adv. 


Hear,  audio,  ire,  ivi.  Hum. 
Inclined,  propensus,  a,  um. 
Learn,  disco,  ire,  didici. 
lAye,*vivo,  ire,  vixi,  victum. 
Neither  —  nor,       neqve  —  neque ; 

nee —  7ier. 
Play,  ludo,  ire,  lust,  lusum.  ^ 

Terrify,  terreo,  ire,  vi,  Hum.         i 


GENDER.      FORMATION    OF   CASES.  39 


104.   Exercise. 

1.  We  are  desirous  of  living  happily.  2.  The  art  of 
reading  will  be  useful  to  us.  3.  Are  you  (pi.)  not  de- 
sirous of  learnino^  wisdom  ?  4.  We  are  desirous  of  learninof 
wisdom.  5.  Boys  are  inclined  to  play.  6.  Men  are  in- 
clined to  act.  7.  We  learn  by  teaching.  8.  They  will 
send  ambassadors  to  ask  for  peace.  9.  This  is  agreeable 
to  hear.  10.  The  soldiers,  being  terrified,  fled.  11.  Let 
us  imitate  the  good  and  wise.  12.  He  is  either  in  Rome 
or  in  Athens.  13.  They  were  neither  in  Rome  nor  in 
Athens. 


^ 


Lesson   XXII. 


GENDER.     FORMATION   OF   CASES. 

[100-111.] 

105.   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.   Gender.    48,  51,  99-116,  120. 
IT.   Formation  of  Cases.     62-65  ;  69-98. 

106.   Models. 

I.   He  yields  to  the  time.  I.    Tempori  cedit. 

II.   In  winter  and  summer.  II.    Ilieme  et  aestdte. 

HI.    Cato's  orations.  III.    Catonis  orationes. 

107.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  — To  the  time,  temp6ri,  Dat.     Rule  XII. 

2.  Model  II.  —  I\  winter,  hieme,  Abl.     Rule  XXXI. 

3.  Model  III.  —  Cato's,  Catonis,  Gen.    Rule  XVI.     The  Genitive 


40 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


more  commonly  follows  its  noun,  but  may  precede,  especially  when 
emphatic.     G.  565,  1. 

4.  Give  the  Gender  of  all  the  nouns  in  the  Models. 


108*  Vocabulary. 


Battle,  proeUum,  ii,  n. 

Brave, /0WV5,  e. 

Demand,  postulo,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Despair  of,  despero,  are,  dvi,  dtum, 

with  ace,  or  de  with  abl. 
Prom,  a  or  ab  ;  e  or  ex. 
Incite,  inc^to,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 


Incursion,  incursio,  Onis,  f. 
Reward,  merces,'edis,  f. 
Safe,  secure,  tutus,  a,  urn. 
Safety,  solus,  uiis,  f. 
Small,  parvus,  a,  um. 
Timid,  timXdus,  a,  um. 
Trumpeter,  tubtcen,  Inis,  m. 


109.   Exercise. 

1.  The  trumpeter  incites  the  brave  soldiers  to  battle. 
2.  The  brave  soldiers  are  incited  to  battle  by  the  trum- 
peter. 3.  The  citizens  have  despaired  of  safety.  4.  Let 
us  not  despair  of  safety.  5.  Timid  men  often  despair 
of  safety.  6.  Br^ave  soldiers  will  never  despair  of  their 
country.  7.  The  citizens  are  safe  from  the  incursions  of 
the  enemy.  8.  Let  us  not  be  timid  in  danger.  9.  A 
reward  must  be  demanded.  10.  We  will  demand  a  smaU 
reward. 


Lesson  XXIIL 


GENDER  AND   FORMATION    OF   CASES  —  Continued. 

[112-147.] 

110.  Vocabulary. 

Admonish,  admdneo,  ere,  ui,  Uum.  t         ra,  altirum.    G.  161. 
Another,  alius,  a,  ud ;  alter,  alt£- '  Bravely,  forilier,  adv. 


SYNOPSIS    OF   CONJUGATION. 


41 


Common,  communis,  e. 
Content,  contentus,  a,  um. 
'Easy,facilis,  e. 
Ennius,  JEJnnius,  n,  m. 
Fight,  pugno,  are,  dvi,  atum. 
Herald,  praeco,  onis,  m. 
Hope,  spes,  spci,  f. 
Liberate,  libSro,  are,  avi,  dtum. 
Name,  nomen,  inis,  n. 


Not  yet,  nondurn,  adv. 
Poem,  poema,  dtis,  n. 
Proclaim,  procldmo,  dre,  dvi,  dtum> 
Rule,  dominatio,  onis,  f. 
Son,  Jilius,  ii,  m.     G.  51.  5. 
Tyrant,  tyrannus,  i,  m. 
Victor,  victor,  oris,  m. 
Xenophon,  Xenophon,  ontis,  m. 


111.   Exercise. 

1.  Hope  is  common  to  all  men.  2.  It  is  easy  to  ad- 
monish another.  3.  The  brave  soldiers  fought  most 
bravely.  4.  The  son  of  Xenophon  fought  bravely.  5. 
Xenophon  heard  that  his  son  had  fought  bravely.  G. 
Herald,  proclaim  the  name  of  the  victor,  7.  The  names 
of  the  victors  will  be  proclaimed  by  the  heralds.  8.  Have 
you  not  read  the  poems  of  Ennius?  9.  I  have  not  yet 
read  them.  10.  They  liberated  the  city  from  the  rule  of 
the  tyrants.      11.  Let  us  be  content  with  our  books. 


Lesson  XXIV. 

>^  SYNOPSIS    OF    CONJUGATION.      FORMATION    OF    THE 
^  PARTS   OF   THE   VERB. 

[148-168.] 

112.     LeSS02^^   FEOSf    THE    GRAMMAR. 


L  Synopsis  of  Conjugation.     223-232. 
II.  Formation  of  the  Parts  of  the  Verb.     220-222;  241- 

256. 

18 


42 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


113.  Models. 


I.   I  will  write  to  you  what 

I  think. 
II.   He  will  conquer  his  dis- 
position    and     com- 
mand himself. 


I.   Ad  te   scribam    quid 
sentiam. 
II.    Vincet    ammuyn   sibt- 
que  infiperuhit. 


114.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I. — I  think,  sentiam,  Subj.  in  Indirect  Question.     See 
G.  529, 1. 

2.  Model  II.  —  His.     The  possessive  should    here   be   omitted    in 
Latin.     See  G.  447. 

3.  Give  the  Principal  Parts  and  the  Synopsis  of  the  Verbs  in  the 
Models. 

115.  Vocabulary. 


Alba    Longa,    Alba   Longa,  Alhae 

Longae,  f. 
Ascanius,  Ascanius,  it,  m. 
Citadel,  arx,  arcis,  f. 
Early,  ancient,  antlquus,  a,  um. 
Enlarge,  ampUo,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Found,  condo,  Ire,  dldi,  ditum. 


Priscus,  Priscus,  i,  m. 
Romulus,  Romulus,  i,  m. 
Saturnia,  Saturnia,  ae,  f. 
Succeed,  succedo,  ire,  cessi,  cessuniy 

dat.     G.  380. 
Tullius,  Tidlius,  ii,  m. 


116.  Exercise. 


1.  The  citadel  was  called  Saturnia.  2.  Did  not  As- 
canius found  a  city  in  Italy?  3.  He  founded  a  city  in 
very  early  times.  4.  He  is  said  to  have  founded  a  city 
in  very  early  times.  5.  They  say  that  he  founded  a  city. 
6.  The  city  was  called  Alba  Longa.  7.  Who  founded 
Rome?     8.  Romulus  founded  Rome.     9.  Who  enlarged 


FORMATION  OF  THE  PARTS  OF  VERBS. 


43 


the  city?  10.  King  Ancus  enlarged  the  city.  11.  Whom 
did  Servius  Tullius  succeed?  12.  King  Servius  suc- 
ceeded Tarquinius  Priscus. 


Lesson  XXY. 

FORMATION  OF  THE   PARTS   OF  VERBS  —  Continued. 

[169-184.] 

117.   Vocabulary. 


Against,  contra,  in,  prep,  with  ace. 

Camillus,  Camillus,  i,  m. 

Conspire,  conjuro,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 

V iihlQ,  fahula,  ae,  f. 

Field,  ager,  agri,  m. 

Fire,  ignis,  ignis,  m. 

Lay  waste,  vasto,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 


Porsena,  PorsSna,  ae,  m. 
Relate,  narro,  dre,  dvi,  dtum. 
Sword,   ferrum,   i,    n.,   lit.  iron; 

with    fire    and    sword,    ferro 

ignique. 
With,  cum,  prep,  with  abl. 
Youth,  juvinis,  is,  m.  and  f. 


118.  Exercise. 


1.  What  ought  to  be  done?  2.  I  will  ask  my  father 
what  ought  to  be  done.  3.  Ask  your  father  what  ought 
to  be  done.  4.  Who  conquered  the  enemy?  5.  Camillus 
is  said  to  have  conquered  the  enemy.  6.  They  were  con- 
quered in  a  great  battle.  7.  The  youths  conspired  against 
king  Porsena.  8.  Will  you  (pi.)  not  make  peace  with 
the  enemy?  9.  We  are  making  peace  with  the  enemy. 
10.  I  will  relate  to  you  this  fable.  11.  The  enemy  will 
lay  waste  the  fields  with  fire  and  sword. 


44 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Lesson  XXVI. 

FORMATION  OF  THE  PARTS    OF  VERBS  —  Continued. 

[185-200.] 

119.  Vocabulary. 


Be  subject  to,  obey,  pareo,  ere,  ui, 

Hum,  dat. 
Cannae,  Cannae,  arum,  f.  pi. 
Carthaginian,  Poenus,  i,  m. ;   Car- 

thaginiensis,  is,  ra.  and  f. 
Fight,  battle,  pugna,  ae,  f. 
Formerly,  quondam,  adv. 
Friendly,  amicus,  a,  um. 
In  y2im,  frustra,  adv. 
Naval,   namlis,    e ;   naval    battle, 


naval      engagement,      pugna 

navalis. 
New   Carthage,     Carthago     Nova, 

Carthaglnis  Novae,  f. 
Once,  semel,  adv. 
Publius,  Puhlius,  it,  m. 
State,  civUas,  dtis,  f. 
Try,  tenia,  are,  avi,  alum. 
Victory,  victoria,  ae,  f. 
Village,  vicus,  i,  m. 


120.   Exercise. 


1.  Who  took  New  Carthage?  2.  Publius  Scipio  is 
said  to  have  taken  that  city.  3.  Peace  will  be  tried  in 
vain.  4.  We  will  try  peace  once.  5.  They  called  the 
village  Cannae.  6.  Many  states  of  Italy  were  formerly 
subject  to  the  Romans.  7.  Saguntum  was  friendly  to  the 
Romans.  8.  The  Romans  conquered  the  Carthaginians 
in  (by)  a  naval  battle.  9.  This  victory  was  most  ac- 
ceptable to  the  soldiers.  10.  Victory  is  always  acceptable 
to  soldiers. 


FORMATION    OF    THE    PARTS    OF    VERBS. 


4.0 


Lesson  XXYII. 

FORMATION   OF   THE   PARTS   OF   VERBS  —  Continued. 
[201-214.] 

121.   Vocabulary. 


Among,  inter,  prep,  with  ace. 

Booty,  praeda.  ae,  f. 

Caesar,  Caesar,  dris,  m. 

Capua,  Capua,  ae,  f. 

Cleopatra,  Cleopatra,  ae,  f. 

Coat  of  mail,  lorlca,  ae,  f. 

Come   to   the   relief  of,    siibvenio, 

Ire,  v&ni,  ventum. 
Divide,  divldo,  ere,  vlsi,  visum. 


Egypt,  Aegyptus,  i,  f. 

Find,  invenio,  ire,  veni,  ventum. 

Golden,  aureus,  a,  um. 

Mithridates,  Mithriddie&^  is,  m, 

Nile,  Nilus,  i,  m. 

Ptolemy,  Ptolemaeus,  i,  m. 

Queen,  reglna,  ae,  f. 

School,  ludus,  i,  m. 

Sulla,  Sulla,  ae,  ra. 


122.   Exercise. 


1.  Will  you  not  come  to  the  relief  of  your  country? 
2.  We  ask  you  to  come  to  the  relief  of  your  country.  3. 
He  says  that  he  will  come  to  the  relief  of  his  country.  4. 
By  whom  was  Mithridates  conquered  ?  5 .  He  was  con- 
quered in  many  battles  by  Sulla.  6.  He  was  conquered 
in  Greece.  7.  This  school  w^as  at  Capua.  8.  Cleopatra 
was  queen  of  Egypt.  9.  The  soldiers  will  divide  the 
booty  among  themselves.  10.  Ptolemy,  king  of  Egypt, 
was  conquered  by  Caesar.  1 1 .  The  king's  golden  coat  of 
mail  was  found  in  the  Nile. 


46  lati:n  composition. 


M  ..-i^ 


^    :  Lesson  XXVIII. 

IRREGULAR,   DEFECTIVE,   AND  IMPERSONAL  Vi:RBS. 

[215-221.] 

123.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.   Irregular  Verbs.     289-296. 
II.  Defective  Verbs.     297. 
III.   Impersonal  Verbs.     298-301. 

124.  Models. 

I.   Who  proposed  the  law  ?  I.  Quis  legem  tulitf 

IL   I   should    prefer  to   be  II.  Ego  me  Phidiam  esse 

Phidias.  mallem. 

III.  They  began  to  be  cred-  III.  Creduli  esse  coeperunt. 

ulous. 

IV.  It   is   proper    that    this         IV.   Hoc  fieri  oportet. 

should  be  done. 

125.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  —  Should    prefer,    mallem,    Potential    Subj.    NSee 
G.  485. 

2.  To  BE  =  that  I  should  be,  me  esse,  depending  upon  mallem.     See 
G.  685,  III. 

3.  Model  III.  —  Credulous,  eredUli^  Nom.,  agreeing  with  the  subject  of 
eoeperunt.     Sec  G.  536,  2,  1). 

4.  Model  IV.  —  That  this  should  be  done,  hoc  fiSri,  subject  of  opor- 
tet.   See  G.  538,  1. 

5.  Give  the  Synopsis  of  the  Irregular,  Defective,  and  Impersonal  Verbs 
in  the  Models. 


IRKEGULAR,  DEFECTIVE,  AND  IMPERSONAL  VERBS.       47 


126.  Vocabulary. 


Approve,  proho,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Be  able,  can,  possum,  posse,  potui. 
Forces,  copiae,  drum,  f.  pi. 
From,  out  of,  e,  ex,  prep,  with  abl. 

G.  43-1,  N.  2. 
Gaul,  the  country,  Gallia,  ae,  f. 
Gaul,  a  Gaul,  Gall  us,  i,  m. 
Lacedaemonian,  Lacedaemonius,  it, 

m. 
Lead  out,  educo,  ere,  duxi,  ductum. 
Leonidas,  Leonidas,  ae,  m. 


Occupy,  occupo,  dre,  dvi,  dtum. 
Plan,  consilium,  ii,  n. 
Renew,  instauro,  d7'e,  dvi,  dtum. 
Return,    go    back,   redeo,    Ire,  i% 

itum. 
So,  so  greatly,  to  such  an  extent, 

adeo,  adv. 
Thermopylae,  Thermopylae,  drum, 

f.pl. 
Wage  against,  infero,  ferre,  tuli, 

illdtum. 


127.   Exercise. 


1.  Caesar  was  waging  war  against  the  Gauls.  2.  War 
has  been  waged  against  us.  3.  Caesar  had  returned  from 
Gaul  to  Rome.  4.  Leonidas  was  king  of  the  Lacedae- 
monians. 5.  The  Lacedaemonians  sent  their  king  Leoni- 
das to  occupy  Thermopylae.  6.  We  led  out  our  forces 
from  the  city.  7.  The  enemy  were  so  terrified  that  they 
fled.  8.  Were  they  able  to  renew  the  war?  9.  They 
were  not  able  to  renew  the  war.  10.  Do  you  (pi.)  not 
approve  my  plan?  11.  We  approve  it.  12.  It  will  be 
approved  by  all. 


48  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Lesson  XXIX. 

IRREGULAR,  DEFECTIVE,  AND  IMPERSONAL  VERBS 
Continued. 

[222-229.] 

128.   Vocabulary. 


Begin,  coepi^  coepisse. 
Engagement,  fight,  proelium,  it,  n., 

pug7ia,  ae,  f. 
Finish,  bring  to  a  close,  fiyiio,  ire, 

Ivi,  Hum, 


Leuctra,  Leuctra,  drum,  n.  pi. 
Observe,  servo,  are,  dvi,  atum. 
Six,  sex,  indecl. 
Wish,  volo,  velle,  volui. 


129.  Exercise. 

1.  Did  not  the  enemy  fortify  the  city  ?  2.  They  began 
to  fortify  the  city.  3.  Do  you  (pi.)  not  ivish  to  fortify 
the  city?  4.  We  i^«*«A  to  fortify  it.  5.  Shall  we  not  be 
able  to  fortify  it?  6.  You  (pi.)  will  be  able  to  fortify  it. 
7.  The  war  was  brought  to  a  close  (finished)  by  a  naval 
engagement.  8.  Will  you  (pi.)  not  give  me  this  book  as 
a  present?  9.  W^e  will  give  you  six  boohs  as  a  present. 
10.  This  peace  will  be  observed  many  years.  11.  The 
Lacedaemonians  were  conquered  at  Leuctra. 

\ 
Lesson  XXX. 

IRREGULAR,  DEFECTIVE,  AND   IMPERSONAL  VERBS  — 
Continued. 

[230-245.] 

130.  Vocabulary. 

Agis,  Agis,  Idis,  m.  j  Conceal,  celo,  dre,  dvi,  dtum, 

Chaeronea,  Chaeronea,  ae,  f.  |  Joy,  gaudium,  ii,  n. 


IRREGULAR,  DEFECTIVE,  AND  IMPERSONAL  VERBS.       49 


Liberty,  libertas,  dtt's,  f. 
Pericles,  Pericles^  is,  m. 
Pliilip,  Philippus,  i,  m. 
Prefer,  would  rather,  malo,  malle, 
malui. 


Present,  dono,  are,  avi,  dtum. 
Preside  over,  praesum,  esse,  fui. 
Recover,  recupero,  are,  avi,  dtum. 
Republic,    res  publtca,    rei  publi- 
cae,  f. 


131.  Exercise. 

1.  Pericles  at  that  time  presided  over  the  republic.  2. 
He  is  said  to  have  presided  over  the  republic  many  years. 
3.  Philip  wished  to  wage  war  against  the  Athenians.  4. 
War  was  waged  by  Philip  against  the  Athenians.  5. 
Philip  conquered  the  Athenians  at  Chaeronea.  6.  The 
victor  wished  to  conceal  his  joy.  7.  Many  wish  to  rule. 
8.  I  prefer  to  obey.  9.  The  Athenians  wished  to  present 
the  general  with  a  golden  crown.  10.  The  Lacedaemoni- 
ans wished  to  recover  their  liberty. 


1?^IIT    SECOND, 
LATIN    SYNTAX. 


Lesson  XXXI 

SUBJECT   AND   PREDICATE. 

[1,3.]^ 

\  132.   Lesson  fkom  the  Gkammar. 

I.  Case  of  Subject.     368. 
II.  Agreement  of  Verb.     460, 
III.  Arrangement  of  Subject  and  Predicate.     560. 
lY.  Effect  of  Emphasis  and  Euphony.     561. 

133.    Models.  . 

I.   Scipio  was  made  consul.  I.    Sdjyio  factus  est  con- 

II.   Demosthenes  himself  does        II.   JVbbis    7ion    satisfttcU 
not  satisfy  us.  ipse  Demosthenes. 

*  This  portion  of  the  work  is  intended  to  accompany  the  reading  of 
Caesar's  Commentaries  on  tlie  Gallic  War.  The  enclosed  numerals 
standing  at  the  beginning  of  each  lesson  refer  to  Books  and  Chapters  in 
that  work.  Thus  [1,  3]  denotes  Book  I.  Chap.  III.,  and  shows  that 
tliis  lesson  is  to  he  learned  after  the  }nipil  has  read  the  first  three  Chap- 
ters of  the  first  Book. 

(50) 


SUBJECT   AND    PREDICATE.  51 


134.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  —  Demosthenes  himself,  ipse  Demosthenes.  These 
words,  which  would  regularly  stand  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence, 
are  placed  at  the  end  because  emphatic.     See  G.  561,  II. 

2.  Us,  nobis,  Dative  depending  upon  satisfacit.  Rule  XII.  See  also  G. 
385,  N.  3.  Nobis,  being  emphatic,  stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence. 
G.  561,  I. 


135.     Y  ><  ABULARY. 

Accomplish,  conficio,  Src,  feci,  fc--    Eloquent,  elogvens,  entis. 

turn.  ,  Establish,  conjirmo,  are,  dvi,  dtiim. 

Adjacent,    nearest,    proxlmus,    a,  i  German,  Germanus,  i,  m. 


urn.     G.  166. 
Among,  with,  near  to,  apud,  prep. 

with  ace. 
Belgians,  Belgae,  arum,  m.  pi. 
Borders,    territory,    fines,   finiarr, 

m.  pi. 


He,  she,  it,  is,  ea,  id.    G.  451. 
Keep  from,  proMheo,  ere,  ui,  Hum. 

G.  414,  I. 
Wage,  gero,  ere,  gessi,  gestum. 


136.   Exercise. 

1.  The  Romans  surpassed  the  Gauls  in  valor.  2.  The 
Gauls  were  surpassed  in  valor  by  tlie  Romans.  3.  The 
Romans  praised  their  own  valor.  4.  Cicero  was  the  most 
eloquent  of  the  Romans.  5.  He  was  the  most  eloquent 
among  the  Romans,  6.  The  Belgians  waged  many  wars 
with  the  Germans.  7.  All  these  things  must  be  accom- 
plished by  us  at  the  same  time.  8.  Peace  must  be  estab- 
lished with  the  adjacent  states.  9.  The  enemy  must  be 
kept  from  our  borders.  10.  War  must  be  waged  in  the 
territory  of  the  enemy. 


52  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


Lesson  XXXII. 

FORMS   OF    SUBJECT. 
[1,  6.] 

y  137.   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Subject  —  Noun   or   Pronoun,    expressed  or   implied. 

368,  1. 

II.  Subject — Infinitive,  Clause  with  Conjunction,  Indirect 

Question.     538  ;  499,  3  ;  501,  I.  ;  540,  I. 
ni.  Simple  Subject.     358. 
IV.  Complex  Subject.     359. 

V.  Agreement  of  Verb  with  Compound  Subject.     463. 

138.   Models. 

I.   Glory  follows  virtue.  I.   Gloria    virtutem    se- 

qmtur. 

II.  They  are  led  by  glory.  II.   Gloria  ducuntur. 

III.  That  an   orator  should  III.    Oratorem  irasci  mi- 

he    angry   is    by   no  nime  decet.^ 

means  becoming. 

IV.  It   remains   for  me   to  IV.    Reltquum   est,  ut   te 

supplicate  you    (that  orem. 
I    should    supplicate 
you). 

V.   It  is  asked  what  ought  V.    Quaeritur  quid  agen- 

to  be  done.  dum  sit. 

VI.  Habit  and  reason  have  VI.   Consuetudo  et    ratio 

made  you  gentle.  te  lenem  feciriint. 

VII.  Marcus  and  I  are  well.  VII.   Ego  et  3farcus  vale- 

mus. 


FORMS  OF   SUBJECT.  53 


139.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  —  They  are  l-et>,  ducuntur.  The  subject  is  omitted, 
being  implied  in  the  ending  of  the  verb.     See  G.  368,  2. 

2.  By  glory,  gloria,  Abl.     Rule  XXV. 

3.  Model  III.  —  That  an  orator  should  be  angry,  oratorem 
irasci,  an  Infinitive  with  a  subject,  used  as  the  subject  of  decet.  See  G. 
538,  1. 

4.  By  no  means,  miiilme,  least,  least  of  all  things.  It  qualifies  decet. 
Rule  LXI. 

5.  Model  IV.  —  It  remains  =is  left,  reliquum  est. 

6.  For  me  to  supplicate  you  =  that  I  should  supplicate  you,  ut  te 
orem,  a  clause  expressing  both  subject  and  result.  See  G.  501,  I.  Such 
clauses  usually  follow  the  predicate. 

7.  Model  V.  — What  ought  to  be  done,  quid  agendum  sit,  indi- 
rect question,  subject  of  quaerltur.  See  G.  540,  I.  For  the  Subjunc- 
tive, see  G.  629,  I. 

8.  Model  VII.  —  Marcus  and  I,  ego  et  Marcus.  In  compound  sub- 
jects and  objects,  the  Latin  places  the  first  person  before  the  second  or 
third. 

9.  Are  well,  vaUmus.    For  person,  see  G.  463,  1. 


140.  Vocabulary. 


Bum,  burn  up,   exnro,    ii'e,   ussi, 

ustum. 
Encounter,   subeo,   ire,    ii,    Xtum. 

G.  295. 
Helvetians,  Helvetii,  drum,  m.  pi. 
Marcus,  Marcus,  i,  m. 
Of,  concerning,  de,  prep,  with  abl. 


Persuade,    persuddeo,    ere,    suasi, 

sudsum,  dat.  G.  385. 
Prepared,  pardtus,  a,  um. 
Remains,  it  remains,  reliquum,  est 

{ut  with  subj.) 
Speak,  dico,  ire,  dixi,  dictum. 
Town,  oppldum,  i,  n. 
Uncertain,  incertus,  a,  um. 


141.    ExERriSE. 

1.  The  Helvetians  will  burn  their  towns  and  villages. 
2.  All  the  towns  and  villages  will  be  burned.     3.  The 
5 


54  LVTIN   COMPOSITION. 

soldiers  are  prepared  to  encounter  these  dangerp.  'd. 
Marcus  and  I  were  prepared  to  encounter  all  dangers.  5. 
W(i  ha\x  seen  the  bciiutiful  cit}  .  ().  You  and  Marcus 
did  not  see  that  city.  7.  It  will  be  ea^y  to  persuade  your 
father.  8.  You  and  Marcus  will  easily  persuade  my 
father.  9.  Whether  that  city  was  taken  is  uncertain, 
10.  It  remains  for  me  to  speak  of  this  city. 


Lesson  XXXIII. 
forms  of  predicate. 

[1,  9.] 


142.  Lesson  from  the  Gbammab. 


:^ 


I.  Predicate  —  Verb,  Noun,  Adjective,  Infinitive.      360, 

539,  I. 
II.  Simple  Predicate.     360. 
III.  Complex  Predicate.     361  with  1,  2.  3. 
IV    Agreement  of  Predicate  with  Subject.     460,  362,  438. 

1.  Verb  with  Subject.     460. 

2.  Predicate  Noun  with  Subject.     362. 

3.  Predicate  Adjective  with  Subject.     438,  2. 

143.  Models. 

I.   The  world  is  subject  to  I.   Mundus  Deo  paret. 

God. 

II.   Gorgias   was   a  rhetori-  II.   Gorgias  fuit  rJietor, 
cian. 

III.  The   reasons    are    most  III.   Causae     justisstmae 

just.  sunt. 

IV.  To  live  is  to  think.  IV.    Vivere  est  cogitare. 


FORMS    OF   PREDICATE.  55 

V.   He  stated  his  opinion.  V.    Sententiam  dixit. 

VI.   These  things  are  accept-  VI.   Ilaec  populo  grata  at- 
able  and  agreeable  to  quejucunda  sunt. 

the  people. 

144.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  III.  —  Most  just,  justissimae,  superlative,  in  the  Nom. 
Fem.  Plur.  to  agree  with  causae.  Rule  XXXIV.  It  may  stand  either 
before  or  afler  sunt. 

2.  Model  IV.  —  To  live,  viv^re,  subject  of  est.     See  G.  538. 

3.  To  THINK,  cogitdre,  predicate  nominative  after  est.     See  G.  539,  I. 

145.   Synonymes. 

Leader,  commander ;  dtix,  imperdtor. 

1.  Dux.,  ducts.,  m.  ;  leader,  general,  —  considered 
simply  in  his  capacity  as  the  leader  of  troops. 

2.  Imperdtor.,  oris.,  m. ;  commander,  general,  —  with 
special  reference  to  his  authority  and  rank  as  commander,  — 
a  higher  title  than  dux. 

146.   Vocabulary^ 


Call,    appeUo,    nomino,   voco,   are, 

di'i,  dtum.     See  Syn.  184. 
Celts,  Celtae,  drum,  m.  pi. 
Commander,  imperdtor,  oris,  m. 
Fear,  metuo,  ere,  ui.     G.  272,  N.  1. 


Language,  tongue,  lingua,  ae,  f. 
Leader,  dux,  ducis,  ra.  and  f. 
Not  only  —  but  also,  non  solum  - 
sed  etiam. 


147.  Exercise. 

1.  The  Gauls  were  the  enemies  of  the  Romans.  2. 
We  have  been  called  the  friends  of  the  Gauls.  3.  The 
Gauls  were  called  in  their  language  Celts.     4.   The  Belgi- 


56  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

ans  were  very  brave.  5.  Caesar  was  the  commander  of 
the  Eomans.  6.  The  Komans  did  not  fear  the  leaders 
of  the  enemy.  7.  The  Romans  called  Cicero  the  father  of 
his  country.  8.  Peace  and  friendship  will  be  established 
with  the  enemy.  9.  It  is  easy  to  encounter  these  dangers. 
10.  The  Romans  not  only  waged  war  with  the  Gauls,  but 
also  conquered  them. 


Lesson  XXXIV. 

FORMS    OF    MODIFIERS. 

[1,  12.] 

148.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Modifiers  of  Subject  —  Adjectives,  Nomis.    359,  N.  1. 
ll.  Modifiers   of   Verb   Predicate  —  Objective  Modifiers, 

Adverbial  Modifiers.     361,  1.  / 

in.  Modifiers  of  Predicate  Noun.     361,  2. 
IV.  Modifiers  of  Predicate  Adjective.  ^  361,  3. 
V.  Position  of  Modifiers  in  the  Sentence.     565-568. 


149*  Models. 

I.   Good  men  love  equity.  I.    Viri  boni  aequitdtem 

amant. 
II.   The   name   of  peace    is  II.   N'omen  pads  est  dtd- 

pleasing.  ce. 

III.  I  greatly  feared  the  voy-        III.   Namgatidnem     valde 

a<ie.  timebam. 

IV.  Justice  is  the  queen  of        IV.  Justitia  est  regina  vir- 

virtues.  tutum. 


FORMS    OF   MODIFIERS.  57 

V.   Virtue    is   productive  of  V.    Virtus  est  efficiens  vo- 

pleasure.  luptutis. 

150.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  III.  —  Greatly,  valde.  An  adverb  used  with  an  object 
generally  stands  directly  before  the  verb,  valde  timeham. 

2.  I  FEARED,  timeham  or  timui.  The  latter  would  express  simply 
ihefact,  I  feared,  while  the  former  denotes  the  continuance  of  the  fear, 
I  feared  =  I  was  fearing. 

3.  Model  V.  —  Of  pleasure,  voluptcLtis.  Rule  XVII.  Such  a 
genitive  may  either  precede  or  follow  its  adjective. 


151.   Vocabulary. 


Arar,  Arar,  arts,  m. ;  ace.  Ararim. 
Army,  exercttus,  ns,  m. 
Endeavor,   conor,   art,    at  us  sum, 

dep. 
Labienus,  Labienus,  i,  m. 


Lead    across,   traduco,   ere,   dux% 

ductum. 
Order,  jubeo,  ere,  jussi,  jussum. 
Orgetorix,  Orgetorix,  ^gis,  m. 
River,  flumen,  inis,  n. 


152.   Exercise. 

J         r       -  ^  ^• 

1.  JThe  soldiers-  greatly  feared  the  valor  of  the  brave 
Helvetians.  2.  Caesar,  the  commander  of  the  Roman 
army,  conquered  the  enemy.  3.  The  leaders  of  the  enemy 
were  conquered  in  many  battles.  4.  He  ordered  the 
beautiful  towns  to  be  burned.  5.  Orfjetorix  formed  this 
conspiracy.  6.  He  endeavored  to  persuade  all  the  states 
to  wage  war  with  Caesar.  7.  He  said  that  this  plan 
would  be  useful  to  all  the  states.  8.  Cicero  was  called 
the  father  of  his  country.  9.  This  state  formerly  waged 
war  with  the  Roman  people.  10.  Labienus  led  his  forces 
across  the  river  Arar. 

V 


\ 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Lesson  XXXV. 


INTERROGATIVE    AND    IMPERATIVE    SENTENCES. 

[1,  15.] 

153.   Lesson  from  the  Gkammab. 

I.  Interrogative  Sentences.     351. 
1.  Single  Questions.     351,  1. 
53. 


2.  Double  Questions. 

3.  Answers.     352. 

II.  Imperil < 've  Sentences.     354. 
'JL  Moods    'Q    Imperative    Sentences 
junt.    '  ,     487,  -81,  IV. 


Imperative,   Sub- 


154.  Models. 

I. 

What     is     better    than 

I. 

Quid  est  melius  bo- 

goodness  ? 

nitatef 

II. 

Is    that    your    fault,    or 

II. 

Utrum  ea  vestra^  an 

ours? 

nostra  culpa  est  f 

III. 

Did  he  state  the  cause  ? 

III. 

Dixitne      causam  f 

He  did. 

Dixit. 

IV. 

Save  yourselves. 

IV. 

Co7iservate  vos. 

V. 

Use  your  strength. 

V. 

Rohore  utdre. 

155.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Than  goodness,  qnam  honiias,  or  honitdte.  We 
will  use  the  latter  form,  which  may  stand  either  before  or  after  melius. 
For  the  ablative,  see  Rule  XXIII. 

2.  Model  III.  —  He  did  =  he  did  state  it,  dixit.     See  G.  862. 


INTEKROGATIVE  AND  IMPERATIVE  SENTENCES. 


59 


156.  Synonymes. 

Road,  way,  path  ;  via^  iter^  semita. 

1.  Via^  ae^  f. ;  road,  way,  —  the  usual  route. 

2.  Iter,  itineris,  n. ;  (1),   koad,  way, — the  direct  route; 
(2),  JOURNEY,  MARCH,  —  the  progress  made. 

3.  Senuta,  ae,  f. ;  path,  foot-path. 

157.  Vocabulary. 


Four,  quattuor,  indecl. 
Helvetian,  Helvetius,  a,  um. 
How  large,  quantus,  a,  um. 
Journey,  iter,  Uineris,  n. 
Narrow,  angustus,  a,  ura. 
Path,  semita,  ae,  f. 


Province,  provincia,  ae,  f. 
Road,  via,  ae,  f. 
Route,  iter,  itineris,  n. 
Show,  monstro,  are,  CLvi,  atum. 
Through,  per,  prep,  with  ace. 


158.  Exercise. 

1.  Did  you  call  Caesar  the  friend  of  the  Gauls?  2. 
We  cannot  call  Caesar  the  friend  of  the  Gauls.  3.  How 
large  a  force  had  Caesar?  4.  I  do  not  know  how  large 
a  force  he  had.  5.  Did  he  not  make  a  journey  through 
the  Roman  province?  6.  How  many  roads  are  there  to 
the  city?  7.  There  are  four  roads  to  the  city.  8.  I  will 
show  you  the  nearest  route.  9.  This  path  is  very  narrow. 
10.  Was  Orgetorix  a  Roman  or  a  Helvetian?  11.  He, 
was  a  Helvetian.  12.  Who  was  the  bravest  of  the  HelvC' 
tians?  13.  Orgetorix.  14.  Do  not  wage  war  with  the 
Romans.     15.  Let  us  bravely  encounter  these  dangers. 

/ 


^ 


60 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


Lesson    XXXVI. 


COMPLEX  AND   COMPOUND    SENTENCES. 

[1,  19.] 

159.   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 


I.  Complex  Sentences.     348. 

II.  Compound  Sentences.     349 

III.  Declarative  Sentences.     350. 


i 


160.  Models. 


I.   The  reasons  which  you 
mention  are  most  just. 

II.  The  name  of  peace  is 
delightful,  and  the 
thing  itself  beneficial. 

III.  Preserve  yourselves,  your 

wives,  your   children, 
and  your  fortunes. 

IV.  Who  would  seek  honor 

(as    eagerly)    as     he 
would     avoid     igno- 
miny? 
V.   We     love     equity    and. 
right. 


I.   Causae  quas   comme- 

moras    justisstma^ 

sunt.      -~ 

II.   N'omenpacia  dulce  est, 

et  ij^sa  res  salutdris. 

III.  Conseroate  vos,  conju- 

ges,   liberos,  fo7'tu- 
nasque  vestras. 

IV.  Qiiis  hondrem  tarn  ex- 

petat    quam    igno- 
miniain  fugiat  f 

V.   Aequitdtem      et     jus 
amdmus. 


161.  Remarks. 

1.  Observe  that  the  first  model  is  a  complex  sentence  with  the  relative 
clause,  quas  commemdras ;  that  the  second  is  a  compound  sentence, 
consisting  of  two  members  connected  by  et^  and  that  the  third  has  a 
compound  object,  vos  —  vestras. 


COMPLEX   AND    COMPOUND    SENTENCES. 


61 


2.  Model  I.  —  Which,  quas,  in  the  Fern.  Plur.  to  agree  with  its 
antecedent,  according  to  Rule  XXXV.,  and  in  the  Accus.  as  the  object 
of  commemoras,  according  to  Rule  V. 

3.  Model  II.  —  The  thing  itself,  ipsa  res.  Res  is  the  subject  of 
est,  understood. 

4.  Model  III.  —  Youkselves,  vos.  Ipsos  need  not  be  added.  For 
this  reflexive  use  of  ■»05,  see  G.  448. 

5.  Your,  vestras,  expressed  but  once;  here  with  the  last  object, /or- 
tunas.    If  not  emphatic,  it  would  here  be  omitted.     See  G.  447. 


162.  Vocabulary. 


Aeduans,  Aedui,  arum,  m.  pi. 
Ancient,    antlquns,  a,  um,  prisU- 

nus,  a,  um.^ 
Cavalry,  equitatus,  us,  m. 
Command,    be    in     command     of, 

praesum,  esse,   fui,   dat.      G. 

386. 
Cross,  iranseo,  ire,  ii,  Hum. 


Dumnorix,  Dumnorix,  tgis,  m. 
Flow  into,  influo.  Ire,  fluxi,  fluxum. 
Into,  in,  prep,  with  ace. 
Lake,  lacus,  us,  m. 
Lemannus,  Lemannus,  i,  m. 
Remember,  reminiscor,  i,  dep.    G. 

406,  II. 
Rhone,  Rhoddnus,  i,  m. 


163.   Exercise. 

1.  How  large  a  force  Caesar  had  at  that  time  is  uncer- 
tain. 2.  AVhether  those  cities  could  be  taken  was  uncer- 
tain. 3.  They  say  that  the  Gauls  were  surpassed  in  valor 
by  the  Romans.  4.  We  crossed  the  riyer  which  flows 
into  lake  Lemannus.  5.  The  river  which  we  crossed  is 
called  the  Rhone.  6.  The  enemy  must  be  conquered  and 
their  cities  must  be  taken.  7.  Dumnorix,  who  com- 
manded the  cavalry  of  the  Aeduans,  fled.  8.  Let  us  not 
establish  peace  and  friendship  with  the  enemy.  9.  Let  us 
remember  the  ancient  valor  of  the  Romans.  >^ 

'  Antiquus  refers  to  the  remote  past ;  while  pristinus  generally  refers 
to  the  more  recent  past,  or  else  has  the  force  oi primitive,  pristine. 


62 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


>^ 


Lesson  XXXYII. 
agkeement  of  nouns. 

[1,  24.] 

164.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Agreement  of  Predicate  Nouns.     362. 
II.  Agreement  of  Appositives.    363. 


165.    Models. 


I.  Virtues  are  the  attend- 
ants and  companions 
of  wisdom. 
II.  Artemisia  was  the  wife 
of  Mausolus^  king  of 
Caria. 

III.  Two  most  powerful  cit- 

ies, Carthage  and  Nu- 
mantia,were  destroyed 
by  Scipio. 

IV.  He  learned  when  a  boy 

what  deserved  to  be 
learned. 


I.  Yirtutes  sunt  mims- 
trae  comitesqiie  sor 
pientiae. 
II.  Artemisia  \  3fausoli, 
Cariae  regis,  uxor 
fuit. 

III.  Duae  urbes  2)otentisst- 

mae,  Carthago  at- 
que  Numantia,  a 
Scipidne  sunt  dele- 
tae. 

IV.  Puer  didtcit,  quod  dis^ 

cendum/uit. 


166.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Attendants,  ministrae,  not  minisiri,  to  agree  in 
gender  with  virtutes.     See  G.  362,  1. 

2.  Model  II.  —  King  of  Caria,  Cariae  regis,  or  regis  Cariae.  Regis 
is  in  the  Gen.  in  apposition  with  Maiisoli.  Tlie  whole  sentence  could 
be  arranged  in  the  Englisli  order :  Artemisia  fuit  uxor  MausOli,  regis 
Cariae.  But  in  that  form  it  would  lose  not  only  in  point  of  euphony,  but 
also  of  compactness ;  the  modifier,  regis  Cariae,  would  be  merely  an 


AGREEMENT   OF  NOUNS.  63 

awkward  addition  to  the  sentence,  while  in  the  model  it  is  incorporated 
into  the  very  structure  of  the  sentence  itself. 

3.  Model  III.  —  Two  most  powerful  cities,  diiae  urhes  potentissl- 
mae.  Here  potentissimae  qualifies  urhes,  while  duae  qualifies  the  com- 
plex idea,  urhes  potentissimae  ;  not  two  cities,  but  two  most  powerful 
cities.  In  such  cases  one  adjective  often  precedes  the  noun,  while  the 
other  follows  it,  as  in  the  model,  though  both  may  either  precede  or  fol- 
low the  noun. 

4.  Model  IV.  —  When  a  boy,  puer,  in  apposition  with  the  omitted 
subject  of  didicit.     See  G.  363,  2  and  3,  2). 

5.  Deserved  to  be  learned,  discendum  fuit,  Periphrastic  Conjuga- 
tion.    See  G.  234. 

167.  Synonymes. 

Custom,  usage,  habit ;  consuetudo^  mos. 

1.  Consuetudo^  mis^  f. ;  custom,  usage,  habit,  —  the 
generic  word  for  custom  of  any  kind. 

2.  Mos^  moris,  m. ;  custom,  —  used  chiefly  of  approved 
and  established  customs,  especially  if  national.  Mores,  plur., 
character. 

168.  Vocabulary. 


Caria,  Caria,  ae,  f. 

Custom,  habit,  consuetudo,  inis,  f. : 

mos,  moris,  m. 
Destroy,  deleo,  ere,  evi,  etum. 
Excellent,  praeclarus,  a,  um. 
Mausolus,  Mausolus,  i,  m. 


Nature,  natura,  ae,  f. 
Numantia,  Numantia,  ae,  f. 
Powerful,  potens,  entis. 
Second,  another,  alter,  Sra,  irum. 
G.  151. 


169.  Exercise. 

1.  Mausolus  was  at  that  time  king  of  Caria.  2.  Rome 
was  for  many  years  a  most  powerful  city.  3.  They  say 
that  Carthage  was  formerly  a  most  powerful  city.     4.   Did 


64  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 

you  not  say  that  Caesar  was  the  commander  of  the  Moman 
ariyiy  ?  5.  Cicero  says  that  the  two  cities,  Carthage  and 
Numantia,  were  destroyed  by  Scipio,  tlie  commander  of 
the  Roman  army.  6.  Habit  is  a  second  nature.  7.  We 
say  that  habit  is  a  second  nature.  8.  From  whom  (pi.) 
did  you  receive  that  excellent  custom?  9.  We  received 
this  excellent  custom  from  our  fathers. 

Lesson  XXXVIII. 


A 


NOMINATIVE  AND   VOCATIVE. 

[1,  29.] 

170.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

/ 


I.  Nominative  as  Subject.     368. 
II.  Kominative  in  Agreement  with  another  Nominative. 

362  and  363. 
III.  Vocative.    369. 

171.  Models. 

I.    Socrates  was  condemned.  I.    Socrates  damnatus  est. 

II.   Themistocles    the    com-  II.   Themistocles    impera- 

mander          liberated  tor  servitute   Grae- 

Greece  from  servitude.  ciam  liberdvit. 

III.  I  approve  your  decision,  III.   Tuum^  Brute^  judici- 

Brutus.  wm  proho. 

172.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  —  The   commander,  imperStor,   Noni.  In   apposition 
with  the  Nom.  TJiemistddes.     Rule  II. 

2.  From  servitude,  servitute,  Abl.  of  Separation.       Rule    XXII. 


NOMINATIVE    AND   VOCATIVE. 


65 


See  also  G.  414,  N.  1.    Servitute  may  stand  either  before  or  after  the  direct 
object,  Graeciam. 

3.  Model  III. — Your,  tuum.     The  possessive  should  here  be  ex- 
pressed to  avoid  ambiguity. 

4.  Brutus,  Bride.     For  the  place  of  the  Vocative  in  the  sentence, 
see  G.  569,  VI. 

173.  Vocabulary. 


Allobroges,  Allobroges,  um,  m.  pi. 
CoUatinus,  Collatinus,  i,  m. 
Condemn,  damno,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Crassus,  Crassns,  i,  m. 
First,  prirmis,  a,  um.     G.  166. 
Geneva,  Geneva,  ae,  f. 
God,  deus,  del,  m.     G.  51,  6. 
Grandson,  nepos,  otis,  m. 


Junius,  Junius,  ii,  m. 
Lucius,  Lucius,  ii,  m. 
Lucullus,  Luculliis,  i,  m. 
Mercury,  Mercurius,  ii,  m. 
Numitor,  Numltor,  oris,  m. 
Quintus,  Quintus,  i,  m. 
Rich,  dives,  Uis.     G.  165,  N.  2. 
When,  interrog.,  quando,  adv. 


174.   Exercise. 


1.  Crassus  and  Lucullus  were  the  richest  of  the  Ro- 
mans. 2.  Mercury  was  the  messenger  of  the  gods.  3. 
Romulus,  the  first  king  of  the  Romans,  was  the  grandson 
o^  Numitor.  4.  We  have  praised  the  good,  and  wQhave 
been  praised  by  the  good.  5.  Caesar  says  that  Geneva 
is  a  town  of  the  Allobroges.  6.  Lucius  Junius  Brutus 
and  Lucius  Tarquinius  Collatinus  were  made  consuls.  7. 
When,  Labienus,  will  you  cross  the  river?  8.  Why,  O 
judges,  did  you  condemn  Socrates?  9.  Marcus  Tullius 
Cicero  and  Quintus  Tullius  Cicero  were  brothers. 


^Q  LATIN   CO]ttPOSITION, 


yy-^'  Lesson  XXXIX. 

ACCUSATIVE  AS  DIRECT  OBJECT. 

[1,  32.] 

175.  Lesson  from  the  Gkammab. 

Accusative  as  Direct  Object.     871.  I'~\ — 

1.  Cognate  Accusative.     371,  I.  1).  ^ 

2.  Accusative   with  other  Cases.     384,  II.  •  409 ; 

421,  K  1.  \-~.  -5-/--f    •    S     ^■ 

^  3.  Transitive  and   Intransitive  Verbs.     371,  III. 
and  notes. 

4.  Accusative  with  Compounds.     372.      »  \ 

5.  Clause  as  Object.     371,  IV.  ^ 

6.  Passive  Construction.     464. 

M 

176.  Models. 

I.   Brutus  freed  his  country.  I.   Brutus  patriam  libe- 

ravit. 
II.  They  live  a  secure  life.  II.   Tutam  vitam  vwu7it. 

III.  They  wrote  laws  for  their        III.    Zeges  civitattbus  suis 

states.  scripserunt. 

IV.  They  were  sighing  over        IV.   Haec  gemebant. 

these  things. 
V.   He  crossed  the  Euphra-  V.   Euphratem  transiit, 

tes. 
VI.  You  know  that  I  think        VI.   Sets  me  idem  seiitire. 
the  same. 


177.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  III.  —  Their  states,  civitaUhus  suis,  Dat.    Rule  XII. 

See  also  384,  II.  Theae  words  may  stand  cither  before  or  after  the  di- 
rect object,  leges.  See  G.  567,  3.  Suis  must  be  expressed  to  avoid  ambi- 
guity. 


ACCUSATIVE  AS  DIRECT  OBJECT. 


67 


2.   Model  IV.  —  These  things,  haec  or  has  res.     The  former  is 

preferable,  because  it  is  shorter  and  equally  clear. 

3.  Model  Y.  —  Euphratem.     See  G.  372. 

4.  Model  VI.  —  That  I  think  the  same,  me  idem  sentire,  object  of  scis. 
G,  371,  IV.     For  the  case  of  me,  see  G.  536  ;  for  that  of  idem,  371, 1.  2,  1), 


178.   Synonymes. 

Army  ;  exercitus^  agmen^  acies. 

1.  £Jxercitus,  i,  m.  (exerceo)  ;  army,  —  the   generic   word 
for  array,  as  composed  of  disciplined  men. 

2.  Agmen,  agminis^  n.  (ago)  ;  army  on  the  march. 

8.  Acies^  ei,  f. ;    army  in  battle  array  ;  line  of  bat- 
tle. 


179.  Vocabulary. 


Army    (on    the    march),     agmen, 

inis,  n. 
Arrange  (a  line  of  battle) ,  insiruo, 

ere,  struxi,  structum. 
As,   relat.  after  idem,  qui,   quae, 

quod. 
Attack,   adorior,   iri,    ortus  sum, 

dep. 
Base,  turpis,  e. 
Boast,  make  a  boast,  glorior,  ari, 

atus  sum,  dep. 
Both  —  and,  et  —  et. 
Camp,  castra,  drum,  n.  pi.    G.  132. 
Encamp,  castra  pono,  ere,  posui, 

positum. 
Ford,  vadum,  i,  n. 
Immense,  ingens,  entis. 


Laelius,    Laelius,   it,   m.       Gram. 

51,  5. 
Large,  magnus,  a,  um. 
Lead  (a  life),  live,  vivo,  ere,  vixi, 

I'idum. 
Life,  vita,  ae,  f. 
Line  of  battle,  acies,  aciei,  f. 
March,  journey,  iter,  itiniris,  n. ; 

on  the  march,  in  itin&re. 
Now,  nunc,  adv. 
Number,  numerus,  i,  m. 
Place,  locus,  i,  m.     G.  141. 
Ehine,  Rhenus,  i,  m. 
Take,  carry,  porto,  are,  dvi,  atum. 
Think,    judge,   sentio,    ire,   sensi, 

sensiim. 
Useless,  inutllis,  e. 


68  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


180.   Exercise. 


1.  Have  you  not  many  friends?  2.  Both  you  and  I 
have  a  very  large  number  of  friends.  3.  An  immense 
army  crossed  the  Rhine  and  encamped  in  Gaul.  4.  The 
commander  of  the  enemy  arranged  his  line  of  battle.  5. 
The  enemy  will  attack  our  army  on  the  inarch.  6.  At 
this  place  the  Rhine  is  crossed  by  a  ford.  7.  You^ 
Laeliirw,  have  lived  a  most  happy  Yy^q.  8.  Has  he  not  led 
a  W5e/e56' life  ?  9.  Do  not  lead  a  6«se  life.  10.  Did  you 
not  make  that  boast?  11.  I  made  the  same  boast  as  you. 
12.  We  will  endeavor  to  take  with  us  all  the  grain  which 
we  now  have.     13.  You  think  the  same  as  ^1  good  men. 


Lesson  XL. 

TWO    ACCUSATIVES. 

[1,  37.] 


* 


181.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 


I.  Two  Accusatives  —  Same  Person.     373. 
1.  Predicate  Accusative.     373,  1. 
^.^  2.  Verbs  with  Predicate  Accusative.     3?^,  N.  1. 

3.  Adjective  as  Predicate  Accusative.     373,  N.  2. 
Passive  Construction.     373,  2. 

n.  Two  Accusatives  —  Person  and  Thing.     374. 

1.  Person  and  Thing — Active  and  Passive.    374,  1, 

2.  Verbs  with  two  Accusatives.     374,  2. 


TWO   ACCUSATIVES.  69 


182.  Models. 

I.   Panaelius  calls  Plato  the  I.   Panaetius  Platonem 
Homer     of     pliiloso-  Ilomerum  philoso- 
phers, phorum  appellat. 
II.   Panaetius  calls  Plato  tli-  II.   Panaetius    Platonem 
vine.  dimnum,  appellat. 

III.  I  was  asked  my  opinion.  III.   Ego  sentenUam  roga- 

tiis  sum. 

IV.  I  ask  of  you  this  favor.  IV.   Te     hoc      heneficium 

rogo. 
V.   We  will  surely  retain  in  V.  Quod  nos  docuisti^  id 

memory    that    which  certe  merhoria  reti' 

you  have  taught  us.  nebimus. 


183.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  III.  — My  opinion,  sentenUam.  Rule  VII.  The  Posses- 
sive is  omitted.     See  G.  447. 

2.  Model  V.  —  In  memory  =  by  means  of  memory,  memoria,  Abl- 
of  Means.  Rule  XXV.  The  relative  clause  often  precedes  the  antece- 
dent clause,  as  in  this  model  (G.  5*72,  II.),  and  then  the  antecedent  itself 
generally  stands  at  the  beginning  of  its  own  clause. 


184.   Synonymes. 

To  call,  to  name ;  appello,  voco,  nommo. 

1.  Appello^  are,  dvi,  a  turn  ;  (1)  to  call,  to  name,  —  espe- 
cially with  the  idea  of  calling  a  person  (or  thing)  by  his  true 
name,  or  of  giving  him  a  characteristic  title  ;  (2)  to  address. 

2.  Voco,  are,  avi,  a  turn ;  (1)  to  call,  —  generally  with 
special  reference  to  pronouncing  or  speaking  the  name ;  (2) 
to  summon,  invite. 

3.  Nomino,  are,  am,  dtum  ;  to  name,  —  to  give  a  name. 


70 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


185.  Vocabulary. 


Ariovistus,  Ariovistus,  t,  m. 
Blind,  caecus,  a,  um. 
Calamity,  calamlias,  atis,  f. 
Conceal,  celo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Dinner,  coena,  ae,  f. 
Favor,  faveo,  6re,  favi,  fautum. 
Fortune, /or^Mwa,  ae,  f. 


Invite,  voco,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Make,  efflcio,  Sre,  feci,  fectum. 
Mourn  over,  maereo  ere.  G.  262,  N.  2. 
Name,  nomen,  inis,  n. 
Name,  to  name,  call,  nomXno ;  ap- 

pello  ;  voco,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Senate,  senatus,  us,  m. 


186.  Exercise. 

1.  The  senate  called  Ariovistus  king  and  friend.  2. 
Let  us  call  the  commander  of  the  army  by  1/is  own  name. 
3.  I  have  invited  your  brother  to  dinner.  4.  Eomulus 
ordered  the  city  to  be  called  Rome  from  his  own  name. 
5.  Fortune  often  makes  those  whom  she  favors  blind,  6. 
You  have  made  your  life  happy  and  useful.  7.  Who 
tauffht  the  Beldans  the  arts  of  war?  8.  Were  not  the 
Germans  taught  the  arts  of  war  by  Ariovistus?  9.  Why 
were  we  not  asked  our  opinion  ?  10.  Let  us  ask  them 
their  opinion.  11.  They  will  mourn  over  this  calamity. 
12.  I  will  not  conceal  from  you  my  opinion. 


Lesson  XLI. 

TWO    ACCUSATIVES  —  Continued.      SPECIAL    CON- 
STRUCTIONS. 

[1,40.] 

187.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Special  Constructions.     374,  2  and  notes. 
I.  With  Celo.    374,  N.  1. 


TWO   ACCUSATIVES.       SPECIAL    CONSTRUCTIONS. 


71 


2.  With  Verbs  of  Teaching.     374,  K.  2. 

3.  With  Verbs  of  Asking,  Demanding.     374,  K  3. 

4.  With  Peto,  PostUo,  Qiiaero.     374,  N.  4. 

II.  Infinitive,  or  Clause,  as  Accusative  of  Thing.     374,  N". 
2,  fin. 

III.  Neuter  Pronoun,  or  Adjective,  as  Accusative  of  Thing. 

375. 

IV.  Two  Accusatives  with  Compounds.     376. 


188.  Models. 


I.   You  were  kept  igno- 
rant of  the  most  im- 
portant things. 
II.   He  taught  Socrates  to 
play  on  the  lyre. 

III.  I  ask  you  in  regard  to 

the  same  things. 

IV.  He  asks  this  from  the 

king. 
V.   He  teaches  you  to  be 

wise. 
VI.   Philosophy  taught  us 
to  know  ourselves. 

VII.   He  admonished  me  of 
it. 
VIII.   He  led  his  forces  over 
the  Rhone. 


I.   3Iaxmiis    de    rebus 
celdtus  es. 

II.    Socrutem fidibus  do- 
cult. 

III.  Te  iisdern  de  rebus 

interrogo. 

IV.  Hoc  a  rege  petit. 

V.   Te  sapere  docet.' 

VI.   Philosophia  nos  do- 
cult  lit  nosmet  ip- 
sos  nosceremus. 
VII.   Pd  me  mo7iidt. 

VIII.   Rhodanum     copias 
tra^ecit. 


189-  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Of  =  concerning,  in  regard  to,  de.     G.  434. 

2.  The  most  important,  greatest,  things,  maxlmis  rebus.  Maoc/i- 
mis  alone  would  not  distinguish  things  from  persons.  An  emphatic 
adjective  belonging  to  a  noun  with  a  preposition  is  often  placed  before' 


72 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


the  iireposition.     Hence  maxlmis  de  rebus  ;  also  iisdem  de  rebus^  in 
Model  III. 

3.  Model  II.  —  To  play  upon  the  lyre,  in  the  Latin  idiom  with 
THE  LY-RE,  Jidibtis,  Abl.  of  Means.     Rule  XXV, 

4.  Model  V.  —  To  be  wise,  sajM'e.  This  simply  supplies  the  place  of 
one  accusative  after  docd.  He  teaches  you  to  be  wise,  i.  e.,  teaches  you 
wisdom.     G.  534. 

5.  Model  VI.  —  To  know  ourselves  =  that  we  should  know  ourselves, 
ut  nosmet  ipsos  nosceremtts.  G.  499,  3.  For  the  mood  of  nosca^emus,  see 
G.  498,  and  for  the  tense,  493,  1.  For  the  difference  in  force  between 
this  clause  and  the  infinitive,  as  used  in  Model  V.,  see  G.  640,  XL 
and  III. 

6.  Model  VIII.  —  He  led  over,  trajf,cit,  lit.  threw  over,  or  across. 

7.  His  forces,  copias ;  possessive  omitted.  t 


190.  Vocabulary. 


Across,  trans,  prep,  with  ace. 
Admonish,  moneo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 
Demand,  postulo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Depart,  discedo,  ere,  cessi,  cessiim. 
Home,  domus,  us  or  i,  f.  G.  119,  1. 
In  regard  to,  de,  prep,  with  abl. 
Inform,   teach,    doceo,   ere,   docui, 
doctum. 


It  is  permitted,  licet,  licuit  or  lict- 
tum  est,  impers.     G.  299. 

Keep  in  ignorance,  celo,  are,  avi, 
atum.  To  keep  ignorant  of 
(in  regard  to),  celo  de. 

Multitude,  nriultitudo,  Inis,  f. 

No,  nnllus,  a,  um.     G.  I'Jl. 

Of  =  from,  a,  ab,  prop,  with  abl. 


191.  Exercise. 

'^  1.  Did  they  not  ask  these  favors  from  Caesar?  2.  We 
will  ask  no  favors  from  Marcus.  3.  We  will  not  keep 
you  in  ignorance  in  regard  to  this  cnlaniitf/.  4.  Caesar 
was  not  kept  ignorant  of  these  plans.  5.  They  informed 
Caesar  in  regard  to  the  plans  of  the  enemy.  6.  The 
Boldier  will  ask  from  his  commander  to  be  permitted  to 


ACCUSATIVE    AS    SUBJECT   OF    INFINITIVE.  73 

depart  to  his  home.      7.  Of  what  will  he  admonish  them? 

8.  What  did  he  at  the  same  time  demand  of  Ariovistus? 

9.  He  demanded  of  him  that  he  should  not  lead  the  Ger- 
mans into  Gaul.  10.  The  king  had  already  led  a  multi- 
tude of  Germans  across  the  Rhine  into  Gaul.^^ 


-\ 


Lesson   XLII. 


ACCUSATIVE   AS    SUBJECT    OF    INFINITIVE.      IN    AGREE- 
MENT   WITH    ANOTHER   ACCUSATIVE. 

[1,  44.] 

192.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Accusative  as  Subject  of  an  Infinitive.     536. 
II.   Accusative  in  Agreement  with  another  Accusative.    362, 

363. 

1.  As  Predicate  Accusative.     362  ;  373,  1. 

2.  As  Appositive.     363. 


193.  Models. 

I.   You  know  that  I  speak  I.    Scis  me  Latme  luqui. 

Latin. 

II.   I   rejoice  that  you   rec-  IT.   Gaudeo    id     te    mihi 

ommend  that  to  me.  suadere. 

III.  They  called  Cicero   the  III.   Ciceronem  patrem  pa- 

father  of  his  country.  triae  nominaverunt. 

IV.  Marcellus  took  the  city  IV.   Marcellus   urhem.   Sy- 

of  Syracuse.  racusas  cepit. 


74 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


194.   Re:marks. 

1.  Model  I.  — That  I  speak,  ine  loqiii,  object  of  scis.      See  Rule 
v.,  also  G.  371,  IV. ;  535,  I.     Me,  subject  of  loqui.     Rule  LVIII. 

2.  Latin  =  in  Latin,  Latlne,  adverb  qualifying  loqui.     Rule  LXT.     Ob- 
serve the  difference  of  idiom  between  the  English  and  the  Latin. 

3.  Model  II.  —  Id,  being  emphatic,  is  placed  at  the  beginning  of  the 
infinitive  clause,  even  before  the  subject  te.     G.  561. 

4.  Model  IV.  —  The  city  of   Syracuse,   Latin  idiom,  the  city 
Syracuse,  urbem  Syracusas.     Rule  II. 


195.   Vocabulary. 


For,  in  behalf  of,  pro,  prep,  with 

abl. 
Gracchus,  Gracchus,  i,  m. 
Greek,  in  Greek,  Graece,  adv. 


Latin,  in  Latin,  Latlne,  adv. 
Nasica,  Nasica,  ae,  m. 
Tiberius,  Tiberius,  ii,  m. 
Twice,  bis,  adv. 


196.  Exercise. 

1.  The  Eoman  people  made  Cicero  consul.  2.  Did 
you  not  say  that  Cicero  was  consul  at  that  time?  3.  I 
said  that  Tiberius  Gracchus  was  at  that  time  consul.  4. 
They  say  that  Publius  Scipio  Nasica  was  twice  consul.  5. 
We  know  that  you  have  been  called  wise.  6.  Do  you 
not  know  that  Cicero  spoke  both  Latin  and  Greek?  7. 
They  say  that  Marcus  already  speaks  Latin.  8.  Why  did 
you  teach  him  to  speak  Latin?  9.  He  will  come  with  a 
large  army  to  take  the  city  of  Geneva.  10.  We  know 
that  you  are  always  prepared  to  encounter  dangers  for 
your  country.  ...^^ 


ACCUSATIVE    IN   AN   ADVERBIAL   SENSE. 


75 


Lesson    XLIII. 


ACCUSATIVE    IN    AN    ADVERBIAL    SENSE. 
MATIONS. 

[1,  49.] 


IN    EXCLA- 


>, 


197.   Lesson  from  the  Gkammar. 


L  Accusative  of  Time  and  Space.     379. 
1.  Accusative  with  Per.     379,  1. 
n.  Accusative  of  Limit.     380. 

1.  Accusative  with  Ad,     380,  L 

2.  Tlrhs  or  Oppidum  with  Preposition.     380,  L 

3.  Words  like  Names  of  Towns.     380,  2. 

4.  Other  Names  of  Places.     380,  I.  and  3. 

III.  Accusative  of  Specification.     378. 

1.  In  good  prose  only  in  its  freer  sense.     378,  2. 

IV.  Accusative  in  Exclamations.     381. 


198.  Models. 


I.  At  Athens  Pericles  was 
for  very  many  years 
the  leader  of  the 
public  council. 
II.  Hippias  came  to  Olym- 
pia. 

III.  There  are  three  roads 

to  Mutina. 

IV.  Demaratus         betook 

himself  to  Tarquinii, 
a  city  of  Etruria. 


I.  Athenis  Per  ides plu- 
rimos  annos  prin- 
ceps  consilii  piib- 
licifuit. 
II.  Hippias  Olyynpiam 
venit. 

III.  Tres   sunt  viae  ad 

Mutinam. 

IV.  Demaratus  se  contu- 

lit  Tarquinios  in 
urbem  Etruriae, 


76  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


V. 

Scipio  was  conducted 

V. 

Scipio    domiim    re- 

home. 

ductus  est. 

VI. 

Latona  fled  to  Delos. 

VI. 

Latona  confugit  De- 
lum. 

VII. 

He  came  into  Epirus. 

VII. 

In  Eplrum  venit. 

VIII. 

My  letter  will  not  profit 

VIII. 

JSPihil  tibi  meae  lit- 

you  at  all. 

terae  proderunt. 

IX. 

0  welcome  arrival ! 

IX. 

0  gratum  adven- 
tum! 

199.  Remaeks. 

1.  Model  I. — At  Athens,  vl^/^^n^s,  Locative  Abl.  Rule  XXX.  Empha- 
sis places  it  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence.     G.  561, 1. 

2.  Model  III.  —  There  are,  sunt.  In  this  signification,  —  there  is, 
there  are,  —  the  verb  sum  generally  stands  before  its  subject,  as  in  the 
model,  and  indeed  generally  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence ;  but  here 
ires  is  emphatic,  and  takes  the  first  place. 

3.  Model  IV.  —  A  city  of  Etruria,  in  urhem  Etruriae.  Observe 
the  difference  of  idiom.  In  tlie  English,  city  is  in  apposition  with  Tar- 
quinii,  while  in  Latin  in  urhem  is  treated  simply  as  a  modifier  of  con- 
tulit,  —  betook  himself  into  a  city  of  Etruria.  Tarquinios  —  Etruriae 
would  regularly  precede  contulit ;  but,  being  emphatic,  it  stands  at  the 
end  of  the  sentence. 

4 .  Model  VIII.  —  Not  at  all,  nihil.     Rule  VIIL     It  is  emphatic. 


200.  Synontmes. 

Letter,  epistle ;  littera,  litterae,  epistola, 

1.  JLittera^  ae,  f. ;  letter,  —  of  the  alphabet. 

2.  Jjitterae^  ariim^  f.  plur. ;  letteii,  epistle, — regarded 
simply  as  a  written  communication  without  any  reference  to 
its  epistolary  character. 

3.  Epistola^  ae^  f  ;  letter,  epistle,  —  with  special  refer- 
ence to  its  epistolary  character. 


DATIVE    WITH   VERBS.  77 


201.   Vocabulary. 


Betake  one's  self,  se  conferre  ;  con- 

fero,ferre^  tidi,  collatum. 
Fortunate,  fortvnatus,  a,  vm. 
Greek,  Graecus,  a,  um. 
Letter  of  the  alphabet,  litteo-a,  ae,  f. 


Letter,  epistle,  Utterae,   Sriim,  f. ; 

episiola,  ae,  f. 
Move,  commoveo,  ere,  movi,  moium. 
Pronounce,  speak,  dico,  ere,  dixi, 

dictum. 
Request,  rogatus,  us,  m. 


202.   Exercise. 

1.  Caesar  waged  war  in  Gaul  ten  years.  2.  Did  not 
the  soldiers  wish  to  return  home?  3.  Did  you  not  say 
that  Ariovistus  sent  ambassadors  to  Caesar?     4.  I  said  so. 

5.  The  soldiers  betook  themselves  to  the  city  of  Geneva. 

6.  They  betook  themselves  to  their  camp  at  Geneva.  7. 
Did  not  the  Allobroges  send  ambassadors  to  the  senate  at 
Rome?  8.  Cicero  wrote  many  letters  to  his  brother 
Quintus.  9.  Demosthenes,  when  a  boy,  was  not  able  to 
pronounce  the  letter  R.  10.  Your  brother  knows  one 
Greek  letter.  11.  I  read  your  letter  at  Rome.  12.  The 
commander  will  not  be  at  all  moved  by  this  request.  13. 
O  happy  country  !     14.  O  fortunate  city  ! 


y::^  Lesson   XLIY. 

DATIVE    WITH   VERBS. 

[1,  54.] 

203.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Dative  with  Verbs.     384. 

1.  Dative  with  Special  Verbs.     885. 


78 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


"1.  Dative  with  Compounds.     386. 

3.  Dative  of  Possessor.     387. 

4.  Dative  of  the  Apparent  Agent.     388. 

5.  Ethical  Dative.     389. 

II.  Two  Datives  —  To  which  and  For  which.     390. 
.  1.  Verbs  with  two  Datives.     390,  K  1. 

204.  Models. 


I.  We  yield  to  the  sacred 
laws  of  our  country. 
II.   I  do   not    look    with 
envy  upon  your  ad- 
vantages. 

III.  My  Cicero  sends  you 

greeting. 

IV.  Pr ovidef or  yovivcoMw- 

try. 
V.   ThQ  fountain  has  the 
name  Arethusa. 
VI.   What  should  be  done 

by  us? 
VII.   What   does    the    law 

mean? 
VIII.   The    house     was     an 
oriiament  to  the  city. 


I.   Sanetis^atriae  legX- 

bus  ohsequimur. 
II.  I^on  ego  invideo  tuis 
commodis. 

III.  Cicero  meus  tibi  sa- 

lutem,  dicit. 

IV.  Prospiate  patriae. 

V.   Fonti    nomen  Are- 

tkusa  est. 
VI.   Quid  nobis  agendum 
est? 

VII.  Quid  sibi  lex  vtdt  f 

VIII.  Domus    urbi    fuit 

ornamento. 


205.  Remarks. 


1.  Model  I.  —  For  the  order  of  words,  see  G.  665,  3. 

2.  Model  II.  —  Non  :  see  G.  569,  IV.  Why  is  the  possessive  (tuis) 
expressed  with  commddis,  but  omitted  with  patriae  in  Model  I.  ?  See 
G.  447. 

3.  Model  III.  —  Sends  greeting,  saliiiem  dicit,  lit.  says  safety, 
i.  e.  expresses  his  desire  for  your  safety  and  health. 


DATIVE    WITH    VERBS. 


79 


4.  Model  V.  —  The  fountain  has,  fonii  est,  lit.  is  to  the  fountain. 

5.  Model  VI.  —  By  us,  nobis,  lit.  to  us.     See  G.  388. 

6.  Model  VII.  —  Mean,  sibi  vult,  lit.  wish  for  itself,  i.  e.  propose 
to  itself. 

7.  Model  VIII.  —  An  ornament,  ornamento,  lit.  for  an  ornament. 
Observe  the  difference  of  idiom,  but  remember  that  the  Latin  sometimes 
employs  the  nominative,  like  the  English.     See  G.  390,  N.  2. 

206.  Vocabulary. 


Ally,  socius,  ii,~».  ^<^v  . 

Be  in  command  of,  praesum,  esse, 

fui. 
Business,  negotium,ii,  n.   To  have 

business,  negotium,  sum,  esse, 

fui,  with  dat. 
Defence,  praesidium,  ii,  n. 
Envy,  to  look  upon  with  envy,  in- 

vWeo,  ere,  vldi,  visum. 


Ephesus,  Ephesus,  i,  f. 

Especially,  maxime,  adv. 

It  is  the  intention,  in  anlmo  est, 
esse,  fuit,  with  dat.  It  is  my 
intention,  mihi  est  in  anlmo. 

Mean,  volo,  velle,  volui,  with  dat. 

Mind,  animus,  i,  m. 


207.  Exercise. 

1.  I  have  ever  favored  both  you  and  your  brother.  2. 
The  good  and  wise  never  envy  the  rich.  3.  Praise  and 
glory  are  especially  envied.  4.  Caesar,  vv^ho  is  in  com- 
mand of  the  army,  is  especially  envied.  5.  It  is  our  in- 
tention to  waoje  war  ag-ainst  the  Romans  and  their  allies. 
6.  Ainovistus  at  that  time  had  a  large  army.  7.  T'hat 
beautiful  city  had  the  name  of  Ephesus.  8.  What  did 
these  presents  mean?  9.  The  good  and  wise  must  be 
praised  by  all.  10.  What  business  had  the  Helvetians  in 
the  Roman  province?  11.  Virtue  is  a  glory  to  all.  12. 
The  cavalry  of  the  Aeduans  was  a  defence  to  the  Roman 
army. 


V 


80 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


^Jbi 


Lesson  XLV. 


DATIVE    WITH   VERBS.     SPECIAL  CONSTRUCTIONS. 

[2,  5.] 

208-   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Double  Construction.     384,  2. 
II.   To  or  jFor,  how  rendered  into  Latin.     "^4,  3. 
III.  Accusative  or  Dative  with  a  Difference  of   Meaning. 
385,  1. 


209.  Models. 

I. 

He  presents    gifts   to 

I. 

Munera  civibus  do- 

' 

the  citizens. 

nat. 

II. 

The    Tarentines    pre- 

II. 

Tarentini  Archiam 

sented   Archias   the 

poetam       civitate 

poet    with     citizen- 

donaveritnt. 

ship. 

III. 

We  came  to  Delos. 

III. 

Delum  vemmiis. 

IV. 

I  yield  to  the  time. 

IV. 

Tenipori  cedo. 

V. 

They  fight  for  liberty. 

V. 

Pro  Ubertate  dimi- 
cant. 

VI. 

He  wrote  laws  for  the 

VI. 

Leges  cimtati  scrip- 

state. 

sit. 

VII. 

I  consult  you. 

VII. 

Ego  vos  consvlo. 

VIII. 

Consult  for  yourselves. 

VIII. 

Consulite  vobis. 

IX. 

He  feared  danger. 

IX. 

Periculum  m  etuehat. 

X. 

He  feared  for  himself. 

X. 

Sibi  metuibat. 

210.  Remarks. 

1.   Model  I.  — For  the  arrangement  of  two  or  more  objects  with  the 
same  verb,  see  G.  567,  3. 


DATIVE    WITH   VERBS.       SPECIAL    CONSTRUCTIONS.       81 

2.  Models  III.  and  IV.  —  Why  is  to  Delos  rendered  by  the  Accus. 
Delum,  and  to  the  time,  by  the  Dative,  tempdri  ?  See  G.  380,  2 ;  382, 
384. 

3.  Models  V.  and  VI.  —  Why  is  for  liberty  rendered  by  pro  with 
the  Abl.,  j7ro  lihertdte,  and /or  the  state  by  the  Dative,  civitatif  See  G. 
384.  3,  2);  382,  384. 


211.  Vocabulary. 


Consult,  consulo,  Ire,  sului,  sultum. 
Detriment,  detrimentum,  i,  n. 
Distinguished,  clarus,  a,  um. 
Near,  near  to,  ad,  prep,  with  ace. 
Ought,  deheo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 
Supplicate,  suppllco,  are,  avif  atum. 


Surround,  circumdo,  dre,  didi,  dd' 

turn.     G.  259,  N.  1. 
Often,  saepe,  adv. 
Wall,  murus,  i,  m. 
Winter  quarters,  hiberna,  Orum,  n. 

adj.  used  as  subs. 


212.   Exercise. 

1.  Servius  Tullius  the  king  surrounded  the  city  of 
Rome  with  a  wall.  2.  The  Athenians  presented  Demos- 
thenes the  orator  with  a  golden  crown.  3.  Demosthenes, 
the  distinguished  orator,  was  presented  with  a  golden 
crown.  4.  We  ought  to  encounter  all  dangers  for  our 
country.  5.  We  will  all  supplicate  the  commander  in 
behalf  of  this  soldier.  6.  Whom  did  you  (pi.)  consult  in 
regard  to  this  plan?  7.  We  consulted  Caesar  the  com- 
mander of  the  army.  8.  For  whom  did  Caesar  consult? 
9.  Pie  consulted  for  the  safety  of  his  whole  army.  10. 
Let  us  lead  our  forces  into  winter  quarters  near  Geneva. 
11.  The  friendship  of  the  lloman  people  was  often  ? 
detriment,  not  a  defence,  to  their  allies. 


82 


LATIN   COftU'OSllION. 


Lesson  XL VI. 

DATIVE    WITH    ADJECTIVES    AND    DERIVATIVES. 

!  [2,  12.] 

213.  Lesson  feom  the  Grammar. 

I.   Dative  with  Adjectives.     391,  391,  II.  "* 
II.   Dative  with  Derivatives.     392. 


214.    Models. 


I.   The  soil  of  their  coun- 
try is  dear  to  all. 
II.   Pleasure  is  especially 
unfriendly  to  virtue. 

III.  Your    letters   are   ac- 

ceptable to  me. 

IV.  We  are  see^m^aLatin 

word   equivalent   to 
the  Greek. 
V.    Very  kind  to  his  father. 

VI.    Useful       for       many 
things. 
VII.   TAherty  is  characteris- 
tic  of  the   Roman 
people. 
VIII.   Justice  is  obedience  to 
the  laws. 
IX.   They    speak     consist- 
ently    with     tlieni- 
sclves. 


I.   Patriae  solum  om- 
7ubiis  carum  est. 
II.    Yoluptas      maxtme 
est  inimlca  virtuti. 

III.  Tuae  epistolae  mihi 

gratae  sunt. 

IV.  Quaerimus     verbum 

Latinum        par 
Graeco. 
V.   Perindulgens  in  pa- 

trem. 
VI.   Multas  ad  res  tcttlis. 


VII. 


VIII 


Jlomdni  populi  est 
propria  libertas. 


Justitia  est  obtempe- 
ratio  leytbus. 
IX.    JSibi  constanter  dl- 
cunt. 


DATIVE   WITH   ADJECTIVES   AND   DERIVATIVES.         83 


215.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  — "Why  is  virtfdi  placed  at  the  end  of  the  sentence? 
G.  561,  II. 

2.  Model  IV.  —  Why  is  quaerimns  placed  at  the  beginning  of  the 
sentence  ?     G.  561,  I. 

3.  Model  VI.  —  For  many  things,  midtas  ad  res.  For  the  order 
of  words,  see  Rem.  189,  2  '.  With  iitllis  observe- the  difference  of  mean- 
ing between  the  Dative  and  the  Accus.  with  ad :  mihi  utllis,  useful  to 
me;  mvltas  ad  res  utllis,  useful  for  many  things,  purposes. 

4.  Model  VII.  —  Of  the  Roman  people,  Romani  populi,  Gen. 
depending  upon  propria.  See  Rule  XVII. ;  also  G.  399,  III.  This 
genitive  is  emphatic,  and  therefore  stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  sen- 
tence. G.  561,  I.  The  emphatic  Romani  precedes  its  noun.  The  em- 
phatic subject,  libertas,  is  placed  at  the  end  of  the  sentence.     G.  561,  II. 

5.  Model  IX.  —  With  themselves,  sibi,  Dative  depending  upon 
constanter,  whicli  admits  the  Dative  after  the  analogy  of  its  primitive 
consians,  from  consto. 

216.  Synonymes. 

Acceptable,  agreeable  ;  acceptus,  gratus,jucundus. 

1.  Acceptus^  a.,  um ;  acceptable,  welcome,  —  for  what- 
ever reason. 

2.  Gratus^  a,  um ;  grateful,  acceptable,  —  especially 
because  of  value  or  worth. 

3.  Jucundus^  a,  iim  ;  agreeable,  pleasant,  delightful. 

Acceptus  implies  simply  that  the  object  to  which  it  is  applied  is  accepta- 
ble, grains  that  it  is  acceptable  because  of  its  value,  whether  arrecable 
or  not,  and  jucundus,  that  it  is  in  itself  agreeable. 

217.  Vocabulary. 

A  battle  is  fought,  pugnatur,  pug- 1  Accel^tRh\e, acceptus,  a,  um;  gratus, 
natum  est,  impers.  a,  um. 


See  Explanation  of  References,  page  xi. 


84  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


Admonition,  admonitio,  onis,  f. 
Although,  etiamsi,  conj. 
Approach,  appropinquo,  are,  avi, 

atum. 
But,  sed ;  autem.     G.  554,  III.  2. 


Near,  prope,  propius,  proxlme,  adv. 
Peculiar  to,  proprius,  a,  um. 
Spirited,    in    a    spirited    manner, 

acrlter,  adv. 
Word,  verbum,  t,  n. 


218.   Exercise. 

1.  The  friendship  of  the  Aeduans  was^  acceptable  to 
Caesar.  2.  Your  letters  will  always  be  acceptable  to  me. 
3.  Your  admonition,  although  it  is  not  agreeable,  is  yet 
acceptable  to  me.  4.  Your  words  are  very  agreeable  to 
me.  5.  The  books  which  you  sent  were  very  acceptable 
to  me.  6.  At  that  time  the  study  of  eloquence  was  not 
common  to  Greece,  but  peculiar  to  Athens.  7.  We  have 
endeavored  to  persuade  the  citizens.  8.  At  the  same  time 
the  Aeduans  were  approaching  the  borders  of  the  Belgians, 
who  are  nearest  to  the  Germans.  9.  A  spirited  battle 
was  fought  very  near  the  camp  of  Caesar, 


Lesson  XLVII. 
genitive  with  nouns  and  adjectives 

[2,  19.] 

219.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Genitive  with  Nouns.     395. 

1.  Varieties  of  Genitive  with  Nouns.     396. 

2.  Peculiarities.     398. 

3.  Other  Constructions.     395,  N.  2  ;  419,  IL 
II.  Genitive  with  Adjectives.     399. 


GENITIVE    WITH   NOUNS   AND   ADJECTIVES. 


85 


220.  Models. 


I.   The  glory  of  virtue  is 
eternal. 
II.   Socrates   in   the    judg- 
ment of  Greece  was 
the  wisest  of  all  men. 

III.  Compare  the  life  of  Tre- 

bonius   with   that  of 
Dolabella. 

IV.  Love  of  (to)  country. 
V.   He  is  desirous  of  vic- 
tory. 

VI.   The  mind  is  capable  of 
all  virtues. 
VII.   No  one  will  be  found 
like  you. 


I.    Yirtutis    gloria    est 
sempiterna. 
II.    Socrates  judicio 

Graeciae  omnium 
sapientisstmus  fu- 
it. 

III.  Conferte  vitam    Tre- 

bonii  cum  Dola- 
beUae. 

IV.  Amor  in  patriam. 
V.   Yictoriae  avidus  est. 

VI.  Mens   virtutum    om,- 

nimn  capax  est, 

VII.  Nemo  tui  similis  in- 

venietur. 


221.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  —  In  the  judgment,  i.  e.  in  accordance  with,  by  the 
judgment,  judicio.     Rule  XXII. 

2.  Of  all  men,  omnium^  used  substantively.     G.  441. 

3.  Model  III. — With  that  of  Dolabella,  cum  Dohhdlae^  —  vita  be- 
iDg  omitted.     G.  398,  1,  N.  1. 

4.  Model  IV.  —  Of  country,  patHae^  or  in  or  erga  patriam,     G.  396, 
III.  N.  1. 

5.  Model  VII. — Like  you,  tui  similis,  or  tibi  similis.     G.  391,  1;  396, 
II.  N. 


222.  Synontmes. 

Avaricious,  desirous,  devoted  to,  pursuing  ;  avarus,  cupi- 
dus,  avidus,  studiosus, 

7 


86 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


1.  Avdrus,  05,  um  ;  avaricious,  —  desirous  of  money  and 
gain. 

2.  Cupidus^  a,  wm  /  desirous,  eagerly  desirous,  —  often 
with  the  idea  of  haste  and  impatience. 

3.  Avidus,  a,  um  ;  desirous,  earnestly  desirous,  very 
DESIROUS,  greedy,  —  often  involving  the  idea  of  an  excessive 

or  selfish  desire.  — 

4.  Studidsus^  a,  um  ;  studious,  devoted  to,  student  of, 
pursuing,  —  involving  zeal  in  the  pursuit  of  a  study,  or  in 
the  support  of  a  person  or  cause. 

223.  Vocabulary. 


Affair,  thing,  res^  rei,  f. 
Avaricious,  avarus,  a,  um. 
For,  enim,  conj.    G.  654,  V.  3. 
Greedy,  very  desirous,  avldus,  a, 

um. 
Literature,  letters,  littSrae,  arum^ 

f.pl. 
Military,    militarise     e ;    military 

affairs,  res  militarise  sing. 


Revolution,  res  novae,  f.  pi.;  lit. 

new  things. " 
Science,  learning,  doctrina,  at^  f. 
Skilful  in,  peritus,  a,  um. 
Student  of,  studiosus,  a,  um. 
Three  days,  iriduum,  i,  n. 
Unmindful,  immimor,  dris. 
Zeal,  studium,  ii,  n. 


224.  Exercise. 

1.  We  will  now  make  a  journey  into  the  territory  of  the 
Belgians.  2.  We  have  persuaded  the  soldiers  to  make  a 
journey  of  three  days  through  the  territory  of  the  Helve- 
tians. 3.  The  Belgians  were  very  skilful  in  military 
affairs.  4.  They  were  Jievcr  unmindful  of  their  ancient 
valor,  and  were  always  desirous  of  a  revolution.  5.  But 
at  this  time  they  had  more  zeal  than  wisdom ;  for  they 
were  conquered  by  the  Romans  in  ma7iy  battles.     6.  The 


GENITIVE    WITH    VERBS.  87 

soldiers  are  very  desirous  of  victory  and  glory.  7.  Tlie 
avaricious  are  ever  greedy  for  moyiey,  8.  We  are  students 
of  literature. 


-yf 


Lesson   XLYIII. 

GENITIVE   WITH  VERBS.— LOCATIVE. 
[2,  26.] 

225.  Lesson  fkom  the  Grammar. 

I.  Predicate  Genitive.     401. 

1.  Predicate    Genitive    and    Predicate    Nominative. 

401  ;  362. 

2.  Predicate  Genitive  and  Predicate  Adjective.     401, 

N.  2. 

3.  Varieties  of  Predicate  Genitive.     402. 

4.  Verbs  with  Predicate  Genitive.     403. 

5.  Other  Constructions  for  the  Genitive.     401,  N.  3, 
IL  Locative.     425,  II. 

III.  Genitive  with  certain  Verbs.     406,  410,  V. 
.  1.  Other  Constructions.     407. 
2.  Refert  and  Interest.     408. 
lY.  Accusative  and  Genitive.    409. 


226.   Models. 

I.   Murena  was  a  man  of  I.   Murena  midtae  in- 

much  industry.  dustriae  fiiit. 

II.   The    field   is   now   of  II.   Ager     nunc   phiris 

more  value  than  it  est     quam     tunc 

then  was.  fuit. 

III.   It  is  your  duty  to  un-  III.   Tuum  est  intelligere. 
derstand. 


88 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


IV. 


VI. 


VII. 
VIII. 


It  is  the  duty  of  an 
orator  to  speak. 

You  were  in  the  mean 
time  at  Rome. 

To  do  right  is  the  in- 
terest of  all. 

It  greatly  interests  me. 

I  repent  of  my  error. 


IV.   Oratoris  officium  est 

dicere. 
V.   Tu  interea    Romae 


VI.  ^n  terest        omnium 

recte  facere. 
VII.   Magni  interest  mea. 
VIII.   Me  err  oris  m^i  pae- 
?iitet. 


227.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Was  a  man  of,  Latin  idiom,  was  of,  man  omitted  In 
rendering  into  Latin,     G.  402. 

2.  Model  II.  —  Is  of  more  value,  pluris  est,  lit.  is  of  more.    G.  404, 

N.  1. 

3.  Model  III.  —  It  is  your  duty  to  understand,  Latin  idiom,  to  un- 
derstand is  yours.     Tuum,  not  tui,  must  be  used.     G.  401,  N.  3, 

4.  Model  IV.  —  It  is  the  duty  of  an  orator,  oratoris  est,  or  oratoris 
officium  est.     G.  395  ;  401. 

6.  Model  V.  —  At  Rome,  Romae.     G.  425,  II. 

6.  Model  VIL  —  Greatly,  magni,  lit.  of  much,  of  great.    G.  408,  III. 

'7.  It  interests  me,  interest  mea,  not  mei.    G.  408, 1.  2. 

8.   Model  VIII.  —  I  repent  op  my  error,  Latin  idiom,  it  repenta 
me  of  my  error. 

228.  Vocabulary. 


Be  ashamed, pudet,  puduit  or  pudl- 
turn  est,  impers.  I  am  ashamed, 
me  pudet.     G.  299. 

Bitterly,  acerhe,  adv. 


Pity,  misiret,  miseiHtum  cs<,  impers. 

I  pity,  me  misiret.     G.  299. 
Repent,  paenltei,  paenituit,  impers. 

I  repent,  me  paenltet.     G.  299. 
Treachery,  proditio,  6nis,  f. 


ABLATIVE.  89 


229.  Exercise. 

1.  The  Eomans  did  not  forget  the  ancient  valor  of  the 
Helvetians.  2.  The  Gauls  were  very  brave.  3.  The 
Belgians  were  of  great  valor.  4.  It  is  characteristic  of 
time  valor  to  encounter  all  dangers  in  behalf  of  the  re- 
public. 5.  It  is  the  interest  of  all  to  obey  the  laws.  6. 
It  is  important  to  the  glory  of  the  state  to  consult  for  the 
safety  of  all  the  citizens.  7.  The  Germans  were  not 
ashamed  of  their  valor.  8.  The  Helvetians  bitterly  re- 
pented of  their  conspiracy.  9.  Do  you  not  pity  them? 
10.  We  do  not  accuse  you  of  conspiracy.  11.  This  sol- 
dier has  already  been  accused  of  treachery. 


Lesson  XLIX. 
ablative. 

X  [2,  35.] 

230.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Ablative  of  Cause,  Manner,  Means.     416  ;  419,  III.  ; 
420. 
^1.  Various  Expressions  for  Cause.     416,  I. 
2.  Means  and  Agent  distinguished.     420  and  415,  I. 
II.  Ablative  of  Price.     422. 
III.  Ablative  with  Comparatives.     417. 

1.  Comparatives  with  Quam.     417,  1. 

2.  Ablative,  when  admissible.     417,  N.  1. 

3.  Construction  with  Plus  and  Minus.     417,  N".  2. 


90 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


231.  Models. 


I.   An  art  is  praised  be- 
cause of  its  useful- 
ness. 
II.   By  my  right  I  ask  of 
you  this  favor. 
III.  Terentia  was  delighted 

with  your  letter. 
lY.   Friendship    is    to    be 
sought  for  its  own 
sake. 
V.   Cato   was  praised  by- 
all. 
yi.   It  was   done   through 
the  agency  of  Fabri- 
cius. 
VII.   He  purchased  the  sen- 
atorial    rank     with 
money. 
VIII.   What  is  more   desira- 
ble than  wisdom  ? 

IX.   He     lived    with     you 
more  than  a  year. 


I.  -24r5  utilitate  laudd" 
tur, 

II.  Meo   jure    te    hoc 
beneficium  rogo. 

III.  Terentia      delectCita 

est  tuis  litteris. 

IV.  Amicitia  est  propter 

se 


V.   Oato    ah     omnibus 

lauddtus  est. 
VI.  Per  Fabricium  fac- 
tum est. 

VII.  OrdXnem  senatori- 
um,  pretio  mercd- 
tus  est. 
VIII.  Quid  est  optabilius 
sapie?itid,  or  quam 
sapientici. 
IX.  Tecum  plus  annum 
vixit. 


232.   Remarks. 


1.  Model  I.  —  Because  of  its  usefulness,  utilitate,  Abl.  of  Cause. 
Rule  XXII. 

2.  Model  II.  —  I  ask  of  you,  te  rogo.     Rule  VII. 

3.  Model  III.  —  With  your  letter,  tuis  littlris,  or  tua  epistdla. 
Rule  XXII.     See  also  Synonynies,  200. 

4.  Model  IV.  — For  its  own  sake  =  on  account  of  itself,  propter 


ABLATIVE.  91 

se.  These  words,  it  will  be  observed,  stand  between  est  and  ixpetenda. 
Modifiers  are  not  unfrequently  thus  placed  between  the  two  parts  in  the 
compound  forms  of  verbs. 

5.  Model  VI.  —  Throcgh  the  agency  of  Fabricius,  per  Fdbriciumy 
lit.  thrmigh  Fabricius.     G.  415,  I.  1,  N.  1. 

6.  Model  IX.  —  With  you,  tecum.     G.  434,  N.  3. 

7.  More  than  a  year, /)/i^  annum^  not  plus  anno.     G.  417,  N.  2. 

233.  Synonymes. 

Celebrated,  distinguished,  illustrious,  noble  ;  celeber,  clams, 
illustris,  nohilis. 

1.  Celeher^  biHs^  bre ;  celebrated,  much  frequented, — 
applied  mostly  to  places. 

2.  Clarus.,  a,  imi ;  distinguished,  conspicuous,  cele- 
brated, —  especially  for  brilliant  achievements. 

3.  Illustris^  e;  illustrious,  renowned,  —  a  stronger 
terra  than  clarus,  applied  especially  to  those  who  are  distin- 
guished for  rank  and  worth. 

4.  JVbbilis,  e ;  well  known,  famous,  noble,  —  with 
special  reference  to  high  birth  and  ancestry. 

234.  Vocabulary. 


Aid,  auxilium,  ii,  n. 

Antioch,  Antiochia,  ae,  f. 

Celebrated,  celeber,  bris,  bre. 

High,  great  (price),  magnus,  a,  um. 

Illustrious,  illustris,  e. 

Lead  on,  adduco,  Bre,  duxi,  dudum. 


Noble,  nobilis,  e. 
Solon,  Solon  or  Solo,  cms,  m. 
Themistocles,  Themistocles,  is,  m. 
Thousand,  mille,  indecl.  adj.;  pi. 
millia,  ium,  n.  subst.    G.  178. 


235.  Exercise. 

1.  The  soldiers  were  led  on  by  the  hope  of  a  reward. 
2.  The  Aeduans  were  sent  with  all  their  forces  as  aid  to 


92  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 

Caesar.  3.  Why  did  they  not  come  with  cavalry?  4. 
More  than  five  thousand  came  in  one  day,  5.  Who  was 
there  at  Eome  more  distinguished  thafr  Cicero  ?  6.  Anti- 
och  was  formerly  a  celebrated  city.  7.  The  name  of 
Themistocles  is  more  illustrious  than  that  of  Solon.  8. 
The  Athenians  sent  three  most  noble  philosophers  to  Rome. 
9.  He  has  purchased  a  house  at  a  high  price.  10.  The 
safety  of  the  country  is  dear  to  me. 


Lesson  L. 

ABLATIVE  —  Continued. 

[3,  8.] 

236.  Lesson  pkom  the  Grammae. 

I.  Ablative  of  Difference.    423. 
II.  Ablative  in  Special  Constructions.    421. 


237.  Models. 

I. 

Longer  by  one  day.                    I. 

Vho  die  longior. 

II. 

The   wise  man   makes            II. 

Sapiens  ratidne  op- 

the  best  use  of  reason. 

time  utitur. 

III. 

I  am  intimate  with  Tre-          III. 

Trehonio  utor  fami- 

bonius. 

liariter. 

IV. 

Nature  is  content  with          IV. 

Natura   parvo    con- 

little. 

tenta  est. 

V. 

What  need  have  you  of           V. 

Quid  tibi  opera  nos- 

our aid  ? 

tra  opus  est? 

VI. 

No   one   trusts  in   the          VI. 

Nemo  fortunae  sta- 

stability  of  fortune. 

hilitate  confldit. 

v\\. 

I  trust  in  virtue.                     VII. 

Virtuti  confido. 

ABLATIVE.  93 


238.  Remaeks. 

1.  Model  II.  —  Makes  the  best  use  of  reason,  Latin  idiom,  uses 
reastrU  best. 

2.  Model  III.  — I  am  intimate  with,  utor  familiarHer. 

3.  Model  V.  —  What  need  have  you,  Latin  idiom,  as  to  what  is 
there  need  to  you,  —  quid  tibi  opus  est.  Quid,  see  G.  378,  2.  Or  our 
aid,  opera  nostra,  Abl.     G.  414,  notes  2-4. 

4.  Model  VII.  —  I  trust  in  virtue,  virtuti  or  virtute  confldo. 
With  the  Dative  the  idea  of  trust  is  prominent,  I  trust  in  virtue,  i.  e. 
trust  it,  trust  to  it;  while  with  the  Abl.,  the  idea  of  means  is  prominent, 
I  trust  in  virtue,  i.  e.  am  confident  because  of  or  by  means  of  virtue. 


239.  Synonymes. 

I.  To  need,  to  be  without,  to  be  free  from  ;  egreo,  indigeo^ 
careo^  vaco. 

1.  Egeo.,  ere.,  ui  —  /  to  need,  to  be  destitute  of,  —  to 
be  without  something  which  one  needs. 

2.  Indigeo.,  ere.,  ui  —  /  to  need,  to  feel  need,  —  involv- 
ing a  deep  sense  of  need,  while  egeo  refers  rather  to  the  need 
itself. 

3.  Careo.,  ere.,  ui.,  itum ;  to  be  without,  —  with  little 
reference  to  the  character  of  the  object  as  desirable  or  un- 
desirable. 

4.  Vdco^  are,  dvi,  cltum ;  to  be  free  from,  to  be  with- 
out, —  especially  to  be  without  that  which  is  undesirable. 

II.   Man,  hero ;  homo,  vir. 

1.  Homo,  hominis,  m.  and  f.;  man,  —  a  member  of  the 
human  family,  man  or  woman. 

2.  Vir,  viri,  m. ;  hero,  true  man,  —  as  a  term  of  respect. 


94 


LATIN   COMrOSITION. 


240.    VoCABTTLAETs 


Advice,  counsel,  consilium,  ii,  n. 
Affection,  love,  amor,  oris,  m. 
Be  destitute  of,  need,  egeo,  ere,  ui  ; 

indlgeo,  tre,  ui. 
Be  free  from,  be  without,  vaco,  are, 

avi,    atum  ;     careo,    ere,    ui. 

Hum  ;  egeo,  ere,  ui. 
Be  intimate  \f iih,  familiar^ter  utor, 

i,  usus  sum. 
Be  needful  (there  needs,  is  need 

of),  opus  est,fuH. 
Best,  in  the  best  manner,  opflme, 

adv. 
Enjoyment,  delectatio,  onis,  f. 


Familiarly,  familiarHer,  adv. 
Fault,  culpa,  ae,  f. 
Feel  the  need  of,  indlgeo,  ere,  ui. 
Fidelity,  faith,  fides,  ei,  f. 
Highest,    of   the    highest    degree, 

summus,  a,  um,  sup.  of  sitpi- 

rus. 
Kindness,  henignUas,  atis,  f. 
Nothing,  nihil,  n.  indecl. 
Pain,  dolor,  oris,  m. 
Use,  make   use   of,   utor^   t,   usug 

sum,  dep. 
Very,  valde,  adv. 


241.  Exercise. 


1.  Laelius  was  for  many  years  very  intimate  with 
Scipio.  2.  He  was  at  that  time  both  without  pain  and 
without  enjoyment.  3.  We  are  7ioiv  destitute  of  (need) 
many  things.  4.  I  feel  the  need  of  your  advice.  5. 
Now  your  counsels,  your  affection,  and  your  fidelity 
are  needful  to  us.  6.  There  was  no  need  of  so  many 
words.  7.  Let  us  make  the  best  use  of  our  time.  8. 
Tlie  Roman  soldiers  were  always  worthy  of  the  highest 
praise.  9.  Nothing  is  more  worthy  of  a  great  and  dis- 
tinguished man  than  kindness.  10.  What  is  there  in 
man  better  than  virtue  ?  11.  The  safety  of  the  cozm^n/ is 
much  dearer  to  you  than  life. 


ABLATIVE.  95 


Lesson  LI. 

ABLATIVE  —  Continued. 

[3,13.] 

242.  Lesson  feom  the  Grammar. 

I.  Ablative  of  Place.     425-428. 

1.  Places  not  Towns.     425,  I. 

2.  Xames  of  Towns,     425,  II. 

3.  Like  ]N"ames  of  Towns.     426. 

II.  Ablative  of  Source  and  Separation.     413-415  ;  414, 1.; 

415,  IL 
III.  Construction  of  Names  of  Places. 

1.  The  Place  in  which.     427,  III.;  428,  DL 

2.  The  Place  from  which.     427,  II.;  428,  IL 

3.  The  Place  to  which.     427,  I.;  428,  L 

243.  Models. 

I.   In   what   city   do   we  I.   In   qua    urhe  vivi- 

live  ?  ^mus  ? 

IL  He  died  at  Babylon.  II.   Babylone    mortuus 

est. 

III.  I  withdrew  from  the  III.   De  foro  discessi. 

forum. 

IV.  Aeschines      withdrew  LV.   Aeschmes        cessit 

from  Athens.  Athenis. 

V.   He  fled  from  home.  Y.   Domo  profugit. 

VI.   You  have   freed   your  VI.   Periculis     patriam 

country  from  perils.  liheramstis. 

VII.   He     came     into     the  VII.   In  provinciam  ad- 

province.  venit. 

VIII.   I  came  to  Capua.  VIII.   Capiiam  veni. 


96  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


244.   Remarks. 

1.  Why  is  the  preposition  used  in  models  I.  III.  VII.,  and  omitted  in 
all  the  others  ?     G.  425,  I. ;  426 ;  414,  I. ;  380 ;  380,  II.  3. 

2.  Model  IV.  —  Emphasis  places  Athenis  at  the  end  of  the  sentence. 

245.  Synonymes. 

Country;  patria,  ager^  rus. 

1.  JPatria,  ae,  f. ;  native  counti^y,  —  the  country  of  one's 
birth. 

2.  Ager,  agri,  ni. ;  country,  —  as  consisting  of  fields,  the 
OPEN  COUNTRY ;  —  in  this  sense  generally  plural. 

3.  i?ws,  ruris,  n.;  the  country, —  as  distinguished  from 
the  city. 

246.  Vocabulary. 

Capable,  capax,  acis.  1  Mind,   the  mental    faculty,   mens, 

Country,   rus,   ruris,  n. ;   patria,  \         mentis,  f. 


ae,  f. ;  ager,  agri,  m. 

Fear,  metus,  us,  m. 

Few,  pauci,  ae,  a,  pi. 

Forced  marches,  magna  itinera,  n. 
pi. ;  lit.  great  marches. 

Go,  eo,  ire,  ivi,  itum. 

Hasten,  contendo,  ire,  tendi,  ten- 
turn. 


Obtain,  potior,  iri,  lius  sum,  dep. 
G.  421,  I. 

Eemain,  maneo,  Ere,  mansi,  man- 
sum. 

Sea,  mare,  is,  n. ;  on  sea  and  land, 
terra  manque. 

Servitude,  servUus,  utis,  f. 

Sovereignty,  imperiumj  «,  n. 


247.  Exercise. 

1.  We  lived  in  Geneva  more  than  three  months.     2. 
From  Geneva  we  hastened  with  forced  marches  into  Italy. 


ABLATIVE.  97 

3.  Now  let  us  go  from  the  city  into  the  country.  4.  He 
went  from  home  a  few  days  ago,  and  will  remain  in  the 
country  two  months.  5.  We  made  a  journey  of  three 
days  through  the  country.  6.  The  brave  soldiers  have 
encountered  many  dangers  in  behalf  of  their  country.  7. 
War  must  be  waged  against  the  Carthaginians  on  sea  and 
land.  8.  It  was  the  intention  of  the  Helvetians  to  obtain 
the  sovereignty  of  all  Gaul.  9.  Will  you  not  free  this 
city  from  the  fear  of  servitude?  10.  To  man  God  has 
given  a  mind  capable  of  all  virtues. 


Lesson  LH. 

ABLATIVE  —  Continued.— 

[3,  20.] 

248.  Lesson  from  the  Grammab. 

I.  Ablative  of  Time.     429. 

1.  Time  within  which.     429,  1,  and  foot-note. 

2.  Time  since  an  event,  or  between  two  events.     430, 

430,  notes  1-3. 
11.  Ablative  of  Characteristic.     419,  H. 

1.  Genitive    and    Ablative    distinguished.      419,   2 ; 
396,  V. 

III.  Ablative  of  Specification.     424. 

249.  Models. 

L  Plato  died  in  his  eighty-  I.  Plato  uno  et  octogesi- 

first  year.  mo   anno    mortuus 

est. 


98 


LATIN   COMPOSITIQI^. 


II.  I   have    leisure    at  this 
time  for  philosophy. 

III.  He   smiled   once  in   his 

life. 

IV.  Homer  lived  many  years 

before  Romulus. 

V.  He    was      slain      some 

months  after. 
VI.  You  are  of  a  cheerful 
spirit. 


II.  Hoc  tempore  philoso- 
phiaevaco. 

III.  Semel  in  vita  risit. 

IV.  Ilomerus   annis  mul- 

tis  fuit  ante  Momu- 
lum. 
V.  Aliquot  post  menses 
occisus  est. 
VI.  Tu  hilari  animo  es. 


250.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  — His  —  omitted  in  rendering. 

2.  Model  III.  —  In  his  life,  in  vita.  Why  is  the  preposition  in 
used?     G.  426,  1,  and  foot-note. 

3.  Model  IV.  —  Homer  lived  many  tears  before  Romulus,  Latin 
idiom,  Homer  ivas  be/ore  Romulus  hj  many  years.  Annis,  Abl.  of  Differ- 
ence. Rule  XXVIH.  Ante  Romulum  at  the  end  of  the  sentence  because 
emphatic. 

4.  Model  V.  —  Some  months  after,  Latin  idiom,  after  some  months. 
For  the  order  of  the  words,  see  G.  430,  N.  1,  2). 

5.  Model  VI.  —  Of  a  cheerful  spirit,  or  with  a  cheerful  spirit, 
hilAri  anXmx)^  Abl.  of  Characteristic.     Rule  XXIV. 


251.   Vocabulary. 


Afterwards,  post,  adv. 

Equal,  par,  paris. 

Fifth  day  of  the    month,  nonae, 

arum,  f.  pi.   For  exception  see 

G.  642,  I.  2. 


Fiftieth,  quinquagesimus,  a,  um. 
First  day  of  the  month,  calendae^ 

arum,  f.  pi. 
Fourth,  quartus,  a,  um. 
Greatly,  magnopire,  adv.    • 


ABLATIVE. 


99 


Ides,  idus,   iduum,  f.  pi.     G.  642, 

1.3. 
June,  of  June,  Junius,  a,  um.     G. 

642,  III.  2. 
March,  of  March,  Martins,  a,  um. 
May,  of  May,  Mains,  a,  um. 
Punic,  Pun'icus,  a,  um. 
Put  to  death,  occldo,  ere,  cldi,  ci- 


Pythagoras,  Pythagoras,  ae,  m. 


Eefinement,  humaniias,  dtis,  f. 

Keturn,  come  back,  reverto  or  re- 
vertor,  ire  or  i,  reverti,  re- 
versum.  See  G.  2*72,  S, 
ve^-to. 

Sixth,  sextus,  a,  um. 

Sixtieth,  sexagesimus,  a,  um. 

Such,  so  great,  tantus,  a,  um. 

Third,  tertius,  a,  um. 


252.   Exercise. 


1.  Pythagoras  was  in  Italy  at  the  same  time  in  which 
Lucius  Junius  Brutus  liberated  his  country.  2.  Publius 
Scipio  took  Carthage  in  the  third  Punic  war.  3.  The 
ambassadors  returned  to  Rome  on  the  first  day  of  May. 
4.  I  received  your  letter  on  the  fifth  day  of  June.  5. 
Caesar  was  put  to  death  in  his  fifty-sixth  year,  on  the  ides 
of  March.  6.  Two  years  afteimcards  Cicero  was  put  to 
death,  in  his  sixty-fourth  year.  7.  The  Belgians  were 
equal  to  the  Germans  in  valor.  8.  They  were  surpassed 
by  the  Romans  both  in  valor  and  in  refinement.  9.  The 
Romans  surpassed  the  Greeks  in  the  arts  of  war.  10. 
The  Greeks  surpassed  the  Romans  in  the  arts  of  peace, 
11.  Herodotus  is  a  man  of  such  eloquence  that  he  greatly 
delights  us. 


100 


lATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Lesson  LIII. 

ABLATIVE  —  Continued. 

[3,  29.] 

253.  Lesson  prom  the  Grammar. 

I.   Ablative  Absolute.     431. 

II.   Cases  with  Prepositions.     432. 

1.  Accusative.     433. 

2.  Ablative.    434. 

3.  Accusative  or  Ablative.    435. 


254.  Models. 

I. 

When  many  opinions 

I. 

Multis        sententiis 

had  already  been  ex- 

Jam  dictis,  roga- 

pressed,  I  was  asked 

tus  sum  se7itenti- 

my  opinion. 

am. 

II. 

Many     orators    flour- 

II. 

Vivo   Catdne  multi 

ished  in  the  time  of 

oratores      florue- 

Cato. 

runt. 

III. 

Socrates  brought  phi- 

III. 

Socrates  philosophic 

losophy     down     to 

am  ad  vitam  com- 

common  life. 

munem  addicxit. 

IV. 

He    wrote    the    book 

IV. 

Magna  cum  cura  li- 

with  great  care. 

brum  scripsit. 

V. 

He   has  retired    from 
office. 

V. 

Magistrdtu  abiit. 

VI. 

What   are   you  to  do 

VI. 

Quid    hoc    homine 

with  this  man  ? 

facias  f 

VII. 

He  fled  into  Asia. 

VII. 

In  Asiam  profugit. 

VIII. 

In    this    island   is   a 

VIII. 

In    hac    insula    est 

fountain     of    sweet 

fons  aquae  dulcis. 

water. 

ABLATIVE. 


101 


255.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I. — When  many  opinions  had  been  expressed,  Latin 
idiom,  many  opinions  having  been  spoken.     Sententiam.     Rule  VII. 

2.  Model  II.  —  In  the  time  of  Cato,  vivo  Catone,  lit.  Cato  alive. 
Rule  XXXII.  Observe  the  position  of  these  words  at  the  beginning  of  the 
sentence.     G.  561,  I. 

3.  Model  VI. — With  this  man,  hoc  homtne.  G.  415,  III.  N.  Facias, 
G.  486,  IL 


256.  Synontmes. 

Battle,  engagement,  conflict ;  pugna,  proelium. 

1.  Pug7ia^  ae,  f. ;  battle,  engagement,  fight,  stkipe,  — 
the  generic  term  for  a  conflict  of  any  kind,  whether  between 
individuals  or  armies,  whether  with  the  fist,  with  words,  or 
with  arms. 

2.\ProeUiim^ii,n.;  battle,  engagement,  —  a  conflict  in 

a  military  sense. 

257.  Vocabulary. 


Aquitanians,  AquHani,  drum,  m. 

Arrive,  pervinio,  ire,  veni,  ventum. 

Become,  Jio,  fieri,  f actus  sum.     G. 
294. 

Betake  one's  self,  se  recipire  ;  re- 
clpio,  ire,  cepi,  ceptum. 

Cassius,  Cassius,  ii,  m. 

Eager,  aldcer,  cris,  ere. 

Fight,  to  fight,    pugno,  are,   avi, 
atum.     To  fight  (lit.  make)  a 
battle,    proelium     (pugnam) 
facio,  ire,  feci,  fcLctum. 
8 


How  great,  quantus,  a,  um. 
Living,  alive,  vivus,  a,  um. 
Reduce  to  a  state  of  peace,  ^aco, 

are,  avi,  atum. 
Result,  exUus,  us,  m. 
Rout,  pello,  ire,  pepUli,  pulsum. 
Strife,  pugna,  ae,  f. 
Successful,  secundus,  a,  um. 
Vicinity,    in    the   vicinity   of,    ad, 

prep,  with  ace. 
Within,  intra,  prep,  with  ace. 
Yoke,  jugum,  i,  n. 


102  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


258.  Exercise. 


1.  In  the  consulship  of  Lucius  Cassius  the  Helvetians 
routed  the  Roman  army  and  sent  it  under  the  yoke.  2. 
Within  five  days  we  shall  arrive  in  the  vicinity  of  Geneva. 
3.  Having  routed  the  army  of  the  enemy,  the  Aquitanians 
betook  themselves  to  the  town.  4.  Our  soldiers,  having 
fortified  their  camp,  became  more  eager  to  fight.  5 .  Caesar, 
having  reduced  all  Gaul  to  a  state  of  peace,  led  his  army 
into  winter  quarters.  6.  How  great  is  the  strife  of 
orators  I  7.  Caesar  fought  many  successful  battles*.  8. 
The  result  of  this  battle  is  uncertain.  9.  These  wars 
were  waged  against  the  Gauls  in  the  time  of  Cicero« 


Lesson  LIV. 
adjectives. 

[1,  4.]  ^ 
259.    Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Agreement  of  Adjectives.     438;  438,  1-7. 

1.  With  Clause.     438,  3. 

2.  Construction  according  to  Sense.     438,  6. 

3.  With  two  or  more  Nouns.     439. 

II.   Use  of  Adjectives.    440. 

1.  With  the  Force  of  Nouns.    441. 

*  The  enclosed  numerals  standing  at  the  beginning  of  the  following 
lessons  refer  to  Cicero's  Orations  against  Catiline.  Thus  [1,  4]  shows 
that  this  lesson  is  to  be  learned  after  the  pupil  has  read  the  first  four 
Chapters  of  the  first  Oration  against  Catiline, 


ADJECTIVES. 


103 


2.  Equivalent  to  Clauses.     442. 

3.  Instead  of  Adverbs.     443. 

4.  Comparison  of  Adjectives.     444. 


260.   Models. 


I.   An   upright  life   is   a 

happy  life. 
II.   It  is  true  that  there  is 
friendship  among  the 
good. 
III.   Castorand  Pollux  were 

seen. 
ly.   Honors   and    victories 

are  accidental. 
V.   I     loved     Hortensius 

when  he  was  alive. 
VI.   Roscius  was  frequently 

at  Rome. 
VII.   Nothing  is  more  beau- 
tiful than  virtue. 
VIII.   Aristides  was  without 
exception  the  most 
just  of  all. 


I.  Honesta  vita  heata 
vita  est. 
II.    Verum  est  amiciti- 
ani     inter    honos 
esse. 

III.  Castor     et    Pollux 

visi  sunt. 

IV.  Honores  et  victoriae 

fortuita  sunt. 
V.   Hortensium    vivum 

amdvi. 
VI.   Hoscius  eratRomae 

frequens. 
VII.   Nihil  est  virtute  for- 
mosius. 
VIII.   Aristides  umis  om- 
nium justissimus 
fuit. 


261.   Remarks. 


1.  Model  II.  —  Verum  agrees  with  the  infinitive  clause,  amicitiam, 
—  esse.  G.  438,  3;  42,  N.  Among,  between  the  good,  inter  honos. 
Bonos  used  substantively,  the  good.     G.  441. 

2.  Model  IV.  —  Ake  accidental,  i.  e.  accidental  things,  foHidta 
sunt.     G.  439,  2,  N. 

3.  Model  V.  —  I  loved  Hortensius  when  he  was  alive,  or  when 
alive,  Latin  idiom,  I  loved  HoHensius  alive. 


104 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


4.  Model  VI.  —  Roscius  was  frequently  at  Rome,  Latin  idiom, 
Roscius  was  frequent  at  Rome.     G.  443. 

5.  Model  VIII.  —  Without  exception  the  most  just  of  all, 
imus  omnium  justissimuSi  lit.  alone  of  all  the  most  just,  the  most  just 
one  of  all.     G.  444,  3. 

262.  Vocabulary. 


Assemble,  conv&nio,  irc,  vent,  ven- 

tum. 
Capture,  capio,  ere,  cepi,  captum. 
Certain,  certus,  a,  um. 
Frequently,   frequens,   entis,    adj. 

G.  443. 
Full,   in   full    numbers,  frequens, 

entis. 


Jupiter,  Jupiter,  Jovis,  m. 
Openly,  palam,  adv. 
Stator,  Stator,  oris,  m. 
Treason,  proditio,  onis,  f. 
Wicked,  sceleratus,  a,  um. 
Without  exception,  alone,  unus,  a, 
um.     G.  176,  N.  1. 


263.  Exercise. 


1.  We  will  now  read  the  orations  of  Cicero  the  cele- 
brated  orator.  2.  Cicero  was  consul  in  the  same  year  in 
which  Catiline  formed  his  wicked  conspiracy.  3.  There 
were  many  orators  in  Rome  at  that  time,  but  Cicero  was 
without  exception  the  most  eloquent  of  all.  4.  Catiline 
had  frequently  heard  him  in  the  senate.  5.  The  senate 
assembled  in  full  numbers  in  the  temple  of  Jupiter  Stator. 
6.  Cicero  was  the  first  who  openly  accused  Catiline  of 
treason.  7.  It  is  certain  that  a  conspiracy  was  formed. 
8.  Many  thousands  of  the  enemy  were  captured  in  the  first 
Punic  war.  9.  Scipio  and  Laelius  were  often  praised  by 
Cicero, 


PRONOUNS.  105 


Lesson  LY. 
pronouns. 

[1,  7.] 

264.  Lesson  from  the  Grammae. 

I.   Agreement  of  Pronouns.     445. 

1.  Agreement  of  Pronoim  used  as  Adjective.     445,  1. 

2.  Agreement  with  Personal  Pronoun.     445,  2. 

3.  With  two  Antecedents.     445,  3. 

4.  With  Predicate  Noun  or  Appositive.     445,  4. 

5.  Construction  according  to  Sense.     445,  5. 

6.  Antecedent  omitted.     445,  6. 

7.  Clause  as  Antecedent.     445,  7. 

II.   Personal  and  Possessive  Pronouns.     446,  447. 

1.  Nominative  of  Personal  Pronouns  omitted.     446. 

2.  Possessive  Pronouns  omitted.     447. 

3.  Reflexive  Use  of  Pronouns.    448,  449. 

265.   Models. 

I.   Every  virtue   attracts  "            I.   Omnis  virtus  nos  ad 

us  to  itself  se  allicit. 

II.   From    your    letter    I  II.   Ex  litttris  tuis  cepi 

have    received     in-  incredibilem     vo- 

credible  pleasure.  luptdteni. 

III.  They  will  live  a  more  III.   Tuiiorem  vitam  meo 

secure  life  under  my  praesidio  vivent. 

protection. 

IV.  You  are  the  one  who  lY.   Tu  es  is  qui  me  or- 

commended  me.  nasti. 

V.   The  produce  and  fruits  V.   Fruges  atque  fruc- 

w^hich      the      earth  tus     quos     terra 

yields.  gignit. 


106 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


VI.   They     reject       glory, 
which  is  the  fruit  of 
virtue. 
VII.   There  are   some  who 
think. 
VIII.   Our   country   delights 
us,  as  it  ought. 
IX.   I  console  myself 


VI.    Gloriam     qui     est 
fructus  virtutis  re- 
pudiant. 
VII.    Sunt  qui  censeant. 

VIII.   iVos,  id  quod  debet, 
patria  delectat. 
IX.   Me  consolor. 


266.   Remarks. 


1.  Model  III. — Under  my  protection,  meo  praesidio,  lit.  hy 
means  of^  or  because  of,  'my  protection.  Rule  XXII.  Vitam,  G.  371, 
I.  2,  1). 

2.  Model  IV.  —  The  one  who,  is  qui,  not  unus  qui. 

3.  Model  V.  —  Which,  quos,  masculine.     G.  445,  3. 

4.  Model  VI.  —  Qui  agrees  with  fructus,  rather  than  with  gloriam 
G.  445,  4. 

5.  Model  VII.  —  There  are  some,  sunt.  G.  445,  6.  Censeant, 
for  the  Subjunctive,  see  G.  503,  I. 

G.  Model  VIII.  —  As  it  ought,  Latin  idiom,  that  which  it  owes, 
ought,  —  id  quod  debet.  G.  445,  7.  Emphasis  places  nos  at  the  beginning 
of  the  sentence. 


267.  Vocabulary. 


As,  relat.,  qui,  quae,  quod.     As  it 

ought,    id     quod     debet.      G. 

445,  7. 
Ascertain,  cognosco,  Sre,  nOvi,  ni- 

tum. 
Condemn,     condemno,     cLre,     mi, 

atum. 
Defend,  defendo,  ire,  fendi,  fen- 

8um* 


Depart  from,  exeo,  ire,  ii.  Hum. 
Devote  one's  self  to,  studeo,   ire, 

ui,  dat.     G.  385. 
Divine,  divinus,  a,  um. 
Gift,  donum,  i,  n. 
Oppose,  obsisio,  ire,  stiti,  siltum^ 

G.  386. 
Remissness,  nequitia,  ae,  f. 
Sometimes,  inierdum,  adv. 


PRONOUNS.  107 

Vigilant,  vigllans,  antis.  I  Your,    thy,    companions,    friends, 

You,  thou,  tu,  tui.  &c.,  tui,  drum.     G.  441,  1. 


268.    EXEKCISE. 

1.  I  have  said  that  Cicero  accused  Catiline  of  treason. 
2.  Did  you  not  condemn  yourself  for  remissness?  3.  I 
have  often  condemned  myself  for  remissness.  4.  Cicero 
said  that  he  condemned  the  consuls  for  remissness.  5. 
You,  Catiline,  and  all  your  companions,  ought  to  depart 
from  the  city.  6.  You  and  I,  who  oppose  this  conspiracy, 
ought  to  be  vigilant.  7.  There  are  some  who  fear  Cati- 
line. 8.  We  will  defend^  as  we  ought,  the  safety  of  the 
Roman  people.  9.  Let  us  send  the  cavalry  to  ascertain 
where  the  enemy  are.  10.  Cicero  devoted  himself  to  elo- 
quence, which  is  sometimes  called  a  divine  gift. 


Lesson  LVI. 

PRONOUNS  —  Continued. 

[1,  10.] 

269>  Lesson  fkom  the  Grammar. 

I.   Demonstrative  Pronouns.     450-452. 

II.   Relative  Pronouns.     453. 

1.  Relative  Clause  =  Ablative  with  Pro,    453,  4. 

2.  Relative  with  Adjective.     453,  5. 

III.  Interrogative  Pronouns.     454. 

IV.  Indefinite  Pronouns.    455-459. 


108 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


270.  Models. 


I.  One  thing  I  will  ex- 
plain, and  that  too  a 
most  important  one. 
II.  Nothing  is  useful 
which  is  not  also 
honorable. 

III.  We   are    such   as  we 

ought  to  be. 

IV.  I  hope  you  are  well, 

such    is    your    pru- 
dence. 
V.   The  most  beautiful  ves- 
sels which    he   had 
seen. 

VI.   What  kind  of  a  man 

was  he  ? 
Vn.  One    party    contends, 
the  other  fears. 
VIII.   One  thing  seems  best 
to  some,  another  to 
others. 

IX.  The  best  men  ever  ren- 
der the  greatest  ser- 
vice to  posterity. 


I.  XTnam  rem  expticor' 
ho,  eamque  maxi- 
mam. 
II.  Nihil  est  nttle,  quod 
non  idem  hones- 
turn. 

III.  li  siimus,  qui  esse 

debemus. 

IV.  /Spero,  quae  tua  pru- 

dentia  est,  te   va- 
lere, 
V.   Vasa,  quae  pidcher- 
rtma  viderat. 

VI.   Qui  virfuit  f 

VII.   Alteri  dimicant,  al- 
teri  timent. 
VIII.   Aliud  aliis  videtur 
optimum, 

IX.  Opttmus  quisque 
m,axtme  posteri- 
tdti  servit. 


271.  Remakks. 


1.  Model  I.  —  And  that  too  a  most  important  one,  Latin  idiom, 
and  thai  the  greatesty  —  eamque  maxlmam.     G.  451,  2. 

2.  Model  II.  —  Which  also,  qtiod  idem^  lit.  which  the  same. 

3.  Model  IV.  —  Such  is  your  prudence,  Latin  idiom,  which  is 
your  prudence,  —  ie  valire  being  the  antecedent  of  quae.  What  other 
forms  may  be  used  ?    G.  453,  4. 


PRONOUNS. 


litm 


4.  Model  V.  —  The  most  beautiful  vessels  which,  Latin  idiom, 
the  vessels,  which  the  most  beautiful.    G.  453,  5. 

5.  Model  VIII.  —  Oke  thing  seems  best  to  some,  another  to 
OTHEES,  Latin  idiom,  another  thing  seems  best  to  others. 

6.  Model  IX.  —  The  best  men  evee,  Latin  idiom,  every  best  man. 
Rendek  the  greatest  seevice,  maxlme  servit,  lit.  serves  m,ost  or 
especially. 


272.  SYNomrMES. 

Dinner,  feast,  entertainment ;  coenoL,  epulae,  convivium. 

1.  Coena,  oe,  £ ;  downer,  —  as  the  principal  family  meal. 

2.  Epykne^  arum.,  f.  pL;  feast,  entertainment,  —  with 
special  reference  to  its  sumptuous  character. 

3.  Convivium^  ii,  n. ;  lit.  a  living  together  {con^  vivo)  ; 
FEAST,  ENTERTAINMENT,  —  with  Special  reference  to  its  social 
character. 

273.  YOCABULABY. 


Audacity,  amdacia,  ae,  f. 
Best,  optlmus,  a,  um. 
Choice,  conquisltus,  a,  um. 
Conversation,  semw,  dnis,  m. 
Daily,  of  increase  or  decrease,  in 

dies ;    in  dies  singulos.     See 

Syn.  399. 
Deliver  (an  oration),  habeo,  ere,  ui, 

Uum;  lit.  to  have. 
Each,   one    each,   singxdi,   ae,    a, 

distrib.  num. 
Eighth   of   November,    ante   diem 


sextum    idus  Kovembres.     G. 

642. 
Entertainment,  convivium,  ii,  n. 
Feast,  viands,  epida^,  arum,  f.  pi. 
Increase,  intrans.,  cresco,  ire,  crevi, 

cretum. 
Load,  pile  up,  exstruo,  ire,  struxi, 

structum. 
Madness,  furor,  Oris,  m. 
On  account  of,  propter,  prep,  with 

ace. 


110  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Pleasure,     enjoyment,     deleciaiio, 

Onis,  f. 
Presence,  in  the  presence  of,  apud, 

prep,  with  ace. 
Put  to  death,  interfUio,  ere,  fSci, 

fedum. 
Squander,    profunda,    Sre,    fudi, 

fusum. 


Such,  sometimes  rendered  by  qui, 
quae,  quod,  relat.  pron.  G. 
453,  4. 

Sumptuous,  sumptuosus,  a,  um. 

Table,  mensa,  ae,  f. 

Unbridled,  effrenatus,  a,  um. 


274.  Exercise. 

1 .  The  oration  which  we  are  now  reading  was  delivered 
in  the  temple  of  Jupiter  Stator.  *  2.  It  was  delivered  by 
Cicero  on  the  8th  of  November,  171  the  presence  of  the 
senate.  3.  The  unbridled  audacity  of  Catiline  was  at 
that  time  increasing  daily.  4.  Catiline,  such  was  his  un- 
bridled madness,  endeavored  to  put  Cicero  to  death.  5. 
I  will  give  you  the  best  books  which  I  have.  6.  The 
judge  has  invited  us  to  dinner.  7.  There  are  some  who 
squander  their  money  upon  sumptuous  feasts.  8.  The 
tables  are  loaded  with  the  choicest  viands.  9.  Many  are 
delighted  with  entertainments  on  account  of  their  enjoy- 
ment of  conversation. 


Lesson  LYII. 
verbs  —  agreement,  voice,  tense.    indicative 

MOOD. 

[1,  13.] 

275.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Agreement  of  Verbs.    460-463. 
II.  Use  of  Voices.    464,465. 


VERBS AGREEMENT,  VOICE,  TENSE. 


Ill 


III.  Tenses  of  the  Indicative.     466-473. 

IV.  Use  of  the  Indicative.     474-476. 


276.   Models. 


I.   You   assume    the   name 

of  virtue. 
II.   All  things  were  made  by 

God. 
III.   I  will  explain  as  I  shall 
be  able   those   things 
which  you  desire. 
ly.   Mithridates  has  already 
reigned     upwards    of 
twenty-two  years. 
V.   It  would  be  tedious  to 
enumerate  the  uses. 


I. 


II. 


III. 


Noraen  virtutis  usur- 

pas. 
A  Deo   omnia  facta 

sunt. 
Ea  quae  vis,  lit   po' 

tero,  explicdbo. 


IV.   Mithridates      annum 
jam  tertium  et  vice- 
simum  regnat. 
V.   Longum  est  persequi 
utilitdtes. 


277.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  — All  things,  omnia.  Res  is  not  necessary,  as  there 
is  no  ambiguity.     Emphasis  determines  the  position  of  a  Deo. 

2.  Model  IV.  —  Has  reigned  upwards  of  twenty-two  years, 
annum  tertium  et  mceslmum  regnat,  lit.  is  reigning  the  twenty-third 
year,  or  plus  viginti  duo  annos  regnavit. 

3.  Model  V.  —  It  would  be  tedious,  Latin  idiom,  it  is  long,  a 
long  task,  longum  est. 


278.  Vocabulary. 


Against,  in,  prep,  with  ace. 
Better,    melior,    ius,    compar.   of 

bonus. 
Can,  could,  possum,  posse,  potui. 
Decree,  consultum,  i,  n. 
D 


Entertain  the  same  sentiments, 
eddem  sentio.  Ire,  sensi,  sen- 
sum. 

Founding  of  the  city,  urbs  condita. 
G.  549,  N.  2. 


112 


LATIN   COMPOSITION, 


In   accordance   with,   e,    ex^    prep. 

with  abl.,  lit.  from. 
Inactivity,  inertia^  ae,  f. 
Keep,  servo,  are,  dvi,  atum. 
Ninetieth,  nonagesimus,  a,  iim. 
Now  =  already,  jam,  adv. 
Promise,  promissum,  i,  n. 


Rightly,  7'ecte,  adv. 

Six  hundredth,     sexcenteslmus,    a, 

um. 
Tedious,  long,  longiis,  a,  um. 
Thing,  res,  rei,  f. 
Think,  feel,  perceive,  sentio,   ire, 

sensi,  sensum. 


279.  Exercise. 

1.  It  would  be  better  not  to  keep  tho^e  promises.  2. 
It  would  be  tedious  to  speak  of  these  things.  3.  The  city 
should  have  been  liberated  from  fear.  4.  Can  we  rightly 
accuse  Cicero  of  inactivity  and  remissness?  5.  Could  he 
not,  in  accordance  with  the  decree  of  the  senate,  have 
ordered  Catiline  to  be  put  to  death?  6.  Did  he  not  wish 
to  do  this?  7.  So  many  entertained  the  same  sentiments 
as  Catiline,  that  he  did  not  judge  this  the  best  thing  to  do. 
8.  We  have  now  read  the  first  oration  of  Cicero  against 
Catiline.  9.  In  what  year  was  it  delivered?  10.  It  ims 
delivered  in  the  six  hundred  and  ninety-first  year  from 
the  founding  of  the  city. 


Lesson  LYIII. 
subjunctive  mood. 

[2,  4.] 

280.    Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

1.  Tenses  of  the  Subjunctive.     477-482. 

1.  Sequence  of  Tenses.     490  ;  491. 

2.  Exceptions  in  Sequence.     495. 


SUBJUNCTIVE    MOOD. 


113 


II.  The  Potential  Subjunctive.     485  ;  486,  I.-III. 

III.  The  Subjunctive  of  Desire.     483  ;  483,  1-6. 

IV.  The  Subjunctive  of  Purpose  and  of  Result.     497,  500. 

281.  Models. 


I.   They  strive  to  conquer. 
II.  May  I  be  able   to   ac- 
complish my  endeav- 
ors. 

III.  Would  that  I  had  been 

able    to     accomplish 
my  endeavors. 

IV.  Let    us     avoid    pride, 

haughtiness,  and    ar- 
rogance. 
V.  Who  would  seek  glory 
as  he  would  shun  in- 
famy ? 

VI.  I  collect  all  things,  that 
I  may  write  some- 
thing oieio  to  you. 

VII.  The  house  was  so  fur- 
nished that  it  was  an 
ornament  to  the  city. 


I.   Nituntur  ut  vincant 
II.   Utinam   conata    effi- 
cere  possim. 

III.  Utinam   conata    effi- 

cere  potuissem. 

IV.  Superbiam^   fastidi- 

um^   arrogantiam- 
que  fugidmus. 
V.   Quis  gloriam  tarn  ex- 
petat  qiiam  infam^i- 
am,  fugiat  f 
VI.   Omnia     colltgo^     ut 
novi    scriham   alt- 
quid  ad  te. 
VII.   Domus    sic     orndta 
fuit  ut  urhi  esset 
ornamento. 


282.  Remarks. 


1.  Model  I.  —  They  strive  to  conquer,  Latin  idiom,  they  strive 
that  they  may  conquer.  y 

2.  Model  II.  —  May  I  be  able,  possim,  or  utinam  possim. 

3.  Model  III.  —  Would  that  I  had  been  able,  utinam  potuissem. 

4.  Model  V.  —  Would   seek,  would    shun,  expetai,  fugiat,  Po- 
tential Subjunctives. 


114 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


5.  Model  VI.  —  Something  new,  novi  allquid,  lit.  something  of 
new,  G.  441,  2  ;  397,  3.  Novi^  being  emphatic,  is  at  the  beginning  of  the 
clause. 

6.  Model  VII.  —  Was  an  ornament,  esset  ornamento.  For  the  mood 
and  tense  of  esset^  see  G.  497;  500;  493,  1.  For  the  case  of  ornamento, 
see  G.  390. 

283.  Synonymes. 

Rest,  repose,  tranquillity ;  quies,  requies^  tranquillitas. 

1.  Quies,  quietis,  f. ;  rest,  repose,  —  in  itself  considered. 

2.  Hequies,  etis,  f. ;  rest,  repose,  —  as  a  means  of  refresh- 
ing  and  invigorating  the  exhausted  powers,  whether  of  body 
or  of  mind. 

3.  Tranquillitas,  dtis,  f ;  tranquillity,  calmness,  re- 
pose, —  involving  freedom  from  care  and  anxiety. 

284.  Vocabulary. 


Affair,  business,  negotium,  ii,  n. 
Civil,  domestic,  domesilcus,  a,  um. 
Dare,  audeo,  crc,  ausus  sum.     G. 

268,  3. 
Even,  etiam,  adv. 
Highest  welfare  of  the  state,  summa 

res  publtca. 
Like,  similis,  e.  G.  391,  II.  4,  (2). 
Long  for,  expHo,  Sre,  petlri,  petl- 

tum. 
Neglect,  negligo,  ire,  lexi,  ledum. 
0  that!  utinam,  interj. 


Public,  puhlicus,  a,  um. 
Repose,  tranquillitas,  atis,  f. 
Rest,  quies,  etis,  f. ;  requies,  itis,  f. 
Seek,  quaero,  ire,  qiiaesivi,  quaesi- 

tum. 
Strive,  nitor,  niti,  nisus  and  nixus 

sum,  dep. 
Vigilantly,  sharply,  acriter,  adv. 
Watch,  vigllo,  are,  avi,  diiim. 
Weary,  defatigo,  are,  S,vi,  Rtum. 
Withdraw,  se  removire ;  remdveo, 

ere,  mdvi,  mOtum. 


285.   Exercise. 

1.  There  were  ^^i  Home  so  many  like  Catiline  that  they 
even  dared  to  defend  him.      2.   O  that  we  may  be  able  to 


SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  PURPOSE  OR  RESULT.      115 

conquer  the  leader  of  this  civil  war!  3.  Would  that  I  had 
received  your  letter.  4.  Cicero  the  consul  strove  to  de- 
fend the  name  and  safety  of  the  Eoman  people.  5.  Let 
us  strive  to  defend  the  republic.  6.  Cicero,  when  consul, 
watched  so  vigilantly  for  the  safety  of  the  republic,  that  he 
has  often  been  called  the  father  of  his  country.  7.  Many 
long  for  repose.  8.  Many,  longing  for  repose,  withdraw 
from  public  affairs.  9.  Eest  does  not  always  delight  us. 
10.  Your  wearied  mind  now  seeks  rest.  11.  Who  would 
neglect  the  highest  welfare  of  the  state  ? 


Lesson  LIX. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  OF  PURPOSE  AND  OF  RESULT- Continued. 

[2,  8.] 

286.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Subjunctive  of  Purpose  with  Ut  and  IsTe.     497,  II. 

1.  Pure  Purpose.     497. 

2.  Mixed  Purpose.     498,  I.-III. 

3.  Peculiarities.     499,  1-3. 

II.  Subjunctive  of  Result  with  Ui  and  Ut  N'on.     500,  II. 

1.  Pure  Result.     500,  I.  and  II. 

2.  Mixed  Result.     501,  I.-III. 

3.  Peculiarities.     502,  1-3. 

III.  Subjunctive  with  Quo,  Quin,  Quommus.     497,  II.  and 
2  ;  504. 

287.  Models. 

I.  It  is  necessary  to  eat  I.  Esse  oportet  Kt  vivas. 

that  you  may  live. 


116 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


II.   I  ask  you  to  aid  him. 

III.  I  fear  that  you  will  not 

endure  the  labors. 

IV.  It  is  necessary  that  vir- 

tue should  attract  you. 
Y.    There  is  no  one  present 

who  does  not  see. 
YI.   I  cannot  but  send  a  let- 
ter. 

YII.  J)eath  does  not  deter  a 
wise  man  from  de- 
liberating for  the  re- 
public. 


11.   Te  rogo  iit  eumjuves. 
III.    Timeo  ut  labores  sus- 

tineas. 
lY.   Te  oportet  virtus  tra- 

hat. 
Y.   Adest     nemo^     qiiiti 

videat. 
YI.  Facere  non  possum, 
quin  litteras  mit- 
tam. 
YII.  N'on  deterret  sapien- 
tem  mors,  quomi- 
nus  rei  publtcae 
consulat. 


288.  Remarks. 

1.  Moi^toL  I.  —  To  EAT,  esse,  from  edo,  G.  291,  subject  of  oportet. 

2.  Model  Itl  -^  That  you  will  not  enduke,  ut  sustineas.     G. 
498,  III.  N.  1. 

3.  Model  IV.  — -  Ti  ahat :  for  the  mood  and  for  the  omission  of  uU  see 
G.  501,  I.  1 ;  502,  1. 

4.  Model  V.  —  Who  does  not  see,  quin  videat,  but  that  he  sees.     G. 
504,  1. 

5.  Model  VI.  —  I  cannot  but  send,  Latin  idiom,  /  am  not  able  to 
do  but  that  I  may  send. 

6.  Model  VII.  —  From  deliberating,  Latin  idiom,  by  which  tht 
less  he  may  deliberate.    Emphasis  places  mors  at  the  end  of  its  clause. 


289.    YOCABULARY. 


Arms,  arma,  drum,  n.  pi. 
1,4). 


G.  131, 


Attend  to,  to  serve,  servio,  ire,  ivi, 
itum.     G.  385. 


SUBJUNCTIVE    OF   PURPOSE   OR   RESULT. 


117 


Behooves,    it     behooves,    oportet^ 

oportuit.     G.  299. 
Deter,  deterreo,  ere,  ui,  Hum. 
Diligently,  diligenter,  adv. 
Fear,  to  fear,  timeo,  ere,  ui,  Hutu. 
For  ==  to   secure,   ad,    prep,   with 

ace. 
Forefathers,  majores,  um,  m.  pi. 
Free,  liber,  era,  erum. 
From,    after    verbs   of   hindering, 

quominus,  conj. 
Greater,  major,  us,  comparative  of 

magnus.     G.  165. 
Health,  valetudo,  Inis,  f. 
Homer,  Homirus,  i,  m. 


Implore,  oro,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Not  only  —  but  also,  non   modo  — 

sed  eiiam. 
Poet,  poeta,  ae,  m. 
Profit,  to  profit,  conduco,  ere,  duxi, 

dudum  ;  in  this  sense  only  in 

Third  Pers.     G.  385. 
Punishment,  penalty,  poena,  ae,  f. 
Rule,  impero,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Studiously,  studiose,  adv. 
Take,   take   up,    capio,    Ire,    cepi, 

captum. 
Take  care,  to  take  care,  caveo,  ere, 

cavi,  cautum,. 
Than,  quam,  conj. 


290.  Exercise. 


1.  Our  forefathers  took  up  arms  that  they  might  be 
free.  2.  The  Monians  took  up  arms  not  only  that  they 
might  be  free,  but  also  that  they  might  rule.  3.  Cicero 
exhorts  us  to  read  studiously  his  orations.  4.  Care  must 
be  taken  that  the  punishment  may  not  be  greater  than  the 
fault.  5.  I  implore  you  to  attend  to  your  health  most 
diligently.  6.  We  cannot  doubt  that  virtue  especially 
profits  the  state.  7.  We  cannot  doubt  that  there  were 
poets  before  Homer.  8.  I  fear  that  these  dangers  may 
increase.  9.  It  behooves  us  all  to  watch  for  the  safety  of 
the  republic.  10.  Nothing  deterred  Cicero  from  defend- 
ing the  republic. 


IQ 


118 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Lesson  LX. 
relative  clauses  of  purpose  or  result. 

[2,  13.] 

291.   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Relative  Clauses  of  Purpose.     497,  I. 
II.  Relative  Clauses  of  Result.     500, 1. 
III.  Special  Constructions  in  Relative  Clauses.     503. 

1.  After  Indefinite  Antecedents.     503,  I. 

2.  After  U7ius,  Solus,  and  the  like.     503,  1. 

3.  After  Dignus,  Indignus,  Idoneus,  Aptics,     503,  2. 

292.  Models. 


I.  I  sent  one  to  state  this. 
II.   I  am  not  such  a  one  as 
to  use  these  things. 

III.  I  see  nothing  else  which 

we  can  do. 

IV.  There     are    some    who 

are  feared. 
V.   Trioe  wisdom  is  the  only 
thing    which    dispels 
sadness. 
VI.   The  fables  are  worthy  to 
be  read. 


I.   Jfisi  qui  hoc  diceret. 
II.    N'on   is   sum  qui  his 
utar. 

III.  Nihil     aliud     video, 

quod   agere  possl- 
mus. 

IV.  /Sunt  qui  timeantur, 

V.    Yera  sapientia  est  una, 
quae       moestitiam 
pellat. 
VI.   Fdbidae  dignae  sunt 
quae  legantur. 


293.  Remarks. 


1.  Model  I.  —  One  to  state  this,  Latin  idiom,  who  should  state 
this. 


RELATIVE  CLAUSES  OF  PURPOSE  OR  RESULT. 


119 


2.  Model  II.  —  As  to  use,  qui  utar,  lit.  who  may  vse. 

3.  Model  III.  —  Which  we  can  do,  quod  ag^re  possimus,  lit.  which 
we  may  he  able  to  do. 

4.  Model  V.  —  The  only  thing,  iina,  agreeing  with  sapientia. 

5.  Model  VI.  —  Worthy  to  be  kead,  dignae  quae  legantur,  lit. 
worthy  which  may  be  read. 

294.  Synontmes. 

Joy,  gladness,  joyoiisness ;  gaucUum,  laetitia,  Mlaritas. 

1.  Gaudium^  n,  n. ;  joy,  the  emotion  of  joy,  —  in  itself 
considered. 

2.  Laetitia^  ae,  f.;  gladness,  joy, —  as  shown  in  the 
countenance  or  in  action. 

3.  Hilaritas^  dtis,  f. ;  joyousness,  cheerful,  happy  dis- 
position, —  not  a  momentary  feeling,  but  a  characteristic  of 
the  temperament. 

295.  Vocabulary. 


Be   elated,    efferor,   efferri,   elatus 

sum  ;  pass,  of  effi.ro. 
Cheerfulness,  hilarltas,  atis,  f. 
Deny,  nego,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Excessive,  nimius,  a,  um. 
Faesulae,  Faesulae,  arum,  f.  pi. 
Fill,  compleo,  ere,  evi,  etum. 
Forever,  inperpet\ 


Greatest,  maximus,  a,  um.  G.  1G5. 
Lose,  amitto,  ere,  misi,  missum. 
On  the  part  of,  often  rendered  by 

the  Genitive. 
Perpetual,  perpetuus,  a,  um. 
Rejoicing,  laetitia,  ae,  f. 
Sad,  tristis,  e. 
Whole,  cunctus,  a,  um. 


296.   Exercise. 

1.  Many  states  sent  ambassadors  to  Rome  to  establisli 
peace  and  friendship  with  the  Eoman  people.     2.  There 


120  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 

were  some,  both  in  Home  and  at  Faesulae,  who  denied 
that  Catiline  was  forming  a  conspiracy  against  the  republic. 
3.  Let  us  not  lose  our  cheerfulness.  4.  I  fear  you  will 
lose  your  cheerfulness  forever.  5.  There  were  some  in 
the  temple  of  Jupiter  Stator  who  were  filled  with  the 
greatest  joy.  6.  In  so  great  rejoicing  on  the  part  of  the 
whole  state,  you  alone  are  sad.  7.  We  cannot  doubt  that 
the  king  was  elated  with  excessive  joy.  8.  The  orations 
of  (Jicero  are  worthy  to  be  read  by  all. 

/.' 
// 

Lesson   LXI. 
subjunctive  of  condition. 

[3,  4.] 
297.   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

Rule  for  the  Subjunctive  of  Condition.     507,  513. 

1.  Condition  Supplied.     507,  K  7. 

2.  Force  of  Tenses.     507,  IL,  III. 

3.  Dum,  modo^  dummddo.     513,  I. 

4.  Ac  si,  ut  si,  quasi,  etc.     513,  II. 

n.  Conditions  with  Si,  Msi,  M,  Sin.     507-510. 

1.  Mixed  Forms.     511  ;  512. 

2.  Subjunctive  and  Indicative.     511,  1  and  2. 

298.  Models. 

I.   Mental -powers  remai7i,  1.  Manent  ingenia,mO' 

if  only  industry  re-  do  permaneat  in- 

mains.  dustria. 

II.   If  I  should  deny  it,  I  II.   Si  7iegem,  mentiar. 
should  speak  falsely. 


SUBJUNCTIVE    OF    CONDITION. 


121 


III.  You  ca^mo^  retain  your 

manhood^  if  you  ar- 
range all  things  with 
reference  to  pleasure. 

IV.  No  one  without  hope 

would  expose  himself 
to  death. 
Y.  As  if  they  should  ap- 
propriate others' pos- 
sessions to  their  own 
use. 
YI.  If  it  was  not  lawful,  it 
was  not  necessary. 

YII.  You  would  do  wrong, 
if  you  should  not 
give  warning. 

VIII.   Eloquence  would  not 
be  praised,  if  it  ac- 
complished nothing. 
IX.   If  we  shun  folly,  let  us 
pursue  wisdom. 

X.  They  would  have  aban- 
doned their  fields, 
had  he  not  sent  a 
letter. 


III.  Non  potestis^  volup- 
tCite  omnia  diri- 
gentes^  retinere 
virtutem. 

lY.   Nemo    sine    spe   se 
offerret    ad   mor- 
tem. 
Y.    Ut  si  in  suam,  rem, 
alieiia  convertant. 


YI.  Si  non  licebat^  non 
necesse  erat. 

YII.  Improhe  feceris^  ni- 
si monueris. 

VIII.  Eloque7itia  non  lau- 
daretur^  si  nihil 
efficeret. 
IX.  /Si  stidtitiam  fugi- 
mus^  sapientiam 
sequamur. 
X.  Relicturi  agros  e- 
rant^  nisi  litteras 
misisset. 


299.   Remarks. 


1 .  Model  III.  —  If  you  arrange  all  things  with  reference  to 
PLEASURE,  t'oluptate  omnia  dirigentes,  lit.  arranging  all  things  by 
pleasure.     G.  507,  N.  7. 

2.  Model  IV.  —  Observe  the  position  of  ad  mortem. 

3.  Model  V.  —  To  their  own  use,  in  suam  rem,  lit.  into  their  own 
affair. 


122 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


4.  Model  IX.  —  Let  us  pursue,  sequamur.     G.  483. 

5.  Model  X.  —  They  would  have  abandoned,  reliduri  erant,  lit 
were  about  to  abandon.     G.  511,  N.  4. 


300.  Vocabulary. 


Be    willing,    to    wish,   volo,   velle, 

volui. 
Conscript    Fathers,    Patres    Con- 

scripti,  m.  pi. 
Depart,  set  out,  projiciscor,  i,  fec- 

tus  sum,  dep. 
Exile,  exsilium,  ii,  n. 
Gladly,  laete,  adv. 
Inaction,  inertia,  ae,  f. 


If  only,  dummddo,  conj. 

Leisure,  at  leisure,  otiosus,  a,  urn. 

Provide   for,  provldeo,    ere,   vidi, 

visum,  with  dat. 
Suppress,   comprlmo,    Ire,  pressi, 

press  um. 
Tell,  dico,  ire,  dixi,  dictvm. 
Unless,  nisi,  conj. 


301.  Exercise. 

1.  What  would  you  have  said,  if  Cato  had  been  ordered 
to  go  into  exile?  2.  If  you  were  willing  to  hear  me,  I 
would  tell  you.  3.  I  would  gladly  hear  you,  if  only  I 
were  at  leisure.  4.  Unless  you  suppress  this  conspiracy, 
Conscript  Fathers,  you  will  be  condemned  for  inaction. 
5.  If  you  (pi.)  will  watch  for  the  safety  of  the  republic, 
you  will  be  praised  by  all  the  citizens.  6.  If  Cicero  had 
not  provided  for  the  state,  he  would  have  been  condemned 
by  all.  7.  If  Catiline  would  only  depart  from  the  city, 
we  should  all  be  liberated  from  fear.  8.  O  that  he  had 
not  formed  this  conspiracy  against  the  republic  I 


/ 


y 


/ 


SUBJUNCTIVE   OF   CONCESSION. 


123 


Lesson  LXII. 

SUBJUNCTIVE    OF    CONCESSION. 

[3,  7.] 


^ 


302.   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 


515. 


I  Rule  for  the  Subjunctive  of  Concession 
II.  Classes  of  Concessive  Clauses.     515. 

1.  With  Quamquam.     515,  I.  and  N.  1. 

2.  With  Licet,  Quamvis,  Quantumvis,  etc. 

3.  With  the  Compounds  of  Si.     515,  II. 


515,111. 


303.  Models. 


I.   Though  he  may  deride, 
reason  will  yet  avail 
more. 
II.   Though  they  understand, 
they  never  speak. 

III.  Acquit  Verres,    though 

he  confesses   that  he 
has  accepted  moneys. 

IV.  Though  pai7i  may  not  be 

the  greatest  evil,  it  is 
certainly  an  evil. 
Y.  Though  glory  may  not 
possess  anything  in  it- 
self, yet  it  follows  vir- 
tue. 


I.   Licet    irrideat,    plus 
tamen  ratio  vaUbit. 

II.  Quamquam  intellt- 
gunt,  tamen  nun- 
quam  dicunt. 

III.  Absolmte  Verrem,  qui 

sefateatur  pecunias 
ce2nsse. 

IV.  N'e  sit  summum  ma- 

lum   dolor^   tnalum 
certe  est. 
V.   LJtsi  nihil  haheat  in  se 
gloria,  tamen  virtu- 
tern  sequitur. 


124 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


304.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  III.  —  Though  he  confesses,  quifateatur,  lit.  who  may 
confess.  G.  615,  III.  The  verb  on  which  an  infinitive  clause  depends  is 
often  inserted  in  that  clause  directly  after  the  subject,  as  fateatur  after 
se.     See  Part  Third,  601. 

2.  Model  IV.  —  Ne  sit.  G.  515,  III.  Observe  also  the  order  of 
words,  as  affected  by  emphasis. 

3.  Model  V.  —  Emphasis  places  gloria  at  the  end  of  the  clause. 


305.   Synonymes. 

Fear,  alarm;  metus^  timor^  formido, 

1.  Metus,  us,  m. ;  fear,  a  rational  fear,  —  arising  from 
real  danger. 

2.  Timor,  oris,  m. ;  fear,  —  a  fear  arising  either  from 
timidity  or  from  imminent  danger,  and  accordingly  less  under 
the  control  of  reason  than  metus. 

3.  Forrmdo,  mis,  f ;  alarm,  dread,  consternation,  —  a 
great  and  overwhelming  fear. 


306.  Vocabulary. 


Aid,  means,  opes,  opum,  f.  pi.     G. 

133,  1. 
Although,  quamquam,  licet,  quam- 

vis,  etc.     G.  515. 
Banish,  throw  off,  ahjicio,  ire,  jeci, 

jectum. 
Conceal,  occulto,  are,  Svi,  Stum. 
Consternation, /orwlcfo,  Inis,  f. 
Disgraceful,  turpis,  e. 


Emolument,  emolumentum,  i,  n. 
Even  if,  etiamsi,  conj. 
Fear,  timor,  Oris,  m. ;  metus,  us,  m. 
Follow,  consiquor,  i,  secutus  sum, 

dep. 
Honorable,  honestus,  a,  um. 
Right,  rectus,  a,  um. 
Sudden,  subltus,  a,  um. 
Way,  manner,  modus,  i,  m. 


'■'/ 


SUBJUNCTIVE    OF   CAUSE    AND   TIME.  125 


307.   Exercise. 

1.  The  best  men  do  what  is  right,  even  if  they  see  that 
no  emolument  will  follow.  2.  Although  they  fear  him, 
they  deny  it.  3.  Even  if  they  feared  him,  they  would 
deny  it.  4.  That  which  is  disgraceful,  although  it  may 
be  concealed,  can  in  no  way  be  honorable.  5.  With  your 
aid,  even  if  we  were  timid,  we  would  banish  all  fear.  6. 
Let  not  fear  deter  us  from  watching  for  the  safety  of  the 
republic.  7.  Let  us  liberate  the  state  both  from  danger 
and  from  fear.  8.  Let  not  this  sudden  consternation  de- 
ter us  from  doing  what  is  right. 


Lesson    LXIIL 
subjunctive  of  cause  and  time. 

[3,  11.] 

308'   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

L  Rule  for  the  Subjunctive  of  Cause.     516,  517. 

1.  Clauses  with  Quum.     517. 

2.  Relative  Clauses  denoting  Cause.     517. 

3.  Clauses  with  Quod,  Quia,  Quoniam,  Quando.     516. 
II.  Rule  for  the  Subjunctive  of  Time.     518-521. 

1.  Clauses  with  Dum,  Donee,  Quoad.     519. 

2.  Clauses  with  Antequam,  Priusquam,  Quum,     520, 

521. 

309.   Models. 

I.  Since  these  things  are  I.    Quae  quum  ita  sint, 

so,  proceed.  perge. 


126 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


II.  O  the  power  of  truth, 
since  it  defends  it- 
self! 

III.  I  heard  Zeno  when  I 

was  at  Athens. 

IV.  Since  I   have  spoken 

of  the  kind  of  war,  I 
will  now  speak  of  its 
magnitude. 
V.  No  one  shuns  pleasure 
itself  because  it  is 
pleasure. 
VI.   You   will    keep   them 

till  I  see  you. 
VII.   While  the  laws  were 

in  force. 
VIII.   They  are  present  be- 
fore it  is  light. 
IX.   Before    he   comes,   he 
will  send  a  letter. 


II.    0  vis  veritatis,  quae 
se  de/endat ! 

III.  Zenonem,  quum  A- 

thenis   essem,  an- 
diebam. 

IV.  Quoniam  de  genere 

belli  dixi,  nunc  de 
inagyiitudme  di- 
cani. 
V.  Nemo  ipsam  vohip- 
tdtem^  quia  voliq)- 
tas  sit^fugit. 
VI.   Ea  continebis  quoad 

te  videam. 
VII.   Dum  leges  vigebant. 

VIII.   Priusquam      lucet^ 
adsunL 
IX.   Antequam      veniat^ 
litteras  mittet. 


310.  Remarks. 


1.  Model  I.  —  Qtiae  quum.     G.  569,  III.  1. 

2.  Model  II.  —  Since  it  defends,  quae  defendatj  lit.  which  may  defend. 
G.  517. 

8.  Model  IIL  —  When  I  was,  quum  essem.    G.  621,  II.  2. 

4.  Model  IV.  —  Op  its  magnitude,  de  magnitud\ne,  concerning  the  mag- 
nitude.    The  possessive  its  should  not  be  rendered. 


6.  Model  IX.  —  Before  he  comes,  antSquam  vmiat.    G.  520,  2. 


SUBJUNCTIVE   OF   CAUSE   AND   TIME. 


127 


311.  Vocabulary. 


Be  in  force,  vigeo,  ere,  ui. 

Curtius,  Curtius,  ii,  m. 

Decree,  consultum,  i,  n. ;  a  decree 
of  the  senate,  senatus  consul- 
tum. 

Prive,  cast  out,  ejlcio,  ere,  jeci, 
jedum. 

Hate,  odi,  odisse.     G.  297,  I. 

Lycurgus,  Lycurgus,  i,  m. 

Record,  perscrlbo,  Sre,  scripsi, 
scriptum. 


Scarcely,  scarcely  yet,  vixdum, 
adv. 

Since,  as,  quum,  conj. 

Strong,  ample,  amplus,  a,  um  ;  in 
the  strongest  terms,  amplis- 
slmis  verbis. 

Thank,  gratias  ago,  ere,  egi,  ac- 
tum. 

Thanks,  graiiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  G. 
132. 

While,  dum,  conj. 


312.  Exercise. 


1.  I  had  scarcely  read  your  letter  when  Curtius  came 
to  me.  2.  They  often  heard  Cicero,  when  they  were  in 
Rome.  3.  Many  hate  the  consul  because  he  has  driven 
Catiline  into  exile.  4.  I  praise  the  consul  because  he  has 
driven  this  man  into  exile.  5.  The  senate  thanked  Cicero 
in  the  strongest  terms,  because  he  had  liberated  the  re- 
public from  the  greatest  dangers.  6.  Since  these  things 
are  so,  let  us  defend  the  consul.  7.  The  Lacedaemonians 
were  brave  while  the  laws  of  Lycurgus  were  in  force.  8. 
Let  us  wait  until  this  decree  of  the  senate  is  recorded. 


128 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


Lesson  LXIV. 


i 


SUBJUNCTIVE    IN    INDIRECT    QUESTIONS. 

[4,  2.] 

313.   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

Rule  for  the  Subjunctive  in  Indirect  Questions.     529,  I. 
Single  and  Double  Questions.    529,  1. 


314.  Models. 


I. 
II. 

III. 


IV. 


I  understood   what  the 

law  meant. 
It  is  uncertain  how  long 

the  life  of  each  one  of 

us  will  be. 

It  is  asked  whether  vir- 
tue is  sought  for  its 
own  worth,  or  for  cer- 
tain advantages. 

It  is  asked  whether  vir- 
tue can  be  produced 
by  nature  or  by  edu- 
cation. 

Let  us  inquire  whether 
or  not  there  was  need 
of  a  fleet. 


I. 


II. 


III. 


IV. 


Intellexi  quid  sihi  lex 

vellet. 
Incertum    est^    giiam 

longa  nostrum   cii- 

jusque  vita  futura 

sit. 
Quaerttur,  virtus   sii- 

amne  propter  digtii- 

tatem,    an  propter 

fnictus  aliquos  ex- 

petdtur. 
Quaeritur  natUra  an 

doctrina  possit  ef 

ftci  virtus. 


V.    Opus    fuerit     classe 
nec7ie  quaeramus. 


315.   Remarks. 

1.  MoDPX  I.  —  Meant,  sihi  vellet,  lit.  wished  for  itself.  For  mood 
and  tense,  see  G.  529,  I. ;  493,  1.  The  order  quid  sihi  lex  is  more 
euphonious  than  quid  lex  sibi. 


SUBJUNCTIVE   IN   INDIRECT   QUESTIONS. 


129 


2.  Model  III.  —  Whether —  or,  ne —  an.     But  in  models  IV.  and 
V.  the  particle  is  omitted  in  the  first  member.     G.  529,  3,  1). 

3.  Model  IV.  —  Emphasis  places  virtm  at  the  end  of  the  sentence. 

4.  Model  V.  —  Let   us   inquire,  quaeramics.     G.  483.     Or  not,  necne, 
G.  529,  3,  2).     Of  a  fleet,  dasse,  G.  414,  IV. 


316.  Vocabulary. 


Command,  tmpero,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Depart,  go,  eo,  ire,  ivi,  Hum. 

Difficult,  difficilis,  e. 

Disagree,  dissentio,  ire,  sensi,  sen- 
sum. 

False,  falsus,  a,  um. 

Hesitate,  dubito,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Important,  great,  magnus,  a,  um. 

Inquire,  quaero,  ere,  quaesivi  or  ii, 
quaesvtum. 

Or  not,  an  non  ;  necne.  G.  529,  3, 
2);  353,  2,  N.  3. 

Preserve,  servo,  are,  avi,  atum. 


Presume,  believe,  credo,  ire,  dldi, 

ditum. 
Question,  quaestio,  onis,  f. 
Report,  rumor,  oris,  m. 
School,  schola,  ae,  f. 
Subject,  thing,  res,  rei,  f. 
Think,  puto,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Upon,  concerning,   de,   prep,  with 

abl. 
Whether  —  not,  nonne. 
Whether  —  or,  vtrum  —  an. 
Wonder,   miror^    ariy    atus  sum, 

dep. 


a 


317.  Exercise. 


1.  Let  us  ask  Catiline  whether  he  hesitates  to  depart 
from  the  city.  2.  Cicero  asked  him  whether  he  hesitated 
to  depart  from  the  city  at  the  command  of  the  consul.  3. 
I  wonder  why  philosophers  disagree  upon  the  most  im- 
portant subjects.  4.  It  is  difficult  to  say  whether  this  re- 
port is  true  or  false.  5.  They  inquired  of  me  whether  I 
did  not  think  that  Cicero  would  preserve  the  republic.  6. 
Whether  or  not  riches  make  us  happy,  is  the  question. 
7.  When  you  were  in  Athens,  you  were  often,  I  presume, 
in  the  schools  of  the  philosophers. 


l> 


130  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Lesson    LXV, 

subjunctive  by  attraction.    subjunctive  in  in- 
direct discourse. 

[4,  6.] 

318.  Lesson  prom  the  Gbammab. 

[jL.   Subjunctive  by  Attraction.    529,  II. 
II.   Subjunctive  in  Indirect  Discourse.     524. 


319.  Models. 

I,   I  formed  the  plan,  to  de-  I.    Cepi  consilium  ut  an- 

part  before  it  was  light.  tequam  luceret  exi- 

rem. 

II.  You  were  saying  that  you  II.  Dicebas   te  velle,  quae 

wished    those    things  egissem  feliciter  eve- 

which  I  had  done,  to  ntre. 
result  prosperously. 

320.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I. — Before  it  was  or  should  be  light,  aniiquam  Iw 
ceret,  Subj.  by  Attraction  because  of  its  connection  with  exirem. 

2.  Model  II. — Those  things  which  I  had  done,  quae  egissem, 
antecedent  omitted.     G.  451,  1.     Egissem,  Subj.  by  Attraction. 


321.  Synonymes. 

Safe,  unharmed,  secure  ;  salvus,  incolumiSy  tutus. 
1.  Salvus^  «,  um  ;  safe,  preserved,  rescued  from  dan- 
ger, —  applicable  both  to  persons  and  to  things. 


SUBJUNCTIVE    BY   ATTRACTION.  131 

2.  Incolumis,  e  ;  safe,  unharmed,  —  especially  applicable 
to  persons.  Incolumis  involves  more  than  salvus.  He  who 
escapes  salvus,  escapes  with  his  life,  though  not  necessarily 
without  injury;  but  he  who  escapes  incolumis,  escapes  un- 
hurt. 

3.  Tutus,  a,  um ;  secure,  free  from  danger. 


322.  Vocabulary. 


Believe,  credo,  ere,   didi,   ditum. 

G.  885,  II. 
Children,  liberi,  drum,  m.  pi.     G. 

131,  1,  1). 
Desire,  cupio,  ere,  ivi,  itum. 
Dine,  coeno,  are,  avi,  aium. 


Doubtful,  duhius,  a,  um.  There  is 
no  doubt  =  it  is  not  doubtful, 
non  duhium  est. 

Unharmed,  incolumis,  e. 

With,  at  the  house  of,  apud,  prep, 
with  ace. 


J^ 


323.  Exercise. 


1.  He  says  that  he  had  dined  with  the  consul  before 
he  received  the  letter.  2.  They  say  that  he  had  read 
the  letter  before  the  messenger  came  to  him.  3.  We 
have  said  that  the  Lacedaemonians  were  brave  while  the 
laws  of  Lycurgus  were  in  force.  4.  Did  you  not  say  that 
many  hated  Cicero  because  he  had  driven  Catiline  into 
exile?  "5.  I  said  that  I  praised  the  consul  because  he  had 
driven  this  man  into  exile.  6.  There  is  no  doubt  that 
there  were  many  who  did  not  believe  Cicero  while  Catiline 
was  in  the  city.  7.  There  is  no  one  who  does  not  desire 
that  his  children  should  be  unharmed  and  happy.  8.  The 
republic  is  at  length  safe.  9.  There  is  no  doubt  that  this 
city  is  secure. 


132  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


Lesson  LXVL 
indirect  discourse. 

[4,  10.] 


^ 


324-  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 


I.  Moods  in  the  Oratio  Obliqua.     523,  524. 
II.  Tenses  in  the  Oratio  Obliqua.     525. 
III.  Pronouns  in  the  Oratio  Obliqua.     526. 

325.  Models. 

I.   Democritus     says     that  I.   Democritus  dicit  in- 

there  are  innumerable  numerabiles        esse 

worlds.  rtiundos. 

II.   They  say  that  Plato  en-  II.   Platonem   ferunt    de 

tertained     the     same  animorum    aeterni- 

opinion  of  the  imraor-  tdte    sensisse    idem 

tality   of  the   soul   as  quod  Pythagoram. 
Pythagoras. 

III.   Hippias     boasted     that  III.   Hippias  gloriatus  est 

there  was  nothing  in  7iihil    esse    uUa    in 

any  art  which  he  did  arte  quod  ipse  nes- 

not  know.  clret. 

326.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  II. — Of  (on  the  subject  of)  the  immortality  of  the 
SOUL  (of  souls),  de  animOrurn  aeternHnte.  G.  569,  II.  3.  Enter- 
tained the  same  OPINION  AS  Pythagoras,  Latin  idiom,  thought  the 
same  thing  which  Pythagoras  (thought).  Pyihagdram,  subject  of 
sensisse  understood.     G.  635,  5. 

2.  Model  III.  —  Which  he  did  not  know,  quod  ipse  n^sdret.  For 
mood  and  tense  of  nesclret,  see  G.  624 ;  493,  1. 


INDIEECT   DISCOURSE.  133 


327-  Synonymes. 

Courage,  fortitude;  virtus,  fortitudo, 

1.  Virtus,  utis,  f. ;  courage,  valor,  energy,  —  as  shown 
in  action. 

2.  Fortitudo,  mis,  f.;  fortitude,  firmness,  —  as  shown 
in  resistance. 

328.    YOCABULARY. 

Africa,  Africa,  ae,  f.  I  Go  from,  exeo,  Ire,  it,  \tum. 

Ask,  inquire,  quaero,  ere,  quaesivi,    Here,  hie,  adv. 

situm ;  it  is  asked,  quaerltur.    Mention,     commemoro,    are^    S/ei, 

quaesUum  est,  atum. 

Attract,  alVlcio,  ire,  lexi,  ledum.         Second  time,  iterum,  adv. 
Compel,  cogo,  Ire,  coegi,  coactum.      There,  illic,  adv. 
^ oviMM^Q,  fortitudo,  inis,  f.  Iwhy,  quid.     G.  3Y8,  2. 

329.   Exercise. 

1.  Why  should  /  here  mention  the  Roman  senators? 
2.  He  asked  why  he  should  there  mention  the  Roman 
senators.  3.  We  have  said  that  the  orations  of  Cicero 
are  worthy  to  be  read  by  all.  4.  It  is  ofte^i  asked  whether 
the  letters  of  Cicero  are  worthy  to  be  read  ^  second  time. 
5.  They  say  that  Catiline  would  not  have  gone  from  the 
city  unless  he  had  feared  the  consul.  6.  Your  brother 
says  that  he  will  write  to  you  when  he  comes  to  Rome. 
7.  Cicero  says  that  Hannibal  was  compelled  by  the  valor 
of  Scipio  to  return  into  Africa.  8.  There  is  no  doubt  that 
virtue  attracts  to  itself  the  good  and  wise.  9.  It  is  the 
part  of  fortitude  to  bear  all  things  bravely. 

% 


134 


I^TIN    COMPOSITION. 


Lesson  LXYII. 


IMPERATIVE. 

[4,  11.] 

330.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar* 

Tenses  of  the  Imperative.     487,  1  and  2. 
Use  of  the  Imperative.     487-489. 

1.  Circumlocutions.     489. 

2.  Imperative  supplied.     487,  4. 

3.  Imperative  in  Prohibitions.     488,  489. 


,  A 

331.  Models. 

r-1 

Devote    yourselves    to 

I. 

I?i    studium   incum' 

study. 

btte. 

II. 

If   I    have    committed 

IL 

/Si  quid  in  tepeccavi^ 

any    offence    against 

ignosce. 

you,  pardon  me. 

III. 

You  shall  consider  the 
subject. 

III. 

Rem  penditote. 

IV. 

The  safety  of  the  people 

IV. 

Saluspopuli  suprema 

shall  Ibo  the  supreme 

lex  esto. 

law. 

V. 

Do  not  wish  that  which 

V. 

NolUe  id  mile  quod 

cannot  be  done. 

fieri  non  potest. 

VI. 

Let  them  be  happy. 

VI. 

Sint  beati. 

VII. 

If  anything  shall  hap- 

VII. 

Si     quid     acciderity 

pen,  you  will  let  me 

facies  ut  sdam. 

know  it. 

IMPERATIVE. 


135 


332.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  V.  —  Do  not  wish,  nolite  velle,  lit.  be  unwilling  to  wish. 
G.  489,  1). 

2.  Model  YI.  —  Let  them  be  =  may  they  be,  sint.     G.  483. 

3.  Model  VII.  —  Shall  happen  =  shall  have  happened,  i.  e.  before  you 
let  me  know,  accident,  Fut.  Perf.  G.  4*73.  Yoti  will  let  me  know, 
Latin  idiom,  you  will  make  (cause)  that  I  may  know.  G.  498,  U.  Facies^ 
Fut.  Indie,  for  the  Imperative.     G.  487,  4. 


333.  Vocabulary. 


Conspirators,      conjurati,      drum , 

m.  pi. 
Devote  one's  self  to,  incumbo,  ere, 

cuiiii,  cubitum,  in  with  ace. 
Highest  public  welfare,  summa  res 

piiblica. 
Liberal,  liberalis,  e. 
Neglect,  negligo,  ere,  lexi,  ledum. 


Nor,  with  imperatives,  neve,  adv. 
Oppose,  obsto,  are,   stlti,   statum. 

G.  386. 
Peril,  perinilum,  t,  n. 
Personal,  of  one's  self  alone,  gen. 

of  solus,  a,  um.     G.  151. 
Philosophy,  philosophia,  ae,  f. 
Violate,  violo,  are,  avi,  atum. 


334.  Exercise. 

1.  Let  us  devote  ourselves  to  liberal  studies.  2.  Know, 
Conscript  Fathers,  that  Catiline  has  formed  a  conspiracy 
against  the  republic.  3.  Do  not  think  that  the  consul 
will  neglect  the  highest  public  welfare.  4.  Do  not  doubt 
that  this  can  be  done.  5.  Do  not  hesitate  to  do  this.  6. 
Let  me  know  what  the  conspirators  are  doing.  7.  Let 
us  not  violate  the  laws,  nor  oppose  the  decrees  of  the 
senate.  8.  Kemember  that  Cicero  preserved  the  republic 
at  his  own  personal  peril.  9.  Do  you  not  think  that  these 
books  on  philosophy  are  worthy  to  be  read  a  second  time  ? 


136  LATIN   C03IP0SITI0N. 

Lesson  LXYIII. 

infinitive.' 

335.   Lesson  from  the  Grammab. 

I.  Tenses  of  the  Infinitive.     537. 
II.  Subject  of  the  Infinitive.     536. 

III.  Predicate  after  the  Infinitive.     536,  2. 

1.  Predicate  attracted.     536,  2. 

IV.  Infinitive  as  Subject.     538. 

1.  Personal  Construction  for  Impersonal.     534,  1. 


^. 


336.  Models. 


^  I. 

I  hope  that  our  friend- 

I. 

Spero  nostram  ami- 

ship  does    not    need 

citiam    non    egere 

witnesses. 

testihus. 

II. 

I  desire  both  to  be  grate- 

II. 

Volo  et  esse  et  haheri 

ful  and  to  be  so  re- 

gratus. 

garded. 

III. 

No  one  can  be  happy 

III. 

Beatus  esse  si?ie  vir- 

without  virtue. 

tute  nemo  potest. 

IV. 

To  defraud  is  base. 

IV. 

Frauddre  turpe  est. 

V. 

It  is  true  tliat  there  is 

V. 

Vertwi  est^  amicitiani 

friendship  among  the 

i7iter  bonos  esse. 

good. 

VI. 

True  praise  is  thought 

VI. 

Vera  laus  deberi  vir- 

to  be    due  to  virtue 

tuti  uniputdtur. 

alone. 

*  The  remaining  Exercises  in  this  work,  although  based  entirely  upon 
Ciceronian  models  r  may  accompany  the  reading  of  any  Latin  autlior. 


INFINITIVE, 


137 


VII.   Demosthenes  is  said  to 
have  heard  Plato. 


VII.  Platonem  audivisse 
Demosthenes  diet- 
tur. 


337.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Does  not  need,  non  egere.  After  verbs  of  hoping ^ 
the  Infinitive  is  generally  in  the  Future  tense ;  but  it  is  in  the  Present 
when  the  action  itself  belongs  to  Present  time. 

2.  Model  II.  —  Both  to  be  grateful  and  to  be  so  regarded. 
Latin  idiom,  both  to  he  and  to  be  regarded  grateful. 

3.  Model  VII.  —  Emphasis  places  Platonem  at  the  beginning  of  the 
sentence ;  accordingly  the  subject  is  placed  later  in  the  sentence —  here 
directly  before  its  verb. 


338.  Synonymes. 

In  vain,  to  no  purpose ;  frustra^  nequidquam. 

1.  Frustra  ;  in  vain,  avith  disappointment,  —  used  with 
reference  to  the  disappointment  of  the  person  rather  than  to 
the  failure  of  the  undertaking. 

2.  Nequidquam ;  in  vain,  to  no  purpose,  —  used  with 
reference  to  the  failure  of  the  undertaking. 


339.  Vocabulary. 


Bring,  bear,  fero^  ferre,  tuU,  la- 
tum. 

Purpose,  desire,  sententia,  ae,  f. 
According  to  one's  desire,  ex 
sententia. 

Rejoice,  gaudeo,  ere,  gavlsus  sum. 
G.  268,  3. 


Sail,  to  sail,  navlgo,  are,  avi, 
atum. 

Voyage,  to  have  a  prosperous  voy- 
age, ex  sententia  navigare,  lit. 
to  sail  according  to  one^s  opin- 
ion, or  desire. 


138  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


340.   Exercise. 


1.  Did  you  not  say  that  philosophers  often  disagree? 
2.  I  said  that  philosophers  disagree  upon  the  most  im- 
portant subjects.  3.  They  all  say  that  virtue  makes  men 
happy.  4.  It  is  certain  that  virtue  can  make  us  happy. 
5.  The  consul  is  said  to  have  written  this  book.  6.  Do 
you  not  w^ish  to  be  happy?  7.  We  wish  to  be  not  only 
happy,  but  also  good  and  wise.  8.  God  does  nothing  in 
vain.  9.  TFe  do  many  things  in  vain.  10.  .They  brought 
us  aid  to  no  purpose.  11.  Cicero  says  that  Cato  was 
called  wise.  12.  It  is  permitted  us  to  be  wise.  13.  They 
rejoice  that  the  consul  has  had  a  prosperous  voyage. 


^ 


Lesson    LXIX. 

INFINITIVE  —  Continued. 
341.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Infinitive  as  Object.     533-535. 

1.  With  Subject  Accusative.     535  ;  535,  I.-IV. 

2.  Without  Subject  Accusative.     533,  I.  1.    i- 
II.  Infinitive  in  Special  Constructions.     539. 


342.  Models. 

I.  Let  us  consider  that  the            L  Cogitemusvirtutis  glo- 

glory  of  virtue  is  eter-  riam   esse  sempiter- 

nal.  ^^^' 


INFINITIVE. 


139 


II.   No  art  can  imitate  the  II. 

skill  of  nature. 

III.    That  which  is  good  can         III. 

be  made  better  by  m- 

struction. 
rV.   We  desire  to  avoid  these         IV. 

things. 
V.   The  first  step   towards  V. 

wisdom    is     to    know 

one's  self. 
VI.   The  oracle  that  Athens         VI. 

would     be    victorious 

had  been  given. 


Nulla  ars  imitdri  sol- 
lertiam  naturae  po- 
test. 

Quae  bona  sunt,  fieri 
nieliora  possunt  doc- 
trlna. 

Haec  vitiire  cupimus. 

Primus     gradus     ad 

sapientiarti  est  se  ip~ 

sum  novisse. 
Oraculum  datum  erat 

victrices       Athenas 

fore. 


343.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  III.  —  That  which  is  good,  i.  e.  whatever  is  good,  quae 
bona  sunt,  lit.  what  things  are  good.  The  Latin  uses  the  plural  because 
the  statement  is  general,  and  is  not  confined  to  a  single  object.  The 
antecedent,  which  is  the  subject  of  possunt,  is  omitted.  G.  451,  1. 
Emphasis  places  doctrina  at  the  end  of  the  sentence. 

2.  Model  V.  —  To  know  one's  self,  se  ipsum  novisse,  Predicate 
after  est.  G.  539,  I.  Novisse,  Perfect  in  form,  but  Present  in  sense. 
G.  297,  I.  2. 

3.  Model  VI. — That  Athens  would  be  victorious,  victrices 
4thenas  fore,  in  apposition  with  oraculum.     G.  539,  II. 


344.  Syj^^onymes. 

Opponent,  enemy ;  adversarius,  hostis,  inimtcus, 

1.  Adversarius.,  it,  m. ;  opponent,  adversary,  —  the  ge- 
neric word  for  an  opponent  of  any  kind,  whether  in  war  or  in 
peace. 


140 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


2.  Hostis^  is,  m. ;  public  enemy  ;  enemy,  —  in  war. 

3.  InimJcuSy  t,  m. ;  personal  or  private  enemy,  personal 


FOE. 


345.  Vocabulary. 


Arrive,  come,  venio,  ire,  veni,  ven- 

ium. 
Bv.   unwilling,   nolo,    nolle ;    nolui. 

G.  293. 
By,  through,  per,  prep,  with  ace. 
Exceedingly,  vehementer,  adv. 
Foe,  inimlcus,  i,  m. 
Force,  vis,  vis,  f.     G.  66. 


Impose  upon,  impono,  ere,  posui, 

positum. 
Opponent,  adversarius,  ii,  m. 
Profess,  profiteor,  eri,  fessus  sum, 

dep. 
Refute,  refuto,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Rumor,  rumor,  oris,  m. 
Visit,  viso,  ire,  i,  um. 
Young  man,  adolescens,  entis,  m. 


346.  Exercise. 

1.  There  are  some  who  profess  to  be  wise.  2.  No  one 
is  an  orator  who  is  unwilling  to  be  like  Demosthenes.  3. 
The  young  men  wished  to  hear  Demosthenes.  4.  We  all 
can  be  useful.  5.  The  tyrant  is  said  to  have  imposed 
laws  upon  the  state  by  force.  6.  I  desire  to  visit  Rome 
and  Athens.  7.  I  rejoice  exceedingly  that  you  have 
arrived  safe  in  Italy,  and  that  you  have  had  a  prosperous 
voyage.  8.  There  were  some  who  favored  the  enemies 
of  their  country.  9.  We  call  them  not  foes,  but  enemies. 
10.  Opponents  must  be  refuted.  11.  The  rumor  was, 
that  the  enemy  had  been  conquered  by  Caesar.  12.  1 
wonder  at  this,  that  you  have  not  yet  come  to  Home. 


SUBJECT  AND  OBJECT  CLAUSES. 


141 


Lesson  LXX. 

subject  and  object  clauses. 

347.   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.   Four  Forms  distinguished.     540,  I.-IY. 
II.  Forms  of  Subject  Clauses.     501  ;  529,  I.;  538  ;  540. 
III.  Forms  of  Object  Clauses.    498  ;  501,  II.;  529, 1.;  533- 
535  ;  540. 


tPVu 


aJ^ 


348.  Models. 


I.   It  is  asked  why  they  I. 

disagree. 
II.   That    you    are    of   a  II. 

cheerful  spirit  great- 
ly delights  me. 

III.  The     result     is,   that  III. 

every  one  is  de- 
lighted. 

IV.  It  is  a  fault  that  they  IV. 

bestow  too  much 
study  upon  obscure 
subjects. 

V.   I  know  not  what  is  to  V. 

be  done. 
VI.   I    wonder    that     you  VI. 

write  nothing  to  me. 
VII.   The     sun     causes    all  VII. 

things  to  bloom. 


Quaerttur  cur  dis^ 

sentiant. 
Te  hilari  animo  esse 
valde  mejuvat. 

Fit  ut  quisque  de- 
lectetur. 

Vitium  est  quod 
nimis  magnum 
studium  in  res 
obscuras  conft- 
runt. 

Quid  agendum  sit 
7iescio. 

Miror  te  ad  me  ni- 
hil scrihere. 

Sol  efficit  ut  omnia 
floreant. 


142 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


VIII.  I  grieved  that  I  had 
lost  the  companion 
of  my  labor. 


VIII.  Doleham  quod  con- 
sortem  labor  is 
amiseram. 


349.  Remarks. 

.  1.  It  will  be  observed  that,  in  the  first  four  models,  the  indirect  ques- 
tion, the  infinitive  clause,  and  the  clauses  with  ut  and  quod^  are  all  used 
as  subjects,  while  in  the  other  models  the  corresponding  clauses  are  all 
used  as  objects. 

2.  Model  III.  —  The  result  is  =  it  is  effected,  it  comes  to  pass, 
^t.     For  mood  in  delectetur,  see  G.  501,  I.  1. 

3.  Model  VII.  —  Causes  all  things  to  bloom,  Latin  idiom,  effects 
that  all  things  may  hloom. 


350.   Vocabulary, 


Absurd,  absurdus,  a,  um. 

Also;  I,  he,   she,  &c.,  also,  idem, 

eddem,  idem  ;  lit.  the  same. 
Apparel,  vestitus,  us,  m. 
As,  after  tarn,  quam,  adv. 
Be   the   slave   of,  servio,  ire,  tvi, 

Itum.     G.  385. 
Civil,  civilis,  e. 
Costly,  pretiosvs,  a,  um. 
Happen,  ^o,  fieri,  f actus  sum.     G. 

294. 
Indeed,  enim,  conj. 


Knowledge,  scientia,  ae,  f. 

Law,  jus,  juris,  n. ;  civil  law,  jus 

civile. 
Of  greater  value,  pluris.     G.  404, 

note  1. 
Show,  ostendo,  ere,  i,  tensum. 
So  much,  taniopire,  adv. 
Some  —  others,  alii  —  alii.  G.  459. 
That,  in  that,  quod,  conj. 
Whether,     in     double     questions, 

utrum;    ne,  encUtic.     G.  529, 

2,2). 


351.  Exercise. 

1 .  You  will  inquire  of  us  why  we  are  so  much  delighted 
with  the  study  of  philosophy.  2.  What,  indeed,  is  so 
absurd  as  to  be  delighted  with  costly  apjMrel  ?     3.  Py- 


GERUNDS.  143 

thagoras  says  that  some  men  are  the  slaves  of  glory,  others 
of  money.  4.  He  also  says  that  philosophers  are  students 
of  wisdom.  5.  It  is  my  duty  to  show  what  I  think.  6. 
It  is  my  duty  both  to  show  what  I  think  and  to  defend 
what  you  have  done.  7.  The  question  is  asked  whether 
eloquence  or  a  knowledge  of  the  civil  law  is  of  the  greater 
value.  8.  He  boasted  that  he  had  conquered  the  enemy 
in  many  battles.  9.  It  often  happens  that  men  are  de- 
lighted with  glory. 


Lesson  LXXI. 

GERUNDS. 

352.  Lesson  from  the  Geammae. 

I.  Gerunds  and  Gerundives.     541-544. 
II.  Genitive  of  Gerunds  and  Gerundives.     542,  I. ;  544,  1. 

III.  Dative  of  Gerunds  and  Gerundives.     542,  XL ;  544,  2. 

IV.  Accusative  of   Gerunds   and   Gerundives.     542,   III.; 

544,  2,  N.  2. 

353.  Models. 

I.   The  power  of  speech  en-  I.   Eloquendi  vis   ej^^cit 

ables  us  to  teach  others  ut  ea  quae  scimus 

those  things  which  we  alios   docere  possJ- 

know.  mils. 

IL   There  have  been  formed  II.   Inita     sunt     consilia 

plans    for    destroying  nrbis  delendae. 
the  city. 

HI.   The  season  is  suitable  for  IH.    Tempus      demetendis 

gathering  fruits.  fructibu^       accom- 

raoddtum  est. 


144  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

IV.   The    day    will     furnish  IV.   Dies  altquid  ad  cogi- 

something  for  medita-  tandum  dahit. 
tion. 

V.   He  assigned  the  citizens  V.    Attrihuit   cives   inter- 

to  Gahinius  to  put  to  Jiciendos  Gabinio. 
death. 


354.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  The  power  of  speech,  eloquendi  vis,  lit.  the  power 
of  speaking.  We  know,  scimus,  not  attracted  into  tlie  Subjunctive. 
See  G.  529,  11.  N.  1,  2.) 

2.  Model  II.  —  Plans  for  destroying  the  city,  consilia  urhis 
delendae,  lit.  plans  of  the  city  to  he  destroyed.  For  urhis  delendae  we 
may  use  urhem  delendi. 

3.  Model  V.  —  To  put  to  death,  or  to  be  put  to  death,  interjici- 
endos,  agreeing  with  cives.     See  G.  644,  2,  N.  2. 


355.  Synonymes. 

Mind,  soul,  intellect,  talent ;  ammus,  mens^  ingenium. 

1.  Animus^  %  m. ;  mind,  soul,  —  especially  as  the  seat  of 
the  emotions. 

2.  Mens.,  mentis.,  f ;  the  intellect,  the  understanding, 

1  HE  REASONING  FACULTY. 

3.  Ingenium.,  ii.,  n. ;  talent,  mental  endowment. 

356.  Vocabulary. 


Abandon,  relinquo,  ire,   llqui,  lic- 

tum. 
Accumulate,    trans.,     augeo,    ere, 

auxi^   auctum. 


Assign,  iribuo,  ire,  i,  idum. 
Bestow  upon,  impertio,  ire,  tvi  of 

ii,  itiim. 
Desire,  libido,  litis,  f. 


GERUNDS. 


145 


Endowed  with,  praeditus,  a,  iim. 
For,  after  idoneus,  ad,  prep,  with 

ace. 
Furnish,  orno,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Government,  regnum,  i,  n. 
Labor,  labor,  oris,  m. 
Mind,  soul,  animus,  i,  m. 
Nature,  naiura,  ae,  f. 
Object,  thing,  res,  ret,  f. 
Perceive,  percipio,  ere,  cepi,  cep- 

inm. 
Plunder,  diripio,  ire,  ripui,  rep- 

tum. 


Rejoice,  laetor,  art,  atus  sum. 
Secure,  cause,  conciliate,  concihoy 

are,  avi,  atum. 
Sense,  sensus,  us,  m. 
Strengthen,  nourish,  alo,  ere,  alui, 

altum. 
Suitable,  idoneus,  a,  um. 
Talent,  ingenium,  ii,  n. 
Torture,  crucio,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Understanding,  mens,  mentis,  f. 
Very  much,  plurimum,  adv. 
Well,  bene,  adv. 


357.   Exercise. 


1.  Wisdom  is  the  art  of  living  well  and  happily.  2.  1 
rejoice  that  you  are  desirous  of  securing  peace  among  i  he 
citizens.  3.  Avaricious  men  are  tortured,  not  only  by 
the  desire  of  accumulating,  but  also  by  the  fear  of  losing. 
4.  Cicero  bestowed  his  labor  upon  the  work  of  saving  the 
republic.  5.  Nature  has  furnished  the  mind  with  senses 
suitable  for  perceiving  objects.  6.  There  were  some 
who  abandoned  their  country  itself  to  be  plundered.  7. 
Wliat  is  better  than  a  soul  endowed  with  virtue?  8, 
Great  talent,  even  if  it  is  not  strengthened  by  learning, 
often  avails  very  much.  9.  Cicero  says  that  the  govern- 
ment of  the  whole  mind  has  been  assigned  to  the  under- 
standing. 


146 


LATIN   COMrOSIlION. 


Lesson  LXXII. 

gerunds  and  supines. 

358.   Lesson  from  the  Grammab. 

I.  Ablative  of  Gerunds  and  Gerundives.    542,  IV.;  544,2 
II.  Supine  in  um.     545,  546. 

1.  Its  place  supplied.     546,  4. 
III.  Supine  in  it.     547. 

1.  Common  Examples.     547,  2. 


I. 


359.  Models. 


The  mind   is   nourished 
by  learning. 
II.   No  art  is  able  hy  imita- 
tion to  attain  the  skill 
of  nature. 

III.  They  spen  d  all  their  time 

in  learning. 

IV.  I  was  then  thinking  of 

(concerning)     sending 
the  boys  into  Greece. 
V.   Verres  sends  to  ask  for 

the  vessels. 
VI.   It  seems  difficult  to  say 
what  the  cause  is. 


I.  Mens  discendo  aUtur. 

II.  Nulla  ars  sollertiam 
naturae  conseqiii  2^0- 
test  imitando. 

III.  Omne  temjyus  in  dis- 

cendo consmnunt. 

IV.  Depueris  in  Gi'aeciatn 

transportandis  turn 
cogitahain. 
V.    Verres  mittit  rogatuni 

vasa. 
VI.   Difficile  dictu  videtur 
quae  causa  sit. 


360.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  III. —  All  their  time,  omne  iempus.    The  possessive  is 
unnecessary. 


GERUNDS   AND    SUPINES. 


147 


2.  Model  IV. — Of  (about,  concerning)  sending  the  boys  into 
Greece,  de  pv.eris  in  Graeciam  transportandis,  lit.  concerniJig  the  hoys 
to  he  transported  into  Greece. 


361.  Vocabulary. 


Commit,  commit  to  memory,  edisco, 

ere,  didUi. 
Exercise,  exerceo,  ere,  ui,  Hum. 
Gratitude,  gratia,  ae,  f. 
Hearer,  avdiens,  entis,  m.  and  f. 
Leisure,  otium,  ii,  n. 
Memory,  memoria,  ae,  f. 
More,  magis,  adv.     G.  170. 
Necessary,  necessarius,  a,  um. 


Requite  a  favor,   gratiam  refiro, 

ferre,  tuli,  latum. 
Salute,  saliito,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Spend,     consumo,     ere,     sumpsi, 

sumptum. 
Understand,    cognosco,   ire,    novi, 

nitum. 
Word  for  word,  ad  verhum ;  lit.  to 

a  word. 


362.  Exercise. 


1.  We  all  have  spent  much  time  in  reading.  2.  Cicero 
spent  much  time  in  reading  the  orators  and  poets.  3. 
That  day  was  spent  in  reading ;  there  was  no  leisure  for 
writing.  4.  The  orator  spent  his  leisure  in  writing  history. 
5.  Let  the  memory  be  exercised  by  committing  word  for 
word  the  orations  of  Cicero.  6.  He  is  the  best  orator  who 
by  his  speaking  both  informs  and  delights  the  minds  of  his 
hearers.  7.  No  duty  is  more  necessary  than  that  of  re- 
quiting a  favor.  8.  The  ambassadors  have  come  to  salute 
the  king.  9.  The  orations  of  Cicero  are  easy  to  un- 
derstand. 


^ 


148 


LATIN   COMPOSITION.      ~\  /=» " 

Lesson  LXXIII.    ^         '^'  ^ 
participles. 


363.   Lesson  from  the  Gra 


I.  Tenses  of  Participles.     550. 
II.  Use  of  Participles.     548,  549. 


vj  t 


364.  Models. 


Every  evil  is  in  the  be- 
ginning   easily    sup- 
pressed. 
II.   The  sun   by  its   rising 
causes  the  day. 

III.  Aeschines,   when    con- 

demned, betook  him- 
self to  Rhodes. 

IV.  I  should  think  unpop- 

ularity incurred  by 
virtue,  not  unpopu- 
larity, but  glory. 
V.  The  mind,  though  it 
does  not  see  itself,  dis- 
cerns other  things. 
VI.   He  assigned  us  to  Cethe- 

gus  to  slaughter. 
VII.   Homer  Hved  before  the 
founding  of  Borne. 


I. 


11. 


III. 


IV. 


Omnemalum  nascens 
facile  opjmmttur. 

/Sol  oriens  diem  co7i- 

ftcit. 
Aeschines  damnatus 

se  llhodum  contu- 

lit. 
Invidiam  virtutepar- 

tam  gloriam^   non 

invidiam,  putdrem. 


V.   Ammtis  se  non  videns 
alia  cernit. 

VI.   Attribuit    nos   truci- 

dandos  Cethego. 
VII.   Homerus  fuit    ante 
Romxim  condttam. 


365.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  In  the  beginning,  nascens,  lit.  arising,  beginning. 

2.  Model  II.  —  By  its  rising,  oriens,  lit.  rising. 


PARTICIPLES. 


149 


3.  Model  III.  —  When  condemned,  damnatvs,  lit.  having  been  con- 
demned. 

4.  Model  V.  —  Though  it  does  not  see,  non  videns,  lit.  not  seeing. 

5.  Model  VI.  —  To  slaughter,  irucidandos,  lit.  to  be  slaughtered. 

6.  Model  VII.  —  Before   the  founding  of  Rome,  ante  Romam 
condltam,  lit.  before  Rome  founded. 

366.   Vocabulary. 


Be  born,  nascor,  i,  natus  sum,  dep. 
Born  for,   natus,  a,  itm,  ad  with 

ace. 
Dated,  datus,  a,  um;  lit.  given. 
Deed,   factum,   i,    n.;    lit.    thing 

done  ;  good  deed,  rede  factum  ; 

lit.  thing  rightly  done. 
Eternal,  sempiternus,  a,  nm. 
Hand,  manus,  ks,  f. 
Hero,  vir,  viri,  m. 
Influence,  induce,  induco,  ere,  duxi, 

ductum. 
Letter  from  me,  you,  &c.,  epistola 

mea,  tua,  etc. ;    lit.  my,  &c., 


letter.     Also  epistola  a  me,  etc. 

Myself,  yourself,  &c.,  intensive, 
ipse,  a,  um. 

Keward,  praemium,  ii,  n. 

Save,  conserro,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Seek,  pursue,  sequor,  i,  secutus 
sum,  dep. 

So,  tarn,  adv. ;  not  so  much  —  as, 
non  tam  —  quam. 

Spend  (of  time),  ago,  ere,  egi,  ac- 
tum. 

Think,  arbitror,  ari,  atus  sum^ 
dep. 

Truth,  verum,  i,  n. 


367.   Exercise. 


1.  The  recollection  of  a  well-spent  life  is  eternal.     2. 
This  brave  hero,  born  for  glory,  has  saved  the  republic. 

3.  I  have  received  from  you  two  letters  dated  at  Rome. 

4.  Let  us  believe  them  when  they  speak  the  truth.  5.  I 
think  that  you  have  never  before  read  a  letter  from  me, 
unless  written  by  my  own  hand.  6.  Wise  men  do  not 
geek  the  rewards  of  good  deeds,  so  much  as  good  deeds 

11 


150 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


themselves.  7.  The  Aeduans,  having  accomplished  these 
things,  began  to  favor  Caesar.  8.  The  Belgians,  influenced 
by  the  love  of  glory,  and  relying  upon  their  valor,  waged 
many  wars  with  the  Germans. 


Lesson  LXXIV. 
particles. 

368.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 


I. 

Use  of  Adverbs.     551-553. 

II. 

Use  of  Prepositions.     432-435. 

ITT. 

Use  of  Coordinate  Conjunctions. 

554. 

■^ 
<*■■ 

---va    c/ 

369.  Models. 

Fiirius     Philus     spoke 

I. 

Furhis   Philus  per- 

Latin  extremely  well. 

bene  Latine  loqite- 
bdtur. 

II. 

I   eagerly   await    your 

IL 

Litteras    tuas    vehe- 

letter. 

menter  exspecto. 

III. 

I    will    most    carefully 

IIL 

Quae  tihi  prornitto. 

I)erform  what  I  prom- 

diligentisstme fad- 

ise  you. 

am. 

IV. 

I  will  write  on  this  sub- 

IV. 

Hac  super    re    scri- 

ject. 

bam. 

V. 

These  things  have  taken 

V. 

JIaec     intra     decern 

place    ~  within      ten 

annos  facta  sunt. 

years. 

VI. 

Understanding,  reason, 

VI. 

Mois  et  ratio  et  con- 

and counsel  are  found 

silium  in    senibus 

in  old  men. 

est 

PARTICLES.  151 

VII.   Pardon  me  that  I  write         VII.   Mihi    ignosce    quod 
to  you  so  much  and  ad    te   scribo   tarn 

so  often.  multa  toties. 

370.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  I. — Latin,  Latlne,  lit.  in  Latin. 

2.  Model  II.  —  Your  letter,  litteras  tuas  or  epistolam  tuam.  See 
Synonymes,  200. 

3.  Model  VI.  —  Are  found,  est.  In  Latin  the  verb  sum  is  much 
more  freely  used  than  the  English  verb  to  he.  For  the  number  of  the 
verb  est^  see  G.  463,  I.     For  the  use  oi  ei  —  et,  see  G.  554,  I.  5. 

4.  Model  VII.  —  So  much  and  so  often,  tarn  multa  toties,  lit.  so 
many  things  so  often. 


371.  Synonymes. 

Temple ;  templum,  fanum.,  aedes. 

1.  Templum^  ^,  n. ;  temple,  —  the  generic  word  for  temple 
with  all  its  sacred  environs,  but  applied  especially  to  the 
temples  of  the  principal  gods. 

2.  Fanum.,  2,  n.;  temple,  sanctuary,  —  regarded  as  a 
consecrated  edifice  —  applied  especially  to  the  inferior  gods. 

3.  Aedes.^  is,  f. ;  temple,  —  regarded  simply  as  an  edifice. 


372.  Vocabulary. 


Above,  supra,  adv. 

Anger,  iracundia,  ae,  f. 

Be  wont,  soleo,  ere,  solltus  sum.  G. 

268,  3. 
Bear,  fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum. 


Build,  make,  facio,  ire,  feci,  fac- 
tum. 
Excellently,  excellenter,  adv. 
Honestly,  honeste,  adv. 
Impudence,  impudentia,  ae,  f. 


152  LATIN   COMrOSITION. 


Obstinacy,  pertinacia,  ae,  f. 
Pompey,  Pompeius,  ii,  m. 
Refute,  refello,  ire,  felli. 
Sacred,  sanctus,  a,  um. 


Temple,  templum,  i,  n. ;  aedes,  is, 

f. ;  fanum,  i,  n. 
Without,  sine,  prep,  with  abl. 
Worsliip,  veniror,  ari,  atus  sum, 

dep. 


373.   Exercise. 

1.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  good  and  wise  live  well 
and  happily.  2.  To  live  well  and  happily  is  to  live 
honestly  and  rightly.  3.  The  Romans  bore  this  calamity 
bravely  and  wisely.  4.  All  these  things  were  done  bravely 
and  excellently.  5.  Let  us  always  be  prepared  to  refute 
without  obstinacy,  and  to  be  refuted  without  anger.  6. 
Pompey,  Scipio,  and  Caesar  conquered  the  enemy  in  many 
battles.  7.  I  have  said  above,  that  the  senate  had  as- 
sembled in  the  temple  of  Jupiter  Stator.  8.  /?i  this  most 
sacred  temple  the  Romans  were  wont  to  worship  Jupiter. 
9.  The  Athenians  built  a  temple  to  Impudence. 


Lesson  LXXV. 

PARTICLES  —  Continued. 

374.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.  Subordinate  Conjunctions.     555. 
II.  Interjections.     556,  557. 

375.  Models. 

I.  I  did  this  while  it  was  I.  IToc  fed,   dum 

lawful.  '  cuit. 


PARTICLES. 

1^6 

II. 

It  is  as  you  desirerl. 

11. 

Ui  Ojytasti,  ita  est. 

III. 

He  is  a  great  orator,  if 

III. 

Is    magnus    orator 

not  the  greatest. 

est.,  si  non  maxi- 
mus. 

IV. 

I  exhort  you  to  read 

IV. 

Te  hortor  iit  hos  de 

these  books  on  phi- 

philosophia libros 

losophy. 

legas. 

V. 

You      had      inquired 

V. 

Quaesieras      nonne 

whether   I  did   not 

putarem      verum 

think  that  the  truth 

inventum  esse. 

had  been  found. 

VI. 

Lo,  your  letter ! 

VI. 

Ecce  tuae  litterae  ! 

VII. 

0,  deceptive  hopes ! 

VII. 

0  spes  falldces  ! 

VIII. 

0,  the  very  great  power 

VIII. 

0  vim    maximam 

of  error ! 

err  oris  ! 

376.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  FV. — These  books  on  philosophy,  A^os  de  philosopTiia 
lihros.  The  rule  for  the  phice  of  the  Genitive,  G.  565,  2,  is  ap- 
plicable to  the  Ace.  or  Abl.  with  a  Preposition,  when  similarly  used. 

2.  Model  VI.  —  Lo,  your  letter  !  ecce  tuae  litterae !  For  the 
Nominative,  litterae,  see  G.  3G7,  8:  381,  N.  3. 


A 


377.  Synonymbs. 


Wall ;  murus^  paries^  moenia, 

1.  Murus^  i,  m. ;  wall,  —  the  generic  term  for  a  wall  of 
any  kind. 

2.  Paries, parietis,  m.;  the  wall  of  a  house;  the  wall 

OF  ANY  BUILDING. 

3.  3foe7iia,  ium,  n.  pi. ;  the  walls  of  a  city,  city  w^alls^ 


154 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


378.  Vocabulary. 


As  soon  as,  quum  primum. 

Because,  quia,  conj. 

Cover,  to  clothe,  adorn,  vestio,  ire, 

ivi  or  ii,  Hum. 
First,  primum,  adv. 
For  =  about,  concerning,  de,  prep. 

with  abl. 
Inner,  interior,  ius.     G.  166. 
More,  plus,  pluris.     G.  165,  N.  1. 
Paint,  pingo,  ere,  pinxi,  pictum. 
Painting,  tabula  picta  ;  lit.  painted 

tablet. 
Practical    knowledge,   experience, 


Surround,  cingo,  Sre,  cinxi,  cine- 
tum. 

Tablet,  tabula,  ae,  f. 

The  =  that,  emphatic,  ille,  a,  ud. 

Unhappy,  infelix,  icis. 

Wall,  murus,  i,  m. ;  moenia,  ium, 
n.  pL,  G.  131,  1,  4) ;  paries, 
etis,  m.  Walls  of  the  city, 
city  walls,  moenia ;  walls  of 
my,  your,  &c.,  own  house,  w«t, 
etc.,  pariUes  ;  lit.  my  walls. 

Wonderful,  mirus,  a,  um. 


379.  Exercise. 

1.  Marcus  Cato  was  called  wise  because  he  had  a 
practical  knowledge  of  many  things.  2.  I  will  write 
more,  if  I  have  more  leisure.  3.  As  soon  as  I  came 
to  Rome,  I  wrote  to  your  father.  4.  I  exhort  you  to 
read  studiously,  not  only  these  orations,  but  also  these 
books  on  philosophy.  5.  Within  the  walls  of  the  citi/ 
we  have  nothing  to  fear.  6.  We  must  defend  the  citi/ 
walls.  7.  Cicero  feared  for  his  life  within  the  walls  of 
his  own  house.  8.  The  enemy  were  surrounding  this 
place  with  a  wall.  9.  O,  your  wonderful  memory,  Mar- 
cus !  10.  O,  that  unhappy  day  on  which  Sulla  was  made 
consul !  11.  The  inner  walls  of  the  temple  were  covered 
with  ])ainting8. 


FORMS    FOR    EXPRESSESTG    PURPOSE. 


155 


¥ 


Lesson  LXXYI. 

FORMS  FOR  EXPRESSING  PURPOSE. 

380.  Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 


I.  The   Subjunctive    with   a   Conjunction — ut^   ne,   etc. 

497,  11. 
IL  The  Subjunctive  with  a  Relative.     497,  I. 
IIL  The  Accusative  (especially  of  the  Gerund)  with  ad,^ 

542,  III.  N.  2  ;  408,  IV. 
IV.  The  Genitive  with  Causa,  Gratia,  etc.     416  and  foot- 
note. 
V.  The  Supine  in  um.     546. 
VI.  The  Participle.     549,  3. 


381.    Models. 


I.  I  explained  my  opinion, 
that  I  might  ascertain 
your  judgment. 
II.  Nature  gave  reason  to 
man  that  he  might  be 
ruled  by  it. 

IIL  It  has  been  set  before  me 
for  imitation. 

IV.  We  have  written  many 
things  to  you  for  the 
purpose  of  exhorting 
you. 


I.  Explicdvi  sententiam 
meam,  tumn  judici- 
um lit  cognoscerem. 
II.  Katura  homini  ratio- 
nem  dedit,  qua  rege- 
retur. 

III.  Ad  imitanduni  7nihi 

propositum  est. 

IV.  Multa    ad    te    cohor- 

tandi  gratia  scripsi- 
mus. 


'  The  use  of  the  Gerund  in  any  other  construction  to  express  purpose 
should  not  be  imitated  by  the  learner. 


156 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


V.  We  have  come  to  re- 
miTid  you,  not  to  im- 
portwie  you. 
VI.  Lentulus  assigned  the 
city  to  Cassius  to 
burn. 


V.   Admonitimi    venimus 
t€y  nan  flagitatum. 

VI.  Lentulus  attrihuit  ur- 
bem  iiiflammandain 
Cassio, 


382.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Your  judgment,  tuum  judicium.  Emphasis  places 
these  words  at  the  beginning  of  the  clause,  even  before  ut.  See  G.  569, 
III.  1. 

2.  Model  II.  —  That  he  might  be  ruled  by  it,  qua  Q-egeretuVj 
Relative  clause  expressing  purpose,  lit.  by  which  he  might  be  ruled. 

3.  Model  IV.  —  For  the  purpose  of  exhorting  you,  cohortandi 
gratia.  Te  is  omitted  because  expressed  just  before.  The  Genitive 
precedes  gratia. 

4.  Model  V.  —  To  remind,  admonitum,  Supine.  See  G.  546. 
But  ut  with  the  Subjunctive  might  be  used  instead  of  the  Supine. 


383.  Vocabulary. 


Achieve,  perform,  ago,  Ire,  egi,  ac- 
tum. 

Advantage,  gsim,  emolumentum,  i,  n. 

As — as  possible,  with  adjectives, 
quam,  adv.,  with  superlat. ;  as 
soon  as   possible,    quam  pri- 


Cause,  causa,  ae,  f. 
Deliver,  give  over,  trado,  ere,  dldi, 
ditvm. 


Desire,  opto,  are,  avi,  atiim. 

Example,  exemplum,  i,  n. 

For  the  sake  of,  causa  with    gen. 

G.  416  and  foot-note. 
Profit,  usefulness,  uiiliias,  aiis,  f. 
Set  before,  propOno,    ere,    posui, 

posltum. 
Somebody,  something,  aliquis,  qua, 

quid. 


FORMS  FOR   EXPRESSING   CONDITION.  157 


384.   Exercise. 

1.  We  desire  to  see  you  as  soon  as  possible  in  this  city. 
2.  Cicero  was  striving  to  save  the  republic.  3.  Young- 
men,  devote  yourselves  to  this  study,  that  you  may  be 
wise.  4.  Devote  yourselves  to  study,  that  you  may 
be  able  to  be  both  an  honor  to  yourselves  and  an 
advantage  to  the  republic.  5.  Ambassadors  were  sent 
to  Caesar  to  say  that  the  town  had  been  taken,  6. 
Scipio  was  born  to  achieve  something  worthy  of  a  man. 

7.  Let   us    set   before  our  sons  examples  for   imitation. 

8.  He    delivered   the    city   to    the    soldiers    to    plunder. 

9.  Ambassadors  came  to  Rome  to  ask  for  peace.  10. 
The  consul  did  many  things  for  the  sake  of  defending 
himself. 


Lesson  LXXVII 
forms  for  expressing  condition. 

385.   Lesson  fkom  the  Grammar. 

I.  Clauses  with  certain  Conjunctions.     507  ;  513. 

II.  Relative  Clauses.     507,  2. 

III.  Participles.     507,  N.  7  ;  549,  2.  ""^      ^ 

IV.  Oblique  Cases  with  Prepositions.     507,  N.  7. 
V.  Imperative  Clauses.'     487,  3. 

'  To  these  five  forms  a  sixth  might  be  added,  the  conditional  sentence 
with  Si  omitted.  See  507,  1.  This  form,  however,  can  not  be  safely  imi- 
tated by  the  learner. 


158 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


386.  Models. 


I.  Arms  are  of  little  value 
abroad,  unless  there  is 
wisdom  at  home. 
II.  If  any  one  should  see 
these  things,  he  would 
be  delighted. 

III.  We  are  not  wont  to  be- 

lieve a  liar,  even  if  he 
speaks  the  truth. 

IV.  What  would  the  life  of 

men  have  been  with- 
out philosophy  ? 
V.   Provoke  him;    you  will 
at  once  see  him  fran- 
tic. 


I.   Parvi  sunt  forts  ar- 
ma,  nisi  est  consili' 
um  domi. 
II.   Ilaec  qui  videat,  de- 
lectetur. 

III.  Mendaci    homini    ne 

verum  quidem  di- 
centi  credere  sole- 
mus. 

IV.  Quid  vita    hominum 

sine       philosophia 
fuisset  f 
V.   Lacesse  ;  jam  videbis 
furentem. 


387.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  —  If  any  one  should  see,  si  quis  mdeat,  or  qui 
videat,  lit.  whoever  may  see.  The  former  is  the  common  form,  but  in 
illustrating  the  various  expressions  for  condition^  the  latter  is  here  ad- 
missible. 

2.  Model  III.  —  If  he  speaks,  dicenii,  lit.  speaking. 


388.  Vocabulary. 


Associate,  socius,  ii,  m. 
At  once,  immediately,  jam,  adv. 
Attempt,  Conor,  Uri,  Htus  sum,  dcp. 
Crime,  scelus,  Iris,  n. 


Cultivate,  colo,  ire,  colui,  cultum. 
Fail,  deflcio,  ire,  feci,  fectum. 
Leisure,  otium,  ii,  n. 
Punishment,  supplicium,  ii,  n. 


FORMS    FOR   EXPRESSING   CONCESSION.  159 

Bemove,  tollo,  erCy  sustuli,  subla- 

tum. 
Restrain,  arceo,  ere,  ui,  arctum. 


Set  forth,  expromo,  ire,  prompsi, 

promptum. 
Wicked,  imprdbus,  a,  um. 


389.   Exercise. 

1.  I  would  write  more  to  yuu  if  I  had  more  leisure.  2. 
The  day  would  fail  me  if  I  should  attempt  to  set  forth 
all  that  can  be  said  in  regard  to  philosophy.  3.  If  we 
wish  to  be  both  good  and  happy,  we  must  cultivate  virtue. 
4.  If  any  one  should  free  the  state  from  fear,  h«?  would 
be  praised  by  all.  5.  WithoiU  associates  Catiline  would 
never  have  attempted  to  form  a  conspiracy  against  the 
republic.  6.  What  would  restrain  the  wicked  from 
crime,  if  the  fear  of  punishment  were  removed?  7.  Sol- 
diers, defend  the  city  ;  you  will  be  at  once  praised  hy  all.    J 


Lesson   LXXVIII. 
forms  for  expressing  concession. 

/  390.   Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

I.   Clauses  with  certam  Conjunctions.     515. 
II.   Relative  Clauses.     515,  III. 
III.   Participles.'     549,  2. 

'  To  these  three  forms  one  or  two  others  might  be  added,  but  they 
would  not  be  safe  models  for  the  learner. 


160 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


391.  Models. 


I.  Though  all  excellence 
attracts  us  to  itself, 
yet  liberality  does  this 
in  the  highest  degree. 

II.  Who  is  there  who  does 
not  praise  Socrates, 
though  he  never  saw 
him? 
III.  The  eye,  though  it  does 
not  see  itself,  discerns 
other  things. 


II. 


Quamquam  omnii 
virtus  nos  ad  se  al- 
Itcit,  tamen  liberali- 
tas  id  maxime  effi- 
cit. 

Quis  est,  qui  Socratem 
non  laudet,  quern 
nunquam  viderit  f 


III.    Oculus,  se  non  videns, 
alia  cernit. 


392.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  —  Vb.ai&y.,  laudet.    SeeG.  503,  I.     Though  he  never 
SAW  HIM,  quern  nunquam  viderit,  lit.  whom  he  never  saw. 

2.  Model  III.  —  Other  things,  alia.     See  G,  441. 


393.    Synonymes. 

Happy,  prosperous,  fortunate  ;  heatus.,  felix.,  fortunutus. 

1.  JBeatus,  a,  ^iin  ;  haity. 

2.  Felix.^  Ids ;  (1)  happy,  prosperous,  —  happy  because 
successful  and  prosperous ;  (2)  transitively,  giving  joy  and 
happiness. 

3.  Fortunatus^  o,  um  ;  fortunate,  successful,  favored 

BY  fortune. 


FOKMS    FOR    EXPRESSING    CONCESSION. 


161 


394.   Vocabulary. 


A-Cquit,  absoho,  ere,  i,  soliitum. 
Death,  mo7-s,  mortis,  f. 
Excel,  excello,  ere,  cellui,  celsum. 
Fear,  to  fear  greatly,  pertimesco, 

ere,  timui. 
Friends,   my,   your,    &c.,    friends, 

Tnei,  tui,  etc.     G.  441,  1. 
High,  ample,  amplus,  a,  um. 


However  much,  qvantumvis,  adv. 
Mucins,  Mucius,  ii,  m. 
Prosperous,  felix,  lets. 
Raise,  conduct,  perdiico,  ire,  duxij 

ductum. 
Rescue,  erlpio,  ere,  ripui,  reptum. 
Slay,  interficio,  ire,  feci,  fectum. 


395.  Exercise. 


1.  Although  they  do  not  dare  to  praise  Catiline,  they 
are  yet  to  be  feared.  2.  You  would  not  be  able,  however 
much  you  may  excel,  to  raise  all  your  friends  to  the 
highest  honors.  3.  They  dare  to  defend  Catiline,  though 
he  is  endeavoring  to  destroy  the  republic.  4.  We  know 
that  the  conspirators,  though  acquitted,  cannot  be  rescued 
from  the  hands  of  the  Eoman  people.  5.  Caius  Mucius 
attempted  to  slay  king  Porsena,  though  death  was  set 
before  him  (as  the  penalty).  6.  We  cannot  be  happy 
without  virtue.  7.  We  all  desire  that  you  should  be 
happy.  8.  All  desire  that  we  should  be  prosperous.  9. 
There  are  some  who  seem  to  be  always  fortunate. 


162 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Lesson  LXXIX. 

forms  for  expressing  time.     - 

396.    Lessor  prom  the  Grammab. 

I.  Accusative  of  Time.     379  ;  430. 

II.  Ablative  of  Time.     429. 

III.  Clauses  with  Conjunctions.     518-521 ;  555, 1. 

IV.  Participles.     549,  1.  ^  l 
V.  Appositive.     363,3,2).        ^      ^     '] 


397.  Models. 


I.   Pericles  presided   over 
Athens  forty  years. 

II.   He  lived  three  hundred 
years  since. 

III.  Socrates  on  the  last  day 

of  his  life  discoursed 
much  on  the  immor- 
tality of  souls. 

IV.  He  obeyed  when  it  was 

necessary. 
V.   While   they  are   quiet, 

they  approve. 
VI.   The  grape,  when  it  has 
ripened,        becomes 
sweet. 
VII.    Cicero    learned     many 
things  when  a  boy. 


I.   Pericles    quadragin- 
ta  annos  praefuit 
Athenis. 
II.   Abhinc    annos    tre- 
centos  fuit. 

III.  Socrates  supremo  vi- 

tae  die  7nulta  de 
immortdlitdte  ani- 
morum  disseruit. 

IV.  Pariiit  qutim  necesse 

erat. 
V.   Quiim  qiciescunt,  pro- 
bant. 
VI.    Uva    maturata  dul- 
cescit. 

VII.    Cicero    puer    mttlta 
didicit. 


FORMS   FOR   EXPRESSING    TIME. 


163 


398.  Remabks. 

1.  Model  II.  —  Lived,  fuity  lit.  was.  The  verb  sum  is  often  thus 
used. 

2.  MoDEi^  VI.  —  When  it  has  ripened,  maturaia,  lit.  having 
ripened. 

3.  Model  VII.  —  Ciceko  when  a  boy,  Cicero  puer,  lit.  Cicero  a 
hoy. 

399.  Synonymes. 

Daily,  day  by  day  ;  quotidie,  in  dies,  i7i  shigulos  dies. 

1.  Quotidie;  daily,  day  by  day,  —  the  usual  adverb  for 
daily,  whether  with  or  without  increase. 

2.  In  dies,  or  in  siiigulos  dies ;  daily,  day  by  day,  — 
used  with  comparatives  and  with  words  which  involve  in- 
crease or  decrease. 


400.  Vocabulary. 


Arganthonius,  Arganfhonius,  ii,  m. 

At  the  age  of,  natus,  a,  um,  with 
the  ace.  of  time.  At  the  age 
of  twenty,  viginti  annos  natiis, 
lit.  having  been  born  twenty 
years. 

Daily,  quotidie,  adv. 

Die,  morior,  mori,  moHuus  sum, 
dep. 

Eighty,  octoginta,  indecl. 

Entitle,  inscrlbo,  ere,  scripsi,  scrip- 
turn. 


Expect,  exspecto,  are,  avi,  atum. 
From  day  to  day,  in  dies. 
Govern,  guberno,  are,  avi,  atum. 
House,  one's   house,  domus,  i,  f. 

G.  119,  1. 
Hundred,  centum,  indecl. 
Isocrates,  Isocrdies,  is,  m. 
Marius,  Marius,  ii,  m. 
Panathenaicus,  Panathenaicus,   i, 

m. 
Plato,  Plato,  onis,  m. 
Seventh  time,  septimum,  adv. 


164  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


The  =  that,  not  emphatic,  is,  ea, 

id. 
Twenty,  viginti,  indecl. 


Vice,  vitium,  ii,  n. 
Weep  at,  illacrlmor,  ari,  Stus  sum, 
dep.     G.  386. 


401.   Exercise. 

1.  When  virtue  governs  the  republic,  the  citizens  are 
happy.  2.  Having  come  to  Athens,  I  devoted  myself  to 
the  study  of  philosophy.  3.  Arganthonius  is  said  to  have 
reigned  eighty  years.  4.  Cicero  says  that  this  king  lived 
one  hundred  and  twenty  years.  5.  Cato  died  at  the  age 
of  eighty-five.  6.  Isocrates  is  said  to  have  written  a  book 
in  his  ninety-fourth  year.  7.  This  book  is  entitled  Pana- 
thenaicus.  8.  Cicero,  while  reading  Plato,  wept  at  the  death 
of  Socrates.  9.  Marius,  while  consul  for  the  seventh  time, 
died  in  his  own  house.  10.  I  will  send  a  letter  to  you 
daily.  11.  We  are  daily  expecting  your  brother.  12. 
There  are  some  who  say  that  vice  increases  from  day 
to  day. 


Lesson  LXXX. 
forms  for  expressing  cause. 
402.    Lesson  from  the  Grammar. 

L  Ablative  of  Cause.     416. 

1.  A  Preposition  with  its  Case.     416,  I. 

2.  A  Perfect  Participle  with  an  Ablative.     416,  N.  1. 
II.  Clauses  with  Conjunctions.     516,  517. 

III.  Relative  Clauses.     517. 

IV.  Participles.     549,  1. 


FORMS  FOE  EXPRESSING   CAUSE, 


165 


w 


> 


403.  Models. 


I.   The   father  exults  with 

joy. 
II.   Death,   because    of  the 
shortness    of    life,     is 
never  far  distant. 

III.  They    seek    frieyidship^ 

led  by  the  hope  of  a  re- 
ward. 

IV.  Since  a  thanksgiving  has 

been  decreed,  celebrate 
those  days. 
V.  O  fortunate  youth,  since 
you  have  obtained  Ho- 
mer as  the  herald  of 
your  valor. 
VI.  I  affirm  nothing,  since  I 
am  in  doubt  and  dis- 
trust myself. 


I.   Pater   exsidtat    laeti- 

tia. 
II.   Mors  propter  brevitd- 
tem  vitae  niinquam 
longe  abest. 

III.  Amicitiam  spe    mer- 

cedis  adducti  expe- 
tunt. 

IV.  Quoniam   supplicatio 

decreta  est,  celebra- 
tote  illos  dies. 
V.  0  fortunate  adoles- 
cens,  qid  tuae  virtu- 
tis  Homerum  prae- 
conem  inveiieris. 
VI.  Nihil  affirmo,  ditbi- 
tans  et  raihi  diffi- 
dena. 


404.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  V.  —  Since  you  have  obtained,  qui  inveniris,  lit.  who 
\ave  found.    For  the  mood,  see  G.  517. 

2.  Model  VI.  —  Since  I  am  in  doubt,  dubitanSj  lit.  doubting. 


405.    Syxoxy]SIES. 


The  right,  law ;  fas,  jus,  lex. 

1.  Fas,  indecl.  n. ;  the  right,  —  that  which  accords  with 


the  divine  law. 
12 


166 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


2.  Jus^  juris^  n.;    the  right,  justice,  legal  eight, — 
that  which  accords  witli  law  in  general. 

3.  Lex,  legis,  f. ;  law,  enactment,  —  human  law. 


406.   Vocabulary. 


Ahala,  Ahala,  ae,  ra. 

Annoyance,  molestia,  ae,  f. 

Clodius,  Clodius,  ii,  m. 

Consult  for,  consiilo,  ere,  sului,  sul- 
2!wm,  with  dat.     G.  381,  3. 

Enact,  sancio,  ire,  sanxi,  sanc- 
tum. 

Fabricius,  Fahricius,  ii,  m. 

For  my,  your,  &c.,  sake,  mea  causa, 
tua  causa,  etc.    G.  416  and  ft.  n. 


Influence,  to  influence,  adduco,  ire, 

duxi,  ductum. 
Maelius,  Maelius,  ii,  m. 
Nation,  gens,  gentis,  f.     The  law 

of  nations,  jus  gentium. 
Regal  power,  regnum,  i,  n. 
Right, /as,  n.  indecl. 
Seek,  appHo,  ire,  petivi,  petltum. 
Slay,  occido,  ire,  i,  cisum. 
Spurius,  Spurius,  ii,  m. 


407.  Exercise. 

1.  We  do  many  things  for  the  sake  of  our  friends 
which  we  would  never  do  for  our  own  sake.  2.  I  thank 
you  because  you  have  freed  me  from  all  annoyance.  3. 
Cicero  praises  Fabricius  because  he  was  just.  4.  There 
are  some  who  obey  the  laws  on  account  of  fear.  5.  The 
commander,  influenced  by  the  hope  of  peace,  sent  am- 
bassadors to  the  king.  6.  Cicero  is  especially  to  be 
praised,  because  he  consulted  for  the  safety  of  the  citi- 
zens. 7.  Nothing  which  is  right  delights  Clodius,  8. 
This  was  done  in  accordance  with  the  law  of  nations.  9. 
The  senate  enacted  many  laws.  10.  Servilius  Ahala  slew 
Spurius  Maelius  because  he  was  seeking  regal  power. 


P^RT    THIRD. 
ELEMENTS   OF   LATIN    STYLE. 


CHAPTER   I. 
CHOICE    OF   WORDS   AND   CONSTRUCTIONS. 

Lesson  LXXXI. 
abstract  nouns.    number. 

408.  Abstract  nouns  designating  the  periods  of  life,  as 
boi/hood,  youth,  old  age,  are  generally  best  rendered  into 
Latin,  nut  by  pueritia,  juventits,  and  seiiectus,  but  by  puer, 
fiwenis,  and  senex.     See  Part  II.  165,  IV. 

409.  Names  of  offices,  as  consulship,  generalship,  leader- 
shi]),  when  used  to  designate  time,  should  be  rendered  into 
Latin  by  the  corresponding  names  of  officers,  as  consul^ 
imperdtor,  dux.     See  Model  I. 

410.  Verbal  nouns,  designating  the  action  in  the  abstract, 
may  often  be  rendered  into  Latin  by  Participles : 

The  violation  of  the  laws,  violatae  leges.  For  (concerning)  the  re- 
covery of  the  captives,  de  captivis  recuperandis.     See  Model  II. 

411.  Substantives  which  are  sinsjular  in  Encjlish  are 
sometimes  rendered  by  those  which  are  plural  in  Latin. 
Thus,  — 

0671 


168  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

1.  Many  names  of  cities  are  plural : 

Athens,  Athenae ;  Thebes,  Thebae;  Syracuse,  SyracHsae.  See  G. 
131,  1. 

2.  Many  nouns,  which  are  singular  in  English,  are  plural 
in  Latin,  because  they  are  so  used  as  really  to  involve  that 
number ; 

To  have  in  hand,^  in  mariihus  habere.  To  go  on  foot,'  pedlbus  ire. 
To  urge  night  and  day,  tiodes  atque  dies  urgere. 

412.  The  force  of  the  English  expressions,  kinds  of^  in- 
stances of,  examjjles  of,  is  often  denoted  in  Latin  by  simply 
putting  the  following  noun  in  the  plural,  especially  if  it  be  an 
abstract  noun  : 

All  instances  of  avarice,  omnes  avaritiae.  There  are  two  kinds  of 
memory,  sunt  duae  memoriae.  Examples  of  glorious  death,  clarae 
mortes. 

413.  Models. 

I.   Piso  proposed  this  law  I.   Piso  hanc  legem  Cen- 

in   the    consulship   of  sorlno    et    Manilio 

Censorinus  and  Manil-  consulibus  tulit. 
ius. 

II.  "Precepts   are   given   for  II.    Officii       conservandi 

the     observance     of  praecepta     tradun- 

duty.  tur. 

III.   I  have  a  great  work  in  III.    Ojnis      magnum     in 

hand.  m,anibus  habeo. 

414.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I. — In  the  consulship  of,  etc.,  lit.  Censorinus  and 
Manilius  being  consuls. 

*  Tlie  words  hand  and  foot,  as  hero  used,  involve  tlie  plural,"  as  the 
action  is  by  no  means  confined  to  one  liand  or  one  foot.  The  plural  is 
also  involved  in  the  expression  night  and  day,  meaning  night  after 
night  and  day  after  day.  Hence  the  Latin  uses  the  plural  in  such  in- 
stances. 


ABSTRACT   NOUNS. NUMBER. 


169 


2.    Model  II.  —  For  the  observance  of  duty,  lit.  of  duty  to  he 
observed. 

415.  Vocabulary. 


Adorn,  exorno,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Africanus,  Africdnus,  i,  m. 
Appius,  Appius,  ii,  m. 
Arise,  exsisto,  ere,  siiti,  stltum. 


Guide,  dux,  ducis,  m.  and  f. 
Highest     results,    highest    things, 

summa,  drum,  n.  adj.  used  as 

substant. 


Attain,  consequor,  i,  secutus  sum,  \  Just,    with   numbers,  ipse,  a,  urn 


dep. 
Attendant,  comes,  Itis,  m.  and  f. 
Censor,  censor,  oris,  m. 
Claudius,  Claudius,  ii,  m. 
Complain,  queror,  i,  questus  sum, 

dep. 
Desire,  cupidltas,  dtis,  f. 
Find,  reperio,  ire,  peri,  pertum. 


G.  452,  3. 
Manilius,  Manilius,  ii,  m. 
Manius,  Manius,  ii,  m. 
Monument,  monumentum,  i,  n. 
Plautus,  Plautus,  i,  m. 
Power,  potentia,  ae,  f. 
Statue,  signum,  i,  n. 
Tarentum,  Tarentum,  i,  n. 


416.   Exercise. 

1.  I  find  that  Plato  came  to  Tarentum  in  the  consul- 
ship of  Lucius  Camillus  and  Appius  Claudius.  2.  Plau- 
tus died  during  the  censorship  of  Cato.  3.  Cato  the 
censor  died  in  the  consulship  of  Lucius  Marcius  and 
Manius  jManilius,  just  eighty-three  years  before  the  con- 
sulship of  Cicero.  4.  You  have  attained  the  highest 
results  under  the  guidance  of  virtue,  with  the  attendance 
of  fortune.  5.  They  were  complaining  of  the  loss  of 
liberty.  6.  Scipio  Africanus  always  had  Xenophon  in 
hand.  7.  Pericles  adorned  Athens  with  the  most  beauti- 
ful statues  and  monuments.  8.  There  are  some  who 
devote  themselves  day  and  night  to  study.  9.  You  have 
from  boyhood  devoted  yourself  to  study.  10.  In  the 
gi^eatest  minds  there  often  arises  the  desire  for  honor, 
power,  and  glory. 


170  latin  composition. 

Lesson  LXXXII. 
substantives  united  by  prepositions. 


417.  In  English,  substantives  are  often  brought  into  im- 
mediate relation  to  each  other  by  the  simple  use  of  preposi- 
tions, as  the  march  into  Italy^  the  army  in  Macedonia,  the 
temples  around  the  forum.  In  Latin,  the  same  construction 
is  admissible,  but  is  used  much  more  cautiously  in  the  best 
writers. 

418.  This  construction  may  be  used  in  Latin  with  cer- 
tain Prepositions  and  in  certain  senses.     Thus, — 

1.  With  cum  and  sine. 

Cupid  with  a  lamp,  Cupldo  cum  lampdde.  A  man  without  hope,  homo 
sine  spe. 

2.  With  m,  erga,  adversus,  contra,  and  pro,  before  the 
name  of  the  object  with  reference  to  which  the  feeling  is  ex- 
ercised or  the  action  performed  : 

Hatred  of  the  liuman  race,  odium  in  (towards)  hominum  genus  (the 
race  of  men).     Love  to  you,  erga  te  amor.     See  G.  396,  III.  N.  1. 

3.  With  de,  ex,  inter,  in  a  partitive  sense : 

A  plebeian,  homo  de  plebe  (a  man  of  the  people).  One  of  the  heroes, 
unus  ex  viris.     See  G.  396,  III.  N.  1. 

4.  With  de  in  the  sense  of  concerning,  from,  out  of,  ex, 
from,  out  of,  inter  with  se  or  ipsos,  and  with  ad  and  apiid  in 
expressions  of  place : 

A  book  on  civil  law,  liber  de  jure  civiH.  The  marble  tables,  mensae 
t  marmore  (tables  made  from  or  of  marble).  The  naval  battle  near 
Tenedos,  apud  Ten^dum  pugna  navcLlis. 

419-  This  combination  of  substantives,  by  means  of  prepo- 
sitions, may  be  somewhat  more  freely  used  when  the  prepo- 
sition with  its  case  is  placed  between  the  leading  noun  and 
its  modifier : 

The  most  disgraceful  flight  from  the  city,  fuga  ah  urbe  turpissima. 


SUBSTANTIVES    UNITED   BY    PREPOSITIONS.  171 

420.  When  good  authority  cannot  be  furnished  for  this 
construction,  it  will  be  advisable  either  to  insert  a  Rela- 
tive Clause  or  a  Participle  before  the  preposition,  or  to  give 
the  sentence  such  a  form  as  to  bring  the  preposition  with  its 
case  into  relation  to  the  verb : 

In  the  temple  near  the  city,  in  fano,  quod  est  propter  urbem  (which 
is  near  the  city). 

421.  Models. 

I.   Behold  the  silver  Cupid  I.    Vide   argenteum    Cu- 

with  a  lamp.  pidinem  cum   lam- 

pude. 

II.   Aristotle,   in    his    third  II.   Aristoteles    in     tertio 

book   on    philosophy,  de  philosophia  libro 

does  not  dissent  from  a  Platone  non  dis- 

Plato.  sentit. 

III.  They  admire  the  neck-  III.  Monile    ex    auro    et 

lace  of  gold  and  gems.  gemmis     admiran- 

tur. 

IV.  In  most  things  the  mean         IV.    In     plerisque     rebus 

between     too     much  inediocrttas       quae 

and  too  little   is   the  est    inter     niniiu^n 

best.  et  parum  optimum 

est. 

422.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  III.  —  Of  gold,  ex  auroj  lit.  from  gold. 

2.  Model  IV.  —  The  mean  between  too  much,  etc.,  mediocritas 

fuae  est  inter,  etc. 

423.  Synonymes. 

Teacher,  preceptor ;  doctor.,  praeceptor.,  magister. 
1.  Doctor.,  oris,  m.;  teacher,  —  regarded  simply  as  one 
who  imparts  knowledge. 


172 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


2.  Praeceptor^  oris,  ni. ;  rRECEPTOR,  instructob,  teacher, 
. —  regarded  as  one  who  moulds  the  character  of  his  pupils. 

3.  Magister,  tri,  m. ;  master,  teacher,  —  with  refereuce 
to  his  superiority  and  power. 

424.  Vocabulary. 


Abundance,  copia,  ae,  f. 
Around,  circum,  prep,  with  ace. 
Attention,    study,   zeal,    studium, 

ii,  n. 
Bestow,  confero,  ferre,  tuli,  colla- 

tum. 
Credit,  Jides,  ei,  f. 
Edifice,  aedes,  is,  f.     G.  132. 
Elegance,  elegantiq,  ae,  f. 
Epicurus,  Epicurus,  i,  m. 
'F ovum,  forum,  i,  n. 
In  ==  situated  in,  placed  in,  posUus, 

a,  urn,  in  with  abl. 
Instruct,  teach,  doceo,  tre,  docui, 

dodum. 
Means,  property,  res,  rei,  f. 
Occult,  occultus,  a,  um. 


On  =  concerning,  de,  prep,  with 
abl. 

Present  one's  self,  se  praehere ; 
praebeo,  ere,  ui,  Hum. 

Refinements,  culture,  cultus,  us,  m. 

Sedition,  seditio,  dnis,  f. 

Select,  selected,  exquisxtus,  a,  um. 

Set  fire  to,  burn,  incendo,  hre, 
cendi,  censum,. 

Station,  to  place,  colldco,  are,  clvi, 
aium. 

Sure,  certus,  a,  um. 

Teacher,  doctor,  Oris,  m. ;  as  mas- 
ter, magister,  tri,  m. 

Too,  nimis,  adv. 

Upon,  in,  prep,  with  ace.  and  abl. 
G.  435,  N.  1. 


425.  Exercise. 

1.  Your  letter  on  friendship  was  most  acceptable  to 
me.  2.  The  refinements  of  life,  with  elegance  and  abun- 
dance, delight  us.  3.  All  the  philosophers  before  Socrates 
bestowed  too  great  attention  upon  occult  subjects.  4. 
^^his  man,  without  means,  without  credit,  without  hope, 
the  leader  of  sedition,  set  fire,  with  his  own  hands,  to  the 
sacred  edifices.  5.  True  wisdom  presents  itself  to  us  as 
the   surest   guide  to  happiness,      6.  Valor   even   in   an 


SPECIAL   WORDS   AND    EXPRESSIONS.  173 

enemy  delights  brave  men.  7.  The  army  was  stationed 
in  the  forum  and  in  all  the  temples  around  the  forum.  8. 
This  preceptor  will  instruct  us  in  regard  to  philosophy. 
9.  We  send  our  sons  to  the  teachers  of  wisdom.  10. 
Epicurus  boasted  that  he  had  had  no  teacher  (master). 
11.  Tiberius  Gracchus  always  had  select  teachers  (mas- 
ters) from  Greece. 


Lesson   LXXXIII. 
special  woeds  and  expressions. 

426.  Such  words  as  property^  duty^  business^  mark,  char- 
acteristic, after  the  verb  to  be,  are  generally  omitted  in 
rendering  into  Latin,  as  their  force  is  fully  expressed  in  the 
Predicate  Genitive : 

It  is  the  duty  of  a  judge,  judicis  est.  It  is  the  mark  of  a  narrow 
mind,  angusti  anlmi  est. 

427.  Substantives  after  as,  when,  for,  of,  are  often  ren- 
dered by  Appositives,  the  particles  as,  xohen,  etc.,  being 
omitted.     See  Model  11. 

428.  But  in  such  cases,  as  is  sometimes  rendered  by  ut, 
and  then  the  appositive  shows  in  what  capacity  or  light  the 
person  or  thing  denoted  by  the  leading  substantive  is  viewed. 
See  Model  III. 

429.  While  the  relation  denoted  by  the  preposition  of  is 
generally  rendered  by  the  Genitive,  that  denoted  by  some 
other  prepositions,  as  to,  for,  from,  in,  on  account  of,  is 
sometimes  so  rendered  : 

Gratitude  for  a  favor,  heneficii  gratia.  Escape  from  labors,  lahorum 
fuga.     See  above,  413,  Model  II. 


174 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


430.  Models. 


I.  It  is  the  part  of  barbari- 
ans to  live  for  the  day 
only. 
11.  Philip  procured  Aristo- 
tle as  a  teacher  for 
Alexander  his  son. 
III.  I  have  often  praised 
Cato  as  a  citizen. 


I.  Barharorurn    est    in 
diem  vivere. 

II.   Philippus  Aristotelem 
Alexandra  Jllio  doc- 
torem  accHvit. 
III.    Catonem     ut     civem 
saepe  lauddvi. 


431.  Synontmes. 

Pride,  arrogance,  insolence ;    superbia,  arrogantia,  inso- 
lentia. 

1.  Superhia^  ae^  f.;    peide,    haughtiness,    self-suffi- 
ciency. 

2.  Arrogantia,  ae,  f. ;    arrogance,    haughtiness,  —  as 
shown  in  great  pretensions  and  assumptions. 

3.  Insolentia,  ae,  f ;  insolence,  —  an  offensive  display  of 
superiority  in  an  insulting  manner. 

432.  Vocabulary. 


Achilles,  Achilles,  is,  m. 
Antiochus,  Antidchus,  i,  m. 
Antony,  Antonius,  ii,  m. 
Arrogance,  arrogantia,  ae,  f. 
As,  ut,  adv. 
But,    vero,    etc.,    conj.     G.    654, 

III.  2. 
Caius,  Caius,  Caii,  m. 
Consider,  eogito,  Sre,  Hvi,  Stum. 
Contrary  to,  contra,  prep,  with  ace. 
Excite,  condto,  are,  Hvi,  Sttum. 


Hatred,  odium,  ii,  n. 
Insolence,  insolentia,  ae,  f. 
Narrow,  angustus,  a,  um. 
Obtain,   find,    invinio,   ire,    vini, 

ventum. 
Perceive,    perspicio,     ire,     spexi, 

specttim. 
Perfect,  perfectus,  a,  um. 
Popilius,  Popilius,  ii,  m. 
Pride,  sitperhia,  ae,  f. 
Prudence,  prudentia,  ae,  f. 


RENDERING   OF   CERTAIN   NOUNS   AND   ADJECTIVES.       175 


Regard,  habeo,   ere,   ui,  Uum,  lit. 

to  have,  hold. 
Require,  compel,  cogo,  ere,  coegi, 

coactum. 


Riches,  divitiae,  arum,  f.  pi.     G. 

131,  1,  4). 
Senator,  senator,  oris,  m. 
Wickedness,  scelus,  iris,  n. 


433.   Exercise. 

1.  To  love  riches  is  the  mark  of  a  narrow  mind,  2. 
It  is  the  part  of  a  wise  man  to  do  nothing  contrary  to  the 
laws.  3.  It  is  the  duty  of  a  good  man  to  cultivate  all  the 
virtues.  4.  Caius  Popilius  was  sent  as  an  ambassador  to 
Antiochus  the  king.  5.  Achilles  obtained  Homer  as  the 
herald  o£  his  valor.  6.  Jupiter  was  regarded  both  as  the 
king  and  as  the  father  of  all  the  gods.  7.  It  is  the  duty 
of  a  judge  to  consider,  not  what  he  himself  wishes,  but 
what  the  law  requires.  8.  To  defend  that  which  is  right, 
I  have  ever  thouorht  a  characteristic  both  of  brave  heroes 
and  of  great  men.  9.  To  think  this,  is  a  mark  of  pru- 
dence ;  to  do  it,  of  fortitude ;  but  both  to  think  and  to  do 
it,  of  perfect  virtue.  10.  Great  hatred  is  often  excited 
against  pride  and  arroga7ice.  11.  We  have  perceived, 
not  only  the  audacity  and  wickedness  of  A^ntony^  but  also 
his  insolence  and  pride.  12.  All  greatly  praise  your 
Cato,  as  a  senator,  as  a  commander,  and  as  a  man. 


.       Lesson  LXXXTY. 
^     rendering  of  certain  nouns  and  adjectives. 


434.  In  English,  Adjectives  are  used  substantively  only 
in  the  Plural,  but  in  Latin  they  are  occasionally  so  used  even 


176  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

in  the  Singular,  especially  in  the  Neuter  with  an  abstract 
sense : 

The  truth,  verum  (a  true  thing).  No  sincerity,  nihil  sinceri  (nothing 
of  the  sincere). 

435.  Proper  names  of  places,  when  used  with  of  or  from 
to  designate  7iativity  or  origin^  are  usually  rendered  by  Latin 
Adjectives : 

Archytas  of  Tarentum,  Archytas  Tarentlnus.  Gorgias  of  Leontini, 
Gorgias  Leontinus.     See  G.  395,  N.  2. 

436.  Proper  names  with  prepositions,  as  of  in^  are  often 
rendered  by  Latin  Adjectives : 

Ulysses  in  Homer,  Homericus  Ulixes.  Hercules  in  Xenophon, 
Hercules  XenophontSus.  The  battle  of  Pharsalia,  proelium  Pharsah- 
oum.     The  battle  of  Cannae,  Cannensis  pugna.     See  G.  395,  N.  2. 

437.  The  English  expressions,  the  first  part  of  the  middle 
(part)  of  the  last  part  of  the  highest  part  of  the  loicest  part 
of  and  the  like,  are  generally  rendered  by  Latin  Adjectives: 

The  first  part  of  the  province,  prima  provincia.  The  middle  of  sum- 
mer, media  aestas.     See  G.  440,  notes  1-3. 

438.  Substantives,  which  designate  persons  as  the  agents 
of  actions,  may  often  be  best  rendered  into  Latin  by  Relative 
Clauses : 

Hearers,  ii  qui  audiunt  (those  who  hear).  Statesmen,  ii  qui  rei 
puhllcae  praesunt  (those  who  preside  over  the  republic).  Lawgivers, 
ii  qui  leges  scrihunt  (those  who  write  laws). 

439.  Participial  nouns  and  verbal  nouns  with  of  should 
generally  be  rendered  into  Latin  by  a  Passive  Participle  or  a 
Gerund : 

In  liberating  the  country,  in  liheranda  patria.  Desirous  of  hearing 
you,  cupidus  te  audiendi.     See  G.  549,  N.  2 ;  541-544! 

440.  Many  adjectives  are  best  rendered  into  Latin  by 
the  Genitive  of  nouns. 

Thus,  — 

1.  Spiritual,  MENTAL,  must  be  rendered  by  animi^  merUiSj 
or  ingenii  ;  bodily,  by  corporis  : 


RENDERING   OF   CERTAIN   NOUNS    AND   ADJECTIVES.       177 

By  mental  diseases,  awtmi  morhis.  Bodily  pain,  dolor  corpdris. 
Mental  culture,  cultura  aiilmi. 

2.  Literary  may  be  rendered  by  litterdrum  ;  learned, 
sometimes  by  doctrmae^  doctrindrum ;  artis^  artium ;  phi- 
losophical, by  philosophiae^  or  de  philosophia : 

Literary  pursuits,  litterarum  studia.  Learned  studies,  doctrinae 
siudia. 

441.  Adjectives  with  adverbial  modifiers  may  often  be 
best  rendered  into  Latin  by  the  Genitive  or  Ablative  of  Char- 
acteristic.    See  Model  III. 

442.  Models. 


I.   The  temple  of  Diana  of 

Ephesus  was  burned. 
II.  Many    are     careless 
selecting  friends. 


m 


III.   Hoio     blameless     ought 
commanders  to  be. 


I.  Templum  Ephesiae 
Didnae  deflagrdvit. 
II.  Multi  in  amicis  eli- 
gendis  negligentes 
sunt. 
III.  Quanta  innocentia  de- 
bent  esse  impera- 
tores. 


443.   Remarks. 

1.  MoDEiv  II. —  In  selecting  friends.     See  G.  549,  N.  2. 

2.  Model  III.  —  How  blameless,  quanta  innocentia,  lit.  with  (of) 
how  great  innocence. 

444.  Vocabulary. 


Advantage,  uiilitas,  atis,  f. 
Atticus,  Attlcus,  i,  m. 
Battle,  fight,  pugna,  ae,  f. 
Between,  inter,  prep,  with  ace. 
Ceus,  of  Ceus  or  Cea,  Ceus,  a,  itm. 
Crotona,  Croto,  Onis,  m.  and  f. 
Delight,  oblecto,  are,  IZvi,  atum. 


Difference,  there   is   a   difference, 

interest,  fuit. 
Enact,  write,    scriho,    tre,    scripsi, 

scriptum. 
Epaminondas,    Epaminondas,    ae. 

m. 
Gorgias,  Gorgias,  ae,  m. 


178 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Lawgiver,  be  a  lawgiver,  leges  scri- 

bere,  lit.  to  enact  laws. 
Learned  =  of  learning,  doctrlnae, 

f.  sing.  gen. 
Leontine,  of  Leontini,  LeontlnuSf 

a,  um. 
Less,  minor,  us,  comp.  of  parvus. 

G.  165. 
Leuctrian,  of  Lenctra,  Leuctrlcus, 

a,  um. 
Lighten,  levo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Literary  =  of  letters,  Utterarumj  f. 

pi.  gen. 
No,  non,  adv. 

Of  =  out  of,  e,  eXf  prep,  with  abl. 
Old  age,  senedus,  utis^  f. 
Pharsalian,  of  Pharsalus,  or  Phar- 

salia,  Pharsalius,  a,  um. 
Prodicus,  Prodicus,  i,  m. 
Propose  to  one's  self  no  other  aim, 

nihil  sihi  aliud  nisi  proponere; 

propone,  ire,  posui,  posltum  ; 


lit.  to  propose  to  one^s  self 
nothing  else  except. 

So,  sometimes  rendered  by  is,  ea, 
id ;  so  virtuous,  ea  virtute, 
lit.  of  that  virtue;  so  wise, 
ea  sapientia,  lit.  of  that  wis- 
dom.   G.  419,  n. 

Statesman,  be  a  statesman,  ret  pub- 
licae  praesum,  esse,fui;  lit.  to 
superintend   the  republic. 

Suffering,  pain,  doloj',  oris,  m. 

Superbus,  Snperbus,  i,  m. 

Tarquinius,  Tarquinius,  ii,  m. 

Useful,  be  useful,  utilitatem  affiro, 
ferre,  attXdi,  allatum,  lit.  im- 
part advantage. 

Warrior,  be  a  warrior,  bellum  gero, 
ire,  gessi,  gestum,  lit.  to  wage 
war. 

While,  when,  quum,  conj. 

Wrong,  pravus,  a,  um. 


445.   Exercise. 


1.  As  there  is  a  difference  between  the  right  and  the 
wrong,  so  is  there  between  the  true  and  the  false.  2. 
Gorgias  of  Leontini,  the  teacher  of  Isocrates,  lived  one 
hundred  and  seven  years.  3.  Prodicus  of  Ceus  was  in 
great  honor.  4.  After  the  battle  of  Pharsalia,  Cicero 
wrote  to  Atticus.  5.  After  the  battle  of  Leuctra,  Epami- 
nondas  was  in  great  honor.  6.  Solon  the  lawgiver  was 
regarded  as  wise,  one  of  the  Seven.  7.  Statesmen  are 
no  less  useful    than  warriors.      8.  Pythagoras   came    to 


ADJECTIVES  —  CONTINUED.  179 

Crotona  in  the  fourth  year  of  the  reign  of  Tarquinius 
Superbus.  9.  Literary  studies  delight  old  age.  10. 
Many  while  in  exile  have  lightened  their  suffering  by 
learned  studies.  11.  Our  forefathers  were  so  virtuous 
and  wise,  that,  in  enacting  laws,  they  proposed  to  them- 
selves no  other  aim  than  the  safety  and  advantage  of  the 
republic. 


Lesson  LXXXV. 

ADJECTIVES  -  Continued. 

446.  When  two  or  more  Adjectives  belong  to  the  same 
substantive,  as  attributives,  — 

1.  They  may  be  separate  and  independent  modifiers  of 
that  substantive,  and  must  then  be  connected  by  conjunc- 
tions. • 

2.  One  of  them  may  modify  the  substantive  directly,  while 
the  others  modify  the  complex  idea  formed  by  the  substan- 
tive and  adjective  uuited.     The  connective  is  then  omitted : 

Obscure  and  difficult  subjects,  res  ohscuras  atque  difficiles.  All  Latin 
words,  omnia  verba  Latina. 

447.  By  a  difference  of  idiom,  the  Latin  generally  uses 
the  connective  after  multi,  permuUi^  plurtmi^  etc.,  though  the 
English  omits  it  in  similar  cases : 

Many  large  states,  multae  ei  magnae  civitates. 

448.  The  Positive  with  too^  someichat^  unusually^  may 
be  rendered  by  the  Latin  Comparative,  and  the  Positive  with 
very^  exceedingly,  by  the  Superlative : 

Too  short,  brevior.     Very  short,  brevissimus. 

But  instead  of  the  Latin  Comparative  in  the  sense  of  too^  the  Positive 
with  nimis  may  be  used,  and  instead  of  the  Superlative  in  the  sense  of 
very,  the  Positive  with  valde : 


180  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 

Too  great,  nimis  magnus.     Very  great,  valde  magnus. 
Here  the  emphasis  rests  upon  too  and  veryy  rather  than  upon  the  ad- 
jective itself. 

449.  The  Positive  with  as  —  as  possible  is  rendered  by 
the  Superlative  with  quam  or  quantus,  with  or  without 
possum  : 

As  great  as  possible,  quam  maximus,  with  or  without  possum.  See 
Model  II. 

450.  When  in  English  two  comparatives  occur  with 
the  —  the,  or  with  the  —  so  much  the,  they  are  generally  best 
rendered  into  Latin  by  Comparatives  with  quanto  —  tanto, 
quo  —  eo  or  quo  —  hoc.     See  Model  III. 

451.  Models. 

I.   This  state  has  been  re-  I.   ITaec     civitas     omni 

lieved    of   the   whole  aere  alieno  liberdta 

debt.  est. 

II.   He    led     the    army    to  II.   Quam  potuit  maximis 

Rome   with   as   rapid  itineribus    JR,om,am 

marches  as  possible.  exercitum  duxit. 

III.   The  more  difficult  it  is,  III.    Quo  est  difficiUus,  eo 

the  more  honorable.  praeclarius. 

452.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Debt,  aes  altemtm,  lit.  copper  or  money  belonging  to 
another. 

2.  Model  III.  —  The  —  the,  quo  —  eo,  lit.  hy  what  or  how  much  — 
by  this  or  so  much. 

453.   Synonymes. 

Good,  upright,  honorable  ;  homis,  probus,  honestus. 

1.  Bonus,  a,  um  ;  good,  —  the  generic  word  for  this  quality, 
applicable  both  to  persons  and  to  things. 


ADJECTIVES CONTINUED. 


181 


2.  Prohus^  a,   mn ;   upright,   blasieless,  —  a    negative 
quality,  free  from  blame  rather  than  worthy  of  praise. 

3.  Honestus^    a,     um ;     honorable,     virtuous,    noble- 
minded, —  involving  a  delicate  sense  of  honor  and  duty. 


454.   Vocabulary. 


Another's,    belonging    to   another, 

alienus,  a,  um. 
Armenian,  Armenius,  ii,  m. 
Contract,     contraho,     ere,     traxi, 

tractum. 
Debt,   aes  alienum,    lit.    another's 

money. 
Drive,  pello^  ere,  pepuli,  pulsum. 
Equity,  aequltas,  aits,  f. 
Heavy,     weighty,     great,     severe, 

gravis,  e. 
Long-continued,  very  long,  perdi- 

uturnus,  a,  um. 
Loud,  great,  magnus,  a,  um. 
Many  of  the,  multi,  ae,  a,  pi.,  in 

agreement  with  noun. 
Money,  aes,  aeris,  n.,  lit.  copper. 
Noble-minded,  honesius,  a,  um. 


Occupy  tlie  mind,  in  antmo  versor, 

ari,  atus,  lit.  to  move  about  in 

the  mind. 
Princely,  regalis,  e. 
Pursuit,  exertion,  studium,  ii,  n. 
Release,  libera,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Seem,  videor,  eri,  visus  sum. 
Since,  ago,  abhinc,  adv. 
Syllable,  sylldba,  ae,  f. 
The  —  the,  with  comparatives,  quo 

—  eo.     G.   423.     Lit.   by  how 

much  —  by  so  much. 
Thought,  cogitatio,  onis,  f. 
Tigranes,  Tigranes,  is,  m. 
Till,  colo,  e7'e,  colui,  cultum. 
Upright,  probus,  a,  um. 
Verse,  versus,  us,  m. 
Voice,  vox,  vocis,  f. 


455.   Exercise. 

1.  Cicero  says  that  the  good  are  always  happy.  2. 
Nothing  seems  to  Xenophon  so  princely  as  the  pursuit  of 
tillino:  the  field.  3.  The  Romans  waojed  a  severe  and 
long-continued  war  with  Tigranes  the  king  of  the  Arnne- 
niaris.  4.  Cicero  released  the  state  from  a  false  debt. 
5.  The  consuls  contracted  no  new  debt  for  the  state.  6. 
13 


182  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

This  large  and  heavy  debt  was  contracted  many  years 
since.  7.  Many  weighty  thoughts  occupied  the  mind  of 
the  commander.  8.  This  verse  is  too  h)ng  by  one  sylla- 
ble. 9.  No  one  can  be  too  honorable.  10.  The  orator 
spoke  with  as  loud  a  voice  as  possible.  11.  The  greater 
the  fault  is,  the  greater  the  pain.  12.  Nothing  is  more 
worthy  of  a  great  and  good  man  than  virtue.  13.  All 
upright  men  love  equity  itself.  14.  Many  of  the  best 
citizens  and  most  noble-minded  men  were  driven  into 
exile. 

r 

Lesson  LXXXVI. 


/ 


PRONOUNS.  —  PERSONAL.     REFLEXIVE. 


456.  The  Nominatives  7,  you^  ice,  wlien  not  emphatic, 
are  omitted  in  rendering  into  Latin.     See  Model  I. 

457.  Jle,  she,  it,  they,  him,  her,  them,,  when  not  emphatic, 
are  usually  omitted  in  rendering,  if  they  can  be  omitted  with- 
out ambiguity.     See  Model  II. 

458.  When  necessary,  these  Pronouns  are  rendered  (1) 
generally  by  is  ;  but  (2)  if  more  demonstrative  in  force,  in 
the  sense  of  this  otie,  that  one,  by  hie  or  ille  ;  and  (3)  if  em- 
phatic, but  not  reflexive  (G.  448),  he  himself,  himself,  by  ipse. 
See  Models  I.  and  III. 

459.  But  these  Pronouns  must  sometimes  be  rendered  by 
the  Reflexive  se. 

Thus,— 

1.  The  Objectives  himself,  herself,  itself,  themselves,  must 
be  rendered  by  se.     See  Model  IV. 

2.  In  a  Subordinate  Clause  expressing  the  sentiment  of  the 
Principal  Subject,  the  Objectives  him,  her,  it,  them,  must  be 
rendered  by  se  when  they  refer  to  the  Principal  Subject. 
See  Model  V. 


PRONOUNS.  —  PERSONAL.   REFLEXIVE. 


183 


3.  In  a  Subordinate  Clause  which  must  be  rendered  by 
the  Accusative  with  the  Infinitive  and  which  expresses  the 
sentiment  of  the  Principal  Subject,  he^  she^  it^  they^  must  be 
rendered  by  se  when  they  refer  to  the  Principal  Subject. 
See  Model  VI. 

460.  The  Objectives  myself^  ourselves^  yourselves^  are 
rendered  by  the  Personal  Pronouns  ego  and  tu.  See  Model 
YII. 

461.  But  when  special  emphasis  rests  upon  the  Objectives 
myself,  ourselves,  yourselves,  ipse  is  added  to  the  Personal 
Pronoun.     See  Model  VIII. 

462.  Personal  Pronouns  with  prepositions  are  sometimes 
rendered  by  Possessives,  especially  with  such  words  as 
epistola,  litterae,  etc.     See  Model  IX. 


463.  Models. 


I.   You  know  how  highly 

I  prize  them. 
II.   It    is    necessary    that 
you    should     praise 
this  plan,  for  it  can- 
not be  changed. 

III.  It   is  fitting  that   he 

should  himself  be  a 
good  man. 

IV.  The     boys      conduct 

themselves  very  pru- 
dently. 

V.  Caesar     asks     me     to 

come  to  him. 
VI.   The  consul  thinks  that 

he  has  friends. 
VII.   We  console  ourselves. 
VIII.   See    that    you    guard 
yourself. 


I.  JEos  quanti  faciam 
sets. 
II.  JToc  consilium  lau- 
des  necesse  est  / 
mutdri  enim  non 
potest. 

III.  Oportet  ipsum  esse 

virum  honum. 

IV.  Putri     valde    pru- 

denter  se  gei^nt. 

V.    Caesar    ut    veniam 

ad  se  rogat. 
VI.    Consul    se    amicos 
habere  arbitrdtur. 
VII.   iVo5  consoldmur. 
VIII.   Fac    ut    te    ipsum 
Gustodias, 


184 


LATIN  COMPOSITION. 


IX.   I  have  received  three 
letters  from  you. 


IX.   Accept      tuas 
epistolas. 


tres 


464.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  How  highly,  quanti.     See  G.  404. 

2.  Model  II.  —  That  you  should  praise,  laudes.     See  G.  502,  1. 

3.  Model  V.  —  To  come,  ut  veniam,  lit.  that  I  may  come.     See  G.  498,  II. 

4.  Model  VIII.  —  See  that  you  guard,  fac  ut  custodias,  lit.  do  or  make 
that  you  guard.     See  G.  498,  II. 

5.  Model  IX.  —  From  you,  a  te,  or  tuas  agreeing  with  epistolas. 

465.    YOCABULARY. 


Admit,  confess,  confiteor,  eri,  fes- 

sus  sum,  dep. 
Again  and  again,  etiam  atque  eti- 

am,  adv. 
Allow,  concedo,  ^re,  cessi,  cessum. 
As,  for,  pro,  prep,  with  abl. 
As  much,  quantus,  a,  um,  relative 

to  tantus. 
Await,  exspecto,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Be  ignorant  of,  ignore,  are,  avi, 

atum. 
Born,  be   born,    nascor,   i,   natus 


British,  of  or  from  Great  Britain, 

Britannicus,  a,  um. 
Dutiful  affection,  piHas,  atis,  f. 
I,  emphatic,  eg6met.     G.  184,  3. 
Indeed,  quidem,  adv. 
Joy,  laetitia,  ae,  f. 


Move,  affect,  afflcio,  tre,  feci,  fee- 

turn. 
Myself,   reflexive,   not     intensive, 

ego,  mei.     G.  448. 
Others,  the  others,  the  rest,  ceteri, 

ae,  a,  pi. 
Satisfy,  satisfacio,  tre,  feci,  fac- 
tum.  G.18,  2,  2);  385,  II.  N.  3. 
So  much,  tantus,  a,  um,  antecedent 

to  quantus. 
State,  say,  dico,  ire,  dixi,  dictum. 
Take,     appropriate,     sumo,     ire, 

sumpsi,  sumptum. 
Thyself,    yourself,    reflexive,    not 

intensive,  tu,  tut.    G.  448. 
To,   towards,   of   friendly  feelings 

and  conduct  towards  a  person, 

erga,  prep,  with  ace. 


PRONOUNS.  PObSESSlVE.    .  185 


466.   Exercise. 


1.  You,  Cato,  were  born  not  for  me,  not  for  yourself, 
but  for  your  country.  2.  You  will  not  deny  that  you  are 
very  desirous  of  glory.  3.  I  have  never  denied  that  they 
(these)  are  very  desirous  of  glory.  4.  There  were  some 
who  called  themselves  wise.  5.  I  was  moved  with  the 
greatest  joy,  when  I  heard  that  you  had  been  made  consul. 
6.  Philosophers  admit  that  they  are  ignorant  of  many 
things,  and  that  they  have  to  learn  many  things  again 
and  aoain.      7.  As  much  time   as   is  allowed  them  for 

o 

pleasures,  /  shall  take  for  myself  for  my  studies.  8. 
There  is  nothing  new,  which,  indeed,  either  you  would  wish 
to  hear,  or  which  I  should  dare  to  state  as  certain.  9.  1 
satisfy  all  the  others  by  my  dutiful  affection  to  you ;  my- 
self I  never  satisfy.  10.  I  am  awaiting  your  letter  from 
Great  Britain. 

Lesson  LXXXVII. 
pronouns.  —  possessive. 

467.  The  Possessive  Pronouns,  m,y,  your,  his,  etc.,  when 
not  emphatic,  should  be  omitted  in  rendering  into  Latin,  if 
they  can  be  supplied  from  the  context.     See  Model  I. 

468.  When  necessary,  the  Possess! ves  of  the  Third  Per- 
son, his,  her,  its,  their,  are  rendered,  — 

1.  By  suus.  This  occurs  (1)  when  they  refer  to  the  sub- 
ject of  the  clause  in  which  they  stand,  and  (2)  when  in  a 
Subordinate  Clause  expressing  the  sentiment  of  the  Principal 
Subject,  they  refer  to  that  subject.     See  Models  II.  and  III. 

2.  By  the  Genitive  of  a  Demonstrative  or  Relative.  This 
occurs  when  suus  is  not  admissible.     See  Model  IV. 


186  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

469.  The  Latin  Possessive  belonging  to  two  or  more 
nouns  is  generally  expressed  but  once.     See  Model  V. 

470.  The  Possessive  with  own  —  my  own,  you?'  own, 
etc.  —  is  generally  rendered  by  the  simple  Possessive;  but  if 
own  is  emphatic,  it  must  be  rendered  by  the  Genitive  of  ipse. 
See  Model  VI. 

471.  Models. 

I.   Socrates  already  held  in  I.   Socrates  in  maniijam 

his  hand   the   deadly  mortiferum  illud  te- 

cup.  nehat  poculum. 

II.   He  instructed  his  brother.  II.   Fratrem  suum  erucli- 

vit. 

III.   They  know  what   their  III.    Sciunt  quid  sui  cives 

feWow-citizens  think.  cogitent. 

lY.   Socrates  and  all  his  dis-  IV.    Socrates  atque  omnes 

ciples  were  delighted  ejus  discipuli  studio 

with  the  study  of  phi-  philosophiae    delec- 

losophy.  tati  sunt. 

V.   I  impart  a  share  of  my  V.   Ontris  mei  partem  ne- 

burden  to  no  one,  of  mini  impertio,  glo- 

my  glory  to   all  the  riae  bonis  omnibus. 
good. 

VI.   He  is  moved  by  his  own  VI.   Sua  m  (or  sua  ipslus 

power.  vi)  7novetur. 

472.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  The  deadly  cup,  mortiferum  illud  poculum,  lit. 
that  deadly  cup.     See  G.  450,  4. 

2.  Model  IV.  —  All  his,  omnes  ejus.  Here  his  is  not  reflexive, 
and  is  accordingly  rendered  by  ejus,  not  by  situs. 

473.  Synonymes. 

City,  town,  state,  republic  ;  urbs,  oppidum,  civitas,  res 
publtca. 


PRONOUNS. 


POSSESSIVE. 


187 


1.  Urbs^  urbis,  f. ;  city,  —  the  usual  word  for  city. 

2.  Oppidum^  %  n. ;  fortified  town  or  city. 

3.  Cwita,%  dtis,  f. ;   state,  —  as   a  political  organization, 
with  its  laws  and  institutions. 

4.  Hes  publtca,  rei  publicae,  f. ;  commonwealth,  bepublic. 

474.  Vocabulary. 


Achievement,  res  gesta,  ret  gestae, 

lit.  thing  performed. 
Admire,  admiror,  art,  atus  sum, 

dep. 
Approach,  accedo,    ere,   cessi,  ces- 

sum. 
Catulus,  Catulus,  i,  m. 
Cimbrian,    Cimhricus,    a,   iim.     A 

victory   over    the    Cimbrians, 

Cimhrlca  victoria. 
Colleague,  collega,  ae,  m. 
Consider,  judge,  existlmo,  are,  ilvi, 

atum. 
Dignity,  dignitas,  diis,  f. 
Discourse,  oratio,  onis,  f. 
Esteem,  facio,   ere,  feci,  factum, 

lit.  to  make. 
Except,  praeter,  prep,  with  ace. 


Exhort,  cohortor,  art,   atus  sum, 

dep. 
Genius,  ingenium,  ii,  n. 
How  highly,  with  verbs  of  valuing, 

quanti.     G.  404,  N.  1. 
Life,  period  of  life,  aetas,  atis,  f. 
Milesian,     of    Miletus,     Milesius, 

a,  um. 
Most    exalted,    summus,    a,    um, 

superlat.      of     superus.       G. 

163,  3. 
Rest    upon,   be    situated    in,    esse 

posltus,  a,  um,  in  with  abl. 
Share,  communico,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Thales,    Thales,   is,   m. ;    ace.   em 

or  en. 
Worth,  moral  worth,  virtus,  ntis,  f. 


475.  Exercise. 

1,  The  orator  spent  his  life  in  the  study  of  eloquence. 
2.  Marius  shared  with  his  colleague  Catulus  the  glory  of 
his  victory  over  the  Cimbrians.  3.  All  the  seven  wise 
men,  except  Thales  of  Miletus,  presided  over  their  states. 
4.  It  is  a  characteristic  of  your  wisdom  to  consider  that 


188  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

all  your  dignity  rests  upon  your  worth  and  achievements. 
5.  Socrates  said  that  he  knew  nothing.  6.  His  whole 
discourse  was  spent  in  praising  virtue,  and  in  exhorting 
all  men  to  the  pursuit  of  virtue.  7.  There  is  no  doubt 
that  Rome  was  a  most  beautiful  city.  8.  All  the  states 
are  compelled  to  await  youi'  aid.  9.  You  all'  know  how 
highly  I  esteem  the  republic.  10.  Our  forces  were  ap- 
proaching the  town  of  Antioch.  11.  Many  admired 
Plato  on  account  of  his  most  exalted  genius. 


Lesson   LXXXVIII. 
pronouns.  —  demonstrative.    relative. 

476.  The  Demonstratives,  this^  that,  these,  those,  are  ren- 
dered into  Latin, — 

1.  Literally  by  hie,  ille,  iste.  For  the  difference  in  the  use 
of  these  forms,  see  G.  450.     See  Models  IV.  and  VI. 

2.  By  the  Relative,  to  mark  a  close  connection  with  the 
preceding  sentence  or  clause.     See  Model  I. 

3.  The  expressions,  and  that  too,  and  that  indeed,  are  ren- 
dered by  is  with  a  conjunction.     See  Model  II. 

4.  Before  an  objective  with  of,  this,  that,  these,  or  those, 
referring  to  a  noun  already  expressed  before  a  preceding  of, 
is  generally  omitted  in  rendering.     See  Model  III. 

477.  The  Relative  is  generally  rendered  by  the  Latin 
Relative,  but  certain  differences  of  idiom  require  attention. 

1.  As  the  Relative  clause  in  Latin  often  precedes  the  An- 
tecedent clause,  the  Antecedent  itself  is  often  introduced 
into  the  Relative  clause.  It  is  then  usually  represented  in 
its  own  clause  by  a  demonstrative,  is,  idem^  hie,  etc.  See 
Model  IV. 


PRONOUNS.  —  DEMONSTRATIVE.       RELATIVE. 


189 


2.  When  the  real  Antecedent  is  an  Appositive,  it  must  in 
Latin  be  introduced  into  the  Relative  clause.    See  Model  V. 

3.  Adjectives  belonging  in  sense  to  the  antecedent  some- 
times stand  in  the  Relative  clause,  in  agreement  with  the 
relative,  especially  comparatives,  superlatives,  and  numerals. 
See  Model  VI. 

478.  Models. 


I.  The  fact  itself  speaks, 
and  this  always  has 
very  great  weight. 
II.  You  have  a  memory,  and 
that  too  an  unbounded 
one. 

III.  Whose    eloquence    was 

more  conspicuous  than 
that  of  Pisistratus  ? 

IV.  Let    every   one    occupy 

himself  in  the  art  with 
which  he  is  acquainted. 
V.  Thence  I  hastened  to 
Amanus,  a  mountain 
which  separates  Syria 
from  Cilicia. 
VI.  Agamemnon  vowed  to 
Diana  the  most  beau- 
tiful thing  which  had 
been  born  that  year 
in  his  kingdom. 


I.   Res    loquitur    ipsa; 
quae   semper    valet 
plurimum. 
II.   Hahes  tneraoriam^  et 
earn  infinitam, 

III.  Cujus  eloquentiapyrae- 

stahilior  fuit  quam 
Pisistrciti  ? 

IV.  Quam    quisque  norit 

artem,  in  hac  se  ex- 
erceat. 

V.  Inde  a4  Amdnum 
contendi^  qui  mons 
Syriam  a  Cilicia 
dividit. 

VI.  Agamemnon  devovit 
Didnae  quod  in 
suo  regno  pulcherri- 
mum  natum  esset 
iUo  anno. 


479.  Remarks. 


1.  Model  III.  —  Whose,  cujus,  lit.  of  whom. 

2.  Model  IV.  —  Norit,  Potential  Subj.,  lit.  whatever  art  each  one 
may  know. 


190 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


3.  Model  V.  —  A  mountain  which,  qui  mons,  lit.  which  mountain. 

4.  Model  TI.  —  The   most  beautiful  thing  which,   quod   pul- 
cherrlmum,  lit.  which  the  most  beautiful. 


480.   VOCABULAEY. 


And  that  too,  et  is,  ea,  id;  et  is 

quidem. 
As  to,  after  so,  ut,  conj.  with  subj. 
Astyages,  Astydges,  is,  m. 
Be  held  =  to  be,  sum,  esse,  fui. 
Compare,  confSro,  ferre,  tuli,  col- 

latum. 
Conduct    one's     self,     se    gerere ; 

gero,  ere,  gessi,  gestum. 
During,  in,  in,  prep,  with  abl. 
Eclipse,  defectio,  onis,  f. 
Entertain,    hold,    teneo,    ere,    ui, 

tentum. 
Expose   one's    self,   se    opponSre  ; 

oppono,  ere,  posui,  posUum. 
Famous,  clarus,   a,  um.     The   fa- 
mous, sometimes  rendered  by 

iUe,  a,  ud. 
Foolish,  demens,  entis. 
He,  she,  etc.  =  the  same  one,  idem, 

eddem,  idem. 


Joyful,  laetus,  a,  um. 

Of     after     superlatives  =  among, 
inter,  prep,  witfi  ace. 

Predict,  praedlco,   ere,   dixi,   die 
tum. 

Rhetorician,  rhetor,  oris,  m. 

Say,    relate,  /ero,  ferre,  tidi,  la- 
tum. 

Small,    contracted,    angustus,    a, 
um. 

Sufficiently,  satis,  adv. 

Suitably  =  worthily  enough,    satis 
digne,  adv. 

Surpass  the  folly  =  be  more  fool- 
ish, esse  dementior,  ins. 

Take  place,  happen,  Jio,  fi^ri,  fac- 
ius  sum.     G.  294. 

Unpopularity,  invidia,  ae,  f. 

Well-known,    sometimes   rendered 
by  ille,  a,  ud.     G.  450,  4. 

Worthily,  digne^  adv. 


481.  Exercise. 

1.  Gorgias  of  Leontini,  the  well-known  ancient  rhetori- 
cian, was  held  in  great  honor.  2.  At  Rome  there  were 
some  who  exposed  themselves  to  unpopularity  for  the  safety 
of  their  country,     3.  Cicero  was  in  Athens  just  ten  days. 


PRONOUNS.  INTERROGATIVE.       INDEFINITE.       191 

4.  Nothing  can  surpass  the  folly  of  those  who,  in  a  free 
state,  so  conduct  themselves  as  to  be  feared.  5.  That 
which  is  base  is  never  useful.  6.  Thales  of  Miletus,  who 
is  said  to  have  been  the  wisest  of  the  Seven,  has  never 
been  suitably  praised.  7.  He  is  said  to  have  predicted 
the  eclipse  of  the  sun  which  took  place  in  the  reign  of 
Astyages.  8.  Epicurus,  in  one  house,  and  that  too  a 
small  one,  entertained  many  friends.  9.  Of  the  many 
most  joyful  days  which  Scipio  had  seen  during  his  life, 
that  day  was  the  most  famous.  10.  Let  us  compare  the 
life  of  Demosthenes  with  that  of  Cicero. 


Lesson  LXXXIX. 


PRONOUNS.  —  INTERROGATIVE.     INDEFINITE. 

482.  Why  ?  how  is  it  that  ?  may  be  rendered  by 
Why  then  ?   what  indeed  ?    by  quid  enim  f     What  of  the 
fact  that?  by  quid  quod?     See  Model  I. 

483.  The  article  a,  or  aii^  is  generally  omitted  in  ren- 
dering, unless  it  has  the  force  of  a  certain^  some^  any^  in 
which  case  it  may  be  rendered  by  aliquis^  sometimes  even  by 
quidam  or  quispiam.     See  Model  II. 

484.  The  article  the  is  generally  omitted  in  rendering ; 
but  when  it  has  the  force  of  that^  especially  before  a  relative 
clause,  it  is  rendered  by  the  pronoun  is,  and  sometimes  by 
ille.     See  Model  III. 

485.  Every  with  an  ordinal,  and,  in  most  instances,  all 
with  a  superlative  or  ordinal,  should  be  rendered  by  quisque. 
See  Models  I.  and  IV. 

486.  One  another^  each  other^  may  be  rendered  by  inter 


192 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


S6,  or  i7iter  ipsos,  and  one,  one  —  another,  another,  by  alius  — 
alium.     See  Model  V. ;  also  above,  270,  Model  VIII. 


487.  Models. 


I.  What  shall  we  say  of 
the  fact  that  the  best 
men  ever  die  with  the 
greatest  equanimity? 
II.  Cicero  did  not  discuss 
a  part  of  the  case,  but 
spoke  upon  the  whole 
subject. 

III.  Xenophon,  the  pupil  of 

Socrates,    wrote    his- 
tory. 

IV.  At  every  third  word  of 

his  oration,  he  threat- 
ened me. 
V.   They  were  unlike  each 
other. 


I.  Quid,  quod  optimus 
quisque  aequissimo 
ammo  moritur  f 


II.  Cicero  non  partefm 
egit  causae,  sed  de 
tota  re  dixit. 

III.  Xenophon,  Socraticus 

ille,  scrips  it  histori- 
am. 

IV.  Tertio   quoque    verba 

orationis  suae  mihi 
minahatur. 
V.   Dissimiles     inter     se 
fuerunt. 


488.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  What  shall  we  say  of  the  fact  that,  quid,  quod, 
lit.  what,  that,  i.  e.  what  of  the  fact  that,  or  what  shall  we  say  ?  &c. 

2.  Model  II.  —  The   pupil  of  Socrates,   Socraticus  ille,  the  -' 
emphatic  rendered  by  ille. 


489.  Synonymes. 

I.   Who,  which,  what ;  quis,  uter,  qui  f 

1.  Quis,  quae,  quid;  who,  which  one,  which?  —  who, 
which,  of  any  number. 

2.  Titer,  utra,  utrum  ;  who,  which  one  ?  —  which  of  two. 

3.  Qui,   quae,   quod ;    what,   op   what   character   or 


PRONOUNS.  —  INTERROGATIVE.       INDEFINITE.        193 

KIND,  —  inquires  after  some  distinguishing  characteristic  of 
the  object,  while  quis  and  uter  inquire  after  the  object  itself. 

IT.   All,  every ;  omnis,  quisque,  unus  quisque. 

1.  Omnis,  e ;  all,  every,  every  one,  every  part,  — 
with  the  idea  of  including  the  w^hole. 

2.  Quisque^  quaeque^  quidqice  or  quodque  ;  e vj:ry,  every 
ONE,  EACH  ONE,  —  giving  prominence  to  the  individual, 
rather  than  to  the  whole  of  which  he  is  a  part. 

3.  Unus  quisque  (imus,  a,  um)  ;  every  one,  every  single 
ONE,  every  individual  OBJECT,  —  Stronger  than  quisque,  as 
it  admits  no  exception. 

490.   Vocabulary. 


Age,  period  of  life,  aetas,  atis,  f. 
All,  each,  every,  quisque,  quaeque, 

quodque  and  quidque  or  quic- 

que ;  G.   190,  N.    1;  omnis,  e. 

Each  topic,  quidque.     All  the 

good,     opttmus     quisque,    lit. 

each  best  man. 
Commend,  make  acceptable,  ^ro&o, 

are,  avi,  atum. 
Commit  to  writing,  litUris  mando, 

are,  avi,  atum. 
Condition,  state,  status,  us,  m. 
Constantly,   assiduus,  a,  um.     G. 

443. 
Conversation,  sermo,  onis,  m* 
Desirable,  optabllis,  e. 
Fifth,  quintus,  a,  um. 
For    the    reason    that,    propterea 

quod,  conj. 
Friend  of  the  people,  popularis,  e. 


Individual,  one,  unus,  a,  um.     G. 

176,  N.  1. 
Is  doing,  is  done,    agltur,   actum 

est,  pass,  ot  ago. 
Lightly,  levlter,  adv. 
On  the  subject  of,  concerning,  rf«, 

prep,  with  abl. 
Once,  formerly,  quondam,  adv. 
Praetor,  praetor,  oris,  m. 
Roscius,  Roscius,  ii,  m. 
Seek,  expeto,  ire,  petivi,  petltum. 
Sextus,  Sextus,  i,  m. 
Take  the  census  of,  censeo,  ere,  ui, 

censum.     The  census  of  Sicily 

is  taken,  Sicilia  censetur. 
Touch,  tango,  ere,  tefigi,  tactum. 
Which,  which   one,   of  two,  uter, 

utra,  utrum.     G.  151. 
With    each    other,    inter    se.     G 

448,  N. 


194     ,  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


491.  Exercise. 


1.  Who  saluted  him?  2.  Which  one  of  us  is  the 
friend  of  the  people,  you  or  I?  3.  What  is  the  condition 
of  the  republic?  4.  I  have  committed  to  writing  the 
conversation  which  Crassus  and  Antony  once  (formerly) 
held  with  each  other  on  the  subject  of  eloquence.  5.  The 
census  of  Sicily  was  taken  every  fifth  year ;  it  was  ta- 
ken in  the  praetorship  of  Verres.  6.  What  is  more 
desirable  than  wisdom?  what  more  worthy  of  a  man?  7. 
Those  who  seek  this  are  called  philosophers.  8.  Death  is 
common  to  every  age.  9.  Each  of  your  friends  will 
write  to  you.  10.  I  will  touch  lightly  each  individual 
topic.  11.  The  consuls  so  conducted  themselves  that 
they  commended  their  plans  to  all  the  good.  12.  Sextus 
Eoscius  not  only  was  not  at  Rome,  but  did  not  know  at 
all  what  was  doing  at  Rome,  for  the  reason  that  he  was 
constantly  in  the  country. 


Lesson    XC. 


VERBS.  —  ACTIVE.     PASSIVE.     TRANSITIVE.     INTRAN- 
SITIVE. 

492.  With  transitive  verbs  a  thought  may  in  general,  at 
the  pleasure  of  the  writer,  be  expressed  either  actively  or 
passively  ;  but  if  the  subject  of  the  active  construction  would 
be  an  abstract  noun  with  a  genitive  of  the  real  agent,  the 
passive  construction  is  preferred.     See  Models  I.  and  II. 

493.  Those  verbs  which  in  English  are  used  both  transi- 
tively and  intransitively  must  be  rendered  into  Latin  with 


VERBS .  ACTIVE .       PASSIVE . 


195 


special  care,  as  we  often  find  in  such  cases  that  the  transitive 
sense  must  be  rendered  by  one  verb  and  the  intransitive  by 
another.  Thus  the  verb  to  increase,  when  used  transitively, 
must  be  rendered  by  augeo,  but  when  used  intransitively  by 
cresco. 

494.  The  English  Impersonal  Construction  in  the  passive 
voice  is  often  rendered  personally  in  Latin.  This  is  espe- 
cially common  with  verbs  of  perceiving,  declaring,  saying, 
t  J  linking,  finding,  seeming,  and  the  like.     See  Model  III. 

1.  But  in  the  Compound  tenses  of  verbs  of  saying  and  thinking,  the 
Latin  prefers  the  Impersonal  Construction :  tradltum  est,  dictum  est, 
dicendum  est,  credendum  est,  etc.     See  Model  IV. 

495.  But  the  English  Personal  Construction  may  some- 
times be  rendered  into  Latin  by  the  Impersonal.     Thus,  — 

1.  The  Passive  Periphrastic  Conjugation  is  often  Imper- 
sonal.    See  Model  V. 

2.  Latin  verbs  which  are  intransitive  in  the  active — i.  e.  do 
not  govern  the  accusative — in  the  passive  can  be  used  only 
impersonally.     See  Model  VI. 

496.  Models. 


I.   All  things  were  ordained 

by  God. 
II.    The  prudence  of  Cicero 
liberated  the  republic 
from  the  greatest  dan- 
gers. 

III.  It  is  related  that  Aristi- 

des  was  the  most  just 
of  all. 

IV.  It  has  been  said  that  the 

law  is  a  silent  magis- 
trate. 
V,  The  plans  of  audacious 


I.  A  Deo  omnia  con- 
stituta  sunt. 
II.  Ciceronis  prudentia 
res  puhlica  maxi- 
mis  periculis  est 
liherdta. 

III.  ArisUdes  omnium  jus- 

tissimus  fuisse  tra- 
ditur. 

IV.  Dictum  est  legem  esse 

muttim     magistrd- 
tum. 
V.  Audacium  civium  con- 


196 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


citizens  must  often  be 
resisted. 
VI.   An    unsuccessful    battle 
was  fought  by  the  con- 
suls. 


siliis   saepe  est  re- 
sistenduni. 
VI.   A     consultbus     male 
pugndtum  est. 


497.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  — In  this  sentence,  though  the  Active  construction  ie 
used  in  the  English,  the  Passive  is  preferable  in  the  Latin. 

2.  Model  III.  —  Observe  the  Personal  construction. 

3.  Model  V.  —  The   Impersonal   construction   is   necessary  in  the 
Passive,  because  resisto  does  not  admit  the  Accusative. 

4.  Model  VI.  — An  unsuccessful  battle  was  fought,  male  pug- 
natum  est,  lit.  it  was  fought  badly. 


498.  Vocabulary. 


Acquire,  paro,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Act,  do,facio,  ere,  feci,  factum. 
Admire,   wonder    at,   miror,   3,ri, 

atus  sum,  dep. 
Be  eminent,  mnus,  a,  um,  emineo, 

ere,  ui,  or  emineo  alone. 
Commonwealth,    res   puhllca,    rei 

puhlicae,  f. 
Desert,  desero,  Sre,  semi,  sertum. 
Diminish,  minuo,  (ire,  ui,  utum. 
Eminent,  excelling,  excellens,  entis. 
Esteem  lightly,  despise,  contemno, 

ire,  tempsi,  temptum. 
Great,  illustrious,  amplus,  a,  um. 
Increase,  trans.,  augeo,  ere,  auxi, 

aucium. 
Kind,  every    kind,    omne    genus  ; 

genus,  iris,  n. 


My,  your,  etc.,  own  productions, 
mea,  tva,  etc.     G.  441,  1. 

Old,  senex,  senis  ;  as  substant.,  an 
old  person. 

Oratory,  dicendi,  o,  um,  a,  ger.  of 
dico,  lit.  of,  for,  etc.,  speak- 
ing. 

Resources,  means,  opes,  opum,  f. 
pi.     G.  133,  1. 

Scaevola.  Scaevdla,  ae,  f. 

So  far,  tantum,  adv.  So  far  am  I 
from,  tantum,  abest  ui  with 
subj.,  the  clause  with  ut  being 
the  subject  of  abest. 

Spirit,  courage,  animus,  i,  m. 

Withdraw,  decCdo^  ire^  cessi,  ces- 
sum. 


VERBS.  — GENERAL    STATEMENTS.  197 


499.   Exercise. 

1.  Money  has  always  been  lightly  esteemed  by  all  the 
greatest  and  most  distinguished  men.  2.  He  defended 
the  commonwealth  when  he  was  a  young  man;  he  will 
not  dese7't  it  now  that  he  is  old,  3.  I  have  always 
praised  Cato  as  a  commander.  4.  Cato,  as  a  man  emi- 
nent (excelling)  in  every  virtue,  has  been  praised  by  all, 
5.  It  seems  to  me  that  Crassus  acted  more  wisely  than 
Scaevola.  6.  So  far  are  we  from  admiring  our  own  pro- 
ductions, that  Demosthenes  himself,  who  is  eminent  among 
all  171  every  kind  of  oratory  (speaking) ,  does  not  satisfy 
us.  7.  Your  plans  will  not  dhninish^  but  increase,  the 
calamity.  8.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the  resources  and 
spirits  of  the  enemy  are  increasing  from  day  to  day.  9. 
The  valor  of  Scijno  compelled  Hannibal  to  withdraw 
from  Italy.  10.  We  must  not  only  acquire  wisdom,  but 
also  use  it. 


Lesson  XCI. 
verbs.  —  general  statements. 

500.  In  general  statements  the  second  person  singular, 
or  the  first  and  third  persons  pkiral,  are  often  used  in  Latin 
to  denote  an  indefinite  subject,  as  people,  persons  in  general. 
Thus,  — 

I.  The  second  person  singular  is  used  when  the  remark  is 
conceived  of  as   addressed  to  any  one  who  may  chance  to 
hear  or  read  it;  you,  anyone.     The  second  person  of  the  sub- 
junctive is  frequently  so  used.     See  Model  III. 
14 


198  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 

II.  The  first  person  plural  is  used  when  the  speaker  wishes 
to  include  himself  in  the  general  statement ;  we  ought^  every 
one  ought.  The  third  person  plural  is  used  in  such  general 
expressions  as  they  say^  they  report^  they  think^  etc.  See 
Models  I.  and  II. 

III.  But  in  such  general  statements,  the  third  person 
singular  of  the  passive  voice  is  often  used  in  Latin.  See 
Model  III. 

501.  Models. 

I.   We     envy    those     who  I.   lis    aemulamur     qui 

have  the  things  which  ea  habent^  quae  nos 

we  long  to  have.  habere  cuptrmts. 

II.   They    say    that     Solon  II.    Solonem  dicunt  Athe- 

was  the  wisest  of  the  niensium  sapientis- 

Athenians.  simum  fuisse. 

III.  Having  obtained  a  vie-  III.   Parta     victoria^     Us 

tory,  you  should  con-  quos     vi    deviceris 

suit  for  those  whom  constdendum  est. 
you  have  subdued  by 
force. 

502.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  — For  the  position  of  dicunt^  see  Remarks  304,  1. 

2.  Model  III.  —  You  should  consult  for  =  one  should  consult 
for,  consulendum  est. 

503.  Synonymes. 

Knowledge,  foresight,  wisdom ;  scientia,  prudentia^  sapi- 
entia. 

1.  ^cientia^  ae,  f. ;  knowledge,  skill,  —  knowledge  both 
theoretical  and  practical, 


VERBS.  GENERAL    STATEMENTS. 


199 


2.  Prudentia^   ae^   f. ;    foresight,   prudence,    sagacity, 

SOUND    JUDGMENT. 

.3.  Sapientki^    ae,  f. ;    wisdom,  —  involving   both   discern- 
ment and  culture. 


504.  Vocabulary. 


Adversary,  adversarius,  ii,  masc. 

adj.  used  as  substant. 
Author,  adviser,    anctor,  oris,   m. 

and  f. 
Avoid,  vito,  are,  avi,  alum. 
Be  on  one's  guard,  caveo,  erej  cavi, 

cautum. 
Confidence,  fides,  ei,  f.     Have  con- 
fidence  in,  fidem  habeo  with 

dat. 
Contend,  decerto,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Easily,  facile,  adv. 
Injury,  harm,  injuria,  ae,  f. 
Instance,  thing,  res,  rei,  f. 
Know,   understand,   intelltgo,    ere, 

lexi,  ledum. 
Live,  one  lives,  men  live,  vivltur, 

lit.  it  is  lived. 
Magian,  pi.  the  Magi,  Magus,  i,  m. 
Mother,  mater,  iris,  f. 
Muse,  Musa,  ae,  f. 


Openly,  palam,  adv.  An  open  ad- 
versary, palam  adversarius. 

Possess,  have,  habeo,  ere,  ui,  Hum. 

Quickly,  celeriier,  adv. 

Set  fire  to,  inflammo,  are,  avi, 
atum. 

Suggestion,  at  the  suggestion  of, 
audor  in  the  abl.  abs.  At  the 
suggestion  of  the  Magi,  Magis 
audoribus,  lit.  the  Magi  being 
advisers. 

Think,  arbltror,  ari,  atus  sum, 
dep. 

Towards,  adversus,  prep,  with  ace. 

Undertake,  susdpio,  ere,  cepi,  cep- 
tum. 

Unharmed,  sine  injuria,  lit.  with- 
out harm,  according  to  con- 
nection, without  doing  or  with- 
out suffering  wrong. 

Xerxes,  Xerxes,  is,  m. 


505.  Exercise. 

1.  They  say  that  he  is  the  wisest  who  most  quickly 
perceives  in  each  instance  what  is  true.  2.  We  have  con- 
fidence in  those  whom  we  think  to  know  (understand) 


200  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

more  than  ourselves.  3.  By  being  on  your  guard>  you 
would  easily  avoid  him  w^ho  is  an  open  adversary.  4,  It 
is  said  that  Xerxes,  at  the  suggestion  of  the  Magi,  set  fire 
to  the  temples  of  Greece.  5.  There  are  certain  duties  to 
be  observed  even  towards  those  from  whom  you  have  re- 
ceived an  injury.  6.  Wars  must  be  undertaken  that  men 
may  live  in  peace  unharmed  (without  injury).  7.  Al- 
though the  results  of  war  are  uncertain,  yet  one  should 
contend  for  liberty  at  the  peril  of  life.  8.  While  we  sleep 
the  Muses  will  not  give  us  the  knowledge  of  writing, 
reading,  and  the  other  arts.  9.  Cicero  says  that  wisdom 
is  the  mother  of  all  good  arts.  10.  The  knowledge  of 
the  liberal  arts  is  more  useful  than  money.  11.  All 
statesmen  ought  to  possess  the  highest  prudence. 


Lesson  XCII. 
verbs.— tenses. 

506.  In  English  the  Present  tense  is  sometimes  used  of 
an  action  which  is  really  future,  and  must  therefore  be  ren- 
dered into  Latin  by  the  Future  tense.     See  Model  I. 

507.  In  English,  the  Present,  the  Future,  or  the  Perfect, 
is  sometimes  used  of  a  future  action  which  must  be  completed 
before  some  specified  event.  In  such  cases  it  must  be  ren- 
dered into  Latin  by  the  Future  Perfect.     See  Model  II. 

508.  When  the  English  Imperfect  or  Past  tense  simply 
states  an  historical  fact,  without  any  reference  to  the  con- 
tinuance of  the  action,  it  must  be  rendered  into  Latin  by  the 
Perfect;  but  when  it  pictures  a  scene,  or  represents  the  ac- 
tion as  continuing,  it  must  be  rendered  by  the  Imperfect- 
See  Models  III.  and  IV. 


VERBS.  TENSES. 


201 


509.  The  Imperfect  with  while  is  often  best  rendered  by 
dum  with  tlie  Present.     See  Model  IV. 

510-  The  Perfect  with  Jiave,  when  used  of  an  action 
which  has  been  going  on  for  some  time,  is  best  rendered  by 
the  Present,  generally  with  jamdiu,  jamdudum,  etc.  See 
Model  V. 

511.  Models. 


I.   If  we  follow  nature^  we 

shall  not  go  astray. 
II.   When  I  reach  Rome,  I 

will  write  to  you. 
III.   They  saw  the  gleaming 

swords. 
ly.  While  our  soldiers  were 
collecting  these  things, 
the  king  himself  es- 
caped from  their 
hands. 
V.  I  have  not  known  for  a 
long  time  what  you 
are  doins:. 


I.   Naturatn  si  sequetnur, 
non  aberrabimus. 
II.   Homam  quum  venero, 
scribam  ad  te. 

III.  Fidgejites  gladios  vi- 

deba?it. 

IV.  JTaec  dam  nostri  col- 

ltgun%  rex  ipse  effu- 
git  e  mantbus. 


V.   Jamdiu   ignoro   quid 
agas. 


512.   Remarks. 


1.  Model  I.  — If  we  follow,  Latin  idiom,  if  we  shall  follow.     The 
action  really  belongs  to  the  future. 

2.  Model  IT.  —  When  I  reach,  Latin   idiom,   when   I  shall  have 
reached,  ^—  a  future  action  to  be  completed  before  the  time  of  writing. 

3.  Model  IV.  —  "While   our   soldiers   were   collecting,   Latin 
idiom,  while  om'  (soldiers)  collect. 

4.  Model  V.  —  I  have  not  known  for  a  long  time,  Latin  idiom, 
for  a  long  time  Ida  not  know* 


202 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


513.   Synonymes. 

Innocence,  honesty,  integrity,  virtue ;  in7iocentia,  honestas^ 
integntas^  virtus. 

1.  Innocentia^  ae^  f. ;  innocence,  blamelessness,  —  free- 
dom from  guilt. 

2.  ITonestas^  atis,  f. ;  honesty,  moral  worth,  —  especially 
as  shown  in  character  and  intention. 

3.  Integritas,  atls,  f.;  integrity,  uprightness,  —  involv- 
ing the  idea  of  soundness  and  complete7iess  of  moral  char- 
acter. 

4.  Virtus,  utis,  f. ;  virtue,  moral  worth,  —  as  shown 
both  in  life  and  in  character,  more  comprehensive  than  either 
of  the  other  three  words. 

514-   Vocabulary. 


Accommodate  one's  self  to,  yield 

to,   ohstquor^  i,  secutus  sum, 

dcp. 
Assiduously,  siudiose,  adv. 
Consider,    consider    as,    arhliror, 

ari,  atus  sum. 
Defendant,  reus,  rei,  m. 
Eagerly,  cupide,  adv. 
For  a  long  time,  jamdudum,  adv. 
Good  will,  henevolentia,  ae,  f. 
Happen,  befall,  accido,  Sre,  cidi. 
If  any,  si  quis,  quae  or  qua,  quid. 

G.  190,  1. 
Indeed,  I,  thou,  etc.:  a  personal 


pronoun  with  a  conj.  is  often 

best  rendered  by  the  relat.  qui, 

quae,  quod.     G.  453. 
Inhabitant,  incola,  ae,  m.  and  f. 
Innocence,  innocentia,  ae,  f. 
Less,  minus,  adv. 
Let  =  cause  that,  facio,  ire,  feci, 

factum,  vt  with  subj. 
Means,  by  no  means,  nulla  re,  lit. 

by  no  thing. 
Moral     worth,     honor,     lionestas, 

atis,  f. 
More  fully,   pluribits   verbis,   lit 

with  more  words. 


VERBS. TENSES.  203 


Obtain,  nanciscor,  i,  nactus  sum, 

dep. 
Occasion,  there  is  occasion,  need, 

opus  est,fuit. 
One's,  one's  own,  suus,  a,  um. 
Others',   of  others,   another's,  ali- 

enus,  a,  um. 


Preceptress,  praeceptrtx,  icis^  f. 
Proof,  testimonium,  ii,  n. 
World,  mundus,  i,  m. 
Yesterday's,  of  yesterday,   hester- 

nus,  a,  um.     Yesterday,   hes- 

terno  die.     G.  429. 


515.    EXEECISE. 

1 .  Socrates  considered  himself  an  inhabitant  and  citizen 
of  the  whole  world.  2.  If  anything  new  shall  happen, 
we  will  let  you  know.  3.  If  there  shall  be  any  occasion, 
you  will  let  us  know.  4.  I  will  write  to  you  more  fully 
when  I  obtain  more  leisure.  5.  Our  forefathers  assidu- 
ously cultivated  their  own  fields ;  they  did  not  eagerly 
seek  those  of  others.  6.  I  never  pleased  myself  less  than 
yesterday ;  indeed,  while  I  accommodated  myself  to  the 
young  men,  I  forgot  that  I  was  old.  7.  The  defendant 
has  given  me  the  proof  of  his  innocence.  8.  I  have  often 
admired  the  moral  worth  of  jSocrates.  9.  With  wisdom 
as  a  preceptress,  one  can  live  in  tranquillity.  10.  States- 
men can  by  no  means  more  easily  secure  the  good  will  of 
the  multitude  than  by  integrity  and  virtue.  11.  I  have 
/or  a  long  time  desired  to  visit  Athens.  12.  We  had  for 
a  long  time  desired  to  visit  Rome. 


804  lATIN  COUPOSITIOM. 

Lesson    XCIIT. 

VERBS.  —  INDICATIVE. 

516.  The  English  Indicative  mast  often  be  rendered  by 
the  Latin  Subjunctive.     Thus, — 

1.  Often  in  clauses  denoting  Cause,  or  Time  and  Cause. 
See  Model  I. 

2.  In  Indirect  Questions.     See  Model  11. 

3.  In  the  Subordinate  Clauses  of  Indirect  Discourse.  See 
Model  III. 

4.  In  Relative  Clauses  defining  indefinite  antecedents. 
See  Model  lY. 

5.  In  Clauses  denoting  Kesuh,  and  sometimes  in  Condi- 
tional and  in  Concessive  Clauses.     See  Model  V. 

517.  The  Indicative  with  thaty  in  a  clause  which  is  use<.l 
either  as  the  subject  or  the  object  of  a  verb,  is  generally  best 
rendered  into  Latin  by  the  Infinitive  with  a  Subject  Aecussi* 
tive.     See  Moilel  VI. 

518.  MoDHLs. 

I.  Panaetius  praises  Scipio  I.  PamutiMS  Seipiomiem 

Africanos,  because  he 
was  temperate. 

II.  It  is  ai^ed  whether  one  II. 

duty  is  greater  than 
another. 
m.   Ennius  does  boI  think        HL 
that  one  should  mourn 
over  death  which  iia- 
mortality  follows*. 


YEBBS.  —  mDICATIVE. 


205 


IV.  There  is  no  one  who  is 
not  able  to  attain  to 
virtue. 

V.  I  would  not  decline  the 
labor,  if  I  had  any- 
leisure  time. 

VI.  We  hear  that  Catiline 
qK>ke  of  the  republic 
with  some  in  one  way 
and  with  others  in 
another. 


V.  Nemo  est  qui  ad  vir- 
tutem  pervemre  non 
posmt. 
V.  Labdrem.  non  recusal 
rem,  H  rnihi  uUum 
esset  vacuum  teni- 
pus. 
VL  Catitinam  aJtUer  cum 
aliis  de  re  piMica 
loctUvm  audimus. 


S19.  Remabks. 

1.  MoDEX.  m. — That  oxe  should  moubv  otes  death,  lugetidam 
esse  mortem,  lit.  ihat  death  should  be  mourned. 

2.  Model  VI-  —  With   some   ijt  oke  way  am>  with  othebs  nr 
AMOTHEK,  dUter  cum  aliis,  lit.  in  another  wa/y  wOk  others. 


•  520.    VOCABULABT. 


Alone,  stilus,  a,  vm.    G.  151. 
Aristotie,  Aristotdes,  is,  m. 
Delightful,  chaimiiig,  duleis,  e. 
Destxtute  of,  expers,  ertis.    6.  399. 
Do,  act,  ago.  Ire,  egi,  actum. 
Entirely,  omnlno,  adr. 
Erening,  vaper,  iris,  m.  At  eren- 

ing,  respiri. 
For  ihe  sake  of,  gratia  or  causa 

with  gen.    G-  416,  L 
Justice,  justitia,  ae,  f. 
Justfy,  fuste,  adr. 


Learning,       erudition,       erudiiio, 

onis,  f. 
Offer,  afflro,  ferre,  attHi,  aUstum. 
Opinion,  opinio,  dnis,  £. 
Prince,  prineeps,  tpis,  m. 
Recall,  call  to  nund,  cowamamtro, 

are,  Svi^Sttmi. 
Say  —  not,  deny,  nego,  are.  On, 

ahan.  Saqr  that  no  one  =  deny 

fliat  ai^  one,  nego,  etc 
Wont,  be  wont,  s(Aeo,  Ire,  sotUus 

sum.    G.  268,8. 


206  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


521.  Exercise. 


1 .  Brutus  has  written  to  me  ;  but  what  he  wishes  I  do 
not  know ;  for  what  counsel  can  I  offer  him,  since  I  need 
coimsel  myself?  2.  For  the  sake  of  exercising  my  mem- 
ory, I  recall  at  evening  what  each  day  I  have  said, 
heard,  and  done.  3.  When  boys,  we  had  the  opinion 
that  Socrates,  the  prince  of  philosophers,  was  entirely 
destitute  of  all  learning.  4.  Epicurus  says  that  one  can- 
not live  happily,  unless  one  lives  wisely,  honestly,  and 
justly.  5.  Cicero  says  that  no  one,  who  does  not  live 
honestly,  can  live  happily.  6.  Publius  Scipio  was  wont 
to  say,  that  he  was  never  less  at  leisure  than  when  at 
leisure,  nor  less  alone  than  when  alone.  7.  The  poets 
are  so  delightful  that  they  are  not  only  read,  but  also 
committed  to  memory. 


Lesson    XCIY.  * 
verbs. —potential  mood. 

522.  The  English  Potential  Mood,  with  the  signs,  may, 
ca7i,  might,  could,  loould,  should,  is  generally  best  rendered 
by  the  Latin  Subjunctive.     See  Model  I. 

523.  But  the  Potential  may  sometimes  be  rendered  by 
the  Indicative,  and  sometimes  even  by  the  Infinitive. 
Thus,  — 

1.  By  the  Indicative  of  the  Periphrastic  Conjugations  in 
the  historical  tenses,  especially  in  conditional  sentences.  See 
Model  II. 

2.  The  Potential  may  be  rendered  by  the  Indicative  in 


VERBS. 


POTENTIAL   MOOD. 


207 


expressions  of  duty^  necessity^  ahility^  and  the  like,  and  in  such 
expressions  as,  it  would  he  fair ^  proper^  just^  tedious^  difficult, 
better^  more  useful^  etc.     See  Model  III. 

3.  The  Potential  after  that  may  sometimes  be  rendered  by 
the  Infinitive.     See  Model  IV. 

524.  In  English,  after  the  conjunctions,  if  unless^  except^ 
though^  although^  that^  lest,  in  order  that,  etc.,  the  verb  takes 
tliG  form  sometimes  of  the  Indicative,  sometimes  of  the  Po- 
tential, and  sometimes  of  the  Subjunctive.  But  the  verb 
after  these  conjunctions  must  generally  be  rendered  into 
Latin  either  by  the  Indicative  or  by  the  Subjunctive,  and  in 
choosing  between  these  two  moods,  the  learner  must  be  guided 
by  the  directions  given  him  in  his  Grammar.  See  G.  497- 
520;  also  Model  V. 

525.  Models. 


I.  What  can  seem  great  to 
him  to  whom  all  eter- 
nity is  known  ? 
II.  This  condition  should 
not  have  been  ac- 
cepted. 

III.  It  would  be  tedious  to 

reply  to  all  that  has 
been  said  by  you. 

IV,  It  is  of  great  interest  to 

us    that    you    should 
come  as  soon  as  possi- 
ble. 
V    If  I  ask   you   anything, 
wall  you  not  reply? 


II. 


Quid  videatur  ei  mag- 
num, cui  aeternitas 
omiiis  nota  sit  f 

Haec  conditio  non  ac- 
cipienda  fuit. 


III.  Longum  est  ad  omnia 

respondere   quae  a 
te  dicta  stmt. 

IV.  Magni  nostra  interest 

te    quani    primum 
venire. 

V.    Si  te  rogavero  aliquid, 
nonne  respondebisf 


208 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


526.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  —  Should  not  have  been  accepted,   Latin  idiom, 
was  not  to  he  accepted,  or  did  not  deserve  to  he  accepted. 

2.  Model  III.  —  It  would  be  tedious,  Latin  idiom,  it  is  long,  i.  e. 
a  long  task. 

3.  Model  V.  — If  I  ask,  si  rogavero,  lit.  if  I  shall  have  asked. 


527.  Vocabulary. 


Appropriate  to,  apply  to,  confero, 
ferre,  iuli,  collatum,  in  with 
ace. 

As  much  —  as,  tantus  —  quantus  : 
each,  of  course,  to  be  in  its 
proper  construction  in  its  own 
clause. 

Asia,  Asia,  ae,  f. 

Beneficence,  heneficentia,  ae,  f. 

Better,  preferable,  satiiis,  properly 
neut.  comp.  from  satis;  lit. 
more  satisfactory. 

Certainly,  certe,  adv. 

Depart  from,  exeo,  ire,  ii,  Uum. 

Differently,  allter,  adv. 

Either  —  or,  vel  —  vel,  etc.  G. 
554,  II.,  2. 

Flaccus,  Flaccns,  i,  m. 

Follow,  sequor,  i,  secHtus  sum,  dep. 
To  follow  this  course,  that 
course,  &c.,  hoc,  illud,  etc., 
sequor. 

Govern,  rule,  rego,  ire,  rexi,  rec- 
tum. 


Impel,  impello,  ire,  puli,  pulsum. 
Important,  is  important  to,  intirest, 

fuit.     G.  408. 
Inform,  certiorem  facio,  ire,  feci, 

factum ;    lit.   make  more  cer- 
tain. 
Liberality,  liberalltas,  atis,  f. 
Mention,    commemoro,     are,    avi, 

atum. 
Noble,  honorable,  honestus,  a,  um. 
Object  of  interest,  quod  visendum 

est ;  lit.  what  should  he  visited. 
Silent,  mutus,  a,  um. 
Sufficient,   be   sufficient,   be   able, 

possum,  posse,  potui. 
Think  little  of,  despise,  contemno, 

ire,  tempsi,  iempium. 
Understand,     intelligo,     ire,    lexi, 

lectum. 
Unnecessary,   not   necessary,    non 

necessarius,  a,  um. 
Vendor,  venditor.  Oris,  m. 
Whole,  the  whole  of,  totus,  a,  um, 

acU.     G.  16L 


VERBS. IMPERATIVE.  209 


528.   Exercise. 

1.  It  would  be  tedious  and  unnecessary  to  mention 
all  the  objects  of  interest  in  the  whole  of  Asia.  2.  Flac-= 
cus  thinks  that  it  is  important  to  him  that  I  should  write 
you  as  often  as  possible.  3.  If  I  thought  differently, 
certainly  your  admonition  would  be  sufficient  to  impel  me 
to  follow  the  course  which  you  think  best.  4.  I  wish 
that  you  would  write  to  me  on  what  day  you  think  that 
you  will  depart  from  Kome,  that  I  may  inform  you  in 
w^hat  place  I  shall  be.  5.  Would  it  not  be  better  to  be 
silent,  than  to  speak  that  which  no  one  understands?  6. 
The  republic  should  have  been  wisely  governed.  7. 
Nothing  is  more  noble  than  to  think  little  of  money,  if 
you  do  not  have  it ;  and  if  you  have  it,  to  appropriate  it 
to  beneficence  and  liberality.  8.  What  is  there  which 
cannot  be  purchased,  if  you  give  as  much  as  the  vender 
wishes  ? 


Lesson  XCV. 


VERBS.  —  IMPERATIVE. 

529.  The  Imperative  with  let  is  generally  best  rendered 
by  the  First  and  Third  Persons  of  the  Latin  Subjunctive, 
while  other  Imperatives  are  generally  best  rendered  by  the 
Latin  Present  Imperative.     See  Models  I.  and  II. 

530.  Remember  that  the  Imperative  with  a  negative  is 
best  rendered  by  noli  and  noUte  with  the  Infinitive.  See 
Model  III. 


210 


LATIN    COMPOSITION 


531.  Models. 


I.   See   that   you   come   as 

soon  as  possible. 
11.   Since  life  without  friends 
is  full  of  fear,  let  ms 
secure  friendships. 

III.  Do  not  think  that  the 
consul  did  this  with- 
out great  pain. 


I.    Cura  ut    quam   pri- 

mum  venias. 
II.  Quum  vita  sine  ami- 
cis  metus  plena  sit, 
amicitias  compare- 
mics. 
III.  Noli  putdre  consulem 
hoc  sine  m,agno 
dolore  fecisse. 


532.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  See  that,  cura  ut,  lit.  take  care  that. 

2.  Model  III.  —  Do  not  think,  noli  putare,  lit.  do   not  wish  to 
think.     See  G.  489,  1). 

533.  Synonymes. 

To  approve,  to  praise,  to  extol ;  probo,  laudoy  extoUo  laudt- 
Ims  or  laudando. 

1.  Probo,  are,  avi,  dtum,  /  to  approve. 

2.  Laudo,  are,  avi,  dtum  ;  to  prats e,  to  commend. 

3.  Extollo,  ere,  laudibus  or  laudando  /  to  laud,  extol. 


534.  Vocabulary. 


Action,  deed, /ad?/m,  t,  n. 
Arrange  with  reference  to,  refero, 

ferre,  tali,  latum,  ad  with  ace. ; 

lit.  refer  to. 


Care  for,  euro,  are,  Hvi,  Htum. 
Desire,  volo,  velle,  volui,  G.   293; 

opto,    are,    avi,    atum.      See 

Syn.  618. 


VERBS  —  IMPERATIVE. 


211 


Eagerly,  vehementer,  adv. 

Engaged,  be  engaged  in,  sum,  esse, 
fui,  in  with  abl. ;  lit.  to  he  171. 

Extol,  extoUo,  ere,  with  laudlbus 
or  laudando. 

Guard,  defend,  tueor,  eri,  tuUus 
sum,  dep. 

Heaven,  caelum,  i,  n.  See  G. 
143,  1. 

Immortal,  immortalis,  e. 

Interests,  profit,  uiilUas,  atis,  f. 

Observe,  retain,  ieneo,  ere,  ui,  ten- 
turn. 


Other,    the   other,    the    second    of 

two,  alter,  era,  irum.    G.  151, 

1,  and  foot-note  2. 
Proceed,  pergo,  ere,  perrexi,  per- 

rectum. 
Such  —  as,     in     quality,     talis  — 

qualis  ;  in  character,  is  —  qui; 

lit.  the  one  who  or  which.     See 

G.  186,  4,  and  451,  4. 
That,  not  strongly  demonstrative, 

especially    as     antecedent    of 

relative,  is,  ea,  id. 
Toil,  labor,  labor,  oris,  m. 


535.   Exercise. 


1.  Do  not  doubt  that  there  were  poets  before  Homer. 
2.  Proceed,  young  men,  and  devote  yourselves  to  the 
study  in  which  you  are  now  engaged,  that  you  may  be 
both  an  honor  to  yourselves  and  an  advantage  to  your 
friends.  3.  Let  us  imitate  those  who,  by  their  counsels 
and  toils,  have  attained  immortal  glory.  4.  Let  us  think 
that  the  most  useful,  which  will  be  the  best.  5.  Let  us 
be  such  as  we  wish  to  be  regarded.  6.  I  am  eagerly 
awaiting  a  letter  from  you,  and  indeed  such  a  one  as  I 
especially  desire.  7.  Let  us  arrange  all  our  plans  and 
actions  with  reference  to  virtue.  8.  We  not  only  approve, 
,but  also  praise,  your  plans.  9.  There  are  some  who,  with 
their  praises,  extol  Marcus  Cato  to  heaven.  10.  Let 
those  who  are  to  be  statesmen  observe  two  precepts  of 
Plato,  one  that  they  should  guard  the  interests  of  the 
citizens,  the  other  that  they  should  care  for  the  whole 
state. 


212  .  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

Lesson   XCVI. 
verbs.  —  infinitive. 

536.  When  the  English  Infinitive  is  simply  the  subject  or 
the  object  of  a  verb,  it  should  be  rendered  by  the  Latin  In- 
finitive.    See  Model  I. 

537.  When  the  Enghsh  Infinitive  either  expresses  pur- 
pose or  result,  or  is  dependent  upon  a  noun  or  adjective,  it 
can  seldom  be  rendered  by  the  Latin  Infinitive.  When  thus 
used,  it  should  generally  be  rendered  by  one  of  the  following 
constructions  : 

1.  By  the  Subjunctive  of  Purpose  or  Result.  See  Model 
II. ;  also  G.  497-505. 

2.  By  the  Genitive  of  the  Gerund  or  Gerundive  with  causa 
or  gratia.     See  Model  III. 

3.  By  the  Accusative  of  the  Gerund  or  Gerundive  with  ad. 
See  Model  IV. 

4.  By  a  Relative  Clause.  See  Model  V. ;  also  G.  503, 
IL  2. 

5.  By  the  Supine  in  u.     See  Model  VL 

538.  Models. 

I.   All   wished  to  hear  Ci-  I.    Omnes  Cicerdnem  aii^ 

cero.  ^tre  voluerunt. 

II.   I   exhort    you    to   read  II.   Te  hortor ut  hanc  era- 

this  oration.  tidnem  legas. 

III.  He   came    to   Rome   to  III.   Bomam  venit  met  vi- 

visit  me.  sendi  causa. 

IV.  Cicero  arose  to  reply.  IV.    Cicero  ad  responden- 

dum surrexiU 


VERBS.  —  INFINITIVE. 


213 


V.   The  consul  was  worthy 

to  command. 
VI.   Let  us  inquire  what  it  is 
best  to  do. 


V.    Consul    dignus    fuit 
qui  imperdret. 
VI.    Quaerdmus  quid  opti- 
mum factu  sit. 


539.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  III.  —  To  visit  me,  mei  visendi  causa,  lit. /or  the  sake  of 
visiting  me. 

2.  Model  V.  —  Worthy  to   command,  Latin  idiom,  worthy  who 
Should  command,  i.  e.  worthy  that  he  should  command. 


640.  Vocabulary. 


Advantage,  commddum,  i,  n, 
Archytas,  Archytas,  ae,  m. 
Assembly,  concio,  onis,  f. 
Attention,  exertion,  oplra,  ae,  f. 
Connected,  conftnens,  entis. 
Curio,  Curio,  Onis,  m. 
Deserve,   mereo,    ere,    ui,    Xtum  ; 

mereor,  Sri,  Uus  sum,  dep. 
Devise,  invSnio,  ire,  veni,  ventum. 
Dion,  Dio  or  Dion,  onis,  m. 
Discourse,  oratio,  onis,  f. 
Early  in  the  morning,  mane,  adv. 
Evident,    be    evident,   consto,   are, 

stUi,  statum. 
Give  heed,  opSram  do,  dare,  dedi, 

datum. 
Injure,  noceo,   ere,   ui,  itum.     G. 

385. 


Interrupt,     interpetto,     are,     avi, 

atum. 
Know,  know  how,  scio,  scire,  scivi, 

scitum. 
Lawful,    it   is   lawful,    licet,   licuit 

or  licHtum  est.     G.  299. 
Not,  not  at  all,  nihil.     G.  378,  2. 
Pay  one's  respects  to,  saluto,  are, 

avi,  atum. 
Perhaps,  forsltan,  adv. 
Reply,     respondeo,    ere,     spondi, 

sponsum. 
Syracusan,  of  Syracuse,  Syracusi' 

us,  a,  um. 
Urge,  impello,  ere,  pfili,  pulsv/m. 
Wonderful,  mirdbilis,  e. 


15 


214  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


541.  Exercise. 


1.  If  we  wish  to  be  both  wise  and  happy,  we  must  give 
heed  to  virtue.  2.  Plato  wrote  to  Archytas  to  remember 
that  he  was  born,  not  for  himself  only,  but  for  his  country. 
3.  We  are  prepared  to  hear.  4.  It  is  not  lawful  to  injure 
another  for  the  sake  of  one's  own  advantaire.  5.  It  is 
evident  that  laws  were  devised  for  the  safety  of  citizens. 
6.  I  will  not  interrupt  you  at  all ;  I  prefer  to  hear  a  con- 
nected discourse.  7.  Plato  urged  Dion  of  Syracuse  to 
liberate  his  country.  8.  Perhaps  this  which  I  am  about 
to  say  may  be  wonderful  to  hear,  but  I  will  certainly  say 
that  which  I  think.  9.  Pompey  is  a  suitable  person  to 
command  the  Roman  army.  10.  Know  that  Curio  came 
to  me  to  pay  his  respects.  11.  Early  in  the  morning 
men  come  into  the  assembly ;  they  inquire  what  it  is  best 
to  do.  12.  Socrates  replied  to  his  judges  that  he  had 
deserved  to  be  presented  with  the  highest  honors.  13. 
All  things  are  easily  learned,  if  you  know  how  to  learn. 


Lesson  XCVII. 


VERBS.  —  PARTICIPLES. 

542.  The  English  Participle  may  generally  be  rendered 
by  the  Latin  Participle.     See  Model  I. 

543.  The  English  Perfect  Active  Participle  may  be  ren- 
dered by  one  of  the  following  constructions  : 

1.  By  the  Perfect  Participle  of  a  Deponent  verb.    See 
Model  II. 


VERBS. 


PARTICIPLES. 


215 


2.  By  the  Perfect  Passive  Participle  in  the  Ablative  Abso- 
iute.     See  Model  III. 

3.  By  Quum  with  the  Subjunctive.     See  Model  IV. 

4.  By  Postquam  with  the  Indicative.     See  Model  V. 

544.  The  English  expressions,  so  called^  the  so  called,  what 
they  or  you  call,  are  rendered  by  Relative  Clauses,  qui  dici- 
tur,  qui  vocdtur,  qui  appelldtur,  quern  dicunt  or  dicis,  quern 
vocant  or  vocas,  etc.     See  Model  YI. 

545.  The  English  Participle  in  iny,  when  used  substan- 
tively, must  be  rendered  by  the  Gerund  or  Gerundive.  See 
Model  VII. 

546.    Models. 


I.  I  have  received  your 
carefully  written  let- 
ter. 
II.  Having  tarried  a  few 
days  at  Corinth,  he 
came  to  Athens. 

III.  The  commanders,  hav- 

ing conquered  the  en- 
emy, presented  their 
secretaries  with  gold 
rings. 

IV.  Mithridates,  having  be- 

taken himself  into  his 
own  kingdom,  made 
an  attack  upon  the 
Roman  army. 
V.  The  actor,  having  been 
hissed  from  the  stage, 
fled  to  you  for  pro- 
tection. 


II. 


III. 


IV 


Accepi  tuam  diligen- 

ter  scriptam  episto- 

lam. 
Corinthi  paucos  dies 

commordtus,  Athe- 

nas  venit. 
Imperatdres,  hoste  su- 

perdto,  scribas  suos 

annulis  aureis  do- 

naverunt. 


Mithriddtes,  quum  se 
in  regnuni  recepis- 
set  suum,  i?i  exerci- 
tumRomdnum  im- 
petum  fecit. 
V.  Histrio,  postquam  e 
scena  sihtlis  explo- 
debdtur,  ad  te  cou' 
fUgit, 


216 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


VI.   That  law,  as  you  call  it,  VI. 

is  not  a  law. 
VII.   We  are  animated  with        VII. 
the   desire   of   living 
happily. 


Lex  ista  quam  vocas 

non  est  lex. 
Beate  Vivendi    cupi' 

dilate    incensi    su- 


onus. 


547.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  III. — Having  conquered  the  enemy,  hoste  superdioy 
lit.  the  enemy  having  been  overcome. 

2.  Model  IV.  —  Having  betaken  himself,  quum  se  recepisset^  lit. 
when  he  had  hetaken  himself. 

3.  Model  VI.  —  As  you  call  it,  quam  vocas,  lit.  which  you  call. 


548.  Synonymes. 

To  be  grateful,  to  thank,  to  reciprocate  a  favor ;  gratiam 
{gratias)  haheo^  gratias  ago.,  gratiam  refero. 

1.  Gratiam  {gratias)  habeo.,  ere,  ui,  itum  ;  to  be  grate- 
ful,—  to  have  or  feel  gratitude. 

2.  Gratias  ago,  ere,  egi,  actum ;  to  thank,  to  return 
THANKS,  —  to  express  gratitude. 

3.  Gratiam  refero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum  ;  to  reciprocate  a 

FAVOR,  TO  RETURN  Or  REQUITE  A  FAVOR,  —  tO  shoW  gratitudo 

by  deeds. 

549.  Vocabulary. 


Carefully,  diligenter,  adv. 

Deed,  thing,  res,  ret,  f. 

Entertain    gratitude,   be    grateful, 

gratiam  habeo,  cre,  ui,  itum. 
Establish,  firmo,  are,  S,vi,  Stum. 
Express  thanks,  gratias  ago,  ire, 

egi,  actum. 


Maiden,  virgo,  inis,  f. 
Mantinea,  Mantinea,  ae,  f. 
Novel,  novus,  a,  um. 
Olympus,  Olympus,  i,  m. 
Part,  pars,  partis,  f. 
Poor,  with  limited  means,   inops^ 
dpis. 


VERBS.  —  PARTICIPLES. 


217 


Robber,  praedo,  onis,  m. 
Sabine,  Sablnus,  a,  um. 
Seize,  rapio,  ere,  rapui,  rapium. 
Servilius,  Servilius,  it,  m. 
Some    time  =  at  some    time,    ali- 
quando,  adv. 


Start,  set  out,  proficiscor,  i,  profec- 

tus  sum,  dep. 
Surely,  certe,  adv. 
Tarry,  commoror,  art,  atus  sumy 

dep. 
Towards,  versus,  adv.,  usually  after 

the  word  denoting  place. 


550.  Exercise. 


1.  Having  been  asked  my  opinion,  I  said  many  things 
in  regard  to  the  republic.  2.  Cicero,  having  been  asked 
his  opinion,  said  that  which  was  most  worthy  of  the  re- 
public. 3.  I  received  many  letters  from  you  on  the  sa^me 
day^  all  carefully  written.  4.  We  see  all  parts  of  Italy 
adorned  with  the  most  beautiful  monuments.  5.  Publius 
Servilius,  the  commander  of  the  Roman  army,  having 
achieved  the  greatest  deeds,  took  the  ancient  city  of 
Olympus.  6.  Epaminondas,  having  conquered  the  Lace- 
daemonians at  Mantinea,  died  in  joy  and  victory.  7. 
The  robbers,  having  tarried  one  night  at  Capua,  started 
towards  Rome.  8.  I  entertain  the  greatest  gratitude  to 
you  for  your  favor.  9.  O  that  we  some  time  may  be  able 
to  requite  your-  favor ;  we  shall  indeed  ever  be  grateful. 
10.  A  poor  man,  if  he  cannot  requite  a  favor,  can  surely 
be  grateful.  11.  We  desire  to  express  our  thanks  to  you 
in  the  strongest  terms.  12.  Romulus  pursued  a  novel 
plan  for  establishing  a  state,  when  he  ordered  the  Sabine 
maidens  to  be  seized. 


/ 


218  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Lesson  XCVIII. 

distinction  in  the  use  of  participles,  relative 
clauses,  and  clauses  with  conjunctions. 

551.  Participles,  Relative  Clauses,  and  Clauses  with  Con- 
junctions, are  in  Latin  kindred  constructions,  and  must,  ac- 
cordingly, be  used  with  care  and  discrimination.     Thus,  — 

I.  The  Relative  Clause  is  generally  used  when  we  wish  to 
identify  a  person  or  thing  by  specifying  some  characteristic, 
or  to  call  attention  to  some  permanent  and  essential  quality 
or  habiti     See  Models  I.  and  II. 

II.  A  Clause  with  a  Conjunction  is  generally  used  when 
we  wish  to  make  the  relation  of  time^  cause^  condition^  con- 
cession^ etc.,  particularly  prominent.     See  Model  III. 

III.  The  Participle  may  be  used,  — 

1.  Instead  of  the  Relative  Clause,  when  we  wish  to  indicate 
only  an  accidental  or  temporary  connection  between  a  quality 
or  an  action  and  the  noun  to  which  it  is  referred ;  and, — 

2.  Instead  of  a  Clause  with  a  Conjunction,  when  the  rela- 
tion of  time^  cause,  condition,  concession,  etc.,  is  not  particu- 
larly prominent.     See  Models  IV.  and  V. 

552.  Models. 

I.   In    the     book     entitled  I.   In  eo  lihro  qui    in- 

Laelius,  Cicero  wrote                     scrihitur  Laelius, 

on     the     subject     of                      Cicero  de  amicitia 
friendship. 


II.   The  virtue  which  boldly  II.    Virtus  quae  venienti- 

meets  coming  evils  is  his     malis     obstat 

called  fortitude.  fortitudo     nomina- 

tur. 


DISTINCTION   IN    THE    USE    OF    PARTICIPLES,    ETC.      219 


III.  I  seem  to  be  in  Rome  III.   Romae     videor 

when  I  read  your  let-  quum  tuas  epistolas 

ters.  lego. 

IV.  I  have  sent  7/02^  a  letter  IV.   EpistolamGraececoni' 

written  in  Greek.  positani  misi  ad  te, 

V.   Not    knowing   the   true  V.   Ignorans   verwn   iter 

path  of  glory,  he  pre-  gloriae^     metui     a 

fers  to  be  feared  by  the  civibus  qucum  diligi 

citizens    rather     than  mavult, 
loved. 


553.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Entitled  Laelius.     This  identifies  the  book  thus 
entitled,  and  must  therefore  be  expressed  by  the  Relative  Clause. 

2.  Model  II.  —  Coming.     This  does  not  identify  the  evils,  and  may 
therefore  be  rendered  by  the  Participle. 


554.  Synonymes. 

To  remember,  to  recollect,  to  recall  to  mind;  memmiy 
reminiscor^  recordor. 

1.  Mermni ;  to  remember,  —  to  retain  in  memory.  See 
G.  297. 

2.  Reminiscor,  i;  to  remember,  to  recollect,  to  re- 
call TO  MIND,  —  to  recall  by  an  effort  of  the  memory. 

3.  Recordor^  dri,  dtus  sum  ;  to  recall  to  mind,  to  cher- 
ish THE  memory  of,  —  to  recall  to  mind  and  to  dwell  upon 
the  recollection,  generally  with  pleasure. 

555.  Vocabulary. 

Advice,  give  advice,  advise,  suadeo,  j  All,  all  together,  cunctus,  a,  um. 
ere,  suast,  suasum.  'Any,  ullus,  a,  um.     G.  151. 


220 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


Civil,    belonging  to   the   city,   ur- 

banus,  a,  um. 
Excellent,  good,  bonus,  a,  um.    G. 

165. 
For  the  first  time,  primum,  adv. 
Hearing,  in  the  hearing  of,  pres. 

part,  of  audio  in  the  abl.  absol. ; 

e.  g.,  in  the  hearing  of  Greece, 

audiente  Graecia,   lit.    Greece 

hearing. 
Hippias,  Hippias,  ae,  m. 
Hortensius,  Hortensius,  ii,  ra. 
I  myself,  you  yourself,  he  himself, 

&c.,  ipse,  a,  um.     G.  452,  1. 


Inscribe,     inscribe,     ere,     scripsi, 

scriptum. 
Military,  pertaining  to  war,  belU- 

cus,  a,  um. 
Nearly,  paene,  adv. 
Nineteen,  undeviginti,  indecl. 
Olympia,  Olympia,  ae,  f. 
Recall  to  mind,  recorder,  ari,  atus 

sum,  dep. 
Trust,     hope,     spero,     are,     dvi, 

atum. 
Very,  with  nouns,  ipse,  a,  um.    G. 

452,  2. 


556.  Exercise. 

1.  Do  not  philosophers  inscribe  their  names  in  these 
very  books  which  they  write  on  the  subject  of  despising 
glory?  2.  Hippias,  having  come  to  Olympia,  boasted, 
in  the  hearing  of  nearly  all  Greece,  that  there  was  noth- 
ing, in  any  art,  which  he  did  not  himself  know.  3.  In 
the  conversation  held  with  Cato,  Cicero  said  many  things 
on  the  subject  of  virtue.  4.  Isocrates  wrote,  in  his  ninety- 
fourth  year,  the  book  entitled  Panathenaicus.  5.  In  the 
consulship  of  Lucius  Crassus  and  Quintus  Scaevola, 
Quintus  Hortensius  the  orator  spoke  for  the  first  time  in 
the  forum  at  the  age  of  nineteen.  6.  I  remember  what 
advice  you  then  gave  me.  7.  I  trust  that  you,  who  are 
wont  to  forget  nothing  except  injuries,  recall  to  mind 
many  things  in  regard  to  this  most  excellent  man,  Marcus 
Cato.  8.  Recall  to  mind  those  things  which  you  learned 
when  a  boy.     9.  Pericles,  excelling  in  learning,  in  coun^ 


EXPKESSIONS    OF   DUTY,    NECESSITY.  221 

sel,  and  in  eloquence,  presided  for  forty  years  over  Athens, 
both  in  civil  and  in  military  affairs. 


Lesson  XCIX.    ■ 
expressions  of  duty,  necessity. 

557.  The  general  meaning  conveyed  by  the  English  word 
must  is  expressed  in  Latin  in  five  different  ways.  These, 
however,  must  be  carefully  distinguished  from  each  other. 
Thus,  — 

I.  Deheo^  I  ought,  denotes  a  moral  obligation,  I  ought,  or 
I  must,  because  I  ought : 

What  ought  we  to  do?  Qtfid  facere  dehemus?  What  ought  we  to 
have  done?  Quid  facere  debuimus  ?     See  Model  I. 

II.  Oportet,  it  behooves,  also  denotes  moral  obligation,  but 
with  the  accessoiy  notion  of  propriety.  It  also  differs  from 
deheo  in  expressing  the  obligation  impersonally  and  ab- 
stractly^ as  a  duty  in  itself  considered  : 

This  ought  to  be  said,  Hoc  did  oportet.     See  Model  II. 

III.  The  Passive  Periphrastic  Conjugation  and  the  Partici- 
ple in  dus^  denote  (1)  a  necessity  growing  out  of  the  circum- 
stances of  the  case,  and  (2)  propriety  or  desert: 

That  plan  must  be  commended,  tllud  consilium  laudandum  est.  See 
Model  III. 

IV.  JVecesse  est,  it  is  necessary,  is  the  strongest  and  most 
unqualified  expression  of  stern  necessity  : 

This  must  be  done,  Hoc  fieri  necesse  est.     See  Model  IV. 

V.  Opus  est,  it  is  needful,  there  is  need,  denotes  only  a 
qualified  necessity,  and  has  reference  to  the  attainment  of  an 
object : 

It  is  needful  that  this  should  be  done,  Hoc  fiSri  opus  est.  See 
Model  V. 


222 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


558.   Models. 


I.  We  ought  to  have  aided 

you. 
II.   This  ought  long  since  to 

have  been  done. 
III.   We   ought    to   consider 
what  we  have  to  fear. 

lY.  Why  was  it  necessary 
for  you  to  write  that 
letter  ? 

V.  You  will  defend  us,  if  it 
shall  seem  to  be  need- 
ful. 


I.    Tejuvare  debuimus. 

II.   Hoc  jampridem  fac^ 

turn  esse  oportuit. 
III.   Dehemus         cogiture 

quid  nobis  sit  me- 

tuendum. 
lY.    Quid  tibi  necesse  fu- 

it   illam    epistolam 

scribere ? 
Y.  iVb5,  si  opus  esse  vi- 

debitur,  defendes. 


559.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Ought  to  have  aided,  Latin  idiom,  were  under  obli- 
gation (owed)  to  aid.     See  G.  537,  1. 

2.  Model  II.  —  Factum  esse  is  here  used,  instead  of  ^^rt,  to  em- 
phasize the  completion  of  the  action. 

560.  YOCABULARY. 


Accomplish,  efflcio,  Sre,  feci,  fec- 
tum. 

Admiration,  a  feeling  of  admira- 
tion, admiratio,  Onis,  f. 

Admit,  concede,  concedo,  ^re,  cessi, 
cessum. 

Amount,  quantity,  vis,  vis,  f.  G. 
66. 

Attempt,  tenia,  cLre,  Hvt,  dtttm. 


Change,  to  alter,  mute,  are,  Hvi, 

atum. 
Choose,  select,  eligo,  ire,  Ugi,  lec- 

tum. 
Depend  upon,  posUus,  a,  urn,  esse, 

in   with   abl. ;    lit.    he   placed 

in. 
Evil,  malum,  i,  n. 
Exist,  sum,  esse,fui. 


EXPRESSIONS    OF   DUTY,    NECESSITY. 


223 


Frequently,  saepe,  adv. ;  comp. 
saepius,  superlat.  saepissime. 

Good,  bonum,  i,  n. 

Learn,  observe,  acc^pio,  ire,  dpi, 
ceptum. 

Least,  minimus,  a,  um,  superlat. 
of  parvus,  G.  165 ;  adv., 
minlme. 

Magistrate,  magistratus,  us,  m. 

Minister,  servant,  minister,  tri,  m., 
ministra,  ae,  f.  To  minister 
to,  minister  or  ministra  esse 
with  gen. ;  lit.  to  be  the  min- 
ister of. 


of:^ 


More  highly,  with  verbs  of  valuing, 

pluris,  adv. 
Necessary,  it  is  necessary,  necesse 

est,  fuit. 
Perhaps, /oWasse,  adv. 
Possession,  possessio,  onis,  f. 
Pray,  I  pray,  parenthetical,  quaeso. 
Prize,  aestimo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Prompt,     affect,     commdveo,     ere, 

movi,  motum. 
Prove,  probo,  are,  Rvi,  atum. 
Silver,  argentum,  i,  n. 


561.   Exercise. 


1.  That  which  ought  to  be  accomplished  by  worth  is 
often  attempted  by  means  o^  money.  2.  We  have  learned 
from  good  men^  that  of  evils  it  behooves  one  to  choose 
the  least.  3.  It  must  be  admitted  that  an  honorable  life 
is  a  happy  life.  4.  No  possession,  no  amount  of  gold 
and  silver,  must  be  more  highly  prized  than  virtue.  5. 
The  arts  which  minister  to  pleasures  are  least  to  l)e  com- 
mended. 6.  It  must  be  admitted  that  a  happy  life  de- 
pends upon  virtue.  7.  Consider,  I  pray,  what  we  ought 
to  do.  8.  All  things  should  be  arranged  with  reference 
to  the  highest  good.  9.  There  is  need  of  magistrates, 
without  whose  prudence  and  diligence  a  state  cannot  ex- 
ist. 10.  Prompted  by  a  feeling  of  admiration,  I  praise 
Plato  more  frequently,  perhaps,  than  is  necessary.  11. 
I  will  not  prove  to  these  judges  that  the  praetor  took 
money  contrary  to  the  laws. 


224  LATIN   COxMPOSlTION. 


Lesson  C. 


/  USE    OF    SPECIAL  VERBS. 

,/ 

562.  Permission  may  be  expressed  in  Latin,  — 

1.  By  licet^  it  is  lawful,  permitted  by  human  law.  See 
Model  I. 

2.  By  fas  est^  it  is  right,  permitted  by  divine  law.  See 
Model  II. 

3.  By  conceditm\  concessum  est,  it  is  allowed,  permitted 
by  all  law.     See  Model  I. 

563.  Power,  ability,  is  expressed  by  possum,  1  am  able, 
I  can.     See  Model  III. 

564.  Possibility,  uncertainty,  may  be  expressed, — 

1.  By  fieri  potest  ut,  with  the  Subjunctive,  it  can  happen 
that,  it  may  be  that.     See  Model  IV. 

2.  By  the  Potential  Subjunctive.     See  Model  V. 

565.  The  Latin  has  three  principal  ways  of  expressing 
possession  : 

I.  Sum  with  the  Ablative  is  used  of  necessary  and  per- 
manent possession.  This  is  used  especially  when  the  thing 
possessed  is  a  part,  a  quality,  or  a  characteristic  of  the  pos- 
sessor.    See  Model  VI. 

II.  Habeo  is  the  most  common  equivalent  for  the  Englisli 
verb  to  ham,  but  is  used  especially  to  denote  external  posses- 
sion.    See  Models  VIL  and  VIIL 

III.  Sum  with  the  Dative  has  the  same  general  force  as 
habeo,  but  calls  attention  to  the  thing  possessed  by  making 
it  the  subject  of  the  verb.     See  Models  IX.  and  X.' 

*  In  expressions  of  naming,  as  in  Model  IX.,  sum  with  the  Dative  is 
the  regular  construction.     It  is  also  tlie  usual  construction  when  the 


USE    OF    SPECIAL    VERBS. 


225 


566.  Models. 


I.  We  say  that  is  lawful 
which  is  permitted 
by  the  laws. 
II.  The  consul  defended 
you,  as  far  as  he  was 
able,  as  far  as  was 
right,  and  as  far  as 
was  lawful. 
m.  They  might  have  aided 

you  very  much. 
IV.   It  may  be  that  I  am 

mistaken. 
V.   Who  would  hesitate  to 
defend  his  country? 
VI.  African  us  was  possess- 
ed  of   the  greatest 
eloquence. 
VII.   He    has   an   ancestral 

estate  in  Italy. 
VIII.  Demosthenes   possess- 
ed   wisdom    united 
with  eloquence. 

IX.   At  Syracuse  there  is  a 
fountain  whose  name 
is  Arethusa. 
X.   I    have     no    dealings 
with  him. 


I.  Licere  id  dicimus 
quod  legibus  con- 
cedttur. 
II.  Consul^  quoad  pos- 
set^ quoad  fas  es- 
set,  quoad  liceret, 
vos  defendit. 

III.  Te    plurtmum    ju- 

vcii'e  potuerunt. 

IV.  Fieri  potest  ut  fal- 

lar. 
V.    Quis  duhttet  patri- 

am  defendere  f 
VI.   Erat    in    Africano 
sutmna     eloquen- 
tia. 
VII.   Funduni   in  Italia 
paternum  habet. 
VIII.   Demosthenes     sapi- 
entiam    cum  elo- 
quentia   junctam. 
habuit. 
IX.    Syracusis   est  fons 
cut    nomen    Are- 
thusa est. 
X.   Nihil  mihi  est  cum, 
illo. 


subject  stands  connected  with  an  oblique  case  with  or  without  a  prepo 
Bition,  as  in  Model  X.,  nihil  cum  illo,  no  dealings  with  him. 


226 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


567.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  IV.  — It  may  be  that,  Latin  idiom,  it  can  take  place  (be 
done)  that. 

2.  Models  VI.  —  VIII.  —  Observe  the  dififerent  ways  of  express- 
ing possession. 

3.  Model  IX.  —  Whose   name   is,  Latin   idiom,  to  which  there  is 
the  name. 

568.  Vocabulary. 


Acquaintance,  experience,  usus, 
us,  m.  A  very  intimate  ac- 
quaintance, summus  usus. 

Administer,  gero,  ere,  gessi,  ges- 
tum. 

And  yet  =  and,  et,  conj. 

Aware,  be  aware,  know,  scio,  scire, 
scivi,  scitum. 

By  myself,  by  yourself,  &c.,  me- 
cum,  tecum,  etc. ;  lit.  with  my- 
self, &c. 

Correctly,  rede,  adv. 

Elegantly,  polite,  adv. 

Ever,  unquam,  adv. 

Express,  utter,  eUquor,  i,  locutus 
sum,  dep. 

Fabius,  Fahius,  ii,  m. 

Innumerable,  innumeraMlis,  e. 

Know,  be  acquainted  with,  cog- 
nosco,  ire,  ndvi,  nUum. 

May  be,  it  may  be  that,  fidri  potest 
ut  with  subj. 

Negligent,  negligens^  enti's. 


No  one,  nobody,  nemo,  mis ;  nul- 
lus,  a,  um.     See  G.  457,  2. 

Not,  followed  by  either  —  or,  = 
neither  —  nor,  neque  or  nee  — 
neqiie  or  nee. 

One,  any  one,  any  thing,  quis, 
quae,  quid. 

Repeat,  reddo,  ere,  dXdi,  ditum. 

So  that,  ut,  conj. 

Strongly,  valde,  adv. 

Such  —  as  =  so  great,  or  so  much 
—  as,  tantus  —  quantus. 

Talent,  mental  ability,  mens,  men- 
tis, f. 

Think,  ponder,  cogito,  are,  SLvi, 
atum. 

Think  out,  commentor,  Sri,  Situs 
sum. 

Whoever,  whatever,  quisquis, 
quaequae,  quodqnod  and  quic- 
quid  ox  quidquid.  He  —  who, 
that  —  which,  is  —  qui. 

Writing,  scriptum,  i,  n. 

Wrong,  nefas,  n.  indecl. 


PREPOSITIONS.  227 


569.  Exercise. 


1.  Whatever  is  not  lawful  we  ought  to  regard  as 
wrong.  2.  It  may  be  that  one  may  think  correctly,  and 
yet  not  be  able  to  express  elegantly  that  which  one  thinks. 
3.  You  would  not  be  able  to  praise  Plato  either  too 
strongly  or  too  frequently.  4.  I  do  not  think  that^Verres 
will  deny  that  he  has  innumerable  pictures.  /5.  O  that 
there  had  been  in  Tiberius  Gracchus  such  talent  for  ad- 
ministering the  republic  well,  as  there  was  genius  for 
speaking  well  \  6.  It  is  not  permitted  me  to  be  negligent 
in  this  thing.  7.  I  have,  as  I  think  you  are  aware,  a  very 
intimate  acquaintance  with  Marcus  Fabius.  8.  Horfen- 
sius  had  such  a  memory  as  I  think  I  have  known  in  no 
one  (else),  so  that,  whatever  he  had  thought  out  by  him- 
self, he  could,  without  writing,  repeat  in  the  same  words 
in  which  he  had  thought  it.  J 


Lesson   CI. 

PREPOSITIONS. 

570.  In  many  instances  where  the  English  idiom  uses 
prepositions,  the  Latin  adopts  some  different  construction. 

571.  The  preposition  without  may  be  variously  rendered 
into  Latin,  but  most  frequently  (1)  by  the  preposition  sine^ 
(2)  by  a  participle  with  non  or  some  other  negative  word, 
and  (3)  by  ut  non^  qui  non^  or  quin^  with  the  Subjunctive. 
See  Models  L— III. 

572.  The  preposition  for  may  generally  be  rendered  (1) 
by  the  Dative  of  the  Indirect  Object,  (2)  by  x^ro  with  the 


228 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Ablative,  and  (3)  by  other  prepositions ;  ad.,  oh.,  propter  with 
the  Accusative,  or  de  with  the  Ablative.  See  Models  IV. 
—VI. 

573.  The  preposition  to  may  be  rendered,  (1)  by  the 
Dative  of  the  Indirect  Object,  (2)  by  ad  with  the  Accusative, 
and  (3)  by  the  Accusative  of  Limit.    See  Models  VII.  —  IX. 


574.  Models. 


I.  I  shall  say  without 
hesitation  that  which 
I  think. 
II.  It  is  sad  to  be  troubled 
without  accomplish- 
ing anything. 

III.  I    allowed  7io  day  to 

pass  without  writ- 
ing something  to 
you. 

IV.  We    were    born,    not 

only   for    ourselves, 
but     also     for    our 
country. 
V.   The  soldiers  fought  for 

liberty. 
VI.   Publius   Scipio   seems 
to  have   been   born 
for  glory. 
VII.   The   commander    will 

yield  to  the  laws. 
VIII.   I  write  to  those  who 
write  to  me. 
IX.   Archias  came  to  Rome 
in  the  consulship  of 
Marius  andCatulus, 


I.   Dicam  sine  cuncta- 
tione  quod  sentio. 

II.   Miserum,  est    nihil 
proficientem  angi. 

III.  Nullum      intennisi 

diem  quin  aliquid 
ad  te  scriberem. 

IV.  JVbn    nobis    solum., 

sed  etiam  patriae., 
nati  sumus. 

V.   Milites  pro  libertdte 
pugnaverunt, 

VI.  Publius    Scipio  ad 

gloriam  natus  es- 
se videtur. 

VII.  Imperdtor     legibus 

cedet. 
VIII.    Scribo  ad  eos  qui  ad 
me  scribunt. 
IX.  Archias  Romam  ve- 
nit  Mario  et  Co- 
tvlo  consulibus. 


PREPOSITIONS.  229 


575.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  —  Without  accomplishing  anything,  nihil  profici- 
entem,  lit.  accomplishing  nothing. 

2.  Model  III. — Without  writing,  quin  scriberem,  lit.  but  that  1 
wrote. 

3.  Models  IV.  and  VI.— For  ourselves,  nobis,  Indirect  Object. 
For  globt,  ad  gloriam,  the  Object  or  End  for  which. 


576.    Synonymes. 

To  think,  to  have  an  opinion  ;  optnor,  puto,  arbttror,  sen- 

tio,  censeo. 

1.  Opinor^  ari,  atus  sum,  dep. ;  to  think,  to  have  an 
IMPRESSION,  —  used  especially  of  mere  impression,  as  opposed 
to  well-founded  opinion. 

2.  JPuto,  are,  dvi,  dtum  /  to  think,  to  suppose,  —  imply- 
ing a  more  decided  opinion  than  opinor. 

3.  Arbttror,  dri,  dtus  sum,  dep.;  to  think,  to  have  a 
CONVICTION, —  used  especially  (1)  of  opinions  which  rest 
upon  one's  own  personal  convictions,  and  (2)  of  opinions 
which  have  authority,  as  those  of  an  arbitrator. 

4.  Sentio,  ire,  sensi,  sensum  /  to  think,  to  perceive,  to 
FEEL,  —  used  especially  of  one's  sentiments,  as  dependent 
upon  one's  own  experience,  upon  what  one  has  perceived  and 
felt. 

5.  Censeo,  ere,  ui,  censum  /  to  think,  to  decide,  —  to  ex- 
press one's  opinion  authoritatively  and  officially,  as  a  senator 
may  do  by  vote  or  otherwise. 

16 


230 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


577.  Vocabulary. 


Allow  to  pass,  iniermiito,  Sre,  ml- 


Appear,    seem,    videor,   eri,  visus 

sum,  pass,  of  video  ;  lit.  to  he 

looked  upon  as. 
Attain,  adipiscor,  i,  adeptus  sum, 

dep. 
Conduce  to,  be  conducive  to,  con- 

dnco,  ere,   duxi,  ductum.      G. 

385. 
Consult,   consult    for,   consult   for 

the   interest   of,    consulo,    ere, 

sidui,  sultum.     G.  385,  1. 
Discord,  discordia,  ae,  f. 
Encounter,  go  to  meet,  oppUo,  ire, 

ivi  and  ii,  Uum. 
Express  opinion,  think,  censeo,  ere, 

ui,  censum. 
Give,   deliver,    trado,    ire,    didi, 

dltum. 
Glorious,  gloriosus,  a,  um. 
Have  reference  to,  refio'or,  ferri, 

latus  sum,  ad  with  ace. ;  lit.  he 

referred  to. 


In  regard  to,  sometimes  rendered 
by  gen. ;  e.  g.  a  precept  in  re- 
gard to  duty,  officii  praecep- 
tum,  lit.  a  precept  of  duty. 

Introduce,  bring  in,  induco,  ere, 
duxi,  ductuTn. 

Not  even,  ne  quidem,  with  the  em- 
phatic word  after  ne.  Not 
even  when,  ne  turn  quidem, 
quum,  lit.  not  then  even,  when. 

Point,  thing,  res,  rei,  f. 

Sacrifice,  spend,  profunda,  ere, 
fudi,  fusum. 

Suppose,  think,  arhitror,  ari,  atus 
sum,  dep. ;  puto,  are,  avi, 
atum. 

Tear,  lacrtma,  ae,  f. 

Think,  be  of  opinion,  opinor,  art, 
atus  sum,  dep. 

Thus  far,  adhjtc,  adv. 

Without,  variously  rendered.  See 
571. 

Witness,  testis,  is,  m.  and  f. 


578.  Exercise. 


1.  Death  encountered  for  one's  country  is  wont  to  ap- 
pear, not  only  glorious,  but  also  happy.  2.  Senators  who 
consult  for  the  interests  of  a  part  of  the  citizens,  and* 
neglect  a  part,  introduce    sedition  and  discord    into  the 


ADVERBS    AND    CONJUNCTIONS.  231 

state.  3.  I  was  writing  to  you  those  things  which  I  sup- 
posed to  be  conducive  to  your  safety.  4.  All  laws  ought 
to  have  reference  to  the  welfare  of  the  state.  5.  There 
were  many  in  Rome  who  were  prepared  to  sacrifice  for 
their  country,  not  only  money,  but  also  life.  .  fi~  We  are 
not  able  to  state  these  things  without  tears.  [  7.  Who  is 
there,  indeed,  who  would  dare  to  call  himself  a  philoso- 
pher without  giving  some  precepts  in  regard  to  duty.  8. 
The  witness  says  that  he  does  not  think  this,  but  knows 
it ;  that  he  has  not  heard  it,  but  seen  it.  9.  I  think  that 
you  have  heard  what  opinion  I  expressed  on  the  other 
points,  10.  The  Athenians  thought  that  whatever  was 
not  honorable  was  not  even  useful.  11.  That  which  is 
base  is  never  useful,  not  even  when  you  attain  that  which 
you  suppose  to  be  useful.  12.  He  has  thus  far  allowed 
no  day  to  pass  without  consulting  for  the  safety  of  the 
citizens^^ 


p 


Lesson  CII. 


ADVERBS    AND    CONJUNCTIONS. 


579.  The  English  Adverbs  may  sometimes  be  rendered 
literally  by  corresponding  Latin  Ad\'erbs,  and  sometimes  by 
other  parts  of  speech.  Thus  adverbs  and  adverbial  expres- 
sions may  sometimes  be  rendered,  — 

1.  By  Adjectives.     See  Model  I. 

2.  By  Pronouns.  Thus  also  may  sometimes  be  rendered 
by  idem  /  alicays  sometimes  by  quisque.  See  Model  II. ; 
also  G.  451,  3,  and  458,  1. 

580>    N'ot  very^  before   adjectives  and  adverbs,  may  be 


232 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


rendered  by  non  ita  ;  and  not  very  much^  before  verbs,  by 
noil  ita  valde.     See  Models  III.  and  lY. 

581.  In  negative  sentences,  the  negative  is  commonly 
joined  with  the  conjunction  : 

And  not,  neque,  or  et  non  ;  for  not,  neque  enim,  or  non  enim ;  yet 
not,  neque  tamen,  or  non  tamen.     See  Model  V. 

582-  In  a  clause  expressing  j^urpose,  that^  with  a  negative 
adjective,  j3ronoun,  or  adverb,  should  be  rendered  by  ne  with 
the  corresponding  affirmative  adjective,  pronoun,  or  adverb : 

That  no  ono,  nobody,  nequis,  not  ut  nemo  ;  that  no,  ne  ullus,  not  ut 
nullus  ;  that  nothing,  7ieqiiid,  not  ut  nihil;  that  never,  ne  unquam,  not 
ut  nunquam.     See  Model  VI. 

583.  Models. 


I.   Jit  that  time  Cicero  was  I. 

constantly  at  Rome. 

II.   There  is  nothing  wrong  II. 

which  is  not  also  dis- 
graceful. 

III.  These    statues  are  very         III. 

beautiful,  but  not  very 
ancient. 

IV.  We  are  not  very  much         IV. 

moved  by  these  things. 
V.   I  came  to  Athens,  said  V. 

Democritus,    and    no 
one  recognized  me. 

VI.   Who    does    not    know,         VI. 
that  it  is  the  first  law 
of  .history,  that  noth- 
ing   false    should    be 
said? 


J^o     tempore     Cicero 

Momae  fuit    assi- 

duus. 
Est     nihil    pravum^ 

quod  idem,  non  tur- 

pe. 
Haec  signa  sunt  pul- 

cherrima^   sed  non 

ita  antlqua. 
His    rebus    non     ita 

valde  mommur. 
Yeni  Athenas,  inquit 

Democritus,    neque 

me  quisquam  agno- 

vit. 
Quis   nescit,  primam 

esse  historiae  legem, 

nequid  falsi   died- 

turf 


ADVERBS   AND    CONJUNCTIONS. 


233 


584.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Was  constantly, /mY^  assiduus,  lit.  was  constant. 

2.  Model  II.  —  Which  is  also,  quod  idem,  lit.  which  the  same. 
Est  is  omitted  because  it  can  be  so  readily  supplied. 

3.  Model  III.  —  Not  very  ancient,  non  ita  antlqua,  lit.  not  so 
ancient. 

585.    Synonymes. 

To  teach,  to  instruct,  to  cultivate,  to  educate ;  doceo,  eru- 
dio,  praecipio^  instituo. 

1.  Doceo^  ere,  ui,  turn;  to  teach, —  with  the  simple  idea 
of  imparting  instruction  or  knowledge. 

2.  JErudio,  ire,  wi,  Itum  ;  to  instruct,  to  cultivate,  to 
REFINE,  —  with  special  reference  to  the  effect  of  the  instruc- 
tion in  refining  the  character. 

3.  Praecipio,  ere,  cepi,  ceptum  ;  to  instruct,  to  furnish 
WITH  PRECEPTS,  —  with  Special  reference  to  the  maxims  and 
precepts  imparted  for  the  guidance  of  the  pupil. 

4.  Instituo,  ere,  ui,  utum  ;  to  instruct,  to  train  up,  to 
EDUCATE,  —  more  comprehensive  than  either  of  the  above 
terms. 

586.   Vocabulary. 


Branch  of  learning,  doctrlna,  ae,  f. 

But  not,  and  not,  neque,  conj. 

By  no   means,   minlme,   adv. ;  lit. 

least. 
Desirous,  studiosus,   a,  um.     See 

218. 
Devote   one's  self  to,   apply  one's 
§  self  to,    se   conftrre   ad    with 


I  ace. ;  confero,  ferre,  tuli,  coU 

latum. 
Do,  perform,  gero,  ere,  gessi,  ges- 

tum. 
Dream,  somnium,  ii,  n. 
Fear,  vereor,  eri,  Uus  sum,  dep. 
Give  precepts,  praecipio,  ere^  cepi, 

ceptum. 


234 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


Gravity,  gravitas,  atis,  f. 

Hostile,  unfriendly,  inimlcus,  a, 
um. 

Lysis,  Lysis,  idis,  m. 

Much,  exceedingly,  valde,  adv. 

No  one,  that  no  one,  in  clauses  de- 
noting purpose,  ne  quis.  G. 
190,  1. 

Not  very,  non  ita,  adv. 

Perhaps,  sometimes  rendered  by 
haud  scio  an  ;  lit.  /  know  not 
whether. 


Perishable,  caducus,  a,  um. 
Pythagorean,  Fythagoretis,  a,  um. 
Teach,    doceo,    ere,    ni,    doctum ; 

train     up,    instituo,    ire,    ui, 

utum. 
Troublesome,  molestus,  a,  um. 
Unwillingly,  unwilling,  invitus,  a, 

um.     G.  443. 
Well  known,   sometimes  rendered 

by  ille,  a,  ud.     G.  450,  4. 
Wholly,  whole,   iotus,  a,  um.     G. 

151;  443. 


587.   Exercise. 

1.  There  were  some  who  devoted  themselves  wholly  to 
learned  studies.  2.  You  will  perceive  from  these  letters, 
both  what  I  have  done  and  what  I  have  said.  3.  Those 
things  which  seem  to  be  useful,  but  are  not  so,  are  hostile 
to  virtue.  4.  Wealth,  power,  honors,  and  pleasures,  are 
perishable  and  uncertain.  5.  The  consuls  devoted  them- 
selves wholly  to  the  safety  of  the  republic.  6.  There 
were  many  who  admired  the  gravity,  justice,  and  wisdom 
of  Caesar.  7.  We  did  this  most  unwillingly.  8.  These 
things  are  not,  indeed,  very  troublesome  to  me.  9.  Men 
are  not  very  much  moved  by  dreams.  10.  The  well- 
known  Pythagorean  Lysis  taught  the  Theban  Epami- 
nondas,  perhaps,  without  exception,  the  greatest  hero  of 
all  Greece,  fil.  To  give  precepts  on  the  subject  of  elo- 
quence is  by  no  means  easy.  12.  Let  us  teach  those  who 
are  desirous  of  learning.  13.  Plato  instructed  Dion  of 
Syracuse  in  all  branches  of  learning.  14.  We  all  fear 
that  no  one  may  approve  your  plan. 


ARRANGEMENT   OP   WORDS.  235 


CHAPTER    II 
ARRANGEMENT    OF    WORDS     AND    CLAUSES. 

Lesson  CIII. 
x  arrangement  of  words. 

588.  General  Rules  for  the  Arrangement  of  Words, 
See  G.  560-564. 

1.  Effect  of  Emphasis  and  Euphony.     G.  561. 

2.  Contrasted  Groups.     G.  562. 

3.  Kindred  Words.     G.  563. 

4.  Words  with  a  Common  Relation.     G.  564. 

589.  Special   Rules   for   the   Arrangement   of    Words. 
See  G.  565-569. 

1.  Modifiers  of  Nouns.     G.  565. 

2.  Modifiers  of  Adjectives.     G.  566. 

3.  Modifiers  of  Verbs.     G.  567. 

4.  Modifiers  of  Adverbs.     G.  568. 

5.  Position  of  Special  Words.     G.  569. 

590.  Models. 

I.   We   were    occupied    at  I.   Wos  eo  tempore  nodes 

that     time    day    and  et  dies  in  omnium 

night  in  the  study  of  doctrinCirum,   m>edi' 

all    the    branches    of  tatione  versabam,ur. 
knowledge. 


/ 


236  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

II.   We    have     heard     that  II.    Iflttmas     terras    lus- 

Plato    traversed    the  trasse  Platonem  ac- 

most  distant  lands.  cepimus. 

III.  New  names  must  be  as-  III.  Mebus  novis  nova  sunt 

signed  to  new  things.  ponenda  nomtna. 

IV.  We   admire  the  justice        IV.    Caesaris  justitiam  et 

and  wisdom  of  Caesar.  •  sapientiam  admird- 

mur. 


591.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  II.  —  We  have  heard,  accepimus,  lit.  we  have  received, 
i.  e.  we  have  received  or  learned  by  report. 

2.  Model  III.  —  Must  be  assigned,  ponenda  sunt,  lit.  miisi  be 
placed.  For  the  order  of  words,  see  G.  562,  observing  that  nomlna, 
which  might  stand  directly  before  sunt,  is  made  still  more  emphatic  by 
its  present  position. 


592 .     S  YNONYMES. 

To  see,  perceive,  behold,  visit ;  video^  cemo,  specto,  viso. 

1.  Video,  ere,  vidi,  visum ;  to  see,  —  the  usual  word  in 
this  sense. 

2.  Cerno,  ere;^  to  perceive,  to  see  clearly,  to  discern, 
—  involving  the  idea  of  discriminating,  as  well  as  that  of 
seeing. 

3.  Specto,  are,  avi,  utum ;  to  behold,  to  look  upon, — 
with  attention  or  interest. 

4.  Viso,  ere,  visi,  visum ;  to  desire  to  see,  to  go  to 
see,  to  visit. 

*  In  the  best  prose,  the  Perfect  and  Supine  do  not  occur  in  this  sense. 


ARRANGEMENT   OF   WORDS. 


237 


593.    YOCABULAKY. 


Affluent,  copious,  uber,  eris. 
Aged,  old,  senex,  senis. 
Beauty,  pulchritudo,  inis,  f. 
Deserve,   often   expressed  by   the 

Pass.  Periphrastic  Conj.     See 

G.  234. 
Ear,  auris,  is,  f. 
Eye,  oculus,  i,  m. 
For  a  long  time,  jamprldem,  adv. 

G.  467,  2. 
Game,  ludus,  i,  m. 
Invention,  inventunif  i,  n. 


Lost,  engaged,  busy,  impedltus,  a, 

um. 
Necessity,  necessltas,  atis,  f. 
Open,  apertus,  a,  um. 
Perceive,  discern,  cerno,  ere. 
Pursuit,  study,  studium,  it,  n. 
Remove,  take  away,  toUo,  ere,  sus- 

tv2i,  suUatura. 
Thought,  cogitatio,  onis,  f. 
Thus,  sic,  adv. 
Tyranny,  tyrannis,  Idis,  f. 
Unimpaired,  integer,  gra,  grum. 
Witness,  specto,  are,  avi,  atum. 


594.   Exercise. 


1.  Young  men  are  led  by  the  precepts  of  the  aged  to 
the  pursuits  of  vir'tue.  2.  Who  would  not  admire  the 
beauty  of  virtue  ?  3.  We  have  been  taught  by  our  fore- 
fathers to  arrange  all  our  plans  and  actions  with  reference 
to  virtue.  4.  Who  is  more  affluent  in  speaking  than 
Plato?  5.  There  were  some  who  said  that  Jupiter  would 
speak  thus,  if  he  should  speak  Greek.  6.  If  these  things 
deserve  to  be  seen,  you  have  often  seen  them. ^^^7.  We, 
who  have  witnessed  these  games,  have  seen  nothing  new. 
8.  Often,  when  lost  in  thought,  with  eyes  and  ears  open 
and  unimpaired,  we  neither  see  nor  hear.  9.  Many  things, 
which  cannot  be  seen  with  the  eyes,  can  yet  be  perceived 
with  the  mind.      10.   I  have  been  for  a  long  time  desiring 


238  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 

to  visit  you.  '11.  We  cannot  sufficiently  praise  Brutus 
and  Cassius,  whom  you  defend.  12.  W6  see  that  tyranny 
remained,  though  the  tyrant  was  removed.*  13.  Those 
things  which  moved  me  would  also  have  moved  you.  14. 
The  inventions  of  necessity  are  more  ancient  than  those 
oi^  pleasure.  ,,  ^ 


f 


Lesson  CIY. 
euphony  and  rhythm. 

595.  In  arranging  a  Latin  sentence,  attention  must  be 
paid  to  Euphony  and  Rhythm.  But  here  the  best  results 
can  be  secured  only  by  the  aid  of  a  cultivated  ear.  A  few 
practical  directions,  however,  may  aid  the  learner  in  avoiding 
obvious  errors. 

I.  Avoid  the  monotonous  effect  produced  by  a  series  of 
words  of  the  same  length,  especially  of  monosyllables ;  as,  et 
fons  et  po7is. 

II.  Avoid  the  frequent  repetition  of  the  same  letters  in 
corresponding  parts  of  successive  words,  especially  in  the 
endings ;  as,  Graeciam  quondam  magnam  vocCtam. 

III.  Avoid  the  genitive  plural  of  future  active  particij)les, 
-on  account  of  the  harshness  of  its  sound ;  as,  moniturorum^ 
recturdrum.  But  the  genitive  plural  of  futurus  is  sometimes 
necessary. 

IV.  Avoid  placing  a  word  which  ends  in  two  or  more  con- 
sonants before  one  which  begins  with  two  or  more  conso- 
nants;  as,  ingens  stridor. 

V.  Aim  at  variety  in  the  length,  sound,  and  ending  of  suc- 
cessive words,  and  in  the  ending  of  euccessive  clauses.  See 
Models  I.  and  II. 


EUPHONY  AND  KHYTHM.  239 

VI.  Special  attention  should  be  given  to  the  end  of  the 
sentence.  A^word  of  two  or  more  syllables  with  a  round 
and  full  sound  should  be  selected  for  this  place  when  the 
sense  permits.  A  monosyllable  should  not  be  so  used,  unless 
it  be  the  copula  sum,  es,  est,  etc.,  or  some  other  word  which 
blends  readily,  in  sound  and  in  sense,  with  what  precedes. 
See  Models  I.  and  II. 


596.  Models. 

I.   Publius  Africanus,  having  I.   Publius       Africanus, 

destroyed       Carthage,  Carthagine      deleta, 

adorned   the  cities  of  Siculdrum  urbes  sig- 

the  Sicilians   with  the  nis    monunientisque 

most  beautiful   statues  pulcherriniis  exorna- 

and  monuments.  vit. 

II.   I  demand   from   you  no  II.   Nullum    ego    a    vobis 

reward    of   virtue,   no  praemixim.     virtutis, 

badge  of  honor.  nullum  insigne  hono- 
ris postulo. 


597.    Synonymes. 

To  surpass,  conquer,  overcome  ;  supero,  vinco,  devinco. 

1.  Supero,  are,  am,  alum  ;  to  surpass,  to  overcome,  to 

SURMOUNT. 

2.  Vinco,  ere,  vici,  victum  ;  to  conquer,  —  the  usual  word 
in  this  sense. 

3.  Devinco,  ere,  vtci,  victum/   to  conquer  completely, 
TO  overcome,  to  subdue,  —  stronger  than  vinco. 


240 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


598.    VOCABULAKY. 


By  =  from,  in  accordance  with,  e, 

ex,  prep,  with  abl. 
Clear,  clarus,  a,  um. 
Communicate,    relate,   trado,   Sre, 

didi,  diium. 

« 

Conquer  completely,  devinco,  Ire, 

vlci,  vicium. 
Contend,  contendo,  ere,  i,  tentum. 
Dionysius,  Dionysius,  ii,  m. 
Duillius,  Duillius,  ii,  m. 
Fitting,  it  is   fitting,  oportet^  uit, 

impers. 
How,  quam,  adv. 


Invite,  invito,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Mention,  say,  dico,  ere,  dixi,  dic" 

turn. 
Opulent,  opulentus,  a,  um. 
Preserve,  conservo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Prosperous,  happy,  beatus,  a,  um. 
Reason,  ratio,  onis,  f. 
Short,  brief,  hrevis,  e. 
Some,    any,    aliqui,     qua,    quod. 

Some  time,  at  some  time,  ali- 

quo  tempore. 
Thirty-eight,  duodequadraginta. 
Young  man,  youth,  juvinis,  is,  m. 


599.  Exercise. 

1.  Reason  invites  young  men  to  justice,  equity,  and 
fidelity.  2.  How  many  things  do  we  do  for  the  sake  of 
0U7'  friends,  which  we  would  never  do  for  the  sake  of  our 
foes  !  3.  Dionysius  was^br  thirty-eight  years  the  tyrant 
of  a  most  opulent  and  prosperous  state.  4.  I  did  not 
suppose  even  those  things  which  I  have  mentioned  above, 
to  be  new  to  you.  5.  It  is  fitting  that  he  who  obeys 
should  hope  that  he  will  some  time  rule,  and  that  he  who 
rules  should  consider  that  he  must  in  a  short  time  obey. 
6.  Those  things  which  you  have  said  are  clearer  than  the 
sun  itself.  7.  Epaminondas,  the  commander  of  the  The- 
bans,  did  not  deliver  the  airmy  to  him  who  bylaw  had  suc- 
ceeded him  as  praetor,  but,  having  himself  retained  it  a 
few  days  contrary  to  law,  he  conquered  the  Lacedaemoni- 
ans. 8.  Even  if  many  should  contend  with  you  in  valor ^ 
you  would  yet  easily  surpass  them  all.     9.  Caius  Duillius 


ARRANGEMENT   OF   CLAUSES.  241 

completely  conquered  the  Carthaginians  in  a  very  great 
battle.  10.  Cicero,  whose  orations  we  read  when  boys, 
preserved  the  republic.  11.  It  is  not  easy  to  find  one 
who  does  not  communicate  to  another  what  he  himself 
knows. 


Lesson  CV. 

arrangement  of  clauses. 

600-  Rules  for  the  Arrangement  of  Clauses.  See  G. 
570-573. 

601.  A  verb  which  has  an  Infinitive  Clause  as  its  object, 
may  either  precede  or  follow  such  clause,  or  may  be  inserted 
within  it ;  and,  in  the  latter  case,  it  usually  stands  directly 
after  the  Subject  Accusative,  or  directly  before  it.  See 
Model  II. 

602.  A  subject  or  object  which  is  common  to  both  the 
principal  and  the  subordinate  clauses,  generally  stands  at  the 
beginning  of  the  sentence,  and  is  followed  by  tlie  subordinate 
clause.     See  Model  III. 

603.  Models. 

I.   Let  us  defend  that  which  I.  Befendamus  quod  sen- 

we    think  ;     for     our  timxis ;    sunt    enim 

judgments  are  free.  judicia  libera. 

II.   Thales  said   that  water  II.    Thales   aquam    dixit 

was  the  first  principle  esse  initium  omni- 

of  all  things.  um  rerum. 

III.    Cato,    though    born    at  III.    Cato,  quum,  esset  Tus- 

Tusculum,     was     ad-  culi  natus.  in  popu- 

mitted   to  the   rights  U   Romdni    civitd- 

of  Roman  citizenship.  tern  susceptus  est. 


242 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


604.  Remarks.  . 

1.  Model  II.  —  Dixit  might  have  been  placed  before  aquam,  or  even 
at  the  end  of  the  sentence. 

2.  Model  III.  —  To  the  rights  of  Roman  citizenship,  in  popvli 
Romani  civitatem,  lit.  into  the  citizenship  of  the  Roman  people. 


605.   Synonymes. 

To  feign,  invent,  pretend,  disguise  ;  fingo^  simulo,  dissimulo. 

1.  Fingo^  ere,  finxi^  Jictum  ;  to  feigx,  to  invent,  to  de- 
vise, —  with  the  leading  idea  of  forming  or  devising  some- 
thing, whether  true  or  false. 

2.  Simulo,  are,  dvi,  dti(>m, ;  to  pretend,  to  feign,  —  to 
represent  as  true  that  which  is  known  to  be  false. 

3.  Dissimulo,  are,  dvi,  dtum  ;  to  disguise,  to  conOeal. 


606.   Vocabulary. 


Accomplish,    attain,    assSquor,    i, 

secutus  sum,  dep. 
Accusation,  crimen,  inis,  n. 
After,  post,  prep,  with  ace. 
Alexander,  Alexander,  dri,  m. 
Bear,  suffer,  patior,  i,  passus  sum, 

dep. 
Censure,  reprehendo,  ire,  di,  sum. 
Disguise,  dissim'ido,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Displease,  dispUceo,  ere,  ui,  itum. 
For  tlie   purpose,  causa  with  gen. 

G.  416,  I. 
Frequently,  crehro,  adv. 
How  long?  quousque?  adv. 


Indeed,  then,  tandem,  adv. ;  lit.  at 
length. 

Invent,  devise,  ^w^fo,  ere,  jinxi,  fic- 
tum. 

Macedon,  of  Macedon,  a  Mace- 
donian, Macfdo,  dnis,  ni. 

Mad,  be  mad,  furo,  Ire,  ui. 

Multitudes  assemble,  concursus  fit ; 
lit.  a  concourse  is  made. 

Olive  tree,  olea,  ae,  f. 

Pretend,  simfdo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Produce,  bear,  fero,  ferre,  tuli,  la- 
tum. 

llcnder  service,  prosum,  prodesse. 


ARRANGEMENT   OF    CLAUSES. 


243 


profui.      G.    290;    385.      To 

render  a  greater  service,  plus 

prodesse. 
Some  time,  at  some  time,  aliquan- 

do,  adv. 
State,  commonwealth,  o'es  publtca, 

rei  publicae,  f. 
Teach,  doceo,  ere,  docui,  dodum ; 


instruct,  erudio,  ire,  ivi  or  ii, 

itum. 
That,    expressing    purpose,   when 

the  dependent  clause  contains 

a  comparative,  qiw,  conj. 
Without,  be  without,  cai-eo,  tre,  ui, 

itum.     G.  425. 
Work,  memorial,  monument,  mon- 

umentum,  i,  n. 


607.  Exercise. 

1.  When  Demosthenes  was  expected  to  speak,  multi- 
tudes assembled  from  the  whole  of  Greece  for  the  purpose 
of  hearing  him.  2.  Men  do  not  wonder  at  what  they 
frequently  see,  even  if  they  do  not  know  why  it  happens. 
3.  When  I  was  praised  by  Cato,  I  could  easily  bear  even 
to  be  censured  by  the  others.  4.  Philosophers  have 
taught  many  to  be  better  citizens  and  more  useful  to  their 
states,  as  Lysis  taught  Epaminondas  of  Thebes  ;  Plato, 
Dion  of  Syracuse  ;  Aristotle,  Alexander  of  Macedon.  5. 
And  not  only  while  alive  do  they  instruct  and  teach  those 
who  are  desirous  of  learning,  but  they  also  accomplish 
this  same  thing  by  their  literary  works  even  after  death. 
6.  How  long,  indeed,  shall  he  who  has  surpassed  all  ene- 
mies in  crime  be  without  the  name  of  an  enemy?  7.  I 
shall  not  be  able  to  disguise  the  fact  that  those  things 
which  have  been  done  thus  far  displease  me.  8.  Solon 
pretended  to  be  mad,  both  that  his  life  might  be  more  se- 
cure, and  that  he  might  render  a  greater  service  to  the  re- 
public. 9.  They  have  invented  many  accusations  against 
the  consul.  10.  The  Athenians  were  wont  to  say  that 
every  land  which  produced  the  olive  tree  was  theirs.       ^^ 


244  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


CHAPTEK    III. 

STRUCTURE  OF  LATIN    SENTENCES. 

Lesson  CVI. 
compactness  of  structure. 

/ 

608.  The  Latin  in  the  form  and  structure  of  sentences 
//  differs  widely  from  the  English.     Accordingly,  in  translating 

^    from  the  vernacular  into  that  language,  it  is  often  necessary 
to  reconstruct  the  sentence  to  adapt  it  to  the  Latin  idiom. 

609.  But  the  true  type  of  the  Latin  sentence,  with  its 
compactness,  symmetry,  and  beauty,  cannot  be  learned  from 
rules.  It  can  be  acquired  only  by  a  careful  study  of  the  best 
models.  On  this  point,  therefore,  the  learner  must  turn  for 
instruction  and  guidance  to  the  pages  of  Caesar  and  Cicero, 
those  great  masters  of  Latin  style.  It  is  only  necessary, 
therefore,  in  this  chapter,  to  call  his  attention  to  the  leading 
characteristics  of  the  Latin  sentence,  and  to  guard  him  against 
certain  errors  into  which  he  is  liable  to  fall. 

610-  Compactness  of  structure  is  a  prominent  characteris- 
tic of  the  Latin  idiom.  Accordingly  an  English  sentence 
which  is  to  be  translated  into  Latin,  if  not  already  concisely 
expressed,  must  first  be  thrown  into  a  compact  form,  pre- 
paratory to  a  literal  rendering.     Thus, — 

I.  English  sentences  beginning  with  the  impersonal  forms, 
it  is  said  that  he,  they,  etc.,  it  is  reported  that,  etc.,  it  is 
thought  that,  it  seems  that,  the  order  is  given  that,  and  the 


COMPACTNESS   OF   STRUCTURE.  245 

like,  may  be  more  compactly  expressed  in  the  personal  form, 
and  must,  accordingly,  be  so  changed  to  adapt  them  to  the 
Latin  idiom.  The  corresponding  personal  forms  are,  he  is 
said,  he  is  reported,  he  is  thought,  he  seems,  he  is  ordered. 
See  Model  I. 

II.  English  sentences  beginning  with  it  is,  it  was,  before  a 
predicate  noun  and  a  relative  clause,  must  be  so  reconstructed 
that  the  thought  contained  in  the  two  clauses,  the  antecedent 
and  the  relative,  may  be  expressed  in  one.  Thus':  It  was  he 
who  did  it,  becomes,  He  did  it.     See  Model  II. 

III.  In  English,  with  verbs  of  thinking,  saying,  knowing, 
and  the  like,  the  subject  of  discourse  is  sometimes  introduced 
with  a  preposition,  as,  concerning,  in  regard  to,  in  respect  to, 
of,  and  then  repeated  in  the  form  of  a  pronoun  in  a  clause 
with  that ;  as,  In  regard  to  Socrates,  we  know  that  he  icas 
wise.  This  construction,  though  admissible  in  Latin  when 
the  subject  of  discourse  is  especially  emphatic,  should  in 
general  be  avoided.  The  above  sentence  when  adapted  to 
the  Latin  idiom  becomes,  We  know  that  /Socrates  was  wise. 
See  Model  IIL 


611.   Models. 

I.   It   is   said  that   Epami-  I.   Epaminondas  fidibus 

nondas    played   upon  praeclare    ceciiiisse 

the  lyre  excellently.  dicttur. 

11.   It  was  Pisistratus  who  11.   Pisistratus      primus 

first      arranged      the  Homeri    libros   sic 

books  of  Homer  as  we  disposuit   ut    nunc 

now  have  them.  habemus. 

III.   It  is  related  of  Romulus  III.    Romulus    bella     cum, 

that  he  most  success-  Jinitimis  m,idta  fe- 

fully     waged      many  licissime      gessisse 

wars  with  his   neigh-  tradXtur, 
bors. 
17 


246 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


612.  Remaeks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  It  is  said  that  Epaminondas,  Latin  idiom,  Epami' 
nondas  is  said. 

2.  Model  II.  —  It  was  Pisistratus  who  first,  Latin  idiom.  Fists- 
tratus  first. 

3.  Model  III.  —  It  is  related  of  Romulus  that,  Latin  idiom, 
Romulus  is  related. 


613.  Vocabulary. 


Achievements     are    accomplished, 

res  geruntur. 
Admitted,  it  is  admitted,  constat, 

constitit. 
Apollo,  Apollo,  inis,  m. 
As  =  that  which,  a  thing  which,  id 

quod.     G.  445,  7. 
Authority,  auctoritas,  atis,  f. 
Banish,   expel,   expello,   Sre,  puli, 

pulsum. 
Bear,    support,   sustineo,   ere,  ui, 

tentum. 
Become  acquainted  with,  cognosce, 

ere,  novi,  nitum. 
Bring  to,  adduco,  Ire,  duzi,  ductum, 

ad  with  ace. 
Confirm,  confirmo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Cypselus,  Cypsdus,  i,  m. 
Delphic,  DelpMcus,  a,  um. 
Demaratus,  Demaratus,  i,  m. 
Endure,  fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum. 
Etruria,  Etru7'ia,  ae,  f. 
Flourishing,  florens,  entis. 


Live,  alive,  living,  vivus,  a,  um. 
Milo,  Milo  and  Milon,  onis,  ra. 
Money,   sum   of  money,  pecunia, 

ae,  f. 
Open,  aperio,  ire,  ui,  pertum. 
Ox,  hos,  hovis,  m.     G.  66. 
Relate,  trado,  ire,  dldi,  dltum. 
Say,  "  they  say,"  subject  indefinite, 

ferunt.    It  is  said,  fertur,  etc. 
Shoulder,  humii'us,  i,  m. 
Stadium,  stadium,  ii,  n. 
Syracuse,  Syracuscte,  drum,  f.  pi. 
Tarquinii,  Tarquinii,  drum,  m.  pi. 
Through,  per,  prep,  with  ace. 
Unable,  to  be  unable  =  not  to  be 

able,  non  possum,  posse,  potui. 
Walk,  go  along,  ingridior,  i,  gres- 

su^  sum,  dep. 
Withdraw,  call  off",  avdco,  dre,  dvi, 

dtum. 
Without  a  nomination    from    the 

people,    injussu   popvli.      G. 

419.  III. 


UNITY  OF  THE  LATIN  SENTENCE.        247 


614.   Exercise. 

1.  It  is  related  of  Servius  Tullius  that  he  was  the  first 
who  reigned  without  a  nomination  from  the  people.  2. 
It  is  said  that  Demaratus,  the  father  of  king  Tarquin,  hav- 
ing been  unable  to  endure  the  tyrant  Cypselus,  fled  with  a 
large  sum  of  money,  and  betook  himself  to  Tarquinii,  a 
very  flourishing  city  of  Etruria.  3.  It  is  not  by  force, 
but  by  wisdom,  that  great  achievements  are  accomplished. 
4.  It  is  not  with  the  eyes,  but  with  the  mind,  that  we 
perceive  those  things  which  we  see.  5.  It  was  Lycurgus 
who  confirmed  his  laws  by  the  authority  of  the  Delphic 
Apollo.  6.  It  is  said  that  Milo  walked  through  the  stadi- 
um at  Olympia,  bearing  upon  his  shoulders  a  live  ox,  7. 
It  was  Socrates  who  first  brought  philosophy  to  common 
life.  8.  It  seems  to  me,  as  is  admitted  among  all,  that 
Socrates  was  the  first  to  withdraw  philosophy  from  occult 
subjects,  and  to  bring  it  to  common  life.  9.  They  say 
that  Plato  came  into  Italy  to  become  acquainted  with  the 
Pythagoreans.  10.  It  is  said  that  Dionysius  the  tyrant, 
having  been  banished  from  Syracuse,  opened  a  school  at 
Corinth.  > 

Lesson   CYII 

unity  of  the  latin  sentence. 

A' 

615.  Unity,  though  important  in  the  English  sentence,  is 
still  more  so  in  the  Latin.  All  the  various  parts  of  the 
sentence  should  be  nicely  adapted  to  each  other,  and  made 
to  unite  harmoniously  in  one  complete  organic  whole. 
Thus,  — 


248  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

I.  When  a  Latin  sentence  consists  of  two  or  more  clauses, 
it  is  usually  so  constructed,  if  possible,  that  these  clauses  have 
the  same  subject.     See  Model  I. 

II.  When  the  subjects  of  successive  clauses  are  not  the 
same,  they  should,  if  possible,  be  of  the  same  form.  Thus 
they  may  all  be  nouns,  or  all  infinitives,  or  all  indirect  ques- 
tions.    See  Model  II. 

III.  The  objects  of  successive  clauses  should  also,  when 
practicable,  be  of  the  same  form.     See  Model  III. 

IV.  The  predicates  of  successive  clauses  should  also,  when 
practicable,  be  of  the  same  form.  Thus  they  may  all  be 
verbs,  or  all  predicate  nouns  with  the  copula  swm,  or  all  pred- 
icate adjectives  with  the  copula.     See  Model  IV. 

V.  The  same  general  law  also  applies,  though  not  with 
the  same  force,  to  the  other  elements  of  the  sentence.  See 
Model  I. 

616.  Models. 

I.   We  see  that   the  bless-  I.   Commodaquibusfrui- 

ings  which  we  enjoy  mur      spiritumque 

and  the  air  which  we  quern     ducinms     a 

breathe   are  given  us  Deo  nobis  dari  vi- 

by  God.  demus. 

II.   If  hope  is  the  expecta-  II.    Si  spes  est  exspecta- 

tion  of  good,  fear  is  tio  honi^  metiis  est 

the     expectation     of  exspectatio  mail. 
evil. 

III.  I  shall  consider,  not  only  III.   N'on  solum,   quid    te 

what  it  becomes  you  aicdlre,    verum  eti- 

to  hear,  but  also  what  am  quid  me  deceai 

it  becomes  me  to  say.  dicere,  considerabo. 

IV.  Can  that  which  is  use-  TV.   Kum  potest,  qtiod  iiy 

less   to   the    republic  utUe  rei  publicae  sit^ 

be  useful  to  any  citi-  id  cuiquam  civi  es' 

zen  ?  se  utile  f 


UNITY   OF   THE   LATIN    SENTENCE, 


249 


617.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  I. — Air  =  hresith,  spirltum. 

2.  Model  IV.  —  Observe  the  position  of  id  after  the  Relative  clause. 


See  G.  572,  II. 


618.  Synontmes. 


To  wish,  desire  ;  volo,  opto,  cujno. 

1.  Vblo,  velle,  volui  ;  to  wish,  —  used  of  the  calm  exercise 
of  the  will,  but  involviug  the  purpose  to  realize  the  wish. 

2.  Opto^  are,  dvi,  dtum  /  to  wish,  to  desire,  —  used  of 
the  simple  exercise  of  the  will,  without  involving  the  purpose 
to  act. 

3.  Ciqjio,  tre,  tvi,  Ittmi ;  to  desire,  to  desire  eagerly, 
—  used  especially  of  passionate  and  eager  desire. 

619.  Vocabulary. 


Adversity,  res  adversae,  f.  pi.     G. 

440,  N.  4. 
Apply  one's  self  to,  se  applicare  ad 

with   ace. ;    appllco,    are,    avi 

and  wi,  dtum  and  Uum. 
Arouse,  erigo,  ere,  rexi,  rectum. 
Attentive,  attentus,  a,  um. 
Blessing,  good,  bonum,  i,  n. 
Day  before,  pridie,  adv. 
Y ortunate,  foriundtus,  a,  um. 
From  that  place,  tlience,  inde,  adv. 
Future,  yet  to   come,  futurus,  a, 

um. 
Greatest  (in  rank),  highest,   sum- 

mus,  a,  um.     G.  163,  3. 


Hearer,  auditor,  oris,  m. 

July,  of  July,  Quintilis,  e. 

Look  forward  to,  exspecto,  are,  dvi, 

dtum. 
Nones,  usually  the  fifth  day  of  the 

month,    but     the     seventh     in 

March,   May,  July,  and  Oct., 

nonae,  drum,  f.  pi.      G.  642, 

I.  2. 
Overthrow,  everto,  ere,  verti,  ver- 

sum. 
Past,  praeterltus,  a,  um. 
Pertain  to,  pertlneo,   ere,   ui,   ad 

with  ace. 


250  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

Pleased,  be  pleased,  rejoice,  laefo7',    Regard  as,  believe,  statuo,  ere,  iii, 


ari,  dtus  sum,  dep. 
Present,  praesens,  entis. 
Promise,  polliceor,   eri,  itus  sum, 

dep. 
Prosperity,  res  secundae,  f.  pi.     G. 

440,  N.  4. 
Recall  to  mind,  recordor,  ari,  atus 

sum,  dep. 


atum. 
Show,  demonsiro,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Sixth  of  July,  pridie  Nonas  Quin- 

tlles,   lit.   the  day   before    the 

Nones  of  July.     G.  642,   I.- 

III. ;  437,  1. 
So,  in  such  a  manner,  sic,  adv. 
Temperate,  temperans,  antis. 
Unusual,  inusitatus,  a,  um- 


620.  Exercise. 

1.  As  we  are  aroused  by  those  blessings  which  we  ex- 
pect, so  we  are  pleased  by  those  which  we  recall  to  mind. 
2.  Some  apply  themselves  to  philosophy,  some  to  the 
civil  law,  and  others  to  eloquence.  3.  The  wise  remem- 
ber the  blessings  which  are  past,  enjoy  those  which  are 
present,  and  look  forward  to  those  which  are  future.  4. 
It  seemed  to  me  that  Caius  Marius  was  one  of  the  most 
fortunate  of  men  in  prosperity,  and  one  of  the  greatest  of 
heroes  in  adversity.  5.  After  the  overthrow  of  the  repub- 
lic, Cicero  wrote  more  in  a  short  time  than  in  many  years 
while  the  republic  was  standing.  6.  Cicero,  having  been 
in  Athens  just  ten  days,  set  out  from  that  place  on  tlie 
6th  of  July.  7.  You  cannot  be  brave  while  judging 
pain  the  greatest  evil,  or  temperate  while  regarding  pleas- 
ure as  the  highest  good.  8.  They  desire  to  know  what 
can  be  done.  9.  We  wish  to  be  both  wise  and  happy. 
10.  We  shall  have  attentive  hearers,  if  we  promise  to 
speak  of  great,  new,  and  unusual  subjects.  11.  We  shall 
make  them  attentive,  if  we  show  that  those  things,  which 
we  arc  about  to  state,  pertain  to  the  highest  public  welfare. 


PERSPICUITY.  251 


Lesson    CVIII. 


PERSPICUITY. 


621.  Perspicuity  is  another  most  important  quality  of 
Latin  style.  The  best  Latin  writers  express  their  thoughts 
with  great  fulness,  clearness,  and  exactness.  In  the  choice 
of  words,  they  prefer  the  specific  to  the  general,  the  concrete 
to  the  abstract.     Thus,  — 

I.  Instead  of  pronouns  or  other  general  words,  more  spe- 
cific terms,  referring  not  so  much  to  the  entire  person  as  to 
some  particular  part  of  his  nature,  are  often  used.  Thus  am- 
mus  may  be  so  used  when  the  action  relates  especially  to  the 
mind  ;  corpus  when  it  relates  to  the  body ;  ingenium  when  it 
relates  to  natural  endowments;  tem,pus  when  it  relates  to 
time  and  opportunity;  ocm/ws,  awm,  etc.,  when  it  relates  to 
the  senses.     See  Models  I.  and  II. 

II.  When  a  single  word  is  insufficient  to  express  the  idea 
with  the  requisite  fulness  and  clearness,  two  or  more  words 
are  often  employed.     See  Model  II. 

III.  The  Latin  has  certain  favorite  circumlocutions. 
Thus,— 

1.  Facio  u%  with  the  Subjunctive,  is  often  used  to  repre- 
sent the  action  as  intentional ;  though,  in  English,  one  verb 
would  be  sufficient,  and  that,  too,  generally  in  the  Indicative 
See  Model  IIL;  also  G.  497  ;  500. 

2.  Accidit  ut^  contingit  ut^  or  evenit  ut^  with  the  Subjunc- 
tive, is  often  used  to  represent  the  action  as  accidental.  See 
Model  IV. 

3.  Fieri  potest  ut^  with  the  Subjunctive,  is  often  used  to 
represent  the  action  as  possible.     See  Model  IV.,  under  566. 

4.  Here  may  be  mentioned  also  the  free  use  of  res^  genus^ 


252 


Latin  coMt»osiTioN. 


modus^  and  a  few  other  words :  res  secundae^  prosperity,  res 
adversae,  adversity ;  res  gestae^  exploits,  achievements,  deeds ; 
res  publica^  republic ;  in  hoc  genere^  in  this  respect  ;  quo  in 
genere^  in  which  respect ;  in  omni  genere^  in  every  respect ; 
omni  genere  virtutis^  in  every  kind  of  virtue  ;  omni  modo^  in 
every  way ;  mirum  in  modum^  wonderfully.     See  Model  V. 


622.  Models. 


I.  I  devoted  all  my  time 
to  the  exigencies  of 
my  friends. 
II.  The  eyes  of  many  will 
observe  and  watch 
you. 
III.  I  thought  that  I  ought 
briefly  to  reply  to 
your  communication. 


IV. 


V. 


It  was  Cicero's  good  for- 
tune to  be  very  dear 
to  the  senate. 

It  is  difiicult  to  bear 
adversity  with  equa- 
nimity. 


I.  Omne  meum  tempus 
amicorum  temport- 
bus  transmisi. 
II.  Multorum,  te  oculi 
speculabuntur  atque 
custodient. 

III.  Faciendum  mihi  pu- 

tdvi  ut  tuis  litteris 
hreviter  responde- 
rem. 

IV.  Ciceroni    conttgit    ut 

esset   senatui  caris- 
simus. 
V.   Adversas    res    aequo 
ammo  ferre    diffi^ 
cUe  est. 


623.  Remarks. 


1.  Model  III.  —  I  ought  to  reply,  faciendum  mihij  ut  respondt» 
rem,  lit.  it  was  to  be  done  by  me  that  I  should  reply. 

2.  Model  IV.  —  To  bb,  ut  essetj  lit.  that  he  should  be  (was). 


PERSPICUITY. 


253 


624.  Synonymes. 

To  happen,  to  come  to  pass,  to  result ;  aceido^  contingo^ 
tvenio. 

1.  Acctdo,  ere,  accidi ;  to  happen,  —  the  most  common 
word  for  this  general  meaning,  used  of  unexpected  occur- 
rences, whether  favorable  or  unfavorable,  but  especially  of 
those  which  are  unfavorable. 

2.  Contingo,  ere,  contigi,  co7itactum  ;  to  happen,  to  be 
one's  good  fortune^  —  used  chiefly  of  fortunate  occur- 
rences. 

3.  Evenio,  ire,  event,  eventum  ;  to  happen,  to  result,  to 
TURN  OUT,  —  used  chiefly  of  events  which  are  regarded  as 
the  results  of  antecedent  causes. 


625-  Vocabulary. 


Aid,  adjumentum,  i,  n. ;   often  in 

pi. 
Bring,  affero,  ferre,   attuli,   alla- 

tum. 
By  letter,  per  liiUras. 
Communicate,   converse,  colloquor, 

i,  locutus  sum,  dep. 
Contrary  to,  praeter,    prep,    with 

ace. 
Design,  consilium,  ii,  n. 
Distrusting,  diffisus,  a,  um,  part. 

from  diffido.     G.  385. 
Empire,  imperium,  ii,  n. 
Event,    issue,     eventus,    us,    m. ; 

thing,  res,  rei,  f. 
i 


Expectation,  opinion,  opinio, 6nis,f. 

For,  after  paratus,  ad,  prep,  with 
ace.  For  =  during,  per,  prep, 
with  ace. 

Happen,  of  desirable  occurrences 
(be  one's  good  fortune),  con- 
tingo,  ere,  tlgi,  factum  ;  of  un- 
desirable occurrences,  acddo, 
€re,  i. 

Harmony,  concordia,  ae,  f. 

Lasting,  sempiternus,  a,  um. 

Military  science,  res  militaris,  f. 

More,  of  more  value,  pluris.  Q^ 
405. 

Native  talent,  ingenium,  ii,  n. 


254 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Now,  nunc,  adv. 

Offend,  offendo,  tre,   i,   sum.     G. 

385,  I. 
Possess,   possideo,   ere,    sedi,   ses~ 

sum. 
Possessed  of,  praedUus,  a,  um.  Gt* 

420,  1,  4). 
Profitable,  fructuosus,  a,  um. 
Quiet,  otium,  ii,  n. 
Rather,  more,  magis,  adv. 
Result,  be  the  result,  evBniOj  ire, 

v6niy  ventum. 


Since,  because,  quoniam,  conj. 

So  many,  tot,  indecl. 

Then,  turn,  adv. 

This  =  that,  is,  ea,  id. 

Treasures,  possessions,  things,  rw, 

rerum,  f.  pi. 
Wealthy,  dives,  itis. 
Willingly,  libenter,  adv. 
Would  that,  I  would  that,  uiinam, 

adv.     G.  483,  1. 


626.  Exercise. 

1.  I  shall  willingly  communicate  with  you  by  lette?  as 
often  as  possible.  2.  Since  it  was  not  my  good  fortune  to 
be  with  you,  I  would  that  I  had  been  informed  of  your 
design.  3.  It  may  be  that  the  consul  will  offend  the  sen- 
ate. 4.  I  will  admit,  Cato,  that,  distrusting  myself  (my 
native  talents),  I  sought  the  aid  of  learning.  5.  May  this 
event  bring  to  you  and  to  all  the  citizens,  peace,  tran- 
quillity, quiet,  and  harmony.  6.  Those  who  are  possessed 
of  virtue  are  alone  wealthy ;  for  they  alone  possess  treas- 
ures both  profitable  and  lasting,  and  alone  are  content 
with  their  possessions.  7.  A  leader  skilled  in  military 
science  is  often  of  more  value  in  battle  than  all  the  other 
soldiers.  8.  Nothing  could  have  happened  so  contrary  to 
my  expectation.  9.  I,  who  then  feared  that  the  things 
which  have  happened  would  be  the  result,  now  fear  noth- 
ing, and  am  prepared  for  every  event.  10.  Who  of  the 
Carthaginians  surpassed  in  counsel,  valor,  and  achieve- 
ments, that  very  Hannibal  who,  for  so  many  years,  con- 


t 


LOGICAL   QUALITIES    OF   THE    SENTENCE.  255 

tended  with  the  Romans  for  empire  and  glory?  11.  I 
ought  to  expect  letters  from  you,  rather  than  you  from 
me ;  for  there  is  nothing  doing  at  Rome  which  I  think 
you  would  care  to  know. 


Lesson  CIX. 
logical  qualities  of  the  sentence. 

627.  The  logical  relations  which  subsist  between  the 
different  parts  of  the  Latin  sentence  should  be  expressed  with 
great  exactness  and  care.     Thus, — 

I.  If  the  actions  are  coordinate,  they  must  be  expressed  in 
coordinate  clauses  or  sentences.     See  Model  I. 

II.  If  one  action  is  subordinate  to  the  other,  its  clause 
must  also  be  made  subordinate.     See  Model  II. 

III.  The  relations  of  actions  to  each  other  in  point  of  time 
must  be  indicated  with  great  exactness  by  the  Latin  tenses. 
See  Model  III. 

IV.  Correlative  clauses,  indirect  questions,  and  clauses 
with  conjunctions,  are  favorite  constructions  in  the  Latin. 
See  Model  III.,  imder  616. 

628.  Models. 

I.   A   brief   life    has    been  I.   Brevis  a  Deo  nobis 

given  us  by  God ;  but  vita   data  est  ;    at 

the   recollection  of  a  memoria  bene  red- 

well-spent  life  is  eter-  d}itae    vitae  sempi- 

nal.  terna. 

II.   Even  if  I  had  anything  II.   Etiamsi  haherem  all- 

to  say,  I  should    yet  qicid^     quod     dice- 


256 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


wish  to  hear  you,  be- 
cause I  have  myself 
spoken  so  much. 

III.  You  will  assign  to  these 
vohmies  as  much  time 
as  you  wish. 


III. 


rem,  tamen  te  au- 
ctire  vellem,  quod 
ijyse  tarn  multa  dix- 
issem. 
Tribues  his  volumim- 
bus  temporis  quan- 
tum voles. 


629.   Remarks. 

1.  Model  I. — Is   eternal,  sempiterna.     Est  is  omitted.     See  G- 
368,  3. 

2.  Model  II.  —  Dixissem.     The  pluperfect  is  here  used  to  denote 
an  action  completed  at  the  time  of  vellem. 

3.  Model  III.  — As  you  wish,  quantum  voles,  lit.  as  you  will  wish- 
The  action  is  really  future. 

630.  Synonymes. 

To  shun,  to  flee,  to  escape ;  vito^fugio^  effugio. 

1.  Yito^  dre^  dvi,  dtum  ;  to  shun,  to  avoid. 

2.  Fugio^  ere,  f'^gh  fugitum ;  to  flee,  —  to  attempt  to 
escape  by  flight. 

3.  Effugio,  ere,  effugi  ;  to  flee  from,  to  escape. 

631.  Vocabulary. 


Academy,  Academia,  ae,  f. 

Beginning,  initinm,  ii,  n. 

Busy,  be  busy,  occupatione  disti- 
nCri ;  lit.  he  distracted  by  busi- 
ness or  occupation.  How  very 
busy  one  is,  quanta  occupaii- 
&ne,  etc 


Celestial,  coelestis,  e.  Celestial 
bodies,  coelestia,  turn,  n.  pi. 

Clear,  perspicuus,  a,  vm. 

Commit  one's  self,  se  tradSre ;  tra- 
do,  are,  dldi,  dltum. 

Contemplate,  contemplor,  ari,  atus 
sum,  dep. 


LOGICAL   QUALITIES   OF   THE    SENTENCE, 


257 


Dictate,  dido,  are,  dvi,  aium. 
Distract,  distineo,  ere,  ui,  tentum. 
Entirely,   totus,    a,  um.     G.  151 ; 

443. 
Escape,  effugio,  ere,  fugi. 
Especially,  praeseHim,  adv. 
Flee,  escape,  profugio,  ere,  fugi. 
Flight, /w^a,  ae,  f. 
For,  nam,  conj. 
Heavens,  caelum,  i,  n. 
Impel,    incite,    conclto,    are,    avi, 

aium. 
Infer,  colUgo,  ere,  legi,  ledum. 
Leisure,    unoccupied,    vacuus,    a, 

um. 
Look  upon,   suspicio,    ere,   spexi, 

spedum. 
Manifest,  apertus,  a,  um. 


Occupation,  occupatio,  onis,  f. 

Only,  modo,  adv. 

Owe,  deheo,  tre,  ui,  Itum. 

Part,  is  the  part  of,  often  rendered 
by  the  gen.     G.  402. 

Philo,  Philo  or  Philon,  onis,  m. 

Principal,  pi'inceps,  Ipis,  m.  and  f. 

Readily,  easily, /aci^e,  adv. 

Recover,  restore,  recreo,  are,  avi, 
aium. 

So  —  as,  with  adjectives  and  ad- 
verbs, tam  —  quam,  adv. 

Such,  talis,  e. 

These  lines,  these  things,  haec, 
n.  pi. 

Thought,  sententia,  ae,  f. 

Voice,  a  feeble  voice,  vocula,  ae,  f. 

Walk,  amhido,  are,  avi,  Uium. 


632.  Exercise. 


1.  I  have  no  one  to  whom  I  owe  more  than  to  you.  2. 
You  have  forwtten  what  I  said  in  the  beo^innin":,  that  I 
could  say  more  readily,  especially  in  regard  to  such  sub- 
jects, what  I  do  not  think,  than  what  I  think.  3.  What 
cat>  be  so  manifest  and  so  clear,  when  we  have  looked 
upon  the  heavens,  and  have  contemplated  the  celestial 
bodies,  as  that  there  is  a  God  by  whom  these  are  governed  ? 
4.  This  oration  of  Demosthenes,  which  I  know  you  have 
often  read,  abounds  in  the  most  weighty  words  and 
thoughts.  5.  When  the  principal  of  the  Academy,  Philo, 
fled  from  Athens  and  came  to  Eome,  I  committed  myself 
entirely  to  him,  impelled  by  a  certain  wonderful  zeal  for 


258  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

philosophy.  6.  He  who  fears  that  which  cannot  be 
avoided,  can  in  no  way  live  happily.  7.  The  Stoics  say 
that  it  is  not  the  part  of  a  wise  man  to  flee.  8.  We  do 
not  doubt  that  the  citizens  are  in  flight ;  only  let  them 
escape.  9.  I  think  that  you  have  never  before  read  a 
letter  from  me,  unless  written  with  my  own  hand :  from 
this  you  will  be  able  to  infer  how  very  busy  I  am  ;  for,  as 
1  had  no  leisure  time,  and  as  it  was  necessary  for  me  to 
walk  for  the  purpose  of  recovering  my  voice,  I  dictated 
these  lines  while  walking. 


Lesson    CX. 
latin  periods. 

633.  The  favorite  type  of  the  Latin  sentence  is  that  of 
the  period.  The  writer  groups  his  thoughts  in  such  a  man- 
ner, as  not  only  to  show  their  logical  connections,  but  also  to 
give  to  each  group  unity  and  completeness.  The  thoughts, 
when  thus  arranged,  are  readily  embodied  in  the  periodic 
form  ;  but  a  flowing  and  well-rounded  period  is  a  work  of 
great  skill,  and  requires  the  hand  of  a  master.  In  this  les- 
son, therefore,  we  must  be  content  to  illustrate  the  general 
form  of  the  Latin  period,  without  attempting  the  higher 
qualities  of  style.     See  Models  I.  and  II. 

634.  Models. 

I.   If  you  will  carefully  con-  I.    Si  diligenter^  quid  Mi- 

sider  what  power  Mith-  tkriddtes  potuerity  et 

ridates    had,  what    he  quid  effecerit,  et  qui 

accomplished,  and  what  virfuvrit^  considerd- 

a  hero  he  was,  you  will  m,  omnibus  regibus 


LATIN    PERIODS.  259 

surely  place   this   king  quibuscum    populus 

before    all     the    other  Bomanus  helium  ges- 

kings    with  whom   the  sit^  limic  regem  nimi- 

Roman   people    waged  rum  antepones. 
war. 
II.   Cyrus    in   the   conversa-        11.    Cyrus  eo  sermone  quern 

tion  which  he  held  at  moriens habuit^quum 

the  time  of  his  death,  admodum    senex  es- 

when  he  was  very  old,  set^  negat  se  unquam 

said  that  he  had  never  sensisse      senectutem 

perceived  that  his  old  suam     imbecillidrem 

age  had  become  weaker  factam^   quam    ado- 

than    his     youth    had  lescentia  fuisset, 
been. 

635.  Remarks. 

1.  Model  I.  —  Observe,  in  studying  this  model  (1),  the  compact 
structure  of  the  whole,  and  (2)  the  unity  of  the  sentence,  especially  as 
illustrated  in  the  indirect  questions,  quid  — potueritj  etc.  If  you  will 
CONSIDER,  Latin  idiom,  will  have  considered.  All  the  other  ;  here 
other  may  be  either  expressed  or  omitted  in  rendering  into  Latin.  In 
this  passage  the  corresponding  Latin  word  is  omitted  in  Cicero. 

2.  Model  II.  —  At  the  time  of  his  death,  moriens,  lit.  dying. 
Said  that  he  never,  negat  se  unquam,  lit.  denies  that  he  ever.  Negat 
is  in  the  Historical  Present.     See  G.  467,  III. 

636.  Synonymes. 

To  destroy,  tear  asunder,  overthrow ;  deleo.,  diruo.,  everto. 

1.  Deleo^  ere.,  evi,  etum  ;  to  desteoy,  —  the  generic  word 
for  this  meaning. 

2.  JDiruo.,  ere.,  diru%  dirutum ;  to  destroy,  to  ruin,  — 
especially  with  the  accessory  idea  of  tearing  asunder. 

3.  Everto,  ere.,  everti^  eversum ;  to  overthrow,  to  sub- 
vert. 


260 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


637.  Vocabulary. 


Agency,  through  my,  &c.,  agency, 
per  me,  etc. ;  lit.  through  me. 

Aid,  adjuvo,  are,  juvi,  jutum. 

Appoint,  constituo,  ere,  ui,  utum. 

At  times,  inierdum,  adv. 

Chief,  highest,  summus,  a,  nm, 
superlat.  of  supSrus.  G.  163, 3. 

Commit,  do,  facio,  ere,  feci,  fac- 
tum. 

Connect,  conjungo,  ere,junxi,junc- 
tum. 

Connection,  no  connection,  nihil 
conjunctum,  n. ;  lit.  nothitig 
connected. 

Consistent,  be  consistent  with  one's 
self,  sibi  consentlre,  with  ipse, 
a,  um,  in  agreement  with  sub- 
ject; consentio,  ire,  sensi,  sen- 
sum. 

Define,  definio.  Ire,  ivi,  itum. 

Deserted,  waste,  desertus,  a,  um. 

Devote  one's  self  to,  se  conferre  ad 
with  ace. ;  confero,  ferre,  tXili, 
coUatum. 

Dissension,  dissidium,  ii,  n. 


Excellence,      goodness,      honliaSi 

atis,  f. 
Firmly    established,  firm,  firmus, 

a,  um. 
For  =  against,  in,  prep,  with  ace. 
He,  she,    it  =  this  one,  hie,  haec, 

hoc. 
Hostility,  enmity,  odium,  ii,  n. 
Illustrious,  most  illustrious,  high- 
est, summus,  a,  um. 
Kill,  enico,  are,  enecui,  enectum. 
Know,  comprehend,  perdpio,  erCj 

cepi,  ceptum. 
Measure,  metior,  iri,  mensus  sum, 

dep. 
Oppose  one's  self,  se  opponire  ;  op' 

pOno,  tre,  posui,  positum. 
Overcome,  vinco,  ire,  vici,  victum. 
Right,  the  right,  integrity,  hones- 

tas,  Siis,  f. 
Ruin,   demolish,    diruo,    (ire,    ui, 

Mum. 
Several,  compliires,  a  or  ia,  pi. 
So  —  as,  with  verbs,  sic  —  ut. 
Such,  so  great,  tantus,  a,  um.       "* 
Utterly,  fundltva,  adv. 


638.   Exercise. 


1.   Solon,  when  he  was  asked  why  he  had  appointed  no 
punishment  for  him  who  should  kill  a  father,  replied  that 


LATIN     PERIODS.  261 

he  had  thought  that  no  one  would  commit  so  great  a 
crime.  2.  Leonidas,  the  king  of  the  Lacedaemonians, 
opposed  himself  to  the  enemy  at  Thermopylae,  when 
either  a  disgraceful  flight  or  a  glorious  death  was  set  be- 
fore him.  3.  He  who  so  defines  the  chief  good,  that  it 
has  no  connection  with  virtue,  and  who  measures  it  by  his 
own  advantages,  and  not  by  the  right,  would  not  be  able, 
if  he  should  be  consistent  with  himself,  and  should  not  at 
times  be  overcome  by  the  excellence  of  his  nature,  to  cul- 
tivate either  friendship  or  justice.  4.  There  is  no  doubt 
that  large  forces  of  the  enemy  were  destroyed  in  many 
battles.  5.  I  see  that  it  is  admitted  among  all  that  sev- 
eral cities,  ruined  and  almost  deserted,  have,  through  your 
agency,  been  restored.  6.  No  state  is  so  firmly  estab- 
lished that  it  may  not  be  utterly  overthrown  by  hostilities 
and  dissensions.  7.  Those  most  illustrious  men,  Scipio 
Africanus,  Caius  Laelius,  and  Marcus  Cato,  would  never 
have  devoted  themselves  to  the  study  of  letters,  if  they 
were  not  at  all  aided  by  them  in  the  knowledge  and  prac- 
tice of  virtue. 


18 


NOTES 


PAGV 

15.  —  1.    Is  useful,  uiXlis  est,  or  est  ulilis.     In  this  exercise,  the      7 
learner  will  adopt  the  former  order.  —  11.  Cicero;  for  the  position 
of  the  object  in  Latin,  see  13,  I.  4.  —  Cicero,  the  most  celebrated  of 
the  Roman  orators. 

20.  —  4.  Hannibal,  a  celebrated  Carthaginian  general.  —  Sagfun-  9 
turn,  a  town  in  Spain.  —  16.  Their,  suum.  Remember  that  the 
Number,  as  well  as  the  Oender  and  Case,  of  the  possessive,  is  deter- 
mined, not  by  the  noun  to  which  it  refers,  but  by  that  to  which  it  be- 
longs. Here  suum,  their,  refers  to  pueri,  boys,  which  is  in  the  plural, 
while  it  belongs  to  patrem,  father,  which  is  in  the  singular. 

25.  —  2.  Consul.    Under  the    Roman    commonwealth,   two   consuls    11 
were    annually    chosen    as    joint    presidents.  —  8.   Socrates,    a    cele- 
brated Athenian  philosoper.  —  10.    Herodotus,  a  Greek  historian. 

30.  —  9.  Catiline,    the   notorious    conspirator   against  the   Roman    12 
government.  —  12.     Our  pupils;  omit  the  possessive  our  in  rendering 
into  Latin  :  so  also  your,  in  the  next  sentence.     See  G.  447. 

35.  —  1.  Numa.     The  emphatic  subject  should  be  placed  at  the  end    14 
of  the  sentence.     See  G,  561,  II.  —  Numa,  the  second  king  of  Rome.  — 
12.  —  Athens,  the  capital  of  Attica,  in  Greece. 

40.  —  3.  Is  an  honor  to,  Lat.  idiom,  is  for  an  honor  to.     See  G.     16 
890.  —  7.  As  a  present  =/or  a  present.  —  8.     I  have  =  there  are 
to  me. 

44.  —  2.   The  orator,  oratoris.     See  G.  48,  6 ;  363.  —  3.  Demos-    17 
thenes,  the  greatest  of  Athenian  orators. 

49. —  1.  Is  a  characteristic  of,  Lat.  idiom,  is  of.    See  G.  402,    19 
I.  —  8.     Our  friends ;  omit  our  in  rendering.  —  13.   Us,  nostra.    See 
G.  408,  L  2. 

54.  —  8.   Talent,  tdlentum,  a  sum  of  money  somewhat  more  than    21 
$1000.     It  consisted  of  ?\xij  minae.  —  10.  Proud  ot=provd  because 
of.  —  11.  Scipio,  a  celebrated  Roman  general. 

(268) 


264  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

PAGB 

23  59.  —  1  Cato,  the  name  of  several  distinguished  Romans.  The  most 
celebrated  was  Marcus  Porcius  Cato,  the  Censor.  —  6.  Five  years 
older  =  older  by  Jive  years. 

24  64.  —  1.  There  were,  fuerunt^  or  erant.  —  There  —  omitted  in 
rendering  into  Latin.  The  Perf.  fuerunt  simply  states  the  historical 
fact,  that  there  were  cities  ;  while  the  Impf .  erard  gives  prominence  to  the 
continued  existence  of  these  cities.  — 2.  Were  you  P  fuistme  ?  a  ques- 
tion for  information.  See  G.  351,  1,  N.  1.  —  Corinth,  a  beautiful  city 
in  Greece. 

26  69.  —  6.  Tarquin.  Tarquinius  Prisons,  the  fifth  king  of  Rome,  is 
meant.  He  came  from  Tarquinii,  a  city  of  Etruria.  —  In  the  reign  of 
Ancus,  Lat.  idiom,  Ancus  reigning.  See  G.  431,  2.  Ancus  Marcius 
was  the  fourth  king  of  Rome.  7.  When  Cicero  was  consul  =  in 
the  cojisulship  of  Cicero.     See  G.  43 1 ,  2. 

29  79.  —  1.  Saguntum.  Place  the  emphatic  subject  at  the  end  of 
the  sentence.  Sec  G.  561,  II.  —  3.  How  many  books  have 
you  =  how  many  books  are  there  to  you  ?  —  5.  Was  a  man  of,  Lat. 
idiom,  was  of.  See  G.  402,  403.  —  6.  In  your  happiness  =  because 
of,  etc.  —  8.  Servius.  Servius  TuUius,  the  sixth  king  of  Rome,  is 
meant.  —  14.  Pydna,  a  town  in  Macedonia.  —  At  Pydna,  ad  Pydnam. 

35  94.  —  7.  He  had  received,  accepisset,  Subj.  by  Attraction.  See  G. 
529,  II.  —  8.  Because  they  are  diligent,  quod  diligentes  su7it,  —  a 
positive  reason  on  the  authority  of  the  narrator.  Hence  the  Indie.  su7it. 
See  G,  516,  I.  But  in  9,  where  the  Indirect  Discourse  is  used,  sunt  be- 
comes sint.     See  G.  524. 

37  99.  —  1.  Boys,  pu&i.  Place  the  Vocative  after  the  first  clause. 
See  G.  569,  VL  —  The  good.  See  G.  441,  1.  —  3.  Of  the  Roman 
people.  For  the  position  of  the  Genitive,  see  G.  565.  —  4.  Is  the 
part  of,  Lat.  idiom,  is  of.     See  G.  401. 

39  104.  —  5.  Inclined  to  play,  Lat.  idiom,  inclined  to  playing.  —  8. 
To  ask  for  =  to  seek.  Supine  in  um.     See  G.  646. 

41  111.  — 2.  Another,  alfn' ;  as  only  two  persons  are  mentioned.  See 
G.  459,  3.-4.  Xenophon,  a  celebrated  Greek  historian.  —  8.  En- 
nius,  a  Roman  poet.  —  11.  Let  us  be  content.     See  G.  487. 

42  116 1.  Saturnia,  an  ancient  citadel  on  the  Capitoline  Hill,  the 

fabled  beginning  of  Rome.  —  2.  Ascanius,  the   son  of  Aeneas,  and 
founder  of  the  city  of  Alba  Longa  in  Italy. 

43  118.  — 2.  What  ought?  etc.  See  G.  234  ;  629,  L  —  5.  Camil- 
lus,  a  distinguished  Roman  general.  —  1.  Porsena,  a  king  of  Etruria 
in  Italy. 

44  120,  —  1,  New  Carthage,  a  town  in  Spain.  —  5,  Cannae,   a 


NOTES.  265 

PAGE 

village  in  Apulia,  famous  for  the  victory  of  Hannibal  over  the  Ro- 
mans. —  6.  Many  states  of  Italy.  See  G.  565,  3.  —  8.  Cartha- 
ginians, the  citizens  of  ancient  Carthage  in  Northern  Africa. 

122.  —  1.  Your  country,  patriae  tuae,  or  patriae.  See  G.  447 ;  45 
385.-2.  To  come.  See  G.  498,  II. —4,  Mithridates,  a  cele- 
brated king  of  Pontus.  —  5.  Sulla,  a  distinguished  Roman  general.  — 
7.  Capua,  the  chief  city  of  Campania  in  Italy.  — 10.  Caesar.  Julius 
Caesar,  a  distinguished  Roman  general  and  statesman,  is  meant. — 11. 
Nile,  a  river  in  Egypt. 

127.  —  1.  Gauls,  the  inhabitants  of  ancient  Gaul,  embracing  mod-  47 
em  France. — 4.  Lacedaemonians,  the  inhabitants  of  Lacedaemou, 
or  Sparta,  a  celebrated  city  in  Greece.  —  5.  Their  king  Leonidas, 
regem  Leonidam.  Place  these  words  after  the  verb,  directly  before  the 
Relative.  —  To  occupy,  qui  occuparet.  See  G.  500.  —  Thermopylae, 
the  celebrated  pass  in  Greece  where  Leonidas  fell. 

129.  —  8.  As  a  present.     See  G.  390,  II.  —  10.  Many  years.    48 
See  G.  379.  —  11.  Leuctra,  a  town  in  Boeotia. 

131.  —  1.  Pericles,  a  celebrated  Athenian  statesman.  —  3.  Philip,    49 
a  king  of  Macedonia.  —  5.  Chaeronea,  a  town  in  Boeotia, 

136. — 3.  Their  own  valor,  mam  virtutem.  A  possessive  with  51 
own,  if  not  particularly  emphatic,  may  be  rendered  by  the  Latin  posses- 
sive standing  before  its  noun.  The  Genitive  of  ipse  is  added  when  special 
emphasis  requires  it.  See  G.  452,  4.  —  6.  Belgians,  a  warlike  people 
in  the  north  of  Gaul.  —  7.  Must  be  accomplished.  See  G,  234.  — 
By  us.     See  G.  388. 

141.  —  1.  Helvetians,  a  people  in  Gaul.  —  Their.     See  G.  564,    53 
I.  —  3.  To  encounter,  Infinitive,  or  ad  with  the  Gerundive.  —  6.  Did 
see ;  for  person,  see  G.  463,  1.  —  10.  For  me  to  speak,  ui  dicam,  lit. 
thai  I  should  {may)  speak. 

147.  —  1.  Of  the  Romans.  Great  freedom,  it  will  be  remembered,  55 
is  allowed  in  the  arrangement  of  Latin  words.  A  genitive  or  an  ad- 
jective may  often  precede  its  noun,  even  when  no  emphasis  is  indicated  ; 
especially  if  perspicuity  or  euphony  can  be  thus  promoted.  Indeed, 
the  arrangement  may  often  be  left  to  the  option  of  the  writer.  —  3. 
In  their  language  =  6y  means  of  their  language.  See  G.  418; 
420.  —  4.  Very  brave.  See  G.  444,  1.  —  10.  Them.  See  457 ;  also 
G.  451,  1. 

152. —  1.  Greatly.     Place  valde  directly  before  the  verb.     See  G.    57 
567,  3.  —  4.  To  be  burned.     See  G.  535,  II.  —  5.  Orgetorix,  a  Hel- 
vetian chieftain.  —  6.  To  wage.  See  G.  498,  II.  —  7.  Would  be  = 
was  about  to  he.  — 10,  His  forces,  copias  ;  the  possessive  is  unneces- 


^66  LATIN    COMPOSITION. 

PAOB 

sary.  See  G.  447.  —  Labienus,  a  distinguished  oflBcer  under  Caesar  in 
Gaul.  — Arar,  a  river  in  Gaul,  the  Saone. 

59  158.  — 3.  How  large  a  force,  quantas  cojnas.  In  the  sense  of  — 
force,  forces,  copiae  (plur.),  and  not  c<^a^  is  generally  used.  — 10, 
Was  Orgetorix  ?  etc.  See  G.  353,  1.  —  13.  Orgetorix.  Either 
like  the  English  or  with  the  addition  of  the  simple  predicate —  Orge- 
torix loas  the  bravest.  See  G.  362.  —  14.  Not,  ne,  or  noh  with  the 
Infinitive.     See  G.  488.  —  15.     Let  us  encounter.     See  G.  483. 

61  163.  — 1.  Had.  See  G.  529,  I.;  492,  2.-4.  Lemannus,  the 
Lake  of  Geneva  in  Switzerland.  —  5.  The  Rhone,  Jihodanus,  a 
river  in  Gaul.  —  6.  Their  cities  =  the  cities  of  them.  See  468,  2. 
—  1.  Aeduans,  a  powerful  tribe  in  Gaul.  —  9.  Of  the  Romans. 
See  G.  565,  2. 

63  169.  —  1.  Caria,  a  province  in  Asia  Minor.  —  4.  Was,  fuisse^  re- 
ferring not  to  the  time  of  dixisii,  but  to  the  age  of  Caesar.  — 5.  Car- 
thage, an  ancient  city  in  Northern  Africa.  —  Numantia,  an  ancient 
city  in  Spain. 

65  174.  —4.  For  the  order  of  words,  see  G.  562.-5.  That  Geneva 
is.  See  G.  535,  I.  — AUobroges,  a  powerful  tribe  in  ancient  Gaul.  — 
6.  Brutus,  CoUatinus,  the  first  consuls  in  Rome.  —  9.  In  combin- 
ing these  names,  connect  Marcus  and  Quintus  by  a  conjunction,  and  let 
the  other  parts  of  the  names  follow  in  the  plural,  Tullii  Cicerones.  See 
G.  439,  4. 

68  180.  —  6.  At  this  place.  See  G.  425,  2.  — Rhine,  a  celebrated 
river  in  Europe.  —  10.  That  boast.  See  G.  371,  II.  (2).  —  13.  The 
same  as,  idem  quod.     See  G.  451,  5. 

70  186.  —  1.  Ariovistus,  a  German  chieftain  in  the  time  of  Caesar.  — 
2.  By  his  own  name,  suo  nomine.  JpsHus  is  unnecessary.  —  4.  From 
his  own  name,  e  suo  nomine.  —  5.  Whom.  See  G.  385.  —  Blind. 
See  G.  561,  II,  — 9.  Our  opinion,  scntentiam.  The  possessive  should 
be  omitted.  —  12.  My  opinion.  Here  it  is  better  to  use  the  posses- 
sive to  avoid  all  ambiguity. 

72  191.  —  6.  His.  The  possessive  before  commander  and  home  should 
be  omitted  in  rendering  into  Latin.  — To  be  permitted,  ut  liceat.  See 
G.  498,  II.  — Y.  Of  what.  See  G.  875.-8.  Of  Ariovistus  =from 
Ariovistits. 

74  196.  —  3.  Tiberius  Gracchus,  a  statesman  famous  in  the  po- 
litical history  of  Rome.  —  4.  Publius  Scipio  Nasica,  a  Roman 
citizen  distinguished  for  his  integrity.  —  6.  Spoke  Latin,  Lafine 
loculum  esse.  The  Latin  idiom  uses  the  adverb  Lafine  where  the 
English  uses  the  noun  Latin.  —  9.  To  take.     See  G.  497, 1.  —  The 


NOTES.  267 

PAGE 

city  of  Geneva,  Lat.  idiom,  the  city  Geneva.  See  G.  363.  — 10.  To 
encounter.  Use  the  Infinitive  in  this  sentence,  but  see  note  on 
141,  3. 

202.  —  3.  Sent,  muisse,  referring  to  the  historical  fact  that  Ario-  77 
vistus  sent,  etc.  Mittere  would  mean  tvas  sending  at  the  time  of  the 
statement.  See  G.  537. — 4.  I  said  so  =  I  said  it;  but  it  in  such 
cases  should  be  omitted  in  rendering  into  Latin.  See  457.  —  5.  To  the 
city  of,  etc.  See  G.  380,  I.  —  6.  To  their  camp,  etc.,  Lat.  idiom,  to 
Geneva  to  their  camp.  — 9.  When  a  boy.  See  G.  363,  3.  — 11. 
Your  letter  =  t/our  communication^  with  no  special  reference  to  its 
form. 

207. —2.   The  good.      See  441,  1.  —  3.  Are  envied.     See  G.    79 
301,  1.  —  7.  Of  Ephesus,  Ephesus,  in  apposition  with  nomen.  —  9.  By 
alL     See  G.  388.  — 10.  What  business,  Lat.  idiom,  what  of  busi- 
ness.    See  G.  397,  3.  —  11.  Is  a  glory,  Lat.  idiom,  is  for  a  glory.    See 
G.  390. 

212.  —  8.     For  whom  =  for  whose  interests,  cai?    See  G.  385,  1.    81 

—  11.  Was  a  detriment.     See  G.  390. 

218.  —  3.  Acceptable, — because  of  its  value. — 6.  Peculiar  to    84 
Athens,  proprium  Athenm'um.     See  G.  391,  II.  4.  —  8.     Borders, 
finibus.      See  G.   384,   386.  —  9.  Very   near  the  camp.      See  G. 
392,  II. 

224.  —  2.  To  make.     See  G.  497,  I.  —  3.  In  military  ajffairs,    86 
rei  militaris.     See  G.  399,  I.  2.  —  5.     They  had  more  zeal,  Lat. 
idiom,  more  of  zeal  was  to  them, —  6.  Very  desirous,  avidi  ;  the  force 
of  very  being  involved  in  aindtcs. 

229.-3.  Of  great  valor.     See  G.  396,  V.  — 4.  Is  character-    89 
istic  of,  Lat.  idiom,  is  of     See  G.  396,  II.  —  7.  Not ;  for  the  position 
of  non,  see  G.  569,  IV. 

235. — 2.  With  .  .  .  forces,  om7dhus  copiis.     SeeG.  419, 1. — As    91 
aid,  auxilio.     See  G.  390.  —  4.  More  than  five,  etc.     See  G.  419,  III. 

—  6.  Antioch,  Antiochla,  an  ancient  city  of  Syria.  —  7.  Than  that 
of.  See  G.  398,  1.  — Themistocles,  a  celebrated  Athenian  general. — 
Solon,  the  famous  lawgiver  of  Athens. 

241.  —  5.  And  your.     Repeat  et,  but  use  the  possessive  only  once.    94 
See  469  ;  also  G.  554,  I.   6.  —  6.     There  was  no  need,  nihil  opus 
fuit.  —  7.  Make  the  best  use  of  =  use  best,  i.  e.  in  the  best  man- 
ner. 

247.  —  7.  Must  be  waged.     See  G.  234.  —  10.  Here  the  thought    96 
requires  that  prominent  places  should  be  given  to  the  Latin  words  for 
man  and  capable. 


268  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

PAQB 

99  252.  —  1.  Pythagoras,  a  celebrated  Grecian  philosopher. — Brutus, 
the  deliverer  of  Rome  from  the  oppression  of  Tarquin  the  Proud.  —  In 
which,  quo.  See  G.  429.-3.  On  the  first  day  of  May,  calcndh 
Mails,  lit.  on  the  May  calends.  —  6.  In  this  sentence,  omit  his  in  ren- 
dering into  Latin.  —  6.  Two  years  afterwards.  See  G.  423  ;  430. 
— 11.  Is  a  man  of  such  eloquence,  Lat.  idiom,  is  of,  or  with^  such 
eloquence.  See  G.41 9,11.— That  he  delights.     See  G.  500. 

102  258.  —  1.  In  the  consulship,  etc.,  Lat.  idiom,  Cassius  being 
consul.  See  G.  431.  —  Under  the  yoke,  sub  jugum.  The  yoke 
was  used  as  the  symbol  of  submission  and  servitude.  —  3.  Having 
routed  the  army,  Lat.  idiom,  the  army  having  been  routed.  —  Aqui- 
tanians,  the  inhabitants  of  ancient  Aquitania  in  Gaul.  —  4.  To  fight 
=  to  or  for  fighting,  ad  pugnandum.  —  9.  In  the  time,  etc.,  Lat. 
idiom,  Cicero  being  alive. 

104  263.  —  4.  Frequently.  See  G.  443.  —  5.  Assembled  in  the 
temple,  Lat.  idiom,  came  together  into  the  temple.  —  Jupiter 
Stator.  Stator,  the  stayer,  he  who  arrests  the  flight  of  soldiers  and 
causes  them  to  stand  fast,  is  one  of  the  epithets  of  Jupiter,  the  king 
of  the  gods.  —  6.  Was  the  first,  etc.,  Lat.  idiom,  t?ie  first  accused. 
See  G.  442,  N. 

107  268.-6.  Who  oppose.  See  G.  445,  3,  N.  2;  463,  1.  — 7. 
There  are  some.     See  Model  VII.  —Who  fear.     See  G.  503,  L 

—  8.  As  we  ought,  Lat.  idiom,  that  which  we  ougJU.    See  G.  445,  7. 

—  9.  To  ascertain,  Lat.  idiom,  loho  may  ascei-tain.  See  G.  497,  I. ; 
445,  5.  —  Are.     See  G.  529,  I.  —  10.  Devoted  himself  to  =  studied. 

—  Which,  quod.     See  G.  445,  4. 

110  274.-2.  On  the  8th  of  Nov.,  Lat.  idiom,  on  the  sixth  day 
before  the  ides  of  November.  See  G.  642 ;  642,  3  ;  643.  —  4.  Such 
was  .  .  .  madness.  See  G.  453,  4.  —  5.  The  best  books 
which.  See  Model  V. ;  also  G.  453,  5.  —  7.  Their  money.  See 
G.  447. 

XI 2     279.  —1.  It  would  be  better.     See  Model  V. ;  also  G.  476,  5. 

—  3.  Should  have  been.  See  476,  1.  —  5.  Could  he  not, 
etc.,  Lat.  idiom,  was  lie  not  able  to  order.  —  7.  Did  judge.  See 
G.  500. —  The  best  thing  to  do.  See  G.  547,  1.— 10.  From 
the  founding,  etc.,  Lat.  idiom,  from  the  city  founded.  See  410  ;  also 
G.  549,  N.  2. 

114  285.  —  1.  Like  Catiline.  See  G.  891,  IL  4.  —  That  they 
dared.  See  G.  500 ;  493,  1.-6.  When  consul.  See  G.  863,  8.  — 
For  the  safety,  ad  salutcm,  lit.  to  the  safety,  i.  e.  to  that  end.  See 
880,   III.  —  Has    been    called.      See    G.   495,  VI.  —  9.   Rest.  — 


NOTES.  269 

PAGE 

In  itself  considered.  — 10.  Rest,   i.  e.  as  a  means  of  invigorating  its 
powers.  ■ 

290. —4.  Care  must   be   taken,  cavendum  est.  —  6.    That  =  II7 
but  that,  quin.  —  8.  I  fear  that.     See  G.  498,  III.  N.   1.  — 9.  To 
watch,  vigilemus,  lit.  thai  we  should  {may)  watch.     See   G.  502,  1. —  10. 
From,  defending,  Lat.  idiom,  hy  which  he  sliould  less  defend.    See  G. 
497,  2. 

296.  —  1.    Ambassadors,    legatos.      This  word  may  stand  after  II9 
the  verb,  directly  before   the    Relative   clause.  —  To   establish,  qui 
conjirmarent,  lit.  who  should  establish.     See  G.  497,  I.  —  2.  Faesulae, 
a  town  in  Etruria.  —  4.  Will  lose,   amittas.     See  G.  498,  III.;  496. 
—  8.  To  be  read.     See  G.  503,  II.  2. 

301.  — 4.  Unless  you  suppress  =  unless  you  shall  suppress.    See  122 
G.  470,  2.  —  Conscript  Fathers.      The  Roman   senators  were  often 
thus  addressed.  —  For  inaction.     See  G.  409,  II.  — 8.    This  con- 
spiracy, etc.     Sec  419. 

307.  — 4.  That  which,  id  quod.    But  it  is  often  better  to  begin  the  125 
sentence  with  the  Relative  clause,  and  let  the  antecedent  follow;  as, 
quod  est^  etc.,  id^  etc.  —  5.  "With  your  aid.    See  G.  420.  —  6.  Let  not 
fear  deter,  ne  timor  deterreat.     See  G.  483,  3.  —  From  watching. 
See  G.  497,  2.  —  8.  What  is  right.     See  G.  529,  II. 

312.  — 1.  Came,  venit.  See  G.  521,  I. —  2.  When  they  were.  127 
See  Model  III. ;  also  G.  521,  II.  2.  —  3.  Because  he  has  driven, — 
the  reason  assigned  by  those  who  hate,  not  by  the  narrator.  See  G.  516, 
II.  —  4.  Because  he  has  driven,  —  the  reason  assigned  by  the  nar- 
rator himself.  See  G.  516,  I. — 6.  These  things,  quae,  lit.  which 
things.    See  G.  453.-8.  Is  recorded.     See  G.  519,  II.  2. 

317. —  2.  At   the   command,    etc.,    Lat.    idiom,   the  consul  com- 129 
manding.      See    G.    431.  —  3.    Upon  =  co7icerning.  —  4.    Difficult 
to  say.     See  G.  547.  — 5.  Would  preserve,  i.  e.  in  the  future.    See 
G.  537. 

323.  —  1.  When  he  received.     See  G.  524.  —  What  mood  would  131 
be  used  in  the  direct  discourse  ?     See  G.  521,  I.  —  6.  That,  quin.     See 
G.  504,  3,  2).  —  7.  Who  does  not  desire,  qui  non  cupiat,  or  qui7i  ca- 
piat.    See  also  Syn.  618. 

329.  —  5.  Would  have  gone.     See  G.  527,  III.  N.  2.  —  6.  When  133 
he  comes.     See  G.  525,  2.     In  the  direct  discourse  this  would  be,  when 
I  come  =  when  I  shall  have  come.  —  9.  Is  the  part  of  fortitude,  Lat. 
idiom,  is  of  fortitude.     See  G.  402. 

334.-3.    Do  not  think.     See  Model  V.;  also  G.  489,   1).  — 6. 135 
Liet  me  know,  Lat.  idiom,  make  (or  cause)  that  I  may  know. — Are 


270  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

PAGE 

doing.  See  G.  529,  I.  —  8.  At  his  own  personal  peril,  suo  sohiu 
periculo.  See  G.  398,  3.  —  9.  These  books  on  philosophy,  Lat. 
idiom,  these  concerning  philosophy  books.     See  419. 

138  340.  —  6.  To  be  happy.  See  Model  II.  —  8.  In  vain,  i.  e.  with- 
out  success,  without  accomplishing  his  object.  —  10.  To  no  purpose, 
i.  e.  not  only  without  accomplishing  the  desired  object,  but  absolutely 
without  any  good  result.  —  Brought  us,  Lat.  idiom,  brought  for  us. 
See  G.  385.  — 12.  To  be  wise.     See  G.  536,  2,  3). 

140  346.  —  1.  Profess  to  be  wise,  Lat.  idiom^  prof  ess  themselves  fob' 
(that  they  are)  wise.  —  2.  Who  is  unwilling.  See  G.  503,  I.  —  5- 
Upon  the  state.     See  G.  386. 

142  351. —4.  He  also  says,  idem  dicit.  See  G.  451,  8.  — 5.  It  is 
my  duty,  meum  est.  See  G.  401,  N.  3.  —  6.  "What  I  think,  an  in- 
direct question.  —  What  you  have  done  =  that  which  you  have 
dfjne,  a  Relative  clause.  See  G.  529,  5,  1).  —  7.  Whether  —  cr. 
See  G.  529,  3,  1).  —  Of  greater  value,  pluris.  See  G.  404,  N. 
1.  —  8.  That  he  had  conquered.  See  Model  VIII. ;  also  G.  540, 
IV. ;  535,  III.  N. ;  516,  II.  —9.  That  men  are  delighted.  See  G. 
501,  L  1. 

145  357.-2.  That  you  are.  See  G.  535,  IIL— Of  securing. 
See  G.  542,  I.  —  4.  Upon  the  .  .  .  saving,  etc.,  Lat.  idiom,  upon 
t/ie  republic  to  be  saved.  —  5.  For  perceiving,  ad  with  the  Genmdive. 
—  6.  To  be  plundered.     See  G.  544,  N.  2. 

147  362.  —  3.  Reading,  writing.  Place  the  Latin  word  for  the 
former  at  the  end  of  the  first  clause,  and  that  for  the  latter  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  second.  See  G.  562.  —  For  writing,  seribendi,  lit.  o/ 
writing.  See  G.  393,  N.  —  6.  Of  his  hearers,  audientium^  or  tm-um 
qui  audiunt.  See  438;  also  Gram.  441,  2. ;  549,  4.  —  1.  More  neces- 
sary. See  G.  169,  2 ;  170.  — Than  that  of  requiting,  Lat.  idiom, 
than  requiting.  —  8.  To  salute.      See  G.  546. 

149  367.  —  3.  In  this  sentence  the  relation  of  the  different  parts  will 
be  best  shown  by  placing  the  verb  before  the  object.  —  4.  When 
they  speak,  Lat.  idiom,  speaking.  See  G.  549,  1.  —  5.  From  me, 
meam,  lit.  my.  See  462.  —  7.  Having  accomplished.  See  G. 
431,  2. 

152  373. —  1.  That.  See  G.  504,  3,  2).  — 6.  And;  omit  in  rendering 
into  Latin.  See  G.  554,  I.  6.  —  Pompey,  a  celebrated  Roman  general. 
— 7.  In  the  temple,  —  regarded  simply  as  an  edifice.  —  8.  In  this 
temple ;  use  the  most  general  word. 

154  379. — 2.  More,  plura^  lit.  more  things.  —  Have,  habuSro^  lit 
shall  have  had.  —  5.  Have  to  fear.     See  G.  888,  ft.  n. 


NOTES.  271 

PAGB 

384. —  1.  To  see.     See  G.  498,  I. —4.  To  be   aji  honor,  Lat.  157 
idiom,  to  he  for  an  honor.     See  G.  390.  —  5.  To  say,  qui  dicerent,  lit. 
who  should  say.     See  G.  497,  I.  —  6.  To  achieve,  ad  with  Gerundive. 
See  G.  544,  N.  2. 

389.  — 2.  To  set  forth;  place  the  Latin  Infinitive  in  this  instance  159 
at  the  end  of  the  sentence.     See  561,11.-4.     If  any  one  should 
free.     See  Model  II.  —  6.  If  the  fear,  etc.     See  G.  431,  2,  (3). 

395.-3.  Though  he  is.     See  G.  515,  III.  —  5.  Caius  Mucins.  IGl 
While  Porsena  was  besieging  Rome,  Caius  Mucius,  afterwards  surnamed 
Scaevola,  attempted  to  deliver  the  city  by  slaying  the  king. 

401.  — 1.  When  virtue  governs.  See  G.  431.-2.  Hav- 164 
ing  come,  Lat.  idiom,  ivhen  I  had  come.  See  G.  521,  II.  2.  —  3- 
Arganthonius,  a  king  of  Tartessus  in  Spain.  —  5.  At  the  age 
of  eighty-five,  Lat.  idiom,  having  been  horn  eighty-five  years.  —  6. 
Isocrates,  a  celebrated  Athenian  orator.  —  In  his ;  omit  the  posses- 
sive in  rendering.  See  G.  447.  —  8.  Plato,  a  celebrated  Greek  philos- 
opher.—  9.  While  consul.  See  G.  363,  3. — Marius,  a  celebrated 
Roman  general. 

407.  — 1.  Which  we,  etc.     See  G.  572,  L  — 7.  Clcdius,  an  un- 106 
principled   Roman,   and   a  bitter   enemy   of  Cicero.  —  10.    Servilius 
Ahala,  Master  of  Horse  under  the   Roman   Dictator   Cincinnatus.  — 
Spurius  Maelius,  a  v/ealthy  Roman  knight.  —  Because  he  was 
seeking.     See  G.  549,  1. 

416.  — 1.  Tarentum,  a  town  in  Southern  Italy.  —  2.  Plautus,  169 
a  celebrated  Roman  poet.  —  3.  Just  eighty-three.  See  G.  452,  3.  — 
Before  the  consulship,  etc.,  Lat.  idiom,  before  Cicero  consul.  See 
409.  —  4.  With  the  attendance,  etc.,  Lat.  idiom,  fortune  being  the 
attendant.  —  5.  Of,  de.  —  9.  From  boyhood,  Lat.  idiom, /rom  a  boy. 
See  408.  —  10.  The  desire.     See  411. 

425.  —  3.   All  .  .  .  before  Socrates.      See  419.  —  6.    In    an  172 
enemy,  in  hoste  po^ta.  —  7.  Temples  around  the  forum.      See 
420.  — 10.  Epicurus,  the  famous  Greek  philosopher  from  whom  the 
Epicureans  have  derived  their  name. 

433. — 4.  Antiochus,  a  king  of  Syria.  —  5.  Achilles,  the  most  1 75 
famous  Grecian  hero  in  the  Trojan  war.  —  7.  Wishes.     See  G.  529,  I. 
— 11.  Of  Antony,  Antonii.     Place  this  word  at  the  beginning  of  the 
sentence.  —  His  ;  omit  in  rendering  into  Latin. 

445.  —  1.  Begin  with  interest^  ut.  —  2.  Gorgias,  a  celebrated  Greek  178 
rhetorician  — Leontini,  an  ancient  town  in  Sicily.  —  3.  Prodicus,  a 
Greek  rhetorician.  —  Ceus,  or  Cea,  an  island  in  the  ^  egean  Sea.  —  4. 
Pharsalia,  a  plain  in  Thessaly,  famous  for  Caesar's  victory  over  Pom- 


272  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

PAGS 

pey. — Atticus,  an  intimate  friend  of  Cicero.  —  5.  Leuctra,  a  town 
in  Boeotia,  famous  for  the  victory  of  the  Theban  general  Epaminoudas 
over  the  Lacedaemonians.  —  6.  One  of  the  Seven,  Lat.  idiom,  one 
from  the  Seven,  i.  e.  the  Seven  Wise  Men  of  Greece.  —  7.  Are  no  less 
useful,  Lat.  idiom,  brinff  {impart)  no  less  utility  {advantage),  or  like  the 
English. — Warriors,  Lat.  idiom,  those  who  wage  war.  See  438.  —  8. 
Crotona,  a  town  in  Southern  Italy.  —  In  the  fourth  year,  etc.,  Lat. 
idiom,  Tar  quinine  Superbics  reigning  the  fourth  year.  See  G.  431  ; 
879.  —  Tarquinius  Superbus,  the  seventh  king  of  Kome.  —  10. 
"While  in  exile,  Lat.  idiom,  while  they  were  in  exile.  See  G.  521,  II.  2. 
— 11.  So  virtuous,  ea  virtute.  See  441,  and  Model  IIL  —  No  other 
aim,  Lat.  idiom,  nothing  else  if  not  {unless). 

181  455.  —  3.  Armenians,  a  people  in  Asia.  —  7.  Many  weighty, 
Lat.  idiom,  many  and  weighty. —  10.  As  possible.  See  449.  — 14. 
Many  of  the  best,  multi  opttmi,  lit.  many  best. 

185  466.  —  5.  When  I  heard.  This  is  intended  to  designate  time 
simply.  —  6,  Have  to  learn.  See  G.  388,  ft.  n.  —  7.  As  much 
time.  See  G.  397,  3;  561,  111—8.  As  certain,  Lat.  idiom, /or 
certain. 

187  475.  —  2.  Cimbrians,  a  people  of  Northern  Europe,  who  in- 
vaded the  Roman  empire  and  were  defeated  by  Caius  Marius.  —  3. 
Miletus,  a  city  in  Asia  Minor.  —  6.  His,  ejzis,  referring  to  Soc- 
rates.    See  468,  2.  — 10.  The  town  of  Antioch.     See  G.  380,  L 

190  481.  —  2.  For  the  safety  of.  See  G.  669,  IL  3.  —  4.  Place 
the  Relative  clause  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence.     See  G.  672,  II. 

—  7.  He,  i.  e.  Thales.  —  Astyages,  king  of  Media  in  the  sixth  cen- 
tury B.  C,  — 10.  That  of  Cicero.     Sec  476,  4. 

194  491.  — 2.  You  or  I?  See  G.  353,  1.-4.  The  conversation. 
See  484.  — 11.  All  the  good.  See  485.-12.  Sextvis  Roscius, 
a  citizen  of  Ameria  in  Italy,  defended  by  Cicero  in  an  oration  still  ex- 
tant. —  Was  constantly.     See  G.  443. 

197  499. —  1.  All  the  greatest.  See  485. —2.  Now  that  .  .  .  old. 
See  G.  363,  3.  —  6.  It  seems  .  .  .  that  Crassus,  Lat.  idiom,  Crassv^ 
seems.     See  494.  —  6.  So  far  .  .  .  from  admiring.     See  G.  502,  3. 

—  9.  Valor  of  Scipio.     See  492. 

199  505.  —  4.  It  is  said  that.  See  494.  —  Xerxes,  a  celebrated  king 
of  Persia.  —  6.  Men  may  live.  Use  the  impersonal  construction. 
See  600,  III.  —  7.  One  should  contend.     See  495,  1. 

203      515.  — 4.  When  I  obtain,  Lat.  idiom,  wfien  I  shall  have  obtain^. 

—  6.  Indeed  while  I,  qui  dtnn,  lit.  wJio  while.  See  G.  453.  —  9.  One 
can  live.    Use  the  Impersonal  Passive  Construction.   See  495  ;  500,  IIL 


NOTES.  273 


PAGE 


521.  —  1.    What    counsel,    Lat.    idiom,   tohat  of   counsel.  —  2.  206 
Each,  day  =  every  day,  quoque  die.  —  3.  When  boys.     See  G.  363, 
3.  —  We  had  the  opinion  =  the  opinion  was  to  its.  —  4.  That  one 
cannot  livi#     Use  the  Pass.  Impers.  construction,  non  posse  vivi.  —  5. 
Says  that  no  one  =  denies  that  any  one. 

528.  —  1.  In  the  whole  of  Asia.    See  G.  425,  2.  —  3.  Would  209 
be  ...  to  impel  =  would  be  able  to  impel.  —  You  think,  putares, 
not  putas,  as  this  clause  is  treated  as  a  part  of  the  conclusion,  —  which 
you  loould  in  that  event  think  best.  —  4.  I  wish,  velim.,  lit.  /  would  wish, 

—  a  modest,  respectful  form  of  expressing  a  wish.  —  Would  write. 
See  G.  499,  2.  —  On  what  day.  Place  this  clause,  on  account  of  its 
importance,  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence.  —  6.  Should  have 
been.     See  G.  476,  1. 

535. —  1.  That  there  were.  See  G.  504,  3.-2.  The  Study 211 
in  which,  id  studium  in  quo.  See  484.  —  Be  an  honor  to,  Lat. 
idiom,  be  for  an  honor  to.  See  G.  390.  — 3.  Have  attained.  See  G. 
503,  I.  —  5.  As  we  wish  =  as  we  may  wish.  —  6.  I  desire,  opto,  — 
involving  no  purpose.  See  Syn.  618.  —  8.  Flans.  Consilia  should 
begin  the  sentence,  to  show  its  relation  to  both  clauses.  — 10.  Who  .  .  . 
statesmen.     See  438. 

541.  —  1.  We  must  give.  See  557,  III.  —  2.  Archytas,  a  Pytha-  214 
gorean  philosopher  of  Tarentum  in  Italy.  —  To  remember  =  that  he 
should  remember, — indirect  discourse.  See  G.  523,  III. —  3.  To  hear. 
Use  the  Infinitive,  or  ad  with  the  Gerund.  —  5.  For  the  safety,  ad 
with  the  Ace.  See  380,  III.  —  7.  Dion,  a  brother-in-law  of  the  tyrant 
Dionysius  of  Syracuse.  —  Of  Syracuse.  Sec  435.  —  To  liberate, 
ut  with  the  Subjunctive,  or  ad  with  the  Gerundive.  Use  the  latter.  — 
9.  Suitable  to  command,  Lat.  idiom,  suitable  who  may  command. 
See  G.  503,  112  —10.  To  pay  his  respects.  Use  Supine. —  12. 
To  be  presented,  Lat  idiom,  that  he  should  be  presented.     See  G.  501. 

550.  —  2.  Cicero.     The  subject  may  be  placed  either  before  or  after  217 
the  participial  clause.  —  5.  Having"  achieved  .  .  .  deeds.     Use  the 
Abl.    Abs.  —  The   ancient  .  .  .  Olympus,    Olympum    urbem  anti- 
quam. — 6.  Having  conquered.     Use  quum  with  the  Subjunctive. 

—  Mantinea,  a  city  in  Arcadia.  —  9.  Requite  your  favor  =  requite, 
or  return  to  you,  the  favor.  —  Be  grateful  =  have  gratitude.  Here 
gratiam  may  be  omitted,  as  it  can  be  so  readily  supplied  from  the  pre- 
ceding clause. 

556.  —  1.    On  .  .  .  despising    glory;    de  with    the   Gerundive.  220 

—  2.  Hippias,  a  celebrated  Greek  rhetorician.  —  Olympia,  a  district 
in  Elis,  where  the  Olympic  games  were  held.  —  3.  Held  with  Cato. 


274  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

PAGB 

This  identifies  the  conversation.  See  551,  I.  —  5.  At  the  age  of 
nineteen,  Lat.  idiom,  having  been  horn  nineteen  yearn.  —  6.  What 
advice  you  gave  =  wliat  you  advised.  —  7.  Except  injuries,  Lat. 
idiom,  if  not  {unless)  injuries.  —  9.  And  j  omit  in  rend^ing.  See  G. 
554,  I.  6. 

223  561.  —  1  By  means  of  money,  Abl.  —  2.  One.  One  should  be 
omitted  in  rendering.  —  3.  It  must  be  admitted.  In  the  several 
sentences  in  this  exercise,  must  is  best  rendered  by  the  Periphrastic 
Conj.  —  That  ...  is.  With  concedo,  either  the  Infinitive,  or  ut  with 
the  Subjunctive,  may  be  used.  —  7.  Ought  to  do,  i.  e.  in  view  of  the 
circumstances  of  the  case.  See  557,  III.  —  8.  Should  be.  Use  the 
Impers.  construction.  —  Be  arranged  with  reference  to  =  be  re- 
ferred to.  —  10.  By  a  .  .  .  admiration,  admiratione. 

227  569.  —  2.  That  which  one  thinks,  Id  quod  sentit.  The  Subjunc- 
tive would  not  be  incorrect,  but  would  be  less  definite.  —  3.  Not  .  .  . 
either  ...  or  —  neither  .  .  .  nor.  See  581.  —  5.  For  administer- 
ing, ad  with  the  Gerundive.  See  380,  III. ;  545.  —  6.  To  be  negli- 
gent. See  G.  636,  2,  3).  —  7.  As  I  think  you  are  aware  =  which 
I  think  you  know.  —  Think.  See  Syn.  576.  —  I  have  acquaintance 
■=  there  is  to  me  an  acquaintance.  —  8.  Whatever,  quae — m,  those 
things  which. 

230  578.  —  2.  Consult  for  the  interests  of  a  part,  Lat.  idiom,  con- 
sult for  a  part.  —  3.  I  supposed.  See  G.  503,  I.  —  4.  Ought  to 
have  reference  =  ought  to  be  referred.  —  6.  To  sacrifice.  Use  the 
Infinitive.  —  7.  Without  giving  some  precepts,  etc.,  Lat.  idiom,  no 
precepts  of  duty  being  (in  the  mean  time)  given.  This  sense  —  being  given, 
not  having  been  given  —  is  best  expressed  by  the  Fut.  Pass.  Part,  traden- 
dis.  —  11.  Attain,  suppose.     Subjunctive.     See  G.  521,  II.  2 ;  529,  II. 

234     587.  —  1.  Learned  studies.     See  440,  2.-4.  And.     See  G.  554, 

1.  6.  — Are  perishable.  For  gender  of  adjective,  see  G.  439,  2.  — 10. 
Perhaps  the  greatest  hero,  haud  scio  an  summnm.  See  G.  529,  8, 
N.  2.  —  Lysis,  a  celebrated  Pythagorean  philosopher  of  Tarentum. 

237  594.  —  3.  Have  been  taught  =  educated,  trained.  See  585.  — 
To  arrange.  Use  Subj.  of  Purpose.  —  5.  Would  speak.  Use 
Pres.  Infin.  —  6.  Deserve  to  be  seen.  Sec  G.  234.  —  7.  Nothing 
new  =  nothing  of  new.  —  8.  Lost  in  thought,  cogitatione  impedlti, 
engaged,  occupied  with  thought.  —  10.  I  have  been  desiring.  See 
G.  467,  2.  —  12.  Though  the  tyrant  was  removed.     See  G.  431, 

2.  —  13.  Also ;  render  by  the  proper  form  of  ideni.     See  G.  451,  3. 
240      599.  —  1.  And  ;  omit  in  rendering.     See  G.  554,  I.  6.  —  2.  Which 

we,  etc.     Insert  this  in  the  principal  clause.     See  G.  672,  I.  —  8.  Di- 


NOTES.  275 

PAGK 

onysius,  the  tyrant  of  Syracuse.  —  5.  He  who  obeys,  eum  qui  pareij 
OT  pareat.  The  former  is  more  definite,  and,  perhaps,  preferable  in  this 
sentence.  —  7.  Having  retained,  quum  with  Subj.  See  543,  3.  —  9. 
Caius  Duillius,  a  celebrated  Roman  commander,  who  gained  a  naval 
victory  over  the  Carthaginians  in  the  first  Punic  war. — 11.  To  an- 
other, alteri^  a  second  one,  in  contrast  with  himself.  This  contrast  gives 
alteri  an  emphatic  position  at  the  end  of  the  sentence. 

607.  —  1.  Was  expected  to  speak,  dicturus  esset,  was  about  to  243 
speak.  —  For  the  purpose  of  hearing  him ;  cama  with  the  Ge- 
rund. See  380,  IV.  —  4.  To  be  better,  quo  meliores  essent.  See  G. 
497,  II.  2.  In  this  sentence  the  Latin  verb  for  have  taught  is  treated  as 
a  Historical  tense.  Hence  essent^  not  sirU.  See  G.  495,  I.  —  As  Lysis 
taught  Epaminondas  of  Thebes,  ut  Lysis  Epaminondam  Thehanum, 
or,  inverting  the  order,  as  is  often  done  in  illustrations,  ut  TJiebdnum 
Epaminondam  Lysis.  The  verb  taught  should  be  omitted  in  rendering, 
because  it  can  be  readily  supplied.  —  5.  And  not  only  =  nor  only, 
neque  solum:  See  581.  —  Literary  works,  monumenta  litterarum. 
See  440,  2.  —  7.  To  disguise  the  fact  that  those  things,  Lat. 
idiom,  to  disguise  that  those  things.  —  8.  Solon.  The  Athenians  had 
made  it  a  capital  offence  to  propose  the  recovery  of  Salamis  from  the  Me- 
garians.  Accordingly  Solon  pretended  to  be  mad,  that,  in  his  supposed 
frenzy,  he  might  with  impunity  urge  the  unpopular  measure. 

614.  —  1.  It  is  related  of  .  .  .  that  .  .  .  first  who  reigned,  247 
Lat,  idiom,  Servius  Tullius  is  related  first  to  have  reigned.  See  610,  III. ; 
also  G.  537.  —  2.  Having  been  unable,  quum  with  the  Subj.  —  To 
Tarquinii,  a  city  of  Etruria,  Tarquinios^  in  urbem  Eiruriae.  Ur- 
hem  is  not  treated  simply  as  an  Appositive  to  Tarquinios,  but  with  the 
preposition  in  it  becomes  a  modifier  of  the  verb.  See  G.  380,  I ;  425,  II. 
3,  N.  —  Cypselus,  a  celebrated  tyrant  of  Corinth.  —  5.  Lycurgus, 
the  celebrated  Spartan  lawgiver.  —  The  authority  of  the  Delphic 
Apollo,  i.  e.  of  the  Oracle  at  Delphi.  —  6.  Milo,  a  famous  athlete.  — 
Bearing  =  supporting^  or  sustaining  the  weight  of.  Use  sustineo  in  the 
Imperf.  Subj.  with  quum.  —  8.  As  is  admitted,  id  quod  constat.  See 
G.  445,  7.  —  To  bring  it ;  omit  the  pronoun  it  in  rendering.  See  457. 
—  9.  They  say,  ferunt.  Place  this  verb  after  the  Subject  Ace.  See 
601.  — 10.  Having  been  banished,  quum^  with  Subj. 

620.  —  2.  Themselves,  se.    Place  this  at  the  beginning  of  the  250 
sentence  to  show  its  common  relation  to  the  several  clauses.  —  And  ; 
omit.  —  3.  The  blessings  which  are  past  =  past  blessings.  —  4.  It 
seemed  to  me  that.     See  610,  L;  also  G.  534,  1,  N.  l.~One  of, 
unus  ex,  one  from.     See  G.  397,  3,  N.  3.  —  5.  After  the  overthrow 


276  LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

PAGE 

of  the  republic.  Use  the  Abl.  Abs.  —  10.  If  we  promise  =  if  we 
shall  promise.  See  627,  III. ;  also  G.  470,  2.  —  11.  If  we  show  =  if 
loe  shall  shoio.  —  Are  about  to  state  =  shall  be  (at  that  future  time) 
about  to  state. 

254  626.  —  1.  I  shall  willingly  communicate.  See  621,  III.  1.  — 
3.  Will  offend.  Use  Pres.  Subj.  See  G.  496,  N.  2.-4.  Myself, 
referring  especially  to  native  talents,  ingenium.  See  621,  I.  Aid.  Use 
Plur.  in  Latin,  helps^  aids.  See  411,  2.  —  6.  This  event  =  this  thing. 
—  6.  Treasures,  possessions,  res,  things.  —  8.  Could  have  hap- 
pened, Lat.  idiom,  was  able  to  happen.  See  G.  537,  1. —  10.  For  em- 
pire, de  imperio,  lit.  concerning  empire.  — 11.  Letters,  littSrae,  written 
communications  without  special  reference  to  epistolary  form.  See  Syn. 
200. 

257  632.-2.  Could  say.  Use  Present  Infin.  See  G.  537.-4. 
Weighty ;  tor  the  position  of  the  Adj.  in  Latin,  see  G.  564,  I,  —  5. 
Philo,  a  celebrated  Grecian  philosopher.  The  Academy  at  Athens  was 
a  famous  school  of  philosophy.  —  7.  Say  —  not  =  deni/.  —  9.  A  let- 
ter from  me.  See  462.  —  For  the  purpose  of  recovering  my 
voice.     Use  causa  with  the  Gerundive. 

260  638. —  1.  For  him,  m  ewm,  against  him.  —  Should  kill;  Plup. 
Subjunctive,  to  denote  a  completed  action  with  reference  to  the  time  of 
punishment. —Would  commit,  Fut.  Infin.  — 6.  That  it  may  not. 
Use  the  Relative.  See  G.  503, 1.  —  7.  If  they  were  not.  Insert  the 
condition  after  the  proper  names,  and  observe  that  the  words  by  them  in 
the  condition  must  be  rendered  by  the  noun  litt^ris,  and  the  words  of 
letters  in  the  conclusion,  by  the  pronoun  edrum,  referring  back  to  that 
noun.  —  In  the  knowledge  and  practice,  ad  with  Gerundive,  lit.  to 
perceiving  and  practising  virtue. 


\ 


ENGLISH-LATIN   YOCABULARY. 


A. 

Relinquo,    ere, 
Possum, 


liqui, 


A-bandon. 
lictum,. 

Able,  be  able.  Possum,  posse, 
potui.     G.  290. 

Abound  in.  Abundo,  are,  ^vi, 
atum. 

About.  To  be  about  to,  rendered 
by  the  Act.  Periphras.  Conj.  G. 
233. 

Above.     Supra,  adv. 

Absurd.     Ahsurdus,  a,  wm. 

Abundance.     Copia,  ae,  f. 

Academy.     Academia,  ae,  f. 

Acceptable.  Acceptus,  a,  um, ; 
gratus,  a,  um.  See  216.  Make 
acceptable,  ^roio,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Accommodate  one's  self  to.  Obse- 
quor,  i,  secutus  sum,  dep. 

Accomplish.  Conficio,  cfficio,  ire, 
feci,  fectum ;  assiquor,  i,  secu- 
tus sum,  dep.  Achievements  are 
accomplislied,  res  geruntur. 

Accordance,  in  accordance  with, 
ii'a;,  e,  prep,  with  abl.    G.434,N.2. 

According  to  one's  desire.  Ex  sen- 
tentia.     See  339. 

Account,  on  account  of.  Propter, 
prep,  with  ace. 

Accumulate  (trans.).  Augeo,  ere, 
auxi,  auctum. 

Accusation.     Crimen,  inis,  n. 


Accuse.     Accuse,  are,  avi,  atum. 
^Achieve.     Ago,  ire,  egi,  actum. 
Achievement.    Res  gesta.    See  474. 

Achievements  are  accomplished, 

res  geruntur. 
Achilles.     Achilles,  is,  m. 
Acquaintance,  experience.      UsuSj 

us,  m.    A  very  intimate  acquaint' 

ance,  summus  usus. 
Acquainted,  be,  become,  acquainted 

with.     Cognosce,   ere,   novi,   nl- 


Pare,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Absolve,  ere,  selvi,  solu' 


turn. 
Acquire. 
Acquit. 

turn. 
Across.    Trajfis,  prep,  with  ace. 
iiAct.     Ago,  ere,  egi,  actum  ;  facie, 

ire,  feci,  factum. 
Action,  deed.     Factum,  i,  n. 
Adjacent,  nearest.  ProxXmus,  a,um. 
Administer.    Gere,  ire,  gessi,  ges- 

turn,. 
Admiration,    a  feeling   of  admira- 
tion.   Admiratio,  onis,  f. 
Admire.       Mirer,    admirer,    art, 

atus  sum,  dep. 
Admit,  confess.    Cenfiteor,  eri,fes- 

sus  sum,  dep.     Admit,  concede, 

concedo,  ire,  cessi,  cessum. 
Admitted,  it  is  admitted.   Constat^ 

censtitit. 
Admonish.     Moneo,  admonto,  ere, 

ui,  itum. 
Admonition.     Admenitio,  onis,  f, 

(277) 


278 


LATIN  COMPOSITION. 


A-dorn.     Exorno,  are,  avi,  aium. 

Adorn,  clothe,  vestio,  ire,  ivi  and 

a,  Hum. 
Advantage.     Emolumentum,  i,  n. ; 

commodum,  i,  n. ;  utilUas,  atis,f. 
Adversary.      Adversarius,    ii,    m. 

See  504. 
Adversity.    Res  adversae,  f.  pi.     G. 

440,  N.  4. 
Advice.    Consilium,  ii,  n.    To  give 

advice,  suadeo,  ere,  suasi,  sua- 

sum.     G.  385. 
Advise.      Moneo,   ere,   ui,    Uum  ; 

suadto,  ere,  suasi,  suasum. 
Adviser.     Auctor,  oris,  m. 
Aeduans.     Aedui,  drum,  m.  pi. 
Affair,  thing.    Ees,  rei,  f.    Military 

affairs,  res  militaris,  sing. 
Affect.     Afficio,  ere,  feci,  fectum. 

Affect,   prompt,   commdveo,   ere, 

movi,  motum. 
Affection.     Amor,  oris,  m.     Duti- 
ful affection,  pietas,  atis,  f. 
Affluent,  rich,  copious.    Uher,  iris. 
Africa.     Africa,  ae,  f. 
Africanus.     Africanus,  i,  m. 
After.    Post,  prep,  with  ace. 
Afterwards.     Post,  adv. 
Again   and    again.      Etiam    atque 

etiam. 
Against.     Contra;  in;  prep,  with 

ace. 
Age,  period  of  life.    Aetas,  atis,  f. 

Old  age,  senectus,  utis,  f.     At  the 

age  of,  natus,  a,  um,  with  ace. 

of  time.     See  400. 
Aged,  old.    Senex,  senis. 
Agency  —  through    one's    agency. 

Per,  prep,  with  ace.    See  232,  5. 
Agis.     Agis,  idis,  m. 
Ago.     Abhinc,  adv. 
Agreeable.    Jucundus,  a,  um.  See 

210. 
Ahala.     Ahala,  ae,  m. 
Aid.     Auxilium,  ii,  n. ;    adjumen- 

tum,,  i,  n.     Means,  opes^  opum, 

f.  pi.     G.  133,  1. 
Aid,  to  aid.    Adpivo,  are,  jnvi,  jn- 

tum. 
A.ini  —  propose    to    one's   self   no 

other  aim.    Sihi  nihil  aliud  nisi 


proponire  (propOno,  ere,  posui, 

posUum).     See  444. 
Alba  Longa.    Alba  Longa,  Alba9 

Longae,  f. 
Alexander.     Alexander,  dri,  m. 
Alive.     Vivus,  a,  um. 
All.     Omnis,  e.  Each,  every,  quis- 

que,  quaeque,  quodque  and  quic- 

que  or   quidque.     All    togetlier, 

cunctus,  a,  um.     At  all,  omnmo, 

adv.  Not  at  all,  nihil.  G.  378,  2. 
AUobroges.  Allobroges,  um,  m.  pi. 
Allow.    Concedo,  ere,  cessi,  cessum. 

Allow  to    pass,   inter-mitto,  i7-e, 

mlsi,  missum. 
Ally.     Socius,  ii,  m. 
Alone.     Solus,    a,    um.     G.    151. 

Without  exception,  unus,  a,  um. 

G.  151. 
Already.     Jam,  adv. 
Also.     Etiam,   adv.     I,   you,    he, 

&c.,    also,  idem,    eddem,   idem. 

See  350. 
Although.     Etsi ;    licet;   etiamsi ; 

quamqvam  ;    quamvis.     G.  515, 

I.  II.  III. 
Always.     Semper,  adv. 
Ambassador.     Legatus,  i,  m. 
Among.     Inter,    prep,    with    ace 

Among,  with,  near  to,  apud,  prep. 

with  ace. 
Amount,  quantity.      Vis,  vis,  f. 
Ample.     Amplus,  a,  um. 
Ancient.     Antlquvs,  a,  um  ;  pris- 

flnus,  a,  um.     See  162. 
Ancus.     Ancus,  i,  m. 
And.     Et ;  que  ;  atque  or  ac,  conj. 

G.  554,  I.  2,  3.     And  yet  =  and, 

et.    And  not,  neque,  conj.     And 

that  too,  et  is  ;  et  is  quidem  {is 

ea,  id). 
Anger.     Iracundia,  ae,  f. 
Annoyance.     Molestia,  ae,  f. 
Another.     Alius,  a,  vd.     G.   151 ; 

151,  1.     Another  (of  two),  a  fel- 
low-creature,  alter,    ira,   irum. 

G.  151  ;  151,    1.     Another's,  ali- 

enus,  a,  um. 
Antioch.     Antiochia,  ae,  f. 
Antioclnis.     Antidchus,  i,  m. 
Antipater.     Antipdter,  tri,  m. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


279 


Antony.     Antonius,  ii,  m. 

Any.      Ullus,  a,  um  ;  G.  151 ;  alx- 

qui,  qua,  quod.     Any  one,  quis. 

Any  thing,    quid.      G.    189.      If 

any,  si  quis.     G.  190,  1. 
Apollo.     Apollo,  inis,  m. 
Apparel.      VestUus,  us,  m. 
Appear,  seem.     Videor,  eri,   visus 

sum.     See  577. 
Appius.     Appius,  a,  m. 
Apply   to.     Confero,    ferre,    iuli, 

collatum,   in  with   ace.      Apply 

one's    self    to,    se     conferre   ad 

with    ace.    {confero,    ferre,    tii- 

li,   collatum)  ;    se   applicare   ad 

with    ace.     (appllco,    are,     avi, 

atuT/i). 
Appoint.     Constituo,  Ire,  ui,  utum. 
Approach.    Appropinquo,  are,  avi, 

atum  ;  accedo,  ere,  cessi,  cessum. 
Appropriate,     take.       Sumo,     ere, 

sumpsi,  sumptum.     Appropriate 

to,  apply  to,  confSro,  ferre,  tidi, 

collatum,  in  with  ace. 
Approve.     Proho,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Aquitanians.  Aquitani,  6rum,xn.-^\. 
Arar.     Arar,  dris,  m. ;  ace.  Ard- 

rim, 
Archytas.    Archytas,  ae,  m. 
A rganthonius.  Argant}ionius,ii,m. 
Ariovistus.    Ariovistus,  i,  m. 
Arise,  become.     Bxsisto,  ere,  stUi, 

sfltum. 
Aristotle.    Aristoteles,  is,  m. 
Armenian.     Armenius,  ii,  m. 
Arms.      Arma,  drum,  n.  pi.      G. 

131,  1,  4). 
Army.     Exercltus,  us,  m. ;  agmen, 

mis,  n. ;  acies,  ei,  f.     See   178. 

Army   on    the    march,    agmen, 

inis,  n. 
Around.     Circum,  adv.,  and  prep. 

with  ace. 
Arouse.     Erigo,  ere,  rexi,  rectum. 
Arrange  (a  line  of  battle).  Instruo, 

ere,  struxi,  structum.      Arrange 

with  reference  to,  refero,  ferre, 

tuli,  latum,  ad  with  ace.  See  534. 
Arrive.     Pervenio,  ire,  veni,  ven- 

tum.    Arrive,  come,  venio,   ire, 

veni,  ventum. 

19 


Arrogance.     Arrogantia,  ne,  f. 

Art.     Ars,  artis,  f. 

As.  Ut,  adv.  As  =  since,  quum, 
conj.  As,  after  tam,  quam,  adv. 
As  =  for,  pro,  prep,  with  abl. 
As  to,  after  ita,  ut,  conj.  with 
subjunct.  As  —  as  possible, 
quam,  adv.  with  superlat.  See 
449.  As  much,  quantus,  a,  um. 
As  much  —  as,  tantus,  a,  um, — 
quantus,  a,  um.  See  527.  As 
soon  as,  quum.  primum.  As, 
relative,  especially  after  idem, 
etc.,  qui,  quae,  quod.  As  =  that 
which,  a  thing  which,  id  quod. 
See  267 ;  also  G.  445,  7. 

Ascanius.     Ascanius,  ii,  m. 

Ascertain.  Cognosco,  ere,  novi, 
nitum. 

Ashamed,  be  ashamed.  Pudet,  pu- 
duit  and  pudltum  est.  See  228 ; 
also  G.  299  ;  409,  III. 

Asia.     Asia,  ae,  f. 

Ask.  Rogo,  are,  avi,  atum.  Ask  (a 
question),  interrogo,  are,  avi, 
atum.  Ask,  inquire,  quaero,  ere, 
quaesivi  and  ii,  quaesitum.  Ask 
for,  peto,  ere,  ivi  and  ii,  Itum. 
It  is  asked,  quaerUur,  quaesitum 
est. 

Assemble.  Convenio,  ire,  veni, 
ventum.  Multitudes  assemble, 
concur sus  fit.     See  606. 

Assembly.     Concio,  onis,  f. 

Assiduously.    Studiose,  adv. 

Assign.     Trihuo,  ere,  ui,  utum- 

Associate.     Socius,  ii,  m. 

Astyages.     Astydges,  is,  m. 

At.  Apiid,  ad,  prep,  with  ace.  At 
the  age  of,  natus,  a,  um,  with 
ace.  of  time.  See  400.  At  the 
suggestion  of,  auctor,  in  abl. 
abs.  At  all,  omnino,  adv.  Not 
at  all,  nihil.  G.378,  2.  At  length, 
tandem,  adv.  At  once,  jam,  adv. 
At  times,  interdum,  adv. 

Athenian.  Aiheniensis,  15,  m. 
and  f. 

Athens.     Athenae,  drum,  f.  pi. 

Attack.  Adorior,  iri,  ortus  sum, 
dep. 


280 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Attain.     Consequor,    assiquor,    i, 

secutus  sum,  dep. ;  adipiscor,  i, 

adeptus  sum,  dep. 
Attempt.     Conor,   art,   atus   sum, 

dep. ;  tento,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Attend  to,  serve.     Servio,  ire,  ivi, 

Hum.     G.  385. 
Attendance,  with  the  attendance  of. 

Comes,  Itis,  in  abl.  abs. 
Attendant.     Comes,  Uis,  m.  and  f. 
Attention,  study.     Studium,  ii,  n. 

Attention,   exertion,   work,   opi- 

ra,  ae,  f. 
Attentive.     Attentus,  a,  um. 
Atticus.     Atticus,  i,  m. 
Attract.     Allicio,  Sre,  lexi,  ledum. 
Audacity.     Audacia,  ae,  f. 
Author.     Auctor,  oris,  m.  and  f. 
Authority.    Auctoritas,  dtis,  f. 
Avail.      Valeo,  ere,  ui,  Mum. 
Avaricious.     Avarus,  a,  um. 
Avoid.     Vito,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Await.     Exspecto,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Award.     Tribuo,  ere,  ui,  utum. 
Aware  —  be  aware.    Scio,  scire,  sci- 

vi,  scitum. 

B. 

Bani^,  throw  off.  Ahjicio,  Ire, 
jeci,  jectum.  Banish,  expel,  ex- 
pello,  ire,  puli,  pulsum. 

Base.     Turpis,  e. 

Battle.  Proelium,  ii,  n.  A  battle 
is  fought,  pugnatur,  atum  est, 
impers. 

Be.  Sum,  esse,  fui.  Be  a  charac- 
teristic of.  See  42G.  Be  a  law- 
giver, leges  scriho,  ire,  scripsi, 
scriptum.  See  438.  Be  a  states- 
man, rei  puhUcae  praesum,  es- 
se,, fui.  See  438.  Be  a  war- 
rior, helium  gero,  ire,  gessi,  ges- 
tum.  See  444.  Be  able,  possum, 
posse,  potui.  Be  about  to.  Act. 
Periphrast.  Conj.  Be  acquainted 
with,  cognosco,  ire,  nOvi,  nltum. 
Be  ashamed,  pudet,  puduit  and 
puditum  est.  See  228;  also  G. 
409,  III.  Be  aware,  scio,  scire, 
scivi,  scitum.     Be  born,  nascor, 


i,  natus  sum.  Be  busy,  occupa- 
tione  distineri  (distineo,  ire,  ui, 
tentuvi).  See  631.  How  very 
busy  one  is,  quanta  occupatione, 
etc.  Be  conducive  to,  condu- 
co,  ire,  duxi,  ductum.  See  289. 
Be  consistent  with  one's  self,  si- 
hi  consentlre,  with  ipse,  a,  um,  in 
agreement  with  subject  (con- 
sentio,  ire,  sensi,  sensum).  Be 
delighted  with,  gaudeo,  ere,  ga- 
vlsus  sum.  Be  destitute  of, 
need,  egeo,  indtgeo,  ere,  ui. 
See  239,  I.  Be  elated,  effiror, 
ferri,  elatus  sum.  See  295.  Be 
eminent,  unus,  a,  um,  emlneOy 
ere,  ui,  or  emineo  alone.  Be  en- 
gaged in,  sum,  esse,  fui,  in  with 
abl.  See  534.  Be  evident,  consto, 
are,  stlti,  statum.  Be  expected 
to,  Act.  Periphrast.  Conj.  Be 
free  from,  be  without,  vaco, 
are,  avi,  atum  ;  careo,  ere,  uiy 
itum ;  egeo,  ere,  ui.  See  239, 
I.  Be  grateful,  gratiam  habeo, 
ere,  ui,  itum.  See  548.  Be 
held  =  to  be,  sum,  esse,  fui. 
Be  ignorant  of,  ignOro,  are,  aviy 
atum.  Be  in  command  of,  prae- 
sum, esse,  fui.  G.  386.  Be  in 
force,  vigeo,  ere,  vigui.  Be  in- 
timate with,  familiarUer  utor, 
i,  usus  sum,  dep.  G.  421,  I.  Be 
mad,  furo,  ire,  ui.  Be  need- 
ful, there  needs,  is  need  of,  opus 
€st,fuit.  G.414,rV.  Be  on  one's 
guard,  caveo,  ire,  cavi,  cautum. 
Be  one's  intention,  in  animo 
sum,  esse,  fui.  See  206.  Be 
subject  to,  obey,  pareo,  ire^  uiy 
Hum.  G.  385*  Be  sufficient,  be 
able,  possum,  posse,  potui.  Bo 
the  duty,  mark,  part,  &c.,  of, 
often  rendered  by  the  Pred.  Gen. 
See  426.  Be  tlie  result,  evinio, 
Ire,  vini,  ventum.  Be  the  slave 
of,  servio,  ire,  ivi  and  ii.  Mum. 
G.  385.  Be  unable,  non  pos- 
sum, posse,  potui.  Be  unwilling, 
nolo,  nolle,  nolui.  Be  useful, 
utilis,  e,  sum,  esse,  fui  ;  utilitCi' 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


281 


tern  affero,  ferre,  attuli,  allatum. 

See  444.    Be  willing,  volo,  velle, 

volui.     Be  without.    See  Be  free 

from.     Be  wont,  soleo,  e,re,  soli- 

tus  sum,. 
Bear.      Fero,   ferre,    tuli,    latum. 

Bear,  suffer,  patior,  patty  pas- 

sus    sum,   dep.     Bear,    support, 

sustineo,  ere,  in,  tentum. 
Beautiful.     Pulcher,  chra,  chrum. 
Beauty.     Pulchritudo,  inis,  f. 
Because.     Quod,  quia,  conj.     See 

Lesson    LXXX.      Because     of, 

propter,  prep,  with  ace. 
Become.     Fio,  fieri,  factus  sum. 

Become    acquainted    with,    cog- 

nosco,  ere,  novi,  nltum. 
Befall.     Accido,  ere,  i. 
Before.    Ante,  adv.,  and  prep,  with 

ace. 
Begin.     Coepi,  isse.     G.  297,  I. 
Beginning.     Initium,  ii,  n. 
Behalf,  in  behalf  of.     Pro,  prep. 

with  abl. 
Behooves  —  it  behooves.    Oportet, 

uit. 
Belgians.     Belgae,  arum,  m.  pi. 
Believe.     Credo,  ere,  dldi,  dltum. 

G.  385. 
Beneficence.     Beneficentia,  ae,  f. 
Best.     Optlmus,  a,  urn.     G.    1G5. 

In  the  best  manner,  optlme,  adv. 
Bestow.     Impertio,  ire,  ivi  and  ii, 

Itum.      Bestow    upon,    confero, 

ferre,  tuli,  collatum. 
Betake    on»'s    self.      Se    conferre 

(jconfero,  ferre,  tuli,  collatum)  ; 

se    recipere    {reclpio,   ere,    cepi, 

ceptum). 
Better.  Melior,  ius.  G.  165.     Bet- 
ter, preferable,  satius.     See  527. 
Between.     Liter,  prep,  with  ace. 
Bird.     Avis,  avis,  f. 
Bitterly.     Acerhe,  adv. 
Blame.      Vitupero,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Blessing,  good.     Bonum,  i,  n. 
Blind.     Caecus,  a,  um. 
Boast.  Glorior,  ari,  atus  sum,,  dep. 
Book.     Liber,  hri,  m. 
Booty.     Praeda,  ae,  f. 
iJorders,  territory.  Fines,  iM«i,m.pl. 


Born  for.  Natus,  a,  um,  with  dat., 
or  ad  with  ace. 

Both  —  and.     Et  —  et. 

Boy.     Paer,  pueri,  m. 

Boyhood.  See  408.  From  boy- 
hood, a  puero. 

Branch  of  learning.  Doctrlna,  ae,L 

Brave.     Fortis,  e. 

Bravely.     Foi-titer,  adv. 

Break,  offend  against.  Vidlo,  are, 
avi,  atum. 

Bring.  Affero,  ferre,  attuli,  alla- 
tum. Bring,  bear,  fero,  ferre, 
tuli,  latum.  Bring  to,  adduco, 
ere,  duxi,  ductum.  Bring  to  a 
close,  ^;ito,  ire,  ivi  and  ii,  itum. 

Britain  —  of  or  from  Great  Britain, 
British.     Britannlcus,  a,  um. 

Brother.     Frater,  tris,  m. 

Brutus.     Brutus,  i,  m. 

Build,  make.  Facia,  ere,  feci,  fac^ 
turn. 

Burn,  burn  up.  Exuro,  ire,  ussi, 
ustum.  Burn,  set  fire  to,  in- 
cendo,  ere,  cendi,  censum. 

Business.  Negotium,  ii,  n.  To 
have  business,  negotium  esse, 
with  dat.  of  possessor. 

Busy,  be  busy.  Occupatione  disti- 
neri  (distineo,  ere,  ui,  tentum). 
See  631.  How  very  busy  one  is, 
quanta  occupatione,  etc. 

But.  Sed  ;  autem ;  vero.  G.  551, 
III.  2.     But  not,  and  not,  neque. 

By.  A,  ah,  prep,  with  abl.  By  = 
from,  in  accordance  with,  e,  ex, 
prep,  with  abl.  By  =  through, 
per,  prep,  with  ace.  By  letter, 
per  litteras.  By  myself,  yourself, 
&c.,  mecum,  etc.  See  568.  By 
no  means,  minime,  adv.  See  586. 


Caesar.     Caesar,  dris,  m. 

Caius.     Caius,  ii,  m. 

Calamity.     Calamltas,  dtis,  f. 

Call.  Nomina,  vaco,  appella,  Hre, 
avi,  atum.  See  184.  Call  to 
mind,  commemoro,  are,  avi,  atum, 

Camillus.     Camillus,  i,  m. 


282 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Camp.     Castra,  drum,  n.  pi. 

Can,  could.     Possum,  posse,  potui. 

Cannae.     Cannae,  drum,  f.  pi. 

Capable.     Capax,  dcis. 

Capture.    Capio,  ere,  cepi,  captum. 

Capua.     Capua,  ae^  f. 

Care  —  take  care.    Caveo,  ere,  cavi, 

cautum. 
Care,  care    for.     Cure,    are,    dvi, 

(Uum. 
Carefully.     Diligenter,  adv. 
Caria.     Caria,  ae,  f. 
Carry.     Porto,  are,  avi,  dtum. 
Carthage.      Carthago,  inis,  f. 
Carthaginian.  Poenus,  i,  r\\.;   Car- 

thaginiensis,  is,  ni.  and  f. 
Cassius.     Cassius,  it,  m. 
Catiline.     Catillna,  ae,  m. 
Cato.     Cato,  onis,  m. 
Catulus.     Catnlus,  i,  m. 
Cause.     Causa,  ae,  f. 
Cavalry.     EquUdtus,  us,  m. 
Celebrated.     Clarus,  a,  um  ;  ceU- 

her,  bris,  bre.     See  233. 
Celestial.     Coelestis,   e.      Celestial 

bodies,  coelestia,  ium,  n.  pi. 
Celts.      Celtae,  drum,  m.  pi. 
Censor.     Censor,  oris,  m. 
Censorship.     See  409. 
Censure.  Reprehendo,  Sre,  di,  sum. 
Census  —  take  the  census  of,  cen- 

seo,  ere,  ui,  censum.     See  490. 
Certain.   Certus,  a,  um.    A  certain, 

quidam,  quaedam,  quoddam  and 

quiddam. 
Certainly.     Certe,  adv. 
Ceus,  of  Ceus.     Ceus,  a,  um. 
Chueronea.      Chaeronea,  ae,  f. 
Change.     Muto,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Characteristic.     See  42G. 
Chariot.      Currus,  us,  m. 
Cheerfulness.     Ililarltas,  dtis,  f. 
Chief.    Summus,  a,  um.  G.  1G3,  3. 
Children.     Libiri,  drum,  m.  pi. 
Choice.     Conquisitus,  a,  um. 
Choose,  select.     Ellgo,   Ire,   Ugi, 

ledum. 
Cicero.     Ciciro,  Onis,  m. 
Cimbrian.     Cimbrlcus,  a,  um.     A 

victory  over  tlie  Cinibrians,  Cim- 

hrlca  victoria. 


Citadel.     Arx,  arcis,  f. 

Citizen.      Civis,  civts,  ni.  and  f. 

City.  Urbs,  urbis,  f.  City  walls, 
walls  of  the  city,  moenia,  ium^ 
n.  pi.  Founding  of  the  city, 
urbs  condita.     G.  649,  N.  2. 

Civil.  Civllis,  e.  Civil,  domestic, 
domestlcus,  a,  um.  Civil,  be- 
longing to  the  city,  urbdnus,  a, 
um. 

Claudius.     Claudius,  ii,  m. 

Clear.  Clarus,  a,  um;  perspicutis, 
a,  um. 

Cleopatra.      Cleopdtra,  ae,  f. 

Clodius.      Clodius,  ii,  m. 

Close  —  bring  to  a  close.  Finio, 
Ire,  ivi  and  ii,  itum.. 

Coat  of  mail.     Lorica,  ae,  f. 

Collatinus.     Collatinus,  i,  m. 

Colleague.     ColUga,  ae,  m. 

Come.  Venio,  ire,  veni,  ventum. 
Come  to  tlie  relief  of,  svbvenio, 
ire,  veni,  ventitm.  G.  386.  lo 
come,  future,  futurus,  a,  um. 

Command.  Impiro,  dre,  dvi,  dtum. 
G.  385.  Be  in  command  of,  prae- 
sum,  esse,  fui.  G.  386.  At  the 
command  of,  Tres.  Part,  of  Vm- 
pero  in  abl.  abs. 

Commander.     Imperdtor,  oris,  m. 

Commend,  make  acceptable.  Pro- 
bo,  dre,  dvi,  dtum. 

Commit,  do.  Facio,  ire,  feci,  faC' 
tum.  Commit  one's  self,  se 
tradere  ;  irado,  ire,  dldi,  dltum. 
Commit,  commit  to  memory, 
edisco,  ire,  didlci.  Connnit  to 
writing,  litteris  mando,  dre,  dvi, 
dtum. 

Common.     Communis,  e. 

Conmionwealth.  Res  pubUca,  ret 
publtcae,  i. 

Communicate,  relate.  Trado,  ire, 
dldi,  dltum.  Communicate,  con- 
verse, coUdquor,  i,  locfitus  sum^ 
dep. 

Companions  —  my,  &c.,  compan- 
ions.   Mei,  etc.     G.  441,  1. 

Compare.  Confiro,  ferre,  tidi,  col* 
Idtum. 

Compel.  Cogo,  ire,  coigi,  coacium. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABLTLARY. 


283 


Complain.    Qiieror,  i,  questus  sum, 

dep. 
Completely  'conquer.    Devinco,  ere, 

met,  victum. 
Conceal.      Celo,   are,   avi,   atum  ; 

occulio,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Concede.     Coiicedo,  ere,  cessi,  ces- 

sum. 
Concerning.     De,  prep,  witli  abl. 
Concerns,  it  concerns.     Refert,  tu- 

lit.     G.  408. 
Condemn.  Darano,  condemno,  are, 

avi,  atum. 
Condition,  state.     Status,  us,  m. 
Conducive  —  be  conducive  to.  Con- 

duco,    ere,    duxi,    ductum.     See 

289. 
Conduct.     Perduco,  ere,  duxi,  duc- 
tum.   Conduct  one's  self,  se  ge- 

rere  {gero,  ere,  gessi,  gesturti). 
Confess.  Confiteor,  eri,  fessus sum, 

dep. 
Confidence.     Fides,  H,  f. 
Confirm.   Confirmo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Connected.     Continens,  entis. 
Connection  —  no  connection.  Nihil 

conjunctum.     See  637. 
Conquer.     Vinco,  ere,  vici,  victum. 

Conquer     completely,      devinco, 

ire,  vlci,  victum. 
Conscript    Fathers.      Patres   Con- 

scripti,  m.  pi.  • 

Consider.     Cogito,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Consider  as,  arhUror,  ari,   dtus 

sum,  dep.     Consider,  judge,  ex- 

isiimo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Consistent — be  consistent  with  one's 

self.     Sihi  consentire,  with  ipse, 

a,  um,  in  agreement  with  subject 
[consentio.  Ire,  sensi,  sensum). 
Consistently.     Convenienter,  adv. 
Conspiracy.     Conjuratio,  onis,  f. 
Conspirators.      Conjurati,     drum, 

m.  pi. 
Conspire.       Conjuro,      are,     avi, 

atum. 
Constantly.     Assiduus,  a,  um.    G. 

443. 
Consternation.     Formldo,   inis,  f. 
See  305. 


Consul.     Consul,  Mis,  m. 

Consulship.     See  409. 

Consult,    consult    for,    consult  for 

the  interest  of.     Consulo,  ere,  ui, 

sultum.     G.  385,  1. 
Contemplate.       Gontemplor,      ai-i, 

atus  sum,  dep. 
Contend.    DeceHo,  are,  avi,  atum; 

contendo,  ere,  di,  turn. 
Content.     Contentus,    a,    um.     G. 

421,  in. 

Contract.      Contraho,    ere,    traxi, 

tractum. 
Contracted,    small.     Augustus,   a, 

um. 
Contrary  to.  Contra,  praeter,  prep. 

with  ace. 
Conversation.     Sermo,  onis,  m. 
Convict.     Convinco,  ere,  vlci,  ^•ic- 

tum. 
Corinth.     Corinthus,  i,  f. 
Correctly.     Recte,  adv. 
Costly.     Pretiosus,  a,  um. 
Could,  can.     Possum,  posse,  potui. 
Counsel.     Consilium,  ii,  n. 
Country.     Patria,  ae,  f. ;  rus,  ru- 

ris,  n. ;  ager,  agri,  m.    See  245. 

From  the  country,  in  the  country. 

G.  426,  2. 
Courage.    Virtus,  utis,  f. ;  animus, 

i,  m. 
Course  —  to  follow  this  course.  Hoc 

sequor,  i,  secutus  sum,  dep. 
Cover,  clotlie.      Vestio,  ire,  ivi  and 

ii,  itum. 
Crassus.     Crassus,  i,  m. 
Credit.     Fides,  ei,  f. 
Crime.     Scelus,  eris,  n. 
Cross.     Transeo,  ire,  ii.  Hum. 
Crotona.     Croto,  onis,  m.  and  f. 
Crown.     Corona,  ae,  f. 
Cruelty.     Crudelitas,  diis,  f. 
Cultivate.     Colo,    ere,    colui,    cul 

tum. 
Culture.     Cultus,  us,  m. 
Curio.     Curio,  onis,  m. 
Curtius.     Curtius,  ii,  m. 
Custom,   habit.     Consuetudo,  inis. 

f. ;  mos,  moris,  m.     See  167. 
Cypselus.     Cypselus,  i,  m. 


284 


LATIN  COMPOSITION. 


Daily.  In  dies,  in  dies  smgulos  ; 
quotidie.     See  399. 

Danger.     Periculum,  i,  n. 

Dare.     Audeo,  ere,  ausus  sum. 

Dated.     Datus,  a,  um.     See  366. 

Day.  Dies,  ei,  m.  and  f.  G.  120. 
Day  before,  pridie,  adv.  First 
day  of  the  month,  calendae, 
arum,  f.  pi.  Fifth  day  of  the 
month  (generally),  nonae,  drum, 
f.  pi.  G.  642,  I.  2.  Seventh  day  of 
the  month  in  March,  May,  July, 
and  October,  nonae,  drum,  f. 
pi.  G.  642,  I.  2.  Three  days, 
triduum,  ui,  n.  From  day  to 
day,  in  dies. 

Dear.     Cams,  a,  um. 

Death.  Mors,  mortis,  f.  Put  to 
death,  occldo,  ere,  cldi,  clsum  ; 
interflcio,  ere,  feci,  fectum. 

Debt.     Aes  alienum,  n.     See  454. 

Decree.     Consultum,  i,  n. 

Deed.  Factum,  i,  n.  Deed,  thing, 
res,  rei,  f.  Good  deed,  rede  fac- 
tum.    See  366. 

Defence.     Praesidium,  ii,  n. 

Defend.  Defendo,  ere,  di,  sum. 
Defend,  guard,  tueor,  eri,  itus 
sum,  dep. 

Defendant.     Reus,  i,  m. 

Define.     Definio,  Ire,  ivi,  itum. 

Delight.  Deledo,  oblecto,  are,  dvi, 
dium. 

Delightful.     Dulcis,  e. 

Deliver,  give  over.  Trado,  ire, 
dldi,  ditum.  Deliver  (an  ora- 
tion), haheo,  €re,  ui,  Hum. 

Delphic.     Delphicus,  a,  um. 

Demand.     Postulo,  dre,  dvi,  dtum. 

Demaratus.     Demardtus,  i,  m. 

Demosthenes.  DemostMnes,  is,  m. 

Deny.     Nego,  dre,  dvi,  dtum. 

Depart,  depart  from.  Discedo,  ire, 
cessi,  cessum.  Depart,  go  from, 
exeo,  ire,  ii,  itum.  Depart,  set 
out,  projiciscor,  i,  profectus  sum. 
Depart,  go,  eo,  ire,  ivi,  itum. 

Depend  upon.  PosUus,  a,  um,  esse, 
in  with  abl.     See  560. 


Desert.  Desiro,  ire,  serui,  sertum. 

Deserve.  Mereo,  ire,  ui,  Itum; 
mereor,  iri,  Itus  sum,  dep.  De- 
serve is  often  rendered  by  the 
Pass.  Per.  Conj.     See  G.  234. 

Design.     Consilium,  ii,  n. 

Desirable.     Optabllis,  e. 

Desire.  Cupidltas,  dtis,  f. ;  libido^ 
Inis,  f.  According  to  one's  de- 
sire, ex  sententia.     See  339. 

Desire,  to  desire.  Cupio,  ire,  Iviy 
Itum  ;  opto,  dre,  dvi,  dtum  ;  volo, 
velle,  volui.     See  618. 

Desirous  of.  Cupidus,  a,  um  ;  stu- 
diosus,  a,  um.  Very  desirous, 
greedy,  avidus,  a,  um.     See  222. 

Despair  of.  Despiro,  dre,  dvi, 
dtum,  with  ace,  or  de  with  abl. 

Despise.  Contemno,  ire,  tempsi, 
tempt  um. 

Destitute  of.  Expers,  tis.  To  be 
destitute  of,  egeo,  indlgeo,  ire, 
ui.     See  239. 

Destroy.    Deleo,  ire,  ivi,  itum. 

Deter.    Deterreo,  ire,  ui,  Itum. 

Detriment.    Detrimentum,  i,  n. 

Devise.  Invinio,  ire,  vini,  ven- 
tum. 

Devote  one's  self  to.  Studeo,  ire, 
ui ;  G.  385;  incumbo,  ire,  cuhui, 
cubltum,  in  with  ace.  Devote 
one's  self  to,  apply  one's  self  to, 
se  conferre  in  or  ad  with  ace. 
{confero,  ferre,  tuli,  coUdtum). 

Dictate.   Dicto,  Are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Die.    Morior,  i,  mortuus  sum,  dep. 

Difference  —  there  is  a  difference. 
Intirest,  fuit. 

Differently.    Aliter,  adv. 

Difficult.    Diffxcilis,  e. 

Dignity.    Dignltas,  dtis,  f. 

Diligence.    Diligentia,  ae,  f. 

Diligent.    DiUgens,  entis. 

Diligently.    Diligenter,  adv. 

Diminish.    Minuo,  ire,  ui,  Htum. 

Dine.    Coeno,  d)'e,  dvi,  dtum. 

Dinner.    Coena,  ae,  f. 

Dion.    Dio  or  Dion,  onis,  m. 

Dionysius.    Dionysius,  ii.  m. 

Disagree.     Dissentio,    ire,    sensi, 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULAKY. 


285 


Discharge,  fulfil.    Fungor,  i,  func- 
tus sum,  dep. 
Discord.    Discordta,  ae,  f. 
Discourse.    Oratio,  onis,  f. 
Disgraceful.    Turpis,  e. 
Disguise.   Dissim'iilo,dre,dvi,atu'm. 
Displease.    Displlceo,  ere,  ui,  Hum. 

G.  385. 
Dissension.    Dissidium,  ii,  n. 
Distinguished.    Clarus,  a,  um.  See 

283. 
Distrusting.    Bifflsus,  a,  um.  See 

625. 
Divide.     Divldo,  ere,  visi,  visum. 
Divipe.     Divlnus,  a,  um. 
Do.    Facio,  ere,  feci,  factum  ;  ago, 

ere,    egi,   actum.    Do,   perform, 

gero,  ere,  gessi,  gestum.     Is  do- 
-/-ing,  is  done,  agitur,  geritur. 
Domestic.     Domesticus,  a,  um. 
Doubt  —  there  is  no  doubt.     Non 

duhium  est.     See  322. 
Doubt,  to  doubt.    DuhUo,  are,  avi, 

atum. 
Doubtful.     Dulius,  a,  um. 
Dream.     Somnium,  ii,  n. 
Drive.     Pello,  ere,  pepuli,  pulsum. 

Drive,  cast  out,  ejlcio,  i.re,  jeci, 

jectum. 
Due  —  one's  due.    Suum,  i,  n.    G. 

441. 
Duillius.    Duillius,  ii,  m. 
Dumnorix.     Dumnbrix,  Igis,  m. 
During,  in.     In,  prep,  with  abl. 
Dutiful  affection.     Pietas,  atis,  f. 
Duty.     Officium,  ii,  n.     To  be  the 

duty  of,  often  rendered  by  the 

Pred.   Gen.     See   426;    also   G. 

362;  401. 

E. 

Each,    every.      Quisque,    quaeque, 

quodque  and  quicque  or  quidque. 

One  each,  singuli,  ae,  a.      Each 

topic,  quidque. 
Eager.     Aldcer,    cris,   ere;    studi- 

osus,    a,    um  ;    avldus,    a,    um. 

See  222. 
liagerly.   Cupide  ;  vehementer,  adv. 
Eagle.     Aquila,  ae,  f. 


Ear.     Auris,  auris,  f. 

Early,  ancient.     Anttqmis,  a,  um. 

Early  in  the  morning,  mane,  adv. 
Easily.     Facile,  adv. 
Easy.     Facilis,  e. 
Eclipse.     Defectio,  onis,  f. 
Edifice.     Aedes,  is,  f.     G.  132. 
Egypt.     Aegypius,  i,  f. 
Eighth  of  November.     Ante  diem 

sextum  idus  Novemhres  (a.  d.  VI. 

id.  Nov.).     G.  642. 
Eighty.     Octoginta,  indecl. 
Either — or.  Aut  —  aut ;  vel  —  vel. 

G.  554,  II.  2. 
Elated  —  be  elated.  Efferor,  ferri^ 

elatus  sum,  pass,  of  effero. 
Elegance.     Elegantia,  ae,  f. 
Elegantly.     Polite,  adv. 
Eloquence.     Eloquentia,  ae,  f. 
Eloquent.     Eloquens,  entis. 
Eminent,  excelling.     Excellens,  en- 
tis.  To  be  eminent,  unus,  a,  um, 

emlneo,  ere,ui;  or  emineo  alone. 
Emolument.     Emolumentum,  i,  n. 
Empire.     Imperium,  ii,  n. 
Enact.     Sancio,   Ire,   sanxi,  sanc- 
tum.   Enact,  write,  scriho,  ere, 

scrip  si,  scriptum. 
Encamp.     Castra  pono,  ere,  posui, 

positum. 
Encounter.     Suheo,    oheo.   Ire,   ii, 

Itum  ;  oppito,  ire,  petivi  or   ii, 

itum. 
Endeavor.     Conor,  ari,  dins  sum, 

dep. 
Endowed  with.     Praedltus,  a,  um. 

G.  420,  N.  1,  4). 
Endure.     Fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum. 
Enemy.      Ilostis,    is,    m.    and  f. ; 

inimicus,  i,  m.     See  344. 
Engaged  —  be   engaged   in.     Siim, 

esse,  fui,  in  with  abl.     See  534. 
Engagement,  fight.     Proelium',  ii, 

n. ;  pugna,  ae,  f.  See  256.  Naval 

engagement,  pugna  navdlis. 
Enjoy.    Fruor,  i,fructus  and/r?^?- 

tus  sum,  dep.     G.  421,  I. 
Enjoyment.     Delectatio,  onis,  f. 
Enlarge.     Amplio,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Ennius.     Ennius,  ii,  m. 
Entertain,   hold.     Teneo,    €re,  ui, 


286 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


tentum.  Entertain  gratitude,  ^ra- 
tiam  habeo,  ere,  ui,  Hum.  See 
648.  Entertain  the  same  senti- 
ments, eddem  sentio,  Ire,  sensi, 
sensum. 

Entertainment.     Convivium,  ii,  n. 

Entirely.  Omnlno,  adv. ;  totus, 
a,  urn.     G.  161;  443. 

Entitle.  Inscrlbo,  ere,  scripsi, 
scriptum. 

Envy,  to  look  upon  -with  envy. 
Invldeo,  ere,  vldi,  visum. 

Epaminondas.  jEJpaminondas,ae,m. 

Ephesus.     Ephesus,  i,  f. 

Epicurus.     Epicurus,  i,  ra. 

Equal.     Par,  paris. 

Equity.     Aequitas,  atis,  f. 

Erudition.     Eruditio,  onis,  f. 

Escape.     Effugio,  ere,  fugi. 

Especially.  Maxlme,  prnesertim, 
adv. 

Establish.  Firmo,  confirmo,  are, 
avi,  atum. 

Established  —  firmly  established. 
Firmus,  a,  um. 

Esteem.  Aestlmo,  are,  avi,  atum  ; 
facio,  ire,  feci,  factum.  Esteem 
lightly,  despise,  contemno,  ere, 
tempsi,  iemptum. 

Eternal.     Sempiternus,  a,  um. 

Etruria.     Etruria,  ae,  f. 

Even.  Etiam,  adv.  Even  if,  eti- 
amsi,  conj.     G.  515,  II. 

Evening.  Vesper,  iris,  ra.  In  the 
evening,  vesper-i. 

Event,  issue.  Eventus,  us,  m. 
Event,  thing,  res,  rei,  f. 

Ever.  TJnquam,  adv.  Ever  =  al- 
ways, semper,  adv.  For  ever, 
in  iperpetuuvd. 

Every.  Quisque,  quaeque,  quod- 
que  and  quicque  or  quidque  ; 
omnis,  e. 

Evident  —  be  evident.  Consto,  are, 
stiti,  stdtum. 

Evil.     Malum,  i,  n. 

Exalted,  most  exalted.  Summus, 
a,  um.     G.  163,  3. 

Example.     Exemphim,  i,  n. 

Exceedingly.  Vehementer,  vaZde, 
adv. 


Excel.     Excello,  ire,  ceUui,  celsum. 
Excellence,     goodness.      Bonitas^ 

atis,  f. 
Excellent.       Praeclarus,     a,    um. 

Excellent,  good,  bonus,  a.  um,. 
Excellently.     Excellenter,  aav. 
Excelling.     Excellens,  entis. 
Except.     Praeter,  prep,  with  ace. 
Exception  —  without       exception. 

Unus,  a,  um.     G.  175,  1. 
Excessive.     Nimius,  a,  um. 
Excite.     Excito,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Exercise.     Exerceo,  ere,  ui,  Uum. 
Exertion,   zeal.      Studium,  ii,    n. 

Exertion,  attention,  opera,  ae,  f. 
Exhort.  Ilorior,  cohortor,  ari,dt>/s 

sum,  dep. 
Exile.     Exsilium,  ii,  n. 
Exist.     Sum,  esse,fui. 
Expect.     Exspecto,  are,  avi,  atum. 

To  be  expected  to ;  rendered  by 

the   Act.   Periphrast.   Conj.     G. 

233. 
Expectation,  opinion.      Opinio,  0- 

nis,  f. 
Expel.      Expello,    ire,   puli,    puU 

sum. 
Experience.     Usus,  us,  m. 
Expose   one's    self.      Se  opponire 

{oppono,  ire,  posui,  posltum). 
Express,  utter.    Eloquor,  i,  locutus 

sum,  dep.  Express  opinion,  think, 

censeo,  ere,  ui,  censinn.  See  57G. 

Express  thanks,  gratias  ago,  ire, 
'egi,  actum.     See  548. 
Extol.     Extollo,  ire,  with  laudlbus 

or  laudayido. 
Eye.     Oculus,  i,  m. 


P. 


Fabius.     Fabius,  ii,  m. 
Fable.     Fabida,  ae,  f. 
Fabricius.     Fabricius,  it,  m. 
Faesulac.     Facsulae,  arum,  f.  pi. 
Fail.     Deflcio,  ire,  feci,  fectum. 
Faith.     Fides,  ii,  f. 
False.     Falsus,  a,  um. 
Familiarly.     FamiliarXter,  adv. 
Famous.      Clarus,   a,   um.      Tll« 


ENGLISH-LATIN    VOCABULARY. 


287 


famous,  sometimes  rendered  by 
tile,  a,  ud.     G.  450,  4. 

Far  —  solar.  7'antum,  ndv.  So  far 
am  I  from,  tantum  abest  id  with 
subj.  See  498.  Tims  far,  adhuc, 
adv. 

Father.  Pater,  tris,  m.  Conscript 
Fathers,  Patres  Consc7'ipii,m.p\. 

Fault.     Culpa,  ae,  f. 

Favor.  Beneficium,  it,  n.  To  re- 
quite a  favor,  gratiam  refe.ro, 
ferre,  tuli,  latum.     See  548. 

Favor,  to  favor.  Faveo,  ere,  favi, 
fautum.     G.  385. 

Fear.  Metus,  us,  ra. ;  timor,  oris, 
m.     See  305. 

Fear,  to  fear.  Metuo,  ere,  ui ; 
timeo,  ere,  ui ;  vereor,  eri,  veri- 
tus  sum,  dep.  Fear  greatly, 
pertimesco,  ere,  timui. 

Feast.     Epulae,  arum,  f.  pi. 

Feel  the  need  of.  Lidigeo,  ere,  ui. 
See239,I.;alsoG.414,I.;410,V.l. 

Feeling  of  admiration.  Admiraiio, 
onis,  f. 

Few.     Fauci,  ae,  a,  pi. 

Fidelity.  FidelUas,  atis,  f. ;  fides, 
ei,  f. 

Field.     Ager,  agri,  m. 

Fifth.  Quintus,  a,  um.  Fifth  day 
of  the  month  (generally),  Nonae, 
arum,  f.  pi.     G.  642,  I.  2. 

Fiftieth.     Quinquagesimns,  a,  urn,. 

Fight,  battle.     Pugna,  ae,  f. 

Fight,  to  fight.  Pug  no,  are,  avi, 
atum.  Fight  (a battle),  lit.  make, 
facio,  ere,  feci,  factum.  See  257. 
A  battle  is  fought,  pugndiur, 
atum  est. 

Fill.     Compleo,  ere,  evi,  etum. 

Find,  by  accident.  Invenio,  ire, 
veni,  ventum.  Find,  by  search, 
reperio,  ire,  peri,  pertuTn. 

Finish,  bring  to  a  close.  Finio, 
ire,  Ivi  and  ii,  itum. 

Fire.  Ignis,  is,  m.  Set  fire  to, 
inflammo,  are,  avi,  atum  ;  in- 
cendo,  ere,  di,  sum.  With  fire 
and  sword,  ferro  igneque.  See 
117. 

Firmly  established.  Firmus,  a,  um. 


First.  Primus,  a,  um.  First,  for 
the  first  time,  primum,  adv. 
First  day  of  the  month,  Calendae, 
arum,  f.  pi. 

Fitting  —  it  is  fitting.  Oportet,  uit 
impers. 

Five.     Quinque,  indecl. 

Flaccus.     Flaccus,  i,  m. 

Flee.  Fugio,  ere,  fugi,  fugUum; 
profugio,  ere,  fugi' 

Flight.     Fuga,  ae,  f. 

Flourishing.     Florens,  entis. 

Flow  into.  Influo,  ere,  fluxi,  flux- 
urn,. 

Foe.     Inimlcus,  i,  m. 

Follow.  Sequor,  consequor,  i,  se- 
cutus  sum,  dep.  Follow  this 
course,  hoc  sequor. 

Folly.  Stuliitia,  ae,  f.  Surpass 
the  folly  of,  esse  dementior.  See 
480. 

Fond  of.  Amans,  antis  ;  cupldus, 
a,  um  ;  dillgens,  entis. 

Foolish.     Demens,  enti<i. 

For,  prep.  Pro,  prep,  with  abl. 
For  =  about,  concerning,  de, 
prep,  with  abl.  For  =  against, 
!«,  prep,  with  ace.  For  —  because 
of,  propter,  prep,  with  ace.  For 
=  during,  per^  prep,  with  ace. 
For  =  to  secure,  ad,  prep,  with 
ace.  For  after  idoneus,  pardtus, 
etc  ,  ad,  prep,  with  ace.  For 
e\ei,  in  perpetuum.  For  his, 
&c.,  own  sake,  propter  sese  {se). 
For  my,  &c., sake,  mea  causa,  etc. 
G.  416,  ft.  n.  2.  For  the  purpose 
of,  for  the  sake  of,  causa  or 
gratia  with  gen.  G.  416,  ft.  n.  2. 
For  a  long  time,  jamdudum ; 
jatnprldem.  G.  467,  2.  For  the 
first  time,  primum,  adv.  For 
the  reason  that,  propterea  quod. 

For,  conj.     Enim,  nam,,  conj. 

Force.  Vis,  vis,  f. ;  frequently 
used  in  pi.  vires,  ium.  A  force, 
forces,  copiae,  drum,  f.  pi.  To 
be  in  force,  vigco,  ere^  vigui. 

Forced  marches.  Magna  itinera, 
n.  pi.     See  240. 

Ford.      Vadum,  i,  n. 


'^m 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Forefathers.     Majores,  urn,  pi. 
Forget.    Obliviscor,  i,  oblltus  sum, 

dep.     G.  406,  II. 
Form,  make.    Facto,  ere,  feci,  fac- 
tum. 
Formerly.    Quondam,  antea,  adv. 
Forth  —  set  forth.     Expromo,  ere, 

prompsi,  proraptum.     Set  forth 

views,  state,  praedico,  are,  avi, 

at  urn . 
Fortify.     Munio,    ire,    ivi  and  ii, 

itum. 
Fortitude.     Fortitiido,  inis,  f. 
Fortunate.     Foriunatus,  a,  um. 
Fortune.     Fortuna,  ae,  f.     To  he 

one's  good  fortune,  contingo,  ere, 

tigi,  tactum. 
Forty.     Quadraginta,  indecl. 
Forum.     Forum,  i,  n. 
Forward  —  look   forward  to.     Ex- 

specto,  are,  avi,  citurA. 
Found.      Condo,  ere,  didi,  dltum. 
Founding  of  the  city.      Ifrhs  con- 

dita.     G.  549,  N  2. 
Four.     Quattuor,  indecl. 
Fourth,     Quartus,  a,  urn. 
Free.      Liber,   era,   Srum.      To   be 

free  from,  vaco^  are,  avi,  atum ; 

careo,   ere,   ui,   itum ;    egeo,    ere, 

ui.     See  239,  I. 
Free  from.     LibSro,  cire,  otvi,  atum. 

G.  414,  I.  ft.  n. 
Frequently.       Saepe,    crebro,    adv. ; 

frequens,  entis.     G.  443. 
Friend,      Amicus,   i,  m.      My,    &c., 

friends,   mei,    drum,   etc.,   m,    pi. 

G.  441,  1.     Friend  of  the  people, 

populdris,  is,  m,  and  f. 
Friendly,     Amicus,  a,  um. 
Friendship.     Amzciiia,  ae,  f. 
From.     A,  ab ;    e,  ex;    prep,    with 

abl.     G.  434,  N.  2,     From,  after 

verbs     of    hindering,    quominus, 

conj.  G.  497,  2.     From  boyhood, 

a  puSro.     From  day  to   day,   in 

dies.      From  that  place,    thence, 

inde,  adv. 
Fulfil.      Fungor,    i,    functus    mm, 

dep.     G.  421,  I. 
Full,   in  full    numbers.      Frequens^ 

entis. 


Fully  —  more  fully.    PluHbus  ver 

bis.     See  514. 
Furnish.     Oi'no,  are,  avi,  atum. 


G. 

Gain.     Emolumentum,  i,  n. 

Game.     Ludus,  i,  m. 

Garden,     llortus,  i,  m. 

Gate.     Porta,  ae,  f. 

Gaul,     Gallia,  ae,  f. 

Gaul,  a  Gaul.     Gallus,  i,  ni. 

General.     Imperator,  oris,  m. 

Geneva.     Getieva,  ae,  f. 

Genius.     Ingenium,  ii,  n. 

German.     Germanus,  i,  m. 

Gift.     Donum,  i,  n. 

Give.  Do,  dare,  dedi,  datum. 
Give,  deliver,  trado,  ere,  didi, 
dltum.  Give,  confer,  confero,fer- 
re,  tuli,  collatum.  Give  advice, 
suadeo,  ere,  suasi,  suasum.  G. 
385.  Give  heed,  operam  do,  dare, 
dedi,  datum.  Give  precepts, 
praeclpio,  ere,  cepi,  ceptum. 

Gladly.     Laete,  adv. 

Glorious.     Gloriosus,  a,  um. 

Glory.     Gloria,  ae,  f. 

Glory  in.  Glorior,  ariy  CCtus  sum, 
dep. 

Go.  Eo,  ire,  ivi  and  ii,  itum.  Go 
from,  exeo.  Ire,  ii.  Hum. 

God.     Deus,  i,  m.     G.  61,  6. 

Gold.     Aurum,  i,  n. 

Golden.     Aureus,  a,  um. 

Good.  Bonus,  a,  um.  Good  deed, 
o'ecte  factum,  n.  Sec  3GG.  Good 
will,  benevolentia,  ae,  f.  To  be 
one's  good  fortune,  contingo,  ire, 
tigi,  tactum. 

Good,  a  good.     Bonum,  i,  n. 

Goodness.     Bonitas,  atis,  f. 

Gorgias.     Gorgias,  ae,  m. 

Govern.   Guberno,  are,  avi,  dtum 
rego,  ire,  rexi,  rectum. 

Government.     Regnum,  i,  n. 

Gracchus.     Gracchus,  i,  m. 

Grain.     Frumentum,  i,  n. 

Grandson.     Nepos,  Otis,  m. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY, 


289 


jrateful  —  be  grateful.  Oratiam 
haheo,  ere,  ui,  itum.     See  548. 

gratitude.  Gratia,  ae,  f.  To  en- 
tertain gratitude,  gratiarti  haheo, 
ere,  ui,  Itum. 

Gravity.     GravUas,  ^tis,  f. 

Great.  Magnus,  a,  um.  Great,  il- 
lustrious, amplus,  a,  um.  Great, 
severe,  gravis,  e.  How  great, 
quantus,  a,  um.  So  great,  tan- 
tus,  a,  um. 

Great  Britain  —  of  or  from  Great 
Britain.     Britannicus,  a,  um. 

Greater.  Major,  us.  G.  165.  Of 
greater  value,  pluris.  G.  404, 
N.  1.  To  render  a  greater  ser- 
vice, plus  prosum,  prodesse,  pro- 
fui.     G.  290. 

Greatest.  Maxlmus,  a,  um.  G. 
165.  Greatest  (in  rank),  highest, 
summus,  a,  um.     G.  163,  3. 

Greatly.  Valde,  magnopere,  adv. 
Greatly,  with  interest  and  refert, 
magni.     G.  408,  III. 

Greece.     Graecia,  ae,  f. 

Greedy.     Avldus,  a,  um. 

Greek.     Graecus,  a,  um. 

Greek,  a  Greek.     Graecus,  i,  m. 

Greek,  in  Greek.     Graece,  adv. 

Grieve.     Doleo,  ere,  ui,  Itum. 

Guard  —  be  on  one's  guard.  Caveo, 
ere,  cavi,  cautum. 

Guard,  to  guard.  Custodio,  Ire, 
Ivi  and  ii,  itum.  Guard,  defend, 
tueor,  eri,  Itus  sum,  dep. 

Guidance  —  under  the  guidance  of. 
Dux,  duds,  in  abl.  abs. 

Guide.     Dux,  duds,  m.  and  f. 


Habit.  Consuetudo,  inis,  f.  See  167. 

Hand.     Manus,  us,  f. 

Hannibal.     Hannibal,  dlis,  m. 

Happen.  Fio,  fieri,  f actus  sum, 
dep.  Happen,  of  desirable  oc- 
currences, contingo,  ere,  tigi, 
factum.  Of  undesirable,  acddo, 
ire,  cidi.     See  624. 

Happily.     Beaie,  felidter,  adv. 


Happiness,  success.  Felicita^,  cL- 
tis,  f. 

Happy.     Beatus,  a,  um. 

Harm.     Injuria,  ae,  f. 

Harmony.     Concordia,  ae,  f. 

Hasten.     Contendo,  ere,  di,  turn. 

Hate.     Odi,  odisse.     G.  297,  I. 

Hatred.     Odium,  ii,  n. 

Have.  Haheo,  ere,  ui,  Itum;  sum, 
esse,  fui,  with  dat.  of  possessor. 
To  have  business,  negotium  esse, 
with  dat.  of  possessor.  To  have 
confidence  in,  fidem  haheo,  ere, 
ui,  itum  with  dat.  To  have  a 
prosperous  voyage,  ex  senientia 
navigo,  are,  avi,  atum.  See  339. 
To  have  reference  to,  referor, 
ferri,  latus  sum,  ad  with  ace. 
See  577. 

He,  she,  &c.  Is,  ea,  id.  He  him- 
self, &c.,  ipse,  a,  um,.  He,  &c., 
he  also  =  the  same,  idem,  eddem, 
idem.  He,  &c.  =  this  one,  hie, 
haec,  hoc. 

Health.      Valetudo,  Inis,  f. 

Hear.     Audio,  ire,  Ivi,  itum. 

Hearer.  Audiens,  entis,  m.  and  f. ; 
auditor,  oris,  m. ;  is  qui  audit. 
See  438. 

Hearing,  in  the  hearing  of,  pres. 
part,  oi  audio  in  abl.  absol.  See 
555. 

Heaven,  heavens.     Caelum,  t,  n. 

Heavy.     Gravis,  e. 

Heed,  give  heed  to.  Operam  do, 
dare,  dedi,  datum. 

Held,  to  be  held  =  to  be.  Sum, 
esse,  fui. 

Helvetian.    'Helvetius,  a,  um. 

Helvetians.     Helvetii,  drum,  m.  pi. 

Herald.     Praeco,  onis,  m. 

Here.     Hie,  adv. 

Hero.      Vir,  viri,  m. 

Herodotus.     Herodotus,  i,  m. 

Hesitate.     Duhlto,  are,  avi,  oLtum. 

High.  Altus,  a,  um.  High,  ample, 
amplus,  a,  um.  High,  great 
(price),  magnns,  a,  um.  At  a 
high  price,  magno.     G.  422. 

Highest,  of  the  highest  degree. 
Summus,    a,    um.      G.    168,   3. 


290 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


Highest  results,  summa^  drum, 
n.  pi.  G.  441,  I.  Highest  wel- 
fare of  the  state,  highest  public 
welfare,  summa  res  publlca. 

Highly,  with  verbs  of  valuing. 
Magni.  Very  highly,  maxlmi. 
More  highly,  pluris.  How  high- 
ly, quanti.     G.  404,  N.  1. 

Himself,  Sni,  sibi.  Himself,  in- 
tensive, ipse,  a,  um.  By  himself, 
secum. 

Hippias.     irippias,  ae,  ra. 

His.  Suus,  a,  um ;  not  reflexive, 
ejus.  See  468,  2.  His  own  things, 
productions,  sua,  drum,  n.  pi. 
G.  441,  1. 

History.     Ilistoria,  ae,  f. 

Hold.  Teneo,  ere,  ui,  ientum. 
Have,  habeo,  ere,  ui.  Hum. 

Home.     Domus,  i,  f.     G.  119,  1. 

Homer.     Ilomerus,  i,  m. 

Honestly.     Honeste,  adv. 

Honor.  Honor,  oris,  m. ;  honestas, 
atis,  f. 

Honorable.     Ilonestus,  a,  um. 

Hope.     Spes,  spei,  f. 

Hope,  to  hope.  Spero,  are,  avi, 
atum. 

Horse.     Equus,  equi,  m. 

Hortensius.     Hortensius,  ii,  ra. 

Hostile.     Inimlcus,  a,  um. 

Hostility,  enmity.     Odium,  ii,  n. 

Hour.     Hora,  ae,  f. 

House,  one's  house.  Domus,  us 
and  i,  f.  G.  119,  1.  Walls  of 
my,  &,c.,  house,  met  parities, 
etc.     See  378. 

How.  Quam,  adv.  How  great, 
how  large,  quantus,  a,  um.  How 
highly,  with  verbs  of  valuing, 
quanti.  G.  404,  N.  1.  How 
long,  quousque,  adv.  How  many, 
quot,  indecl.  How  very  busy 
one  is,  quanta  occupatione  dis- 
tinetur  (distlneo,  ere,  ui,  ten- 
tum).     See  631. 

However.  Quamvis,  adv.  How- 
ever much,  quantumvis,  adv. 

Hundred.     Centum,  indecl. 


I. 


I.  Ego,  mei.  I,  emphatic,  egdmet. 
G.  184,  3.  I  myself,  ipse,  a,  um. 
I  would  that^  utinam,  adv.  G. 
483,  1. 

Ides.  Idus,  uum,  f.  pi.  G.  642,  I.  3. 

If.  Si,  conj.  See  Lesson  LXXVII. 
If  only,  dummodo,  conj.  If  any, 
si  quis.     G.  190,  1. 

Ignorance  —  keep  in  ignorance. 
Celo,  are,  dvi,  atum.  G.  374,  2. 
and  N.  1. 

Ignorant  —  be  ignorant  of.  Ignoro, 
are,  avi,  atum.  To  keep  ig- 
norant of,  in  regard  to,  celo,  are, 
dvi,  atum,  de  with  abl.  G.  374, 
N.  1. 

Illustrious,  lllustris,  e.  Most  il- 
lustrious, highest,  summits,  a, 
um.     G.  163,  3. 

Imitate.  Imltor,  ari,  atus  5MW,dep. 

Immediately.     Jam,  adv. 

Immense.     Ingens,  entis. 

Immortal.     Immortalis,  e. 

Impel.  Impello,  ere,  puli,  pulsum. 
Impel,  incite,  concito,  are,  avi, 
atum. 

Impious.     Impiiis,  a,  um. 

Implore.      Oro,  are,  dvi,  atum. 

Important,  great.  Magnus,  a,  um. 
It  is  important,  interest,  fuit.  G. 
408. 

Impose  upon.  Impono,  ire,  posui, 
2)osUum. 

Impudence.     Impudeniia,  ae,  f. 

In.  In,  prep,  with  abl.  In  accord- 
ance witli,  e,  ex,  prep,  with  abl. 
In  behalf  of,  pro,  prep,  with  abl. 
In  regard  to,  de,  prep,  with  abl. ; 
sometimes  rendered  by  the  gen. 
In  =  situated  in,  posltus,  a,  um, 
iri  with  abl.  In  the  censorship, 
consulship,  life,  reign,  etc.,  of. 
See  409.  In  the  presence  of, 
apud,  prep,  with  ace.  In  the  vi- 
cinity of,  ad,  prep,  witli  ace.  In 
a  spirited  manner,  aoi'lter,  adv. 
In  full  numbers,  frequens,  entis. 
In  vain,  frustra ;  nequidquamj 
adv.    See  338. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY, 


291 


Inaction,  inactivity.    IneHia,  ae,  f. 
Incite.     Incito,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Inclined.     Propensus,  a,  um. 
Increase,  intrans.     Cresco,  ere,  cre- 

vi,  cretum ;    trans.,    augeo,  ere, 

auxi,  auctum. 
Incursion.     Incursio,  onis,  f. 
Indeed.  Quidem  ;   enim  ;  tandem  ; 

adv.     See  606.      Indeed  I,  &c. 

See  514. 
Individual,  one.    Unus,  a,  um.    G. 

175,  1. 
Induce.      Induco,  ere,   duxi,   duc- 

tum. 
Industry.     Industria,  ae,  f. 
Infer.     ColUgo,  ere,  legi,  ledum. 
Influence.     Induco,    additco,    ere, 

duxi,  ductum. 
Inform.     CeHiorem  faeio,  ere,  feci, 

factum.  See  527.    Inform,  teach, 

doceo,  ere,  iii,  docium. 
Inhabitant.     Incola,  ae,  m.  and  f. 
Injure.     Noceo,  ere,  ui,  1,tum.     G. 

.S85. 
Injury.     Injuria,  ae,  f. 
Inner.     Interior,  ius.     G.  166. 
Innocence.     Innocentia,  ae,  f. 
Innumerable.    Innumerabilis,  e. 
Inquire.      Quaero,   ere,    quaesivi, 

Uum. 
Inscribe.      Inscriho,    ^re,    scripsi, 

scriptum. 
Insolence.     Insolentia,  ae,  f. 
Instance,  thing.     Res,  rei,  f. 
Instruct.     Erudio,  Ire,  ivi  and  ii, 

itum.    Instruct,  teach,  doceo,  ere, 

docui,  doctum. 
Instructor.     Praeceptor,  oris,  m. 
Integrity.     Integritas,  dtis,  f. 
Intention  —  be  one's  intention.    In 

animo  sum,  esse,  fui,  with  dat. 

of  possessor.     See  206. 
Interest  —  object  of  interest.  Quod 

visendum  est.     See  527. 
Interests,  advantage.     UtilUas,  d- 

tis,  f. 
Interests,    it    interests.      Interest, 

fvAt.     G.  408. 
Interrupt.      Interpello,    are,    dvi, 

dtum. 
Intimate — a  very  intimate  acquaint- 


ance. Summus  usus.  To  be  in- 
timate with,  familiariter  utor,  i, 
usus  sum,  dep.     G.  421,  I. 

Into.     In,  prep,  with  ace. 

Introduce,  bring  in.  Induco,  ere, 
duxi,  ductum. 

Invent,  devise.  Fingo,  ere,  finxi, 
fictum.     See  605. 

Invention.     Inventum,  i,  n. 

Invite.  Voco,  are,  dvi,  dtum  ;  see 
184,  2 ;  invito,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Is  doing,  is  done.  Agltur  ;  geritur. 

Island.     Insula,  ae,  f. 

Isocrates.     Isocrdtes,  i§,  m. 

It.  Is,  ea,  id  ;  ills,  a,  ud.  It  itself, 
ipse,  a,  um.  It,  the  same  tiling, 
idem,  eddem,  idem.  Its,  suus, 
a,  um  ;  ejus.     See  468,  2. 

Italy.     Italia,  ae,  f. 

Itself.  Sui,  sibi;  intensive,  ipse, 
a,  um. 


Journey.     Iter,  itinSris,  n. 

Joy.     Gaudium,   ii,  n. ;    laetitia, 

ae,  f.     See  294. 
Joyful.     Laetus,  a,  um. 
Judge.     Judex,  Icis,  m. 
Judge,  to  judge.     Judlco,  are,  dvi, 

dtum.  Judge,  consider,  existlmo, 

dre,  dvi,  dtum. 
July  —  sixth  of  July.  Pridie  Noiiai 

Quintiles.     G.  642;  437,  1. 
July  —  of  July.     Quintllis,  e. 
June  —  of  June.     Junius,  a,  um. 
Junius.     Junius,  ii,  m. 
Jupiter.     Jupiter,  Jovis,  m. 
Just.     Justus,   a,  um.     Just,  with 

numbers,  ipse,  a,  um.  G.  452,  3. 
Justice.     Justitia,  ae,  f. 
Justly.     Juste,  adv. 


Keep.  Servo,  dre,  dvi,  dtum. 
Keep  from,  prohiheo,  ere,  ui, 
Uum.  Keep  from,  keep  off,  ar- 
ceo,  ere,  ui,  arctum.  G.  413,  N. 
1.        Keep    in    ignorance,    c«lot 


292 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


are^  fivi,  atum.  G.  374,  2,  and 
N.  1.  Keep  ignorant  of,  in  re- 
gard to,  celo,  are,  avi,  atum,  de 
witli  abl.     G.  374,  N.  1. 

Kill.     JEneco,  are,  ui,  nectwrn. 

Kind.     Benignus,  a,  um. 

Kind,  class.  Genus,  Iris,  n.  Every 
kind,  omne  genus,  n. 

Kindness.     Benignltas,  atis,  f. 

King.     Rex,  regis,  m. 

Know,  know  how.  Scio,  scire,  scivi, 
scitum.  Know,  be  acquainted 
with,  cognosco,  ere,  novi,  nitum. 
Know,  comprehend,  percipio, 
ire,  cepi,  ceptum.  Know,  under- 
stand, intelligo,  ere,  lexi,  ledum. 
Not  to  know,  7iescio,  Ire,  Ivi  and 
ii,  itum. 

Knowledge.  Scientia,  ae,  f.  See 
also  Note  on  638,  7,  page  27G. 
Practical  knowledge,  usus,  us,  m. 

Known  —  well  known,  sometimes 
rendered  by  ille,  a,  ud.  G. 
450,  4. 

L. 

Labienus.    LabiSnus,  i,  m. 
Labor.     Labor,  oris,  m. 
Lacedaemonian.      Lacedaemonius, 

ii,  m. 
Laelius.     Laelius,  ii,  m. 
Lake.     Lacus,  us,  m. 
Land.     Terra,  ae,  f.     On  sea   and 

land,  terra  marlque. 
Language,  tongue.     Lingua,  ae,  f. 
Lairge.  Magnus,  a,  um.  How  large, 

quantus,  a,  um. 
Lasting.     Sempiternus,  a,  um. 
Latin,  in  Latin.     Lat'ine,  adv. 
Law.     Lex,  legis,  f. ;  jus,  juris,  n. 

See  405.     Civil   law,  jus   civile. 

The  law  of  nations,  jus  gentium. 
Lawful  —  it  is  lawful.    Licet,  licuit 

and  licttum  est,  impers. 
Lawgiver.       Is    qui    leges    scribit 

{scriho,  ire,  scripsi,   scripium). 

Sec  438. 
Lay  waste.     Vasto,  are,  Stvi,  atum. 
Lead.     Duco,    ire,   duxi,    ductum. 

Lead  across,  iraduoo,  ire,  duxi^ 


ductum.  Lead  on,  add-aco,  ire^ 
duxi,  ductum.  Lead  out,  edfico, 
ere,  duxi,  ductum.  Lead  (a  life), 
live,  vivo,  ere,  vixi,  victum. 

Leader.     Dux,  ducis,  m.  and  f. 

Learn.  Disco,  ere,  didici.  Learn, 
receive,  hear,  accipio,  ire,  cepi, 
ceptum. 

Learned.  Doctus,  a,  um.  Learned, 
of  learning,  doctrinae.  See 
440,  2. 

Learning.  Doctrina,  ae,  f . ;  eru- 
diiio,  onis,  f.  Branch  of  learn- 
ing, doctrina,  ae,  f. 

Least.  Minimus,  a,  um  ;  G.  1G5  ; 
minlme,  adv. 

Leisure.  Otium,  ii,  n.  At  leisure, 
otiosus,  a,  um. 

Leisure,  unoccupied.  Vacuus,a,um. 

Lemannus.     Lemannus,  i,  m. 

Length  —  at  length.    Tandem,  adv. 

Leonidas.     Leonldas,  ae,  m. 
jontini  —  of  Leont 
Leontlnus,  a,  um. 

Less.  Minor,  us  ;  G.  165 ;  minus, 
adv. 

Let  =  cause  that.  Facto,  ire,  feci, 
factum,  ut  with  subj. 

Letter  of  the  alphabet.  Littira, 
ae,  f.  Letter,  epistle,  epistdla, 
ae,  f. ;  littirae,  arum,  f.  pi.  See 
200.  By  letter,  per  litteras.  Let- 
ter from  me,  &c.,  mea  epistdla, 
or  epistdla  a  me,  etc.  See  366. 
Letters,  literature,  littirae,arum, 
f.pl. 

Leuctra.  Leuctra,  drum,  n.  pi. 
Of  Leuctra,  Leuctrian,  Leuctrt- 
cus,  a,  um. 

Liberal.     Liberdlis,  e. 

Liberality.     LiberalXtas,  atis,  f. 

Liberate.  Libiro,  are,  avi,  atum, 
G.  414,  L 

Liberty.     Libertas,  atis,  f. 

Life.  Vita,  ae,  f.  Period  of  life, 
aetas,  atis,  f. 

Light.     Lux,  lucis,  f. 

Lighten.     Levo,  are,  Svi,  fltum. 

Lightly.  Levlter,  adv.  Esteem 
lightly,  despise,  contemno^  ire^ 
iempsi,  temptum. 


\ 


ENGLISH-LATIN    VOCABULARY. 


293 


Like.     Similis,  e. 

Line  of  battle.     Acies,  ei,  f. 

Lines — these  lines,  these  things. 
Ilaec,  n.  pi. 

Literary  =  of  letters.  LUierarum. 
See  440,  2. 

Literature,  letters.  Litt^rae,  arum, 
f.pl. 

Little — think  little  of,  despise.  Con- 
temnOi  ere,  ternpsi,  temptum. 

Live.  Vivo,  ere,  vixi,  victum.  One 
lives,  men  live,  vivUur,  victum 
est,  impers. 

Live,  living.      Vitus,  a,  um. 

Load,  to  pile  up.  Exstruo,  ere, 
siruxi,  structum. 

Long.  Longus,  a,  um.  Long  con- 
tinued, very  long,  perdiuturnus, 
a,  um.  For  a  long  time,  jamdu- 
duTYi,  jamjprldem.  G.  4G7,  2. 
How  long,  quousque,  adv. 

Long  for.  ExpHo,  ere,  petlvi  and 
a,  itum. 

Look  —  look  forward  to.  Exspedo, 
are,  avi,  atum.  Look  upon, 
susplcio,  ere,  spexi,  spectum. 
Look  upon  with  envy,  invideo, 
ere,  vidi,  visum.     G.  385. 

Lose.     Amitto,  ere,  misi,  missum. 

Loss.  Rendered  by  the  Perf.  Pass. 
Part,  of  amitto,  ere,  mlsi,  mis- 
sum.     G.  549,  N.  2. 

Lost,  engaged,  busy.  Impedltns, 
a,  um. 

Loud,  great.  3fagnus,  a,  um. 
With  a  loud  voice,  magna  voce. 

Love.     Amor,  oris,  m. 

Love,  to  love.  Amo,  are,  avi, 
atum. 

Lucius.     Lucius,  ii,  m. 

LucuUus.     Eucullus,  i,  m. 

Lycurgus.     Lycurgus,  i,  m. 

Lysis.     Lysis,  idis,  m. 


M. 

Macedon  —  of  Macedon,  a  Mace- 
donian.    Mncedo,  onis,  m. 
Macedonia.     Macedonia,  ae,  f. 
Mad  —  be  mad.     Euro,  ere,  ui. 


Madness.     Furor,  oris,  m. 

Maolius.     Maelius,  ii,  m. 

Magian,  pi.  the  Magi.  Magus,  i,  m. 

Magistrate.     Magistratus,  us,  m. 

Magnificent.     Magniflcus,  a,  um. 

Maiden.      Virgo,  inis,  i. 

Mail,  coat  of  mail.     Lorica,  ae,  f. 

Make.  Facio,  ere,  feci,  factum,', 
efficio,  ere,  feci,  fectum.  Make 
acceptable,  jpro6o,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Make  a  boast,  glorior,  ari,  atui 
sum,  dep.  Make  use  of,  utor,  i, 
usus  sum,  dep.     G.  421,  I. 

Man.  Homo,  inis,  m.  and  f. ;  vir, 
viri,  m.     See  239,  II. 

Manifest.     Apertus,  a,  um. 

Manilius.     Manilius,  ii,  m. 

Manius.     Manius,  ii,  m. 

Manner.  Modus,  i,  m.  In  a  spir- 
ited manner,  acriter,  adv.  In  the 
best  manner,  optime,  adv. 

Mantinea.     Mantinea,  ae,  f. 

Many,  many  of  the.  Multi,  ae,  a, 
pi.  How  many,  quot,  indecl.  So 
many,  tot,  indecl. 

March.  Iter,  itinetis,  n.  Forced 
marches,  magna  itinera.  See 
246.     On  the  march,  in  itinere. 

March — of  March.  3Iartius,  a,  um. 

Marcius.     Marcius,  ii,  m. 

Marcus.     Marcus,  i,  m. 

Marius.     3Iarius,  ii,  m. 

Mark.     See  426. 

Mars.     Mars,  Martis,  m. 

Master.     Magister,  tri,  m. 

Mausolus.     lUausohis,  i,  m. 

May,  it  may  be  that.  Fieri  potest 
ut,  with  subj. 

May — of  May.     Maius,  a,  um. 

Mean.  Volo,  velle,  volui,  with 
ethical  dat.     G.  389,  N.  2. 

Means,  property.  Res,  rei,f.  Means, 
resources,  opes,  opum,  f.  pi.  By 
no  means,  miuime,  adv.  See  586. 

Measure.  Metior,  iri,  mensus  sum, 
dep. 

Memory.     Memoria,  ae,  f. 

Mention.  Commemoro,  are,  avi, 
atum  ;  dico,  ere,  dixi,  dictum. 

Mercury.     3Iercurius,  ii,  m. 

Messenger.     Nuntius,  ii,  m. 


294 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Miletus  —  of  Miletus,  Milesian. 
Milesius,  a,  um. 

Military.  Militarise  e.  Military, 
pertaining  to  war,  belUcus,  a,  um. 
Military  affairs,  military  science, 
res  miliidris. 

Milo.     3Iilo  and  3filon,  onis,  m. 

Mina.     Mina,  ae,  f. 

Mind.  Animus,  i,  m. ;  mens,  men- 
tis, f.  See  355.  To  occupy  the 
mind,  in  anlmo  versor,  ari,  atus 
sum,  dep.  See  454.  To  call  to 
mind,  commemoro,  are,  dvi, 
dtum.  To  recall  to  mind,  re- 
corder, dri,  dtus  sum,  dep.  G. 
406,  II. 

Minister.  Minister,  tri,  m. ;  vii- 
nistra,  ae,  f. 

Minister  to.  Minister,  tra,  sum, 
esse,  fui,  with  gen.     See  560. 

Mithridates.     Mithridates,  is,  m. 

Modest.     iVodestus,  a,  um. 

Modesty.      Verecundia,  ae,  f. 

Money,  sum  of  money.  Pecunia,  ae, 
f.     Money,  copper,  aes,  aeris,  n. 

Month.     Mensis,  is,  m. 

Monument.     3fonumenium,  i,  n. 

Moral  worth.  Ilonestas,  dtis,  f. ; 
virtus,  utis,  f. 

More.  Plus,  pluris ;  G.  165,  1 ; 
magis,  adv.  More  highly,  with 
verbs  of  valuing,  of  more  value, 
pluris.  G.  404,  N.  1.  More 
fully,  plurihus  verbis.    See  514. 

Morning,  early  in  the  morning. 
Mane,  adv. 

Most  exalted.  Summus,  a,  um.  G. 
163,  3. 

Mother.     Mater,  tris,  f. 

Mountain.     Mons,  mentis,  m. 

Mourn  over.     Maereo,  ere. 

Move.  Moveo,  commoveo,  ere,  mo- 
vi,  motum.  Move,  affect,  officio, 
Sre,  feci,  fectum. 

Much.  Multum,  adv.  Mucli,  ex- 
ceedingly, valde,  adv.  Much, 
witli  comparatives,  multo,  adv. 
Very  much,  plurimum,  adv. 
However  much,  quantumvis,  adv. 

Mucins.     Mucins,  ii,  m. 

Multitude. *J/MZ^i^fic?o,  inis,  f.  ;Mu1- 


titudes   assemble,   concursus  fit 

See  606. 
Muse.     Musa,  ae,  f. 
Must.     See  557. 
My.  Mens,  a,  um. 
Myself,    reflexive,    not    intensive. 

Ego,  mei  ;  intensive,  ipse,  a,  wnP' 

By  myself,  mecum. 


N. 

Name.     Nbmen,  Inis,  n. 

Name,  to  name.     Nomina,  appello, 

are,  dvi,  dtum.     See  184. 
Narrow.     Angustus,  a,  um. 
Nasica.     Nasica,  ae,  m. 
Nation.     Gens,  gentis,  f. ;  populus, 

i,  m.     The   law  of  nations,  jus 

gentium. 
Native  talent.     Ingetiium,  ii,  n. 
Nature.     Natura,  ae,  f. 
Naval.     Navdlis,  e.     A  naval  bat- 
tle,   naval    engagement,    pugna 

navdlis. 
Near.     Prope  {propius,  proxlme^, 

adv.     Near,  near  to,  ad,  apud, 

prep,  with  ace. 
Nearest.  Proxlmus,  a,  um.  G.  166. 
Nearly.     Paene,  adv. 
Necessary.  Necessarius,  a,  um.    It 

is  necessary,  necesse  est,  fuH. 
Necessity.  Necessltas,  dtis,  f. 
Need — there  is  need  of,  there  needs. 

Opus  est,  fuit.    G.414,N.2.  To 

need,  egeo,  indigeo,  ere,  ui.    See 

239,  I.     To  feel  the  need  of,  in- 

digeo,  ere,  ui. 
Needful  —  to    be     needful    (there 

needs,  is  need  of).    Opus  est,  fuit 

G.  414,  N.  2. 
Neglect.    Negllgo,  ire,  lexi,  ledum 
Negligent.     Negllgens,  entis. 
Neither  —  nor.    Aeque  or  nee  —  ne- 

que  or  nee. 
Never.     Nunquam,  adv. 
New.     Novus,  a,  um.     New  Car 

thage,  Carthago  Nova,  f. 
Night.     Nox,  noctis,  f. 
Nile.     Nilus,  i,  m. 
Nineteen.     Undtviginii,  iudecl. 


ENGLISH-LATIN    VOCABULAKY. 


295 


Ninetieth.     Nonagesimus,  a,  nm. 

No.  Nullus,  a,  vm  ;  G.  151 ;  non, 
adv.  No  one,  nemo,  Inis,  ra.  and 
f.  G.  457,  2.  That  no  one,  in 
clauses  denoting  purpose,  ne 
quis.  G.  190,  1.  By  no  means, 
minime,  adv.  See  586.  To  no 
purpose,  nequidquam,  adv. 

Noble.  Nobilis,  e.  Noble-minded, 
honorable,  honestus,  a,  um. 

Nomination  —  without  a  nomination 
from  the  people.  Injussu  populi. 
G.  416,  ft.  n.  2. 

Nones.  Nonae,  arum,  f.  pi.  G. 
642,  I.  2. 

Nor.  Ncque  or  nee,  conj.;  with 
imperatives,  neve,  conj. 

Not.  JVon,  adv.;  interrog.,  nonne ; 
G.  351,  1 ;  with  imperatives, 
ne,  adv.  Not  at  all,  not  =  not  at 
all,  nihil.  G.  378,  2.  Not,  fol- 
lowed by  either  —  or  =  neither 
—  nor,  neque  or  nee  —  neqiie  or 
nee.  Not  even,  ne  quidem.  See 
577.  Not  only  —  but  also,  non 
solum,  or  non  modo  —  sed  etiam. 
Not  very,  non  Ha,  adv.  Not  yet, 
nondum,  adv.  And  not,  but  not, 
7ieque  or  7iee.  Not  to  know,  nes- 
cio,  ire,  ivi  and  ii,  itum.  To 
say  —  not  =  to  deny,  nego,  are, 
avi,  atiim. 

Nothing.     Nihil,  n.  indecl. 

Nourish.  Alo,  ere,  ui,  altum  and 
allium. 

Novel.     Novus,  a,  um. 

Now.  Nune,  adv.  Now,  already, 
jam,,  adv. 

Numa.     Numa,  ae,  m. 

Numantia.     Numantia,  ae,  f. 

Number.  Num&rus,  i,  m.  In  full 
numbers,  frequens,  entis.  G. 
443. 

Numitor.     Numltor,  oris,  m. 


0,   oh   that.      Utinam,    adv.      G. 

483,  1. 
Obedience.     Ohtemperatio,  Onis,  f. 


Obey.  Pareo,  ere,  ui.  Hum.  G. 
385. 

Object,  thing.  Res,  rei,  f.  Object 
of  interest,  quod  visendum  est. 
See  527. 

Observe,  keep.  Servo,  are,  avi, 
atum.  Observe,  retain,  ieneo, 
ere,  ui,  tentum. 

Obstinacy.     Pertinaeia,  aeyJL- 

Obtain.  Potior,  iri,  itus  sum,  dep. ; 
G.  421,  I. ;  nanciseor,  i,  nactus 
sum,  dep.  Obtain,  find,  invenio, 
ire,  veni,  ventum. 

Occasion  —  there  is  occasion.  Opus 
est,  fuit.     G.  414,  N.  2. 

Occult.     Oceultus,  a,  um. 

Occupy.  Oceupo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
To  occupy  the  mind,  in  animo 
versor,  ari,  atus  sum,  dep.  See 
454. 

Of,  concerning.  De,  prep,  with  abl. 
Of,  from,  a,  ah,  prep,  with  abl.  Out 
of,  e,  ex,  prep,  with  abl.  Of,  after 
superlatives=among,  inter,  prep, 
with  ace.  Of,  before  proper 
nouns.  See  485,  430.  Of  greater 
value,  pluris.     G.  404,  N.  1. 

Offend.  Offendo,  ere,  di,  sum.  G. 
385,  1,  Offend  against,  violo, 
are,  avi,  atum. 

Offer.  Affero,  ferre,  attuli,  alla- 
tum. 

Often.     Saepe,  adv. 

Oh  that.     Utinam.     G.  488,  1. 

Old.  Senex,  senis ;  as  substant., 
old  man.  Old  age,  senectus,utis,f. 

Older.  3Iajor,  oris,  or  major  natu. 

Olive  tree.      Olea,  ae,  f. 

Olympia.     Olympia,  ae,  f. 

Olympus.      Olympus,  i,  m. 

On  =  concerning,  on  the  subject 
of.  De,  prep,  with  abl.  On  ac- 
count of,  propter,  prep,  witli  ace. 
On  tlie  part  of,  often  rendered 
by  the  gen.  On  sea  and  land, 
terra  marique.  On  the  march, 
in  itinere. 

Once.  Semel,  adv.  Once,  formerly, 
quondam,  adv.  At  once,  yam,adv. 

One.  Unus,  a,  um.  G.  175,  1. 
One,   any  one,  any  thing,  quis. 


20 


296 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


See  500,  III. ;  also  G.  190.  One's 
self,  sui,  sibi.  One's,  one's  own 
suus,  a,  iim.  No  one,  nemo,  inis, 
m.  and  f.  G.  457,  2.  That  no 
one,  in  clauses  denoting  purpose, 
ne  qiiis.  G.  190,  1.  One  each 
singitli,  ae,  a,  pi. 

Only.     Alodo,  adv. 

Open,  *to  open.  Aptrio,  ire,  ui, 
pei-tum. 

Open.  Apertus,  a,  um.  Open  ad- 
versary, pa/am  adversarius, 
ii,  m. 

Openly.     Palam,  adv. 

Opinion.  Sententin,  ae,  f. ;  opinio, 
onis,  f.  To  express  opinion,  cen- 
seo,  ere,  ui,  censum. 

Opponent.     Adversarius,  ii,  m. 

Oppose.  Ohsisto,  ere,  stiti,  stUum; 
ohsto,  are,  sfiti,  statum.  To  op- 
pose one's  self,  se  opponere  (op- 
pono,  ere,  posui,  posUum). 

Opulent.      Opulentus,  a,  um. 

Or.  Aut,  conj. ;  in  questions,  an, 
conj.  Or  not,  usually  annon 
in  direct  questions,  necne  in  indi- 
rect. 

Oration.     Oratio,  onis,  f. 

Orator.     Orator,  oris,  m. 

Oratory.  Dicendi,  o,  gerund  of 
dico. 

Order.     Jubeo,  ere,  jiissi,  jussum. 

Orgetorix.     Orgetorix,  igis,  m. 

Other.  Alius,  a,  nd.  G.  151 ;  459. 
The  other,  the  second  of  two, 
alter,  i.ra,  Srum.  G.  151 ;  151,  1 ; 
459.  The  others,  the  rest,  cet&ri, 
ae,  a,  pi.  Of  others,  another's, 
alienvs,  a,  um. 

Ought.  Debeo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  Also 
rendered  by  the  Pass.  1  eriphrast. 
Conj.     G.  234. 

Our.    Nosier,  ira,  trum.    Our  own 
things,   productions,    nostra, 
rum,  n.  pi.     G.  441,  1. 

Out  of.  E,  ex,  prep,  with  abl.  G.' 
434,  N.  2.  To  set  ont,  projiciscor, 
i,  profecius  sum,  dep. 

Overcome.    Vinco,  ere,  vici,  victum. 

Overthrow  of.  Rendered  by  the 
perf.  pass.  part,  of  evertoj  ire, 


verti,  versum.  See  439;  also 
G.  549,  N.  2. 

Overthrow,  to  overthrow.  Everto, 
ere,  verti,  versum. 

Owe.     Debeo,  ere,  ui,  Uum. 

Own,  often  expressed  by  the  pos- 
sessive, or  when  more  emphatic 
by  the  gen.  of  ipse,  a,  vm,  with 
tlie  possessive.    G.  452,  4. 

Ox.     Bos,  bovis,  m.     G.  66. 


Pain.     Dolor,  oris,  m. 

Paint.     Fingo,  ere,  pinxi,  pictum. 

Painting.  Tabula  picta,  f.  See 
378. 

Panathenaicus.  Panathenaicus,i,m. 

Parent.     Parens,  entis,  m.  and  f. 

Part.  Pars,  partis,  f.  On  the 
part  of,  to  be  the  part  of,  often 
rendered  by  the  gen.     See  426. 

Pass  —  allow  to  pass.  Intei'mitto, 
ere,  mlsi,  missum. 

Past.     Praeterltus,  a,  um. 

Path.     Semlta,  ae,  f. 

Pay  one's  respects  to.  Saluto,  aie, 
avi,  atum. 

Peace.  Pax,  pads,  f.  To  reduce 
to  a  state  of  peace,  paco,  are, 
avi,  atum. 

Peculiar  to.     Proprius,  a,  um. 

Penalty.     Poena,  ae,  f. 

People,  a  people.  Populus,  i,  m. 
Friend  of  the  people,  popularis, 
is,  m.  and  f.  Without  a  nomi- 
nation from  the  people,  injussu 
popnli.     G.  416,  ft.  n.  2. 

Perceive.  Perdpio,  ere,  cepi,  cep- 
tum ;  persplcio,  ire,  spexi,  spec- 
turn;  sentio.  Ire,  sensi,  sensum. 
Perceive,  discern,  cerno,  (re. 

Perfect.     Perfectus,  a,  um. 
•^Perform.      Ago,  ire,  egi,  actum ; 
gero,  ire,  gessi,  gestum. 

Perhaps.  Forsltan,  fortasse,  adv. ; 
sometimes  rendered  hy  haud  scio 
an  with  subj.     See  580. 

Pericles.     Pericles,  is,  ra. 

Peril.    Periculum^  t,  n. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY 


297 


Perishable.     Cadncus,  a,  um. 

Permitted  —  it  is  permitted.  Licet, 
licuit  and  licitum  est,  impers. 

Perpetual.     Perpetuus,  a,  um. 

Perseus.     Perseus,  ei,  m. 

Personal,  of  one's  self  alone,  gen. 
of  solus,  a,  um.    G.  151 ;  398,  3. 

Persuade.  Persuadeo,  ere,  si,  sum. 
G.  385. 

Pertain  to.  PeiiUneo,  ere,  ui,  ten- 
turn.. 

Pharsalian,  of  Pharsalus,  or  Pluir- 
salia.     Pharsalius,  a,  um. 

Pliilip.     Philippiis,  i,  m. 

Pliilo.     Philo  or  Philon,  onis,  ni. 

Philosopher.     Pkilosophus,  i,  m. 

Pliilosophy.     Philosophia,  ae,  f. 

Pity.  Misereor,  eri,  ttus  sum,  dep. ; 
G.  406,  I.;  miseret,  uit,  impers. 
G.  409,  III.     See  228. 

Place.  Locus,  i,  m.  G.  141.  From 
that  place,  inde,  adv.  To  take 
place,  Jio,  fieri,  f actus  sum.  G. 
294. 

Plan.     Consilium.,  ii,  n. 

Plato.     Plato  and  Platon,  onis,  m. 

Plautus.     Plautus,  i,  m. 

Play.     Ludo,  ere,  lusi,  lusiim. 

Please.  Placeo,  ere,  ui,  itum.  G. 
385. 

Pleased  —  be  pleased,  rejoice.  Lae- 
tor,  ari,  atus  sum,  dep.« 

Pleasure.  Voluptas,  atis,  f.  Pleas- 
ure, enjoyment,  delectatio,  onis.i. 

Plunder.    Diripio,  ere,  ui,  repium. 

Poem.     Poema,  titis,  n. 

Poet.     Pocta,  ae,  m. 

Point,  thing.     Res,  rei,  f. 

Pompey.     Pompeius,  eii,  m. 

Poor.  Pauper,  eris.  Poor,  with 
limited  means,  inops,  opis. 

Popilius.     Poj)ilius,  ii,  m. 

Porsena.     Porsena,  ae,  m. 

Possess.  Possldeo,  ere,  sedi,  ses- 
sum.  Possess,  have,  habeo,  ere, 
ui.  Ultra. 

Possessed  of.  Praeditus,  a,  um. 
G.  420,  N.  1,  4). 

Possession.  Possessio,  onis,  f.  Pos- 
sessions, things,  res,  rerum, 
f.  pi. 


Possible  —  as  .  . .  as  possible.  Quam, 
adv.  with  superlat.     See  449. 

Power.  Potentia,  ae,  f.  Regal 
power,  regnum,  i,  n. 

Powerful.     Potens,  ejitis. 

Practical  knowledge.     Usus,  us,  m. 

Practice.  See  Note  on  G38,  7, 
page  276. 

Practise.     Colo,  ere,  colui,  cultum. 

Praetor.     Praetor,  oris,  m. 

Praetorship.     See  409. 

Praise.     Laus,  laudis,  f. 

Praise,  to  praise.  Jjaudo,  are,  avi, 
atum. 

Praiseworthy.     Laudabilis,  e. 

Pray,  I  pray,  parenthetical.  Quaeso. 

Precept.  Praeceptum,  i,  n.  To 
give  precepts,  praedpio,  ere,  ce- 
pi,  ceptum. 

Preceptor.     Praeceptor,  oris,  m. 

Preceptress.     Praeceptrix,  ids,  f. 

Predict.  Praedico,  ere,  dixi,  dic- 
tum. 

Prefer.  Praep.ro,  ferre,  tuli,  la- 
tum ;  antepono,  ere,  posui,  posl- 
tum.  Prefer,  would  rather,  malo, 
onalle,  malui.     G.  293. 

Preferable.     Satius.     See  527. 

Prepared.     Paratus,  a,  um. 

Presence  —  in  the  presence  of. 
Apud,  prep,  witli  ace. 

Present.     Donum,  i,  n. 

Present,  to  present.  Bono,  are, 
ati,  atum.  To  present  one's 
self,  se  praehere  (^praebeo,  ere, 
ui,  Itum^. 

Present,  at  hand.     Praesens,  entis. 

Preserve.  Servo,  coiiservo,  drCf 
avi,  atum. 

Preside  over.  Praesum,  esse,  fui. 
G.  386. 

Presume.  Credo,  ere,  didi,  di- 
tum. 

Pretend.     Simulo,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Price.     Pretium,  ii,  n. 

Pride.     Superhia,  ae,  f. 

Prince.     Princeps,  ipis,  m. 

Princely.     Regalis,  e. 

Principal.  Princeps,  ipis,  m.  and  f 

Priscus.     Priscus,  i,  m. 

Prize.     Praemium,  ii,  n. 


298 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Prize,  to  prize.     Aestimo,  are,  avi, 

dtum. 
Proceed.    Pergo,  ere,  perrexi,  per- 

redum. 
Proclaim.      Proclamo,     are,     avi, 

atum. 
Prodicus.     Prodlcus,  i,  m. 
Produce,  bear.     Fero,  ferre,   tuli, 

latum. 
Profess.  Profiteor,  eri,  fessus  sum, 

dep. 
Profit.      UtilUas,  atis,  f. 
Profit,    to    profit.       Conduco,    ere, 

duxi,  ducium.     See  289. 
Profitable.     Fructuosus,  a,  urn. 
Promise.     Promissum,  i,  n. 
Promise,    to   promise.       Polliceor, 

eri,  pollicUus  sum,  dep. 
Prompt,    affect.       Commoveo,    ere, 

movi,  motum. 
Pronounce,  speak.  Dico,  ire,  dixi, 

dictum. 
Proof.     Testimonium,  ii,  n. 
Properly,  worthily  enough.     Satis 

digne,  adv. 
Property,  means.     Res,  rei,  f. 
Propose  to  one's  self  no  other  aim. 

Nihil  sihi  aliud  nisi  proponere 

{propono,  ere,  posui,  posltum). 

See  444. 
Prosperity.  Ees  secundae,  f.  pi.  G. 

441,  4. 
Prosperous.      Felix,    ids;    heatus, 

a,   um.     See   393.      To   have   a 

prosperous  voyage,  ex  sententia 

navlgo,  are,  avi,  dtum.   See  339. 
Protection  —  to  receive  under  pro- 
tection.    In  deditionem  accipio, 

ire,  dpi,  ceptum. 
Proud.     Superb  us,  a,  um. 
Prove.     Probo,  are,  avi,  dtum. 
Provide  for.     Provldeo,   ere,  vidi, 

visum.     G.  380. 
Province.     Provincia,  ae,  f. 
Prudence.     Prudentia,  ae,  f. 
Ptolemy.     Ptolemaeus,  i,  m. 
Public.    Publicus,  a,  um.    Highest 

public  welfare,  summa  res  pub- 

Ilea,  f. 
Publius.     Puhlius,  ii,  m. 
Punic.     Punlcus,  a,  um. 


Punishment.  Supplicium,  ii,  n. 
Punishment,  penalty,  poena,  ae,f. 

Pupil.     Discipulus,  i,  m. 

Purchase.  Emo,  ere,  emi,  emptum. 

Purpose,  wish.  Sententia,  ae,  f. 
For  the  purpose  of,  causa  with 
gen.  G.  416,  ft.  n.  2.  To  no  pur- 
pose, nequidquam,  adv. 

Pursue.  Sequor,  i,  secutus  sum, 
dep. 

Pursuit,  study,  exertion.  Studium, 
ii,  n. 

Put  to  death.  Occldo,  ere,  di,  sum, 
interflcio,  ere,  feci,  fectum. 

Pydna.     Pydna,  ae,  f. 

Pythagoras.     Pythagoras,  ae,  m. 

Pythagorean.  Pythagoreus,  a,  um. 


Q. 

Queen.     Regina,  ae,  f. 
Question.     Quaestio,  onis,  f. 
Quickly.     Gelertter,  adv. 
Quiet.     Otium,  ii,  n. 
Quintus.     Quintus,  i,  m. 


R. 

Raise,  conduct.  Perduco,  ire,  duxi, 

ductum. 
Ranks  in  line  of  battle.  Acies,  ii,  f. 
Rare.     Rarus,  a,  um. 
Rather,  more.  Magis,  adv.  Would 

rather,  malo,  malle,  malui.  G.293. 
Read.     Lego,  ere,  legi,  lectum. 
Readily.     Facile,  adv. 
Reason.     Ratio,  onis,  f.     For  the 

reason  that,  propterea  quod,conj. 
Recall,  mention.   Commemdro,  dre, 

avi,  dtum.     Recall  to  mind,  re- 

cordor,  dri,  dtus  sum,  dep.     G. 

400,  II. 
Receive.  Acdpio,  ire,  dpi,  ceptum. 
Recollection.     Memoria,  ae,  f. 
Record.      Perscrlbo,   ire,    scripsi, 

script  um. 
Recover.  Recupiro,  dre,  dvi,  dtum. 

Recover,  restore,  recreo,  dre,  Hvi^ 

dtum. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


299 


Reduce  to  a  state  of  peace.  Faco^ 
are,  am,  dtum. 

Reference  —  to  arrange  with  refer- 
ence to.  Refero,  ferre,  tuli,  la- 
tum, ad  with  ace.  See  534.  To 
have  reference  to,  refer  or,  ferri, 
latus  sum,  ad  with  ace.  See 
577. 

Refinement.  HumanUas,  atis,  i 
Refinements,  culture,  cultus, 
us,  m. 

Refute.  Reffdo,  are,  dvi,  dtum ; 
refello,  ere,  felli. 

Regal  power.     Regnum,  i,  n. 

Regard  —  in  regard  to.  De,  prep, 
with  abl. ;  sometimes  rendered 
by  gen.     See  577. 

Regard,  hold.  Haheo,  ere,  ui, 
itum.  Think,  regard  as,  puto, 
are,  avi,  dtum  ;  statuo,  ere,  ui, 
utum. 

Reign  —  in  the  reign  of.  Pres.  Part, 
of  regno,  in  abl.  abs.  {regno,  dre, 
dvi,  dtum). 

Reign,  to  reign.  Regno,  dre,  dvi, 
dtum. 

Rejoice,  rejoice  in.  Gaudeo,  ere, 
gavlsus  sum ;  laetor,  dri,  dtus 
sum,  dep. 

Rejoicing,  joy.     Laetitia,  ae,  f. 

Relate.  Narro,  dre,  dvi,  dtum ; 
fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum ;  trado, 
ere,  didi,  dltum. 

Release.  Lihiro,  dre,  dvi,  dtum. 
G.  414,  I. 

Relief — to  come  to  the  relief  of. 
Subvenio,  ire,  veni,  ventum.  G. 
386. 

Reiving  upon.  Fretus,  a,  um.  G. 
425,  1,  N. 

Remain.  Maneo,  ere,  mansi,  man- 
sum,.  It  remains,  reliquum  est, 
fuit,  lit  with  subj . 

Remarkable.     Singuldris,  e. 

Remember.  Memlni,  meminisse  ; 
G.  297,  I. ;  406,  II. ;  reminiscor, 
i.     G.  406,  II. 

Remissness.     Nequitia,  ae,  f. 

Remove,  take  away.  Tollo,  ere, 
sustuli,  suhldtum. 

Render  service.  Frosum,  prodesse. 


profui.     See  606;  also  G.  290; 

386. 
R'^new.     Instauro,  dre,  dvi,  dtum. 
F  ^peat.    Reddo,  ere,  dldi,  dltum. 
J  epent.    Faenltet,  uit,  impers.     G. 

409,  III.     See  228. 
ieply.     Respondeo,  ere,  di,  sum. 
Report.     Rumor,  oris,  m. 
Repose.     Tranquillltas,  dtis,  f. 
Republic.     Res  publlca,  rei  puhli- 

cae,  f. 
Request.     Rogdtus,  us,  m. 
Require,  compel.    Cogo,  ere,  coegi, 

coactum. 
Requite  a  favor.     Gratiam  refero, 

ferre,  tuli,  Idtum.     See  548. 
Rescue.     Ertpio,  ire,  ripui,  rep- 

tum. 
Reside.     Ilablto,  dre,  dvi,  dtum. 
Resources,  means.      Opes,   opum, 

f.pl. 
Respects  —  pay  one's  respects  to. 

Saluto,  dre,  dvi,  dtum. 
Rest.    Quies,  etis,  f. ;  requies,  etis, 

f.     See  283. 
Rest  upon,  be  situated  in.   Fosltus, 

a,  um,  sum,  esse,  fui,  in  with  abl. 
Rest,  the  rest.     Ceteri,  ae,  a,  pi. 
Restore.     Recreo,  dre,  dvi,  dtum. 
Restrain.     Arceo,  ere,  ui,  arctum. 
Result.     Exltus,  us,  m.      Highest 

results,    summa,    drum,   n.    pi. 

See  415.     To  be  the  result,  eve- 

nio,  ire,  veni,  vejitum. 
Retain.     Teneo,  ere,  ui,  tentum. 
Return.  ^ecZeo,  ire,  ii,  itum.  Return, 

turn    back,    revertor,    i,   versus 

sum,  dep.     G.  272,  3,  vei'to. 
Revolution.    Res  novae,  f.  pi.    See 

223. 
Reward.  Fraemium,  ii,  n.  Reward, 

wages,  merces,  edis,  f. 
Rhetorician.     Rhetor,  oris,  m. 
Rhine.     Rhenus,  i,  m. 
Rhone.  '  Rhoddnus,  i,  m. 
Rich.     Dives,  Uis.     G.  165,  N.  2. 
Riches.     Divitiae,  drum,  f.  pi. 
Right.     Rectus,  a,  um.     Right,  the 

right,  fas,  n.  indecl.    See  405,  1. 

The    right,    integrity,   honestas, 

dtis,  f. 


300 


LATIN   COMPOSITION, 


Rightly.     Rede,  adv. 

River.     Mumen,  fnis,  n. 

Road.      Via,  viae,  f. 

Robber.     Praedo,  onis,  m. 

Roman.  Romanus,  a,  um. 

Roman,  a  Roman.  Romanus,  i,  m. 

Rome.  Roma,  ae,  f. 

Romulus.     Romxdus,  i,  m. 

Roscius.     Roscius,  it,  m. 

Rout.     Pello,  ere,  pepuli,  pulsum. 

Route.     Iter,  Uiniris,  n. 

Ruin,  demolish.  Diruo,  ire,  ui, 
utum. 

Rule.     Dominatio,  onis,  f. 

Rule,  to  rule.  Rego,  ere,  rexi,  rec- 
tum ;  impiro,  are,  avi,  atum. 
G.  385. 

Rumor.     Rumor,  oris,  m. 


S. 


Sabine.     Sabinus,  a,  um. 
Sacred.     Sanctus,   a,   um ;    sacer, 

era,  crum. 
Sacrifice,  to  spend.  Prof  undo,  ire, 

fudi,  fusum. 
Sad.     Tristis,  e. 
Safe.  Salvus,  a,  um.  Safe,  secure, 

tutus,  a,  um.     See  321. 
Safety.     Salus,  vtis,  f. 
Saguntum.     Saguntum,  i,  n. 
Sail.     Navlgo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Sake  —  for  the  sake  of.     Causa  or 

gratia  with  gen.     G.  416,  ft.  n.  2. 

For  my,  &c.,  sake,  mea  causa, 

etc. 
Salute.     Saluto,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Same.     Idem,   eddem,   idem.      To 

entertain    the   same   sentiments, 

eddem  sentio,  ire,  sensi,  sensum. 
Satisfy.     Saiisfacio,  ire,  feci,  fac- 
tum.    G.  18,  2,  2);  885. 
Saturnia.     Saturnia,  ae,  f. 
Save.      Servo,  conservo,  are,  Svi, 

atum. 
Say.  Dico,  ire,  dixi,  dictum.    Say, 

relate,   fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum. 

They   say,   ferunt.     Say  —  not, 

deny,  nego,  are,  avi,  atum, 
Scaevola.     Scaevdla,  ae,  m. 


Scarcely,    scarcely   yet.      Vixdum, 

adv. 
School.  Ludus,  i,  m. ;  scliola,  ae,  f. 
Science,  learning.    Doctrina,  ae,  f. 

Military  science,  res  militaris,  f. 
Scipio.     Scipio,  onis,  m. 
Sea.    Mare,  maris,  n.    On  sea  and 

land,  terra  marlque. 
Set)ond,  another.  Alter,  ira,  irum. 

G.  151 ;   151,  1.     A  second  time, 

iterum,  adv. 
Secure,  safe.     Tutus,  a,  um.     See 

321. 
Secure,  to  secure,  conciliate.  Con- 

cilio,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Sedition.     Seditio,  onis,  f. 
See.     Video,  ere,  vidi,  visum.    See 

that,   take  care  that,  euro,  'are, 

avi,  atum. 
Seek.  Quaero,  ire,  quaestvi,  quae- 

sltum  ;  peto,  appeto,  expeto,  ire, 

petivi  and  ii,  itum.     Seek,  pur- 
sue, sequor,  i,  secutus  sum,  dep. 
Seem.   Videor,  eri,  visus  sum.  See 

577. 
Seize.     Rapio,  ire,  ui,  raptum. 
Select.     Ellgo,  ire,  legi,  ledum. 
Select,  selected.  Exquisitus,  a,  um. 
Self,  one's  self,  reflexive.    Sui,  si- 

hi  ;  intensive,  ipse,  a,  um. 
Sell.      Vendo,  ire,  didi,  dltum. 
Senate.     Sendtus,  us,  m. 
Senator.     Senator,  Oris,  m. 
Send.     Mitto,  ire,  Tnisi,  missum. 
Sense.     Sensus,  us,  m. 
Sentiments  —  entertain    the    same 

sentiments.      Eddem  sentio,  ire, 

sensi,  sensum. 
Serve.      Servio,  ire,    Ivi   and    n, 

Hum.     G.  385. 
Service  —  render  service.  Prosum, 

prodesse,  profui.     See  GOG ;  also 

G.  290;  38G. 
Servilius.     Servilius,  ii,  m. 
Servitude.     ServUus,  utis,  f. 
Servius.     Servius,  ii,  m. 
Set,  set  before.     Propdno,  ire,  po- 

sui,  posltum.      Set   fire  to,   in- 

flammo,  are,  avi,  atum  ;  incendo, 

ire,  cendi,   censum.      Set   forth, 

exprOmo,  ire,  prompsi,  promp' 


ENGLISH-LATIN    VOCABULARY. 


301 


turn.  Set  forth  views,  state,  ^rag- 
dico,  are,  dvi,  dtvm.  Set  out, 
projiciscor,  i,  profectus  simi,dep. 

Seven.     Septem,  indecl. 

Seventh  time.     Septimum,  adv. 

Seventh  day  of  the  month,. —  in 
March,  May,  July,  and  October. 
Nbnae,  arum,  f.  pi.    G.  642, 1.  2. 

Several.      Complm'es,  a  or  ia,  pi. 

Severe.  Severus,  a,  um.  Severe, 
grievous,  gravis,  e. 

Sextus.     Sextus,  i,  m. 

Share.   Communlco,  are,  dvi,  dtum. 

Sliarply.     Acriter,  adv. 

Short,  brief.     Brevis,  e. 

Shoulder.     Humerus,  i,  m. 

Show.  Ostendo,  ere,  di,  sum  and 
tum ;  monstro,  demonstro,  are, 
dvi,  dtum. 

Sicily.     Sicilia,  ae,  f. 

Silent.     Mutus,  a,  um. 

Silver.     Argentum,  i,  n. 

Since,  as.  Quum,  quoniam,  conj. 
Since,  ago,  abhinc,  adv. 

Six.     Sex,  indecl. 

Six  hundredth.  Sexcentesimus,  a, 
um. 

Sixth.  Sextus,  a,  um.  Sixth  of 
July,  pridie  Nonas  Quintiles. 
G.  642,111.;  437,  1. 

Sixtieth.     Sexagesimus,  a,  um. 

Skilled  in,  skilful  in.  Perltus,  a,um. 

Slave  —  be  the  slave  of.  Servio,  ire, 
ivi  and  ii,  itum.     G.  385. 

Slay.  Interficio,  ere,  feci,  fectum ; 
occldo,  ere,  cidi,  clsum. 

Sleep.     Dormio,  ire,  ivi,  Itum. 

Small.  Parvus,  a,  um.  Small,  con- 
tracted, angustus,  a,  um. 

So.  Tarn,  ita,  adv. ;  sometimes 
rendered  by  is,  ea,  id.  See  444. 
In  such  a  manner,  sic,  adv.  So 
greatly,  to  such  an  extent,  adeo, 
adv.  So  —  as,  with  adjectives, 
tarn  —  quam,  adv. ;  with  verbs, 
sic  —  ut,  adv.  So  far,  tantum, 
adv.  So  far  am  I  from,  tantum 
ahest,  ut  with  subj.  See  498.  So 
great,  tantus,  a,  um.  So  many, 
tot,  indecl.  So  much,  tantus,  a, 
um ;    taniopere,    adv.     So   that, 


ut,  conj.  Not  so  much,  non  tam^ 
adv. 

Socrates.     Socrates,  is,  m. 

Soldier.     Miles,  Itis,  m.  and  f. 

Solon.  Solo  and  Solon,  onis,  m. 

Some.  Nonnulli,  ae,  a,  pi.  Some, 
any,  aliqui,  qua,  quod.  Some 
one,  a  certain  one,  quidam,  quae' 
dam,  quoddam.  Somebody,  some- 
thing, allquis.  G.  191.  At  some 
time,  aliquando,  adv. ;  allquo 
tempore.  G.  429.  Some  —  others, 
alii  —  alii.     G.  459. 

Sometime.     Aliquando,  adv. 

Sometimes.     Interdum,  adv. 

Son.     Filius,  ii,  m. 

Soul.     Animus,  i,  m. 

Sovereignty.     Imperium,  ii,  p. 

Spain.     Ilispania,  ae,  f. 

Sparta.     Sparta,  ae,  f. 

Speak.     Dico,  ere,  dixi,   dictum ; 
loquor,  i,  locutus  sum,  dep. 
'Impend.       Consumo,    ere,     sumpsi, 
sumptum.      Of   time,    ago,   ire, 
egi,  actum. 

Spirit,  courage.     Animus,  i,  m. 

Spirited,  in  a  spirited  manner. 
Acriter,  adv. 

Spurius.     Spurius,  ii,  m. 

Squander.  Profundo,  ere,  fudi^ 
fusum. 

Stadium.     Stadium,  ii,  n. 

Start,  set  out.  Projiciscor,  i,  prO' 
fectus  sum,  dep. 

State,  condition.  Status,  us,  m. 
To  reduce  to  a  state  of  peace, 
paco,  are,  dvi,  dtum.  The  state, 
civitas,  atis,  f.  State,  common- 
wealth, res  puhlica,  rei  pulUcae, 
f.  The  highest  welfare  of  the 
state,  summa  res  pullica. 

State,  say.  Dico,  ere,  dixi,  dictum. 

Statesman.  Is  qui  rei puhllcae prae- 
est  (praesum,  esse,  fui) .  See  438. 

Station,  to  place.  Colldco,  dre^ 
dvi,  dtum. 

Stator.     Stator,  oris,  m. 

Statue.     Signum,  i,  n. 

Stoic.     Stoicus,  i,  m. 

Strengtlien.  Alo,  ire,  cduiy  alttum 
and  altum. 


502 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Strife.     Pugna,  ae,  f. 

Strive.  Nitor,  niti,  nisus  and  nix- 
us  sum,  dep. 

Strong,  ample.  Amplus,  a,  um.  In 
the  strongest  terms,  amplisslmis 
verbis. 

Strongly.     Valde,  adv. 

Student  of.     Studiosus,  a,  um. 

Studiously.     Studiose,  adv. 

Study.     Studium,  ii,  n. 

Subject,  thing.  Ees,  ret,  f.  On  the 
subject  of,  concerning,  de,  prep, 
with  abl. 

Subject  —  to  be  subject  to.  Pareo, 
ere,  ui,  Hum.     G.  385. 

Succeed.  Succedo,  ere,  cessi,  ces- 
sum.     G.  386. 

Success.     FelicHas,  atis,  f. 

Successful.     Secundus,  a,  um. 

Such.  Talis,  e ;  sometimes  ren- 
dered by  qui,  quae,  quod.  Such, 
so  great,  tantus,  a,  um.  Such  — 
as,  talis,  e  —  qualis,  e  ;  is,  ea,  id 

—  qui,  quae,  quod  ;  tantus,  a,  um 

—  quantus,  a,  um,.     See  534. 
Sudden.     Suhltus,  a,  um,. 
Suffer.  Patior,  i,  2>clssus  s^im,  dep. 
Suffering,  pain.     Dolor,  oris,  m. 
SuflSlcient — to  be  sufficient,  be  able. 

Possum,  posse,  potui. 
Sufficiently.     Satis,  adv. 
Suggestion  —  at  the  suggestion  of. 

Auctor,  in  abl.  absol.     See  504. 
Suitable.    Idoneus,  a,  um. 
Suitably  =  worthily  enough.    Satis 

digne,  adv. 
Sulla.     Sulla,  ae,  m. 
Sum  of  money.     Pecunia,  ae,  f. 
Sumptuous.     Sumpiiidsus,  a,  um. 
Sun.     Sol,  solis,  m. 
Sunset.     Solis  occdsus,  us,  m. 
Superbus.     Superhus,  i,  m. 
Supplicate.     Suppllco,  are,  dvt,  a- 

tum. 
Suppose,  think.     Arhttror,  dri,  d- 

tus   sum,    dep. ;  puio,    are,    dvi, 

atum. 
Suppress.     Comprlmo,  Sre,  pressi, 

pressum. 
Supreme.     Summus,   a,   um.     G. 

163,3 


Sure.     Certus,  a,  um. 

Surely.     Certe,  adv. 

^rpass.      Supero,  d7'e,  dvi,  dtum. 

To  surpass  the  folly  of  =  to  be 

more  foolish  than,  sum,  esse,fuiy 

dementior,  ius. 
Surround.     Circumdo,   Are,   dtdi, 

datum;  cingo,  ire,  cinxi,   cine- 

tum. 
Sword.     Ferrum,  i,  n.     See  117. 

With  fire  and  sword, /<srro  igne- 

que. 
Syllable.     Sylldha,  ae,  f. 
Syracuse.     Syracusae,  drum,  f.  pi. 

Of  Syracuse,  Syracusan,  Syra- 

cusius,  a,  um. 


Table.     Mensa,  ae,  f. 

Tablet.     Tabula,  ae,  f. 

Take,  take  up.  Capio,  ire,  cepi, 
captum.  Take,  appropriate,  su- 
ntio,  ere,  sumpsi,  sumptum.  Take, 
carry,  porto,  dre,  dvi,  atum. 
Take  away,  tollo,  ere,  sustuli,  sub- 
latum.  Take  care,  caveo,  ere,  ca- 
vi,  cautum.  Take  place,  fio,  Jiiri, 
f actus  sum.  lake  the  census  of, 
censeo,  ere,  ui  censum.    See  490. 

Talent,  native  talent.  Ingenium, 
ii,  n.  Talent,  mental  ability, 
mens,  mentis,  f.  Talent,  a  sum 
of  money,  talentum,  i,  n. 

Tarentum.     Tarentum,  i,  n. 

Tarquin,  Tarquinius.  Tarqumius^ 
ii,  m. 

Tarquinii.   Tarquinii,  drum,  m.  pi. 

Tarry.  Commdror,  dri,  dtus  sum, 
dep. 

Teach.  Doceo,  ere,  ui,  doctum. 
Teach,  instruct,  erudio,  ire,  lv\ 
and  11,  Itum.  Teach,  train  up, 
instituo,  (re,  ni,  ftium.    See  585. 

Teacher.  Doctor,  Oris,  m. ;  magis- 
ter,  tri,  m.     See  423. 

Tear.     Lacrima,  ae,  f. 

Tedious,  long.     Longus,  a,  um. 

Tell.     Dico,  ere,  dixi,  dictum. 

Temperate.     TempiranSj  antis. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


303 


Temple.  Templum,  i,  n. ;  aedes, 
is,  f. ;  fanum,  i,  n.     See  371. 

Ten.     Decern,  indecl. 

Terms  —  in  the  strongest  terms. 
Amplissimis  verbis. 

Terrify.     Terreo,  ere,  ui,  Hum. 

Territory.     Fines,  ium,  m.  pi. 

Thales.     Thales,  is,  m. 

Than.     Quam,  conj. 
■iKj'hank.      Gratias  ago,  ere,  egi,  ac- 
'      turn.     See  548. 

Thanks.  Gratiae,  dt'um,  f.  pi.  G. 
132.  To  express  thanks,  gratias 
ago,  ere,  egi,  actum. 

That.  Ille,  a,  iid ;  is,  ea,  id,  less 
strongly  demonstrative  than  ille. 
And  that  too,  et  is  ;  et  is  quidem. 
G.  451,  2. 

That,  in  that.  Quod,  conj.  That, 
expressing  purpose  or  result,  ut, 
conj.  with  suhj.  That,  express- 
ing purpose,  when  the  dependent 
clause  contains  a  comparative, 
quo,  conj.  with  subj.  That  =  but 
that,  quin,  conj.  with  subj.  G. 
604. 

The  =that,  emphatic.  Ille,  a,  iid  ; 
not  emphatic,  is,  ea,  id.  The  — 
the,  with  comparatives,  quo  —  eo. 
See  454. 

Theban,  of  Thebes.  Thehanus,  a, 
um. 

Theft.  FuHum,  i,  n. 
,^rheir,  theirs.  Suus,  a,  um ;  not 
reflexive,  eorum,  earum.  See 
468,  2.  Their  own  things,  pro- 
ductions, sua,  orum,  n.  pi.  G. 
441,  1. 

Themistocles.    Themistocles,  is,  m. 

Then.     Turn,  adv. 

There,     lllic,  adv. 

Thermopylae.  Thermopylae, arum. 
f.  pi. 

Thing.     Res,  rei,  f. 

Think.  Sentio,  ire,  sensi,  sensum  ; 
puto,  are,  avi,  atum  ;  arhitror, 
dri,  atus  sum,  dei[).  Think,  be  of 
opinion,  censeo,  ere,  v.i,  censvm. 
See  576.  Think,  ponder,  cogito, 
are,  dvi,  dtum.  Think  out,  com- 
mentor,    drx     atus     sum,    dep. 


Think  little  of,  d  .spise,  rontemno, 
ere,  ternpsi,  tempt  um. 

Third.     Tertius,  a,  um. 

Thirty.     Triginta,  indecl. 

Thirty-eight.  Duodequadraginta, 
indecl. 

This.  Hie,  haec,  hoc.  This  =  that, 
not  strongly  demonstrative,  is, 
ea,  id. 

Thou,  you.  Tu,  tui.  Thou  thyself, 
you  yourself,  intensive,  ipse,  a, 
um. 

Though.     See  Lesson  LXXVIII. 

Thought,  opinion.  Sententia,  ae, 
f.  Thought,  reflection,  cogitatio, 
onis,  f. 

Thousand.     Mille.     G.  178. 

Three.  Tres,  tria.  Three  days, 
triduum,  ui,  n. 

Three  hundred.    Trecenti,  ae,  a,  pi. 

Through.     Per,  prep,  with  ace. 

Thus.  Sic,  adv.  Thus  far,  adhuc, 
adv. 

Thy,  your.     Tuus,  a,  um. 

Thyself,  yourself,  emphatic  or  re- 
flexive, not  intensive.  Tu,  tui. 
By  thyself,  by  yourself,  tecum. 

Tiberius.      Tiberius,  ii,  ni. 

Tigranes.     Tigranes,  is,  m. 

Till.     Colo,  ere,  colui,  cidtum. 

Time.  Tempus,  oris,  n.  At  some 
time,  aliquando,  adv. ;  allquo 
tempore.  G.  429.  At  times,  in- 
terdum,  adv.  For  the  first  time, 
primum,  adv.  The  second  time, 
iterum,  adv.  The  seventh  time, 
septimum,  adv.  For  a  long  time, 
jamdfidum  ;  jampridem,  adv.  G. 
467,  2.  In  the  time  of.  See 
255,  2. 

Timid.      Timldus,  a,  um. 

To.  Ad,  prep,  with  ace.  To,  to- 
wards, of  friendly  feelings  and 
conduct  towards  a  person,  eiga, 
prep,  with  ace.  To  no  purpose, 
nequidquam,  adv. 

Toil,  labor.      Labor,  oris,  m. 

To-morrow.      C7-as,  adv. 

Tongue.     Lingua,  ae,  f. 

Too.  Nimis,  adv. ;  often  expressed 
by  the   comparative.     See   448. 


B04 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


And  that  too,  et  is;  et  is  qni- 
dem  (is,  ea,  id).    G.  451,  2. 

Topic  —  each  topic,  each  thing. 
Quidque. 

Torture.     Crv.cio,  are,  avi,  aium. 

Touch.   Tango,  Ire,  tetigi,  iactum. 

Towards.  Adversus,  versus,  prep, 
with  ace. ;  versus,  adv.  G.  433, 
N.  2.  Towards,  of  friendly  feehngs 
and  conduct  towards  a  person,  er- 
ga,  prep,  with  ace. 

Town.      Oppidum,  i,  n. 

Treachery,  treason.  Prodiiio,  6- 
nis,  f. 

Treasures,  things.  Res,  rerum,i.-p\. 

Tried.     Spectatus,  a,  um. 

Troublesome.     Molestus,  a,  um. 

True.      Verus,  a,  um. 

Trumpeter.     Tublcen,  Inis,  m. 

Trust,  to  hope.  Spero,  are,  avi, 
dtum.  Trust  in,  confido,  ire, 
fisus  sum.     G.  425,  1,  N. 

Truth.  Veo'ltas,  atis,  f. ;  verum, 
i,  n.     G.  441,  2. 

Try.      Tento,  are,  avi,  atum. 

Tullius.     Tullius,  ii,  m. 

Twenty.      Viginti,  indecl. 

Twice.     Bis,  adv. 

Two.    Duo,  duae,  duo.     G.  176. 

Tyranny.      Tyrannis,  Xdis,  f. 

Tyrant.     Tyrannus,  i,  m. 


U. 

Unable,  be  unable.  Non  possum, 
posse,  potui. 

Unbridled.     Effrenatus,  a,  um. 

Uncertain.     Incertus,  a,  um. 

Under.  Sub,  prep,  with  ace.  and 
abl.  G.  435.  Under  the  guid- 
ance of,  dux,  ducis,  in  abl.  abs. 

Understand.  Cognosco,  ere,  novi, 
nltum.. 

Understanding.     Mens,  mentis,  f. 

Undertake.  Suscipio,  ire,  cepi, 
ceptum. 

Unfriendly.     Tnimlcus,  a,  um. 

Unhappy.     Infdix,  ids. 

Unharmed,  incoliimis,  e;  sine  in- 
juria.    See  504. 


Unimpaired.     InUger,  gra,  grum 
Unless.     Nisi,  conj.     G.  507. 
Unmindful.     Immemor,  oris. 
Unnecessary.       Non    necessarius, 

a,  um. 
Unpopularity.     Invidia,  ae,  i. 
Until.    Dum,  donee,  conj.    G.  619. 
Unusual.     Inusitatus,  a,  um. 
UnwiUing  —  to  be  unwilling.  Nolo, 

nolle,  nolui.     G.  293. 
Unwillingly.     Invitus,  a,  um.     G. 

443. 
Upon.    In,  prep,  with  ace.  and  abl. 

G.  435.     Upon,  concerning,  dz^ 

prep,  with  abl. 
Upright.     Prohus,  a,  um. 
Urge.     Impello,  ire,  pidi,  pulsum. 
Use,  make  use  of.     Utor,  i,  usus 

sum,  dep.     G.  421,  I. 
Useful.      Uttlis,  e.     To  be  useful, 

utilis,  e,  sum,  esse,  fui  ;  utilita- 

tern  affiro,  ferre,  attidi,  alldtum 

See  444. 
Usefulness.      UtilUas,  atis,  f. 
Useless,     [nutllis,  e. 
Utter.     Eloquor,    i,   locutus    sum, 

dep. 
Utterly.     Funditus,  adv. 


V. 

Vain  —  in  vain.  Frustra,  nequid- 
quam,  adv.     See  338. 

Valor.      Virtus,  iiiis,  f. 

Value,  price.  Pretium,  ii,  n.  Of 
greater  value,  of  more  value, 
pluris.     G.  404,  N.  1. 

Vender.      Venditor,  oris,  m. 

Verres.      Verres,  is,  m. 

Verse.      Versus,  us,  ni. 

Very.  Valde ;  often  rendered  by 
tlie  superlative.  See  448.  Very, 
with  nouns,  ipse,  a,  um.  G.  452, 
2.  Very  much,  plurlmum,  adv. 
Very  highly,  with  verbs  of  valu- 
ing, maximi.  Gram.  404  N.  1. 
Not  very,  non  ita,  adv.  How 
very  busy  one  is,  quanta  occupa- 
tiOne  distinUur.     See  G31. 

Viands.     Epulae,  drum,  f.  pi. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


305 


V^ice.      Vitium,  ii,  n. 

Vicinity  —  in  the  vicinity  of,  near. 

Ad,  prep,  with  ace. 
Victor.      Victor,  oris,  m. 
Victory.      Victoria,  ae,  f.    Victory 

over     the    Cimbrians,    Ciriibrica 

victoria. 
Views  —  set    forth    views,     state. 

Fraedico,  lire,  avi,  atum. 
Vigilant.      Vigilans,  antis. 
Vigilantly,  sharply.     Acrlter,  adv. 
Village.      Vicus,  i,  m. 
Violate.      Violo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Virtue.      Virtus,  utis,  f. 
Visit.     Viso,  ire,  visi,  visum. 
Voice.      Vox,    vocis,   f.      A  feeble 

voice,  vocula,  ae,  f. 
Voyage  —  have  a  prosperous  voy- 
age.   Ex  sententia   navigo,  are, 

avi,  atum.     See  339. 


w. 

Wage.     Gero,   ere,  gessi,  gestnm. 

Wage  against,  infero,  ferre,  tilli, 

illatum.     G.  386. 
Wait.     Exspecto,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Walk.     Amhulo,   are,    avi,   atum. 

Walk,  go  along,  ingredior,  i,  in- 

gressus  sum,  dep. 
Wall.  Murus,  i,  m. ;  moenia,  turn, 

n.  pi. ;  paries,  etis,  m.    See  377. 

Walls    of   the    city,    city  walls, 

moenia,  ium,  n.  pi.  Walls  of  my, 

&c.,  own  house,  mei,  etc.,  parie- 

/.  tes.     See  378. 
War.     Bellura,  i,  n. 
Warrior.  Is  qui  helium  gerit  (gero, 

ere,  gessi,  gestum).  See  444. 
Watch.  Vigllo,  are,  avi,  atum. 
Way,  manner.  Modus,  i,  m.  In  no 

way,  7iullo  modo ;    in  no  thing, 

nulla  re. 
Wealth.     Divitiae,  arum,  f.  pi. 
Wealthy.     Dives,  itis. 
Weary.     Defatigo,  are,  cCvi,  atum. 
Weep  at.     Illacrimor,    ari,    atus 

sum,  dep.  G.  38G. 
Weighty.  Gravis,  e. 
Welfare,  advantage.     Oommodum, 


i,  n.  Highest  welfare  of  the 
state,  higliest  public  welfare. 
summa  res  publica. 

Well.     Bene,   adv.     Well  known, 

sometimes   rendered  by  ille,  a, 

ud.     G.  450,  4. 

j  What,  interrog.     Qui,  quae,  quod, 

adj.;  quis,  quae,  quid,  substant 

Whatever.  Quisquis,  quaequae, 
quodquod  and  quicquid  or  quid- 
quid.  Whatever  =  that  which, 
is,  ea,  id  —  qui,  quae,  quod. 

When.  Ouum,  adv.  When  and 
while  are  sometimes  rendered  by 
the  abl.  abs.,  by  a  participle,  by 
an  adjective,  or  by  an  appositive. 
See  Lesson  LXXIX. ;  also  G. 
431,  2,  (3)  ;  549,  L  ;  442  ; 
363,  3.  When,  interrog.,  quan- 
do,  adv. 

Where.     Uhi,  adv. 

Whether.  Num,  conj. ;  in  double 
questions,  utrum  ;  num ;  ne, 
enclit.  conj.  Whether  —  not, 
nonne.  Whether  —  or,  utrum  — 
an.     G.  353. 

Which,  relat.  Qui,  quae,  quod; 
interrog.,  qui,  quae,  quod,  adj., 
quis,  quae,  quid, substant.  Which 
one,  of  two,  uter,  utra,  utrum. 
G.  149. 

While.  Dum,  conj.  G.  519.  When, 
quum,  conj.     See  also  "  When." 

Who,  which,  wliat,  relat.  Qui, 
quae,  quod  ;  interrog.,  qui,  quae, 
quod,  adj.,  quis,  quae,  quid, 
substant. 

Whoever.  Quisquis,  quaequae, 
quodquod  and  quicquid  or  quid- 
quid.  Whoever  =  lie,  etc.  — 
who,  is,  ea,  id  —  qui,  quae,  quod. 

Whole,  the  whole  of.  Totus,  a, 
um ;  G.  151;  cunctus,  a,  um ; 
omnis,  e ;  universus,  a,  um. 

Wholly,  whole.  Totus,  a,  um.  G. 
151  ;  443. 

Why.  Quare ;  cur;  adv.;  quid. 
G.  454,  2. 

Wicked.  Scelerdtus,  a,  um ;  im- 
prohus,  a,  um. 

Wickedness.     Scelus,  eris,  n. 


306 


LATIN   COMPOSITION. 


Will  —  good  will.  Benevolentia, 
ae,  f. 

Willing  —  be  willing.  Volo,  velle, 
'volui.     G.  293. 

Willingly.     Libenter,  adv. 

Winter.  Iliems,  emisj  f.  Winter 
quarters,  hihertia,  drum,  n.  pi. 

Wisdom.     Sapientia,  ae,  f. 

Wise.     Sapiens,  entis. 

Wisely.     Sapienter,  adv. 

Wish.      Volo,  velle,  Tolui.     G.  293. 

With.  Cum,  prep,  with  abl.  With, 
among,  near  to,  at  the  house  of, 
apud,  prep,  with  ace.  With  is 
sometimes  rendered  by  the  abl. 
abs.  With  the  attendance  of, 
comes,  Itis,  in  abl.  abs.  With 
each  other,  inter  se.  G.  448,  N. 
With  fire  and  sword,  ferro  igne- 
que.     See  117. 

Withdraw,  call  off.  Avoco,  are,  dvi, 
dtum.  Withdraw,  retire,  se  re- 
movere  (removeo,  ere,  movi,  mo- 
tum^;  deccdo,  ere,  cessi,  cessum. 

Within.     Intra,  prep,  with  ace. 

Without.  Sine,  prep,  with  abl. ; 
sometimes  rendered  by  nidlus,  a, 
um,  G.  151,  in  agreement  with 
noun;  sometimes  by  quin,  conj. 
with  subj.  See  671 ;  also  G.  504, 
1,  N.  Without  exception,  alone, 
unus,  a,  um.  G.  175,  N.  1.  With- 
out a  nomination  from  the  peo- 
ple, injussu  populi.  G.  416,  ft. 
n.  2.  To  be  without,  vaco,  are, 
dvi,  dtum^ ;  careo,  ere,  ui,  Uinu  ; 
egeo,  ere,  ui.     See  239,  I. 

Witness.     Testis,  is,  m.  and  f. 

Witness,  to  witness.  Specto,  are, 
dvi,  dtum. 

Wonder,  wonder  at.  Miror,  dri, 
dius  sum,  dep. 

Wonderful.  Mir-ahllis,  e  ;  admi- 
rabllis,  e ;  mirus,  a,  um. 

Wont,  be  wont.  Soleo,  Cre,  solUus 
sum. 

Word.  Verhum,  i,  n.  Word  for 
word,  ad  verhum.     Sec  3G1. 

Work,  monument.  Mo?iumentum, 
i,  n. 

World.     Mundus,  i,  m. 


Worship.     Veniror,  dri,  dtus  surn^ 

dep. 
Worth,    moral  worth.      Honestas, 

dtis,  f. ;  virtus,  iitis,  f. 
Worthily.     Digne,  adv. 
Worthy.     Dignus,  a,  um. 
Would  rather.  Malo,  malle^  malui. 

G.  293. 
Would    that.     Utinam,    adv.      G. 

483,  1. 
Write.     Scribe,  ere,  scrip  si,  scrip- 

tum. 
Writing.  Scriptum,  i,  n.    To  com- 
mit to   writing,   litteris  tnando, 

are,  dvi,  dtum. 
Wrong.     Fravus,  a,  um. 
Wrong,  crime.     Nefas,  n.  indecl. 


X. 

Xenophon.     Xenophon,  ontis,  m. 
Xerxes.     Xerxes,  is,  m. 


Year.     Annus,  i,  m. 
Yesterday,     lleri,  adv. ;     hesterno 
die.      G.  429.      Yesterday's,   of 
yesterday,  hesternus,  a,  um. 
Yet.     Tamen,  adv. 
Yoke.     Jugum,  i,  n. 
You,    thou.     Tu,  tui.     You  your- 
!      self,  ipse,  a,  um. 
:  Young  man.  Adolescens,  entis,  m. ; 
j     juvP.nis,  is,  m. 

Your.  Vester,ira,trum.  Your,  thy, 
I  tuus,  a,  um.  Your  companions, 
j  &c.,vesiri,  drum;  tui,  drum;  m. 
I      pi.     G.  441,  1. 

Yourself,  emphatic,  not  intensive. 
Tu,  tui ;  intensive,  ipse,  a,  um. 
By  yourself,  tecum. 
Youth.     Juvinis,  is,  m-  and  f. 


Z. 

Zeal.     Studium^  iif  n. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  BOOK  COMPANY. 

Harkness's  Standard  Latin  Grammar. 

FOR  SCHOOLS  AND  COLLEGES. 
By  ALBERT    HARKNESS,    Ph.D.,  LL.D., 

PROFESSOR   IN   BROWN   UNIVERSITY. 


This  is  a  complete,  philosophical,  and  attractive  work.  Facts 
are  presented  in  clear  and  simple  language.  The  work  has  been 
pronounced  "  a  model  for  perspicuity  of  statement  and  clearness 
of  arrangement."  It  is  characterized  by  great  accuracy  of 
statement.  It  is  a  Grammar  of  the  Latin  Language  based  upon 
the  facts  of  that  language.  The  facts  and  laws  of  the  language 
are  all  presented  in  the  light  of  the  latest  and  best  grammatical 
studies,  including  comparative  grammar. 

It  practically  embraces  three  works  in  one. 

The  present  edition  is  the  result  of  a  thorough  and  complete 
revision  of  that  of  1874.  To  a  large  extent  it  is  a  new  and 
independent  work,  yet  the  paradigms,  rules  of  construction,  and 
in  general  all  parts  intended  for  recitation,  have  been  only 
slightly  changed.  The  aim  of  the  work  in  its  present  form  is 
threefold : 

1.  To  be  a  clear,  simple,  and  convenient  elementary  Latin 
Grammar,  giving  the  essentials  for  that  use  in  distinctive  type, 
and  in  the  form  best  adapted  to  the  end. 

2.  To  be  an  adequate  and  trustworthy  grammar  for  the  ad- 
vanced student — a  complete  grammar  of  the  Latin  language, 
for  the  use  of  critical  students  of  every  grade  of  scholarship. 

3.  To  be  a  practical  introduction  to  the  broader  fields  of 
philology  and  modern  linguistic  research  with  references  to  the 
latest  and  best  authorities  upon  the  numerous  questions  which 
arise  in  such  study. 

Price,   $1.12. 


A  copy  oy  the  above  book  ivill  be  mailed^  postpaid^  to  any  address.^  on  receipt 
of  price.     Full  descriptive  circulars  sent  on  application. 

AMERICAN    BOOK    COMPANY, 

,      NEW  YORK  .'.  CINCINNATI  .'.  CHICAGO. 

[*82] 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  BOOK  COMPANY. 

Harkness's     Series     of     Preparatory 
Latin  Text-Books. 

By  ALBERT    HARKNESS,    Ph.D.,  LL.D.. 

PROFESSOR  IN  BROWN  UNIVERSITY. 

LATIN  GRAMMAR. 

Standard  Edition  of  1 88 1.     i2mo,  cloth.     430  pages       .     $1.12 

For  schools  and  colleges.    This  is  a  complete,  philosophical,  and  attractive 

work.     It  presents  a  systematic  arrangement  of  the  great  facts  and  laws  of 

the  language,  exhibiting  not  only  the  grammatical  forms  and  constructions, 

but  also  those  vital  principles  which  underlie,  control,  and  explain  them, 

EASY  METHOD  FOR   BEGINNERS  IN   LATIN. 

i2mo,  cloth.     348  pages        ......       $1.20 

This  volume  is  not  a  mere  companion  to  the  Grammar,  but  a  practical  guide 
for  the  pupil  in  the  v^ork  of  reading  and  writing  Latin.  It  approaches  the 
language  on  its  practical  side.  The  very  first  lesson,  without  a  word  of  gram- 
mar, introduces  the  learner  to  complete  Latin  sentences,  with  verb,  subject, 
and  object.  Thus,  at  the  very  outset,  he  finds  himself  already  using  the 
language.    ^le  is  not  only  reading  Latin,  but  actually  writing  it. 

FIRST  YEAR  IN  LATIN. 

Complete  Course.     i2mo,  cloth.     332  pages  .         .        $1.12 

An  outline  of  Latin  Grammar  and  progressive  exercises  in  reading  and 
writing  Latin,  with  frequent  practice  in  reading  at  sight.  This  volume  con- 
tains a  series  of  simple  exercises  progressively  arranged,  and  designed  to  lead 
the  way  directly  to  connected  discourse,  together  with  numerous  exercises  and 
passages  intended  for  practice  in  sight  reading  and  composition  exercise. 

LATIN  EXERCISES  FOR  THE   FIRST  YEAJ 

i2mo,  cloth.     268  pages \(^i.oo 

A  course  of  progressive  exercises  in  reading  and  writing  Latin,  wmsf^e- 
quent  practice  in  reading  at  sight,  intended  as  a  companion  to  Harkness^ 
Latin  Grammar. 

NEW  LATIN  READER.  \ 

i2mo,  cloth.     227  pages 87  cents 

With  exercises  in  Latin  composition,  intended  as  a  companion  to  the  author's 
Latin  Grammar,    With  references,  suggestions,  notes,  and  vocabularies. 

The  "New  Reader"  differs  from  the  "Reader"  in  several  respects.  The 
first  parts  of  the  two  books  are  wholly  different.  The  New  has  in  this  part 
alternating  exercises  in  translation  both  ways  from  one  language  into  the 
other,  with  numbered  references  to  the  "  Grammar  "  at  every  step. 

INTRODUCTORY  LATIN  BOOK. 

i2mo,  cloth.     162  pages 87  cents 

Intended  as  an  elementary  drill  book  on  the  inflections  and  principles  of  the 
language.    This  work  gives  a  distinct  outline  of  the  whole  grammar. 

INTRODUCTION  TO  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

i2mo,  cloth.     306  pages  .  ....         $1.05 

For  schools  and  colleges.  Part  I.  Elementary  Exercises,  intended  as  a  com- 
panion to  the  Reader.  Part  II.  Latin  Syntax.  Part  III.  Elements  of  Latin 
style,  with  special  reference  to  idioms  and  synonyms. 


Copies  of  the  above  hooks  will  he  mailed^  postpaid^  to  any  address,  on  receipt 
of  price.    Full  descriptive  circulars  sent  on  application. 


r*83j 


AMERICAN    BOOK   COMPANY, 

NEW  YORK  ,-.  CINCINNATI  .-.  CHICAGO.%^J 


RETURN 

LOAN  PERIOD 
HOME  USE 


ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS    _.^„  ^^  „.  .^  ^,^^ 

RENEWALS  AND  "ECV^APGES  MAY  BF  MADE  4  DAYS  PRIOR  TO  DUE  DATE. 
LOAN  PERIODS  ARE  l-MON TM.  3-MONTHS.  AND  l-VEAR. 
RENEWALS;  CALL  (415)  642-3405 


DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 

MAR  IV  1990 

MAY  p.  3  mt 

•S 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
FORM  NO.  DD6,  60m,  1  /83         BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


[*i8] 


^4^'  U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


Ancient 


11 


CD52bfl2517 


Harkness's  Caesar's  Commenta: 

Caesar's  Commentaries.     (Old  edition.) i  uo 

Cicero's  Orations.     With  Notes  and  Dictionary  1  22 

•    Course  in  Caesar,  Sallust,  and  Cicero.     (Preparatory) 1  40 

Sallust's  Catiline.     With  Notes  and  Vocabulary 90 

Military  System  of  the  Romans 

Harper   and    Tolman's   Caesar's   Gallic  War.     With  Notes 

and  Dictionary 1  20 

Harper  and  Miller's  Virgil's  ^neid.     {In  preparation.). . . 

Herbermann's  Sallust's  Jugurthine  War 1  12 

Lincoln's  Horace.     With  Notes 1  22 

Livy.     With  Notes 1  22 

Ovid.     With  Notes  and  Vocabulary 1  22 

Lindsay's  Cornelius  Nepos.     With  Notes  and  Vocabulary,..  1  22 

Cornelius  Nepos  for  Sight  Reading 1  00 

Satires  of  Juvenal • 1  00 

Lord's  (John  K.)  Cicero's   Laelius  de  Amicitia 72 

Searing's  Virgil.     The  ^neid,  Bucolics,  and  Georgics,     With 

Vocabulary » . . .  1  60 

Virgil's  ^meid.     Six  Books.     With  Vocabulary 1  40 

The  same.     Books   I,  II,  and  VI,  with  Vocabulary 1  25 

Thacher's  Cicero  de  Officiis .'^: 87 

Tyler's  Histories  of  Tacitus  1  22 

Germania  and  Agricola  of  Tacitus 87 


Copies  of  these   books  will  be  sent   to   any  address^  postage-paid^  on 
receipt  of  price.     Full  price-list  mailed  on  application. 


AMERICAN   BOOK   COMPANY,   Publishers, 
NEW  YORK,  •    :    •  CINCINNATI,  •    '.    ■  CHICAGO. 

[*i9] 


